[Illustration]




TRAVELS

THROUGH
NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA,
GEORGIA,
EAST AND WEST FLORIDA,
THE CHEROKEE COUNTRY,
THE EXTENSIVE TERRITORIES OF THE MUSCOGULGES,
OR CREEK CONFEDERACY,
AND THE COUNTRY OF THE CHACTAWS.

CONTAINING
AN ACCOUNT OF THE SOIL AND NATURAL PRODUCTIONS OF THOSE REGIONS,
TOGETHER WITH
OBSERVATIONS ON THE MANNERS OF THE INDIANS.
EMBELLISHED WITH COPPER-PLATES.


By WILLIAM BARTRAM.

THE SECOND EDITION IN LONDON.

PHILADELPHIA: PRINTED BY JAMES AND JOHNSON. 1791.

LONDON:
REPRINTED FOR J. JOHNSON, IN ST. PAUL’S CHURCH-YARD.
1794.


Contents

PART I.

INTRODUCTION.

CHAPTER I.

The Author embarks at Philadelphia—arrives at Charleston.

CHAPTER II.

Embarks again for Georgia and arrives at Savanna—proceeds southward and
arrives at Sunbury—observations on the town, harbour, and the island of
St. Catharine, its soil and productions—account of the establishment of
St. John’s district and Midway meeting-house—description of a beautiful
fish—proceeds for the river Alatamaha, description of a tremendous
thunder storm.

CHAPTER III.

Crosses the river at Fort Barrington and arrives at St. Ille—passes the
frontier settlements and meets an hostile Indian—crosses the river St.
Mary and arrives at the trading-house, account of the country
thereabout, its natural productions, of the lake Ouaquaphenogaw, said
to be the source of the river St. Mary—returns to the Alatamaha and
thence to Savanna.

CHAPTER IV.

Sets off from Savanna to Augusta, one hundred sixty-five miles
North-West from the sea coast—describes the face of the country, the
river Savanna, the cataracts and village of Augusta—congress with the
Indians at St. Augusta—the village of Wrightsborough on Little
River—monuments of an ancient Indian town on Little River—Buffaloe
Lick—begins the survey of the New Purchase—high proof of Indian
sagacity—returns to Savanna.

CHAPTER V.

The Author leaves Broughton island and ascends the Alatamaha—night
scene—a tempest—description of the river—ruins of an ancient
fortification—Indian monuments at the Oakmulge fields—Creeks, account
of their settlement in Georgia.

PART II.

CHAPTER I.

Sets off from Savanna to East Florida, proceeding by land to the
Alatamaha—descends that river to Frederica on the island of St.
Simon’s—describes the island and the city.

CHAPTER II.

Leaves Frederica for the lower trading-house on St. Juan’s—passes
through and describes the sound, &c.

CHAPTER III.

Leaves Amelia island and arrives at the Cowford, on the river St.
Juan’s—proceeds up the river alone in a small canoe; suffers by a gale
of wind in crossing the river; is hospitably entertained at a
gentleman’s house, where he refits and sails again—describes fort
Picolata—various productions, viz. Magnolia grandiflora, Tillandsia
usneadscites, floating fields of the Pistia stratiotes, the river and
country, touches at Charlotteville—arrives at the lower trading-house.

CHAPTER IV.

Proceeds farther up the river—passes by Mount Hope, and comes to at
Mount Royal—describes the mount, Indian highway, &c.—beautiful
landscape of the country and prospect of the lake—enters Lake
George—description of the lake—forced by stress of weather to put into
the beautiful isle Edelano, description of the island, ancient Indian
town, mount and highway—crosses over the lake and arrives at the upper
trading-house.

CHAPTER V.

Provides for continuing his voyage higher up the river, engages an
Indian to assist in navigating his bark, and sets sail, the Indian
becomes tired and requests to be set on shore—encamps at a delightful
Orange grove—continues again alone up the river: description of the
Palma Elate: enters the Little Lake and comes to camp at an Orange
grove—sight of alligators; a battle with them; great embarrassments
with them; kills one: vast assemblage of fish: description of the
alligator and their nests, &c.—describes the Carica papaya—a very
curious bird—in danger of being taken napping by a huge crocodile—the
banks of the river admirably ornamented with festoons and tapestry, the
work of nature—sepulchres of the ancients—a hurricane—visits a
plantation on the banks of the Long Lake; description of the lake, a
large sulphureous fountain—account of the founding and present state of
New Smyrna, on the Musquitoe river—returns down the river—East
Lake—curious birds and a beautiful fish—leaves Cedar Point, touches at
the isle of Palms; robbed by a wolf—arrives at Six Mile Springs—an
account of that admirable fountain—describes the Gordonia, Zamia,
Cactus opuntia, Erythrina, Cacalia, &c.—touches at Rocky Point—arrives
again at the lower trading-house.

CHAPTER VI.

Proceeds on a journey to Cuscowilla—describes the country and
waters—Annona incana, Annona pygmea, Kalmia ciliata, Empetrum album,
Andromeda ferruginea, Rhododendron spurium, Pica glandaria non
cristata, Lanius, Lacerta, Snakes, Chionanthus, Andromeda formosissima,
Cyrillia—encamps at the Halfway Pond—describes the pond and meadows, a
beautiful landscape—pilgrimage of fish—describes various kinds of
fish—great soft shelled tortoise and great land tortoise—moral
reflections and meditations—leaves Half-way Pond and
proceeds—situation, quality and furniture of the earth—arrives at
Cuscowilla—reception from the Indian chief; his character—Siminoles
predilection for Spanish customs and civilization—Indian slaves, their
condition—departs for the Alachua savanna; description of the
savanna—Siminoles on horseback—returns to Cuscowilla—a council and
Indian feast—description of the town and Cuscowilla lake—returns to the
savanna—glass-snake—makes the tour of the savanna—vestiges of the
ancient Alachua—Orange groves, turkeys, deer, wolves, savanna
crane—arrives at the great bason or sink—description of the
sink—account of the alligators, incredible number of fish; their
subterranean migrations—returns—old Spanish highway—Indian
highway—arrives again at the trading-house on St. Juan’s—character and
comparison of the nations of the  Upper Creeks, and Lower or Siminoles.

CHAPTER VII.

Sets out again on a journey to Talahasochte—description of the Siminole
horse—encamps at an enchanting grotto on the banks of a beautiful
lake—rocky ridges and desert wilds—engagement between a hawk and the
coach-whip-snake—description of the snake—account of the country, grand
Pine forest—encamps on the borders of an extensive savanna—description
of the savanna crane—comes upon the verge of extensive savannas, lying
on a beautiful lake—the expansive fields of Capola, decorated with
delightful groves—squadrons of Siminole horses—a troop under the
conduct and care of an Indian dog—the fields of Capola a delightful
region—ferruginous rocks, rich iron ore—arrives at Talahasochte on the
river Little St. Juan’s—describes the town and river—Indian
canoes—their voyages and traffic—Indian voyage to Cuba—a fishing party
and naval race—an excursion to the Manatee spring—description of that
incomparable nymphæum—an account of the Manatee—crosses the river to
explore the country—Spanish remains—vast Cane wildernesses—ancient
Spanish plantations—Apalachian old fields—returns to town—White King’s
arrival—a council and feast—character of the king—leaves the town on
researches, and encamps in the forests—account of an extraordinary
eruption of waters—joins his companions at camp—entertainment by the
White King in Talahasochte—Contee, its preparation and use—returns to
camp—great desert plains—entertainment with a party of young Siminole
warriors—various natural wells and sinks; conjectures concerning
them—account of the Long Pond, and delightful prospects
adjacent—returns for the trading-house on St. Juan’s—embarassments
occasioned by the wild horses—encamps at Bird Island Pond—vast number
of wild fowl tending their nests—engagement with an alligator who
surprised the camp by night—observations on the great Alachua savanna
and its environs—arrival at the trading-house.

CHAPTER VIII.

The Author makes an excursion again up St. Juan’s to Lake
George—revisits Six Mile Springs and Illicium groves, makes
collections, and recrosses the lake to the eastern coast—that shore
more bold and rocky than the opposite—coasts round that shore, touching
at old deserted plantations—Perennial Cotton—Indigo—unpardonable
devastation and neglect of the white settlers, with respect to the
native Orange groves—returns to the trading-house.

CHAPTER IX.

Indian warriors, their frolic—curious conference with the Long
Warrior—ludicrous Indian farce relative to a rattle snake—war farce

CHAPTER X.

Farther account of the rattle snake—account and description of other
snakes and animals—catalogue of birds of North America; observations
concerning their migration, or annual passages from North to South, and
back again.

CHAPTER XI.

Visits an Indian village on the river—water melon feast—description of
the banqueting-house—makes an excursion across the river; great dangers
in crossing; lands on the opposite shore—discovers a bee tree, which
yielded a great quantity of honey—returns to the shore—embarks for
Frederica in Georgia; visits the plantations down the river; enters the
sound and passes through; arrives at Frederica—embarks again—touches at
Sunbury—arrives in Charleston, South Carolina—meditates a journey to
the Cherokee country and Creek Nation, in West Florida.

PART III.

CHAPTER I.

The Author sets out for the Cherokee territories—passes through a fine
cultivated country—crosses Savanna river and enters the state of
Georgia—Dirca palustris—cowpens—civil entertainment at a
plantation—pursues the road to Augusta, and recrosses the river at
Silver Bluff—account of Mr. Golphin’s villa and trading stores, Silver
Bluff, fort Moore, Augusta, Savanna river, mountains of large fossil
oyster shells.

CHAPTER II.

Proceeds for fort James, Dartmouth—curious species of Azalea—crosses
Broad River—establishment of Dartmouth—Indian mount, &c. crosses
Savanna river—violent gust of rain—curious species of Æsculus
pavia—town of Sinica—fort Prince George, Keowe—describes the country

CHAPTER III.

Ocone vale—monuments of the ancient town—crosses the mountains—their
situation, views and productions—rests on the top of Mount
Magnolia—description of a new and beautiful species of
Magnolia—cascades of Falling Creek—thunder storm—head of Tanasee—vale
of Cowe—Indian graves—towns of Echoe, Nucasse and Whatoga—nobly
entertained by the prince of Whatoga—arrives at the town of Cowe—makes
an excursion with a young trader on the hills of Cowe—incomparable
prospects—horse-stamp—discovers a company of Cherokee nymphs—a frolic
with them—returns to town.

CHAPTER IV.

Set off from Whatoga to the Overhill towns—Jore village—Roaring
Creek—the Author and his guide part—surprised by an Indian—salute and
part friendly—mountainous vegetable productions—arrives on the top of
Jore mountain—sublime prospects—Atta-kul-kulla, grand Cherokee
chief—gracious reception—returns to Cowe—great council-house—curious
Indian dance—returns and stops at Sinica—arrives again at fort James,
Dartmouth—list of Cherokee towns and villages.

CHAPTER V.

Sets off from Dartmouth to the Upper Creeks and Chactaws country—Flat
Rock—a curious plant—Rocky Comfort—Ocone old Town—migration of the
Ocones—crosses the river—fords the Oakmulge at the Oakmulge
fields—Stoney Creek—Great and Little Tabosachte—new species of
Hydrangia—crosses Flint River—describes the country—persecuted by
extraordinary heats and incredible numbers of biting flies—Hippobosca
and Asilus—extraordinary thunder gust—crosses Chata Uche
river—describes the town—very large and populous—proceeds and arrives
at the Apalachucla town—visits the old town—extraordinary remains and
monuments of the ancients—general face of the country and vegetable
productions—new species of Æsculus

CHAPTER VI.

Proceeds, and after three days journey arrives at Tallase, on the
Tallapoose river—Coloome, a handsome town—great plains—further account
of the country—Dog woods—crosses the river Schambe—comes to Taensa on
the east banks of the Mobile, thirty miles above the city—French
inhabitants—passes down the river, arrives at the city of Mobile—short
account of the city and fort Condé—returns to Taensa, and proceeds up
the river as far as the entrance of the Chicasaw branch—floating
forests of the Nyphæa Nelumbo—visits the adjacent lands—returns to
Mobile—goes to the river Perdido—continues on to Pensacola—cordially
received by governor Chester—some account of the town—discovers a new
and beautiful species of Sarracenia—returns to Mobile.

CHAPTER VII.

Leaves Mobile for Manchac on the Mississipi—proceeds by water to Pearl
Island—kindly entertained by Mr. Rumsey—describes the island—large
crimson Plum—a delicate species of Mimosa—passes Lake
Pontchartrain—touches at the river Taensapaoa—passes over Lake
Maurepas—proceeds up to Iberville—crosses by land to Manchac—goes up
the Mississipi—settlements of New-Richmond—White Plains—curious muscle
shells in the river—crosses over to Point Coupè—Spanish village and
fortress—high cliffs opposite Point Coupè—returns to the Amite, thence
down through the lakes and sounds back again to Mobile.

CHAPTER VIII.

Leaves Mobile on his return—proceeds with a company of traders for the
Creek nation—his horse tires—is in great distress—meets a company of
traders, of whom he purchases a fresh horse—Illicium groves—meets a
company of emigrants from Georgia—great embarassment at a large creek
swollen with late heavy rains—arrives at the banks of the
Alabama—crosses it and arrives at Mucclasse—Indian marriage—serious
reflections—perilous situation of the trader of Mucclasse—sets off for
Otasse—describes the country contiguous to the Tallapoose
river—plantations and towns—Coolome—Tuckabatche—crosses the river and
arrives at Ottasse—rotunda and square—black drink—spiral fire—Sabbath
or holy day to the Great Spirit—sets off with a company of traders for
Georgia—Chehaw and Usseta, Creek towns on the Apalachucla river, almost
join each other, yet the inhabitants speak two languages radically
different—arrives at the Oakmulge—crosses the river in a portable
leather boat—crosses the river Ocone—head branches of Great
Ogeche—arrives at Augusta—takes leave of Augusta and his friends there,
and proceeds for Savanna—list of Muscogulge towns and
villages—conjectures concerning the rise of the Muscogulge confederacy.

CHAPTER IX.

Short excursion in the South of Georgia—makes collections—gathers seeds
of two new and very curious shrubs.

CHAPTER X.

Proceeds for Charleston—calls at a gentleman’s
plantation—Adoe—Tannier—wild pigeons—Aster fruticosus—leaves
Charleston, proceeds on his return home to Pennsylvania—crosses Cooper
river, nine miles above the city—Long Bay—reefs of rocks—meets a gang
of Negroes—passes the boundary-house—large savanna—Dionæa muscipula—old
towns—Brunswick—the Clarendon or Cape Fear river—North
West—Livingston’s creek—Wackamaw lake—Carver’s creek—Ashwood—various
vegetable productions—cultivated vegetables—describes the face of the
country on the banks of the North West and adjacent lands—strata of the
earth or soil—rocks—petrifactions—ancient submarine productions
&c.—leaves Ashwood, continues up the river—vast trunks of trees with
their roots, stumps of limbs, with the bark on, turned into very hard
stone—Rock-Fish creek—Cross Creeks—the rise, progress and present state
of Cambelton—curious species of scandent Fern—Deep River—crosses Haw
River—Meherren river in Virginia—Cucurbita lagenaria—curious species of
Prinos—Alexandria—Georgetown—sudden fall of snow—extreme cold—crosses
the river Susquehanna upon the ice—river Schuylkill—arrives at his
father’s house, within three miles of Philadelphia.

PART IV.

CHAPTER I.

Persons, character, and qualifications of the Aborigines—most perfect
human figure—Muscogulge women—women of the Cherokees—arrogance of the
Muscogulges, yet magnanimous and merciful to a vanquished enemy.

CHAPTER II.

Government and civil society—constitution simply natural—the mico or
king presides in the senate—elective—yet mysterious—the next man in
dignity and power is the great war chief—entirely independent of the
mico—his voice in council of the greatest weight concerning military
affairs—the high priest a person of consequence, and maintains great
influence in their constitution and councils of state—these Indians not
idolaters—they adore the Great Spirit, the giver and taker away of the
breath of life, with the most profound homage and purity—anecdote.

CHAPTER III.

Dress, feasts and divertisements—youth of both sexes are fond of
decorations with respect to dress—their ears lacerated—diadem plumes,
&c.—painting their skin—dress of the females different from that of the
men—great horned owlskin stuffed and borne about by the
priests—insignia of wisdom and divination—fond of music, dancing and
routs—different classes of songs—variety of steps in their
dances—sensible and powerful effects—ball play—festival of the Busk.

CHAPTER IV.

Concerning property, agriculture, arts and manufactures—private
property—produce of their agricultural labours—common plantation—king’s
crib—public treasury—women the most ingenious and vigilant in mechanic
arts and manufactures.

CHAPTER V.

Marriages and funeral rites—polygamy—take wives whilst they are yet
young children—adultery—Muscogulges bury their dead in a sitting
posture—strange customs of the Chactaws relative to duties to the
deceased—bone-house—dirges—feast to the dead—methods which the nurses
pursue to flatten the infant’s skull and retain its form.

CHAPTER VI.

Language and monuments—Muscogulge language spoken throughout the
confederacy—agreeable to the ear—Cherokee language loud—pyramidal
artificial hills or mounts, terraces, obelisks—high ways and artificial
lakes—chunk yards—slave posts.

INDEX


List of Illustrations


A Map of the Coast of East Florida
Annona Pygmea
Annona Grandiflora
Ixia Cœlestina
Great Soft-shelled Tortoise
Head of the Great Softshelled Tortoise
Hydrangea Quercifolia
Andromeda Pulverulenta




PART I.




INTRODUCTION.


The attention of a traveller, should be particularly turned, in the
first place, to the various works of Nature, to mark the distinctions
of the climates he may explore, and to offer such useful observations
on the different productions as may occur. Men and manners undoubtedly
hold the first rank—whatever may contribute to our existence is also of
equal importance, whether it be found in the animal or vegetable
kingdom; neither are the various articles, which tend to promote the
happiness and convenience of mankind, to be disregarded. How far the
writer of the following sheets has succeeded in furnishing information
on these subjects, the reader will be capable of determining. From the
advantages the journalist enjoyed under his father JOHN BARTRAM,
botanist to the king of Great-Britain, and fellow of the Royal Society,
it is hoped that his labours will present new as well as useful
information to the botanist and zoologist.

This world, as a glorious apartment of the boundless palace of the
sovereign Creator, is furnished with an infinite variety of animated
scenes, inexpressibly beautiful and pleasing, equally free to the
inspection and enjoyment of all his creatures.

Perhaps there is not any part of creation, within the reach of our
observations, which exhibits a more glorious display of the Almighty
hand, than the vegetable world: such a variety of pleasing scenes, ever
changing throughout the seasons, arising from various causes and
assigned each to the purpose and use determined.

It is difficult to pronounce which division of the earth, within the
polar circles, produces the greatest variety. The tropical division
certainly affords those which principally contribute to the more
luxurious scenes of splendour, as Myrtus communis, Myrt. caryophyllata,
Myrt. pimenta, Caryophylus aromaticus, Laurus cinnam. Laurus camphor.
Laurus Persica, Nux mosch. Illicium, Camellia, Punica, Cactus
melo-cactus; Cactus grandiflora, Gloriosa superba, Theobroma, Adansonia
digitata, Nyctanthes, Psidium, Musa paradisica, Musa sapientum,
Garcinia mangostana, Cocos nucifera, Citrus, Citrus aurantium,
Cucurbita citrullus, Hyacinthus, Amaryllis, Narcissus, Poinciana
pulcherrima, Crinum, Cactus cochinellifer.

But the temperate zone (including by far the greater portion of the
earth, and a climate the most favourable to the increase and support of
animal life, as well as for the exercise and activity of the human
faculties) exhibits scenes of infinitely greater variety, magnificence
and consequence, with respect to human economy, in regard to the
various uses of vegetables.

For instance, Triticum Cereale, which affords us bread, and is termed,
by way of eminence, the staff of life, the most pleasant and nourishing
food to all terrestrial animals. Vitis vinifera, whose exhilarating
juice is said to cheer the hearts of gods and men. Oryza, Zea, Pyrus,
Pyrus malus, Prunus, Pr. cerasus, Ficus, Nectarin, Apricot, Cydonia.
Next follow the illustrious families of forest-trees, as the Magnolia
grandiflora and Quercus sempervirens, which form the venerated groves
and solemn shades, on the Mississipi, Alatamaha and Florida; the
magnificent Cupressus disticha of Carolina and Florida; the beautiful
Water Oak[1], whose vast hemispheric head presents the likeness of a
distant grove in the fields and savannas of Carolina; the gigantic
Black Oak[2], Platanus occidentalis, Liquidambar styraciflua,
Liriodendron tulipera, Fagus castanea, Fagus sylvatica, Juglans nigra,
Juglans cinerea, Jug. pecan, Ulmus, Acer saccharinum, of Virginia and
Pennsylvania; Pinus phœnix, Pinus tœda, Magnolia acuminata, Nyssa
aquatica, Populus heterophylla and the floriferous Gordonia lasianthus,
of Carolina and Florida; the exalted Pinus strobus, Pin. balsamica,
Pin. abies, Pin. Canadensis, Pin. larix, Fraxinus excelsior, Robinia
pseudacacia, Guilandina dioica, Æsculus Virginica, Magnolia acuminata,
of Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, New England,
Ohio and the regions of Erie and the Illinois; and the aromatic and
floriferous shrubs, as Azalea coccinia, Azalea rosea, Rosa,
Rhododendron, Kalmia, Syringa, Gardenia, Calycanthus, Daphne,
Franklinia, Styrax and others equally celebrated.

In every order of nature, we perceive a variety of qualities
distributed amongst individuals, designed for different purposes and
uses; yet it appears evident, that the great Author has impartially
distributed his favours to his creatures, so that the attributes of
each one seem to be of sufficient importance to manifest the divine and
inimitable workmanship. The pompous Palms of Florida, and glorious
Magnolia, strikes us with the sense of dignity and magnificence; the
expansive umbrageous Live-Oak[3] with awful veneration, the Carica
papaya, supercilious with all the harmony of beauty and gracefulness;
the Lillium superbum represents pride and vanity; Kalmia latifolia and
Azalea coccinea, exhibit a perfect show of mirth and gaiety; the
Illicium Floridanum, Crinum Floridanum, Convallaria majalis of the
Cherokees, and Calycanthus floridus, charm with their beauty and
fragrance. Yet they are not to be compared for usefulness with the
nutritious Triticum, Zea, Oryza, Solanum tuberosum, Musa, Convolvulus,
Batata, Rapa, Orchis, Vitis vinifera, Pyrus, Olea; for clothing with
Linum Cannabis, Gossypium, Morus; for medical virtues, Hyssopus,
Thymus, Anthemis nobilis, Papaver somniferum, Quinquina, Rheum
rhabarbarum, Pisum, &c. Though none of these most useful tribes are
conspicuous for stateliness, figure or splendour, yet their valuable
qualities and virtues, excite love, gratitude and adoration to the
great Creator, who was such to endow them with such eminent qualities,
and reveal them to us for our sustenance, amusement, and delight.

But there remain of the vegetable world, several tribes that are
distinguished by very remarkable properties, which excite our
admiration, some for the elegance, singularity and splendour of their
vestment, as the Tulipa, Fritillaria, Colchicum, Primula, Lillium
superbum, Kalmia, &c.: others astonish us by their figure and disposal
of their vestiture, as if designed only to embellish and please the
observer, as the Nepenthes distillatoria, Ophrys insectoria,
Cypripedium calceolus, Hydrangia quercifolia, Bartramia bracteata,
Viburnum Canadense, Bartsia, &c.

Observe these green meadows how they are decorated; they seem enamelled
with the beds of flowers. The blushing Chironia and Rhexia, the spiral
Ophrys with immaculate white flowers, the Limodorum, Arethusa
pulcherrima, Sarracenia purpurea, Sarracenia galeata, Sarracenia
lacunosa, Sarracenia flava. Shall we analyze these beautiful plants,
since they seem cheerfully to invite us? How greatly the flowers of the
yellow Sarracenia represent a silken canopy? the yellow pendant petals
are the curtains, and the hollow leaves are not unlike the cornucopia
or Amalthea’s horn, what a quantity of water a leaf is capable of
containing, about a pint! taste of it—how cool and animating—limpid as
the morning dew: nature seems to have furnished them with this cordated
appendage or lid, which turns over, to prevent a too sudden and copious
supply of water from heavy showers of rain, which would bend down the
leaves, never to rise again; because their straight parallel nerves,
which extend and support them, are so rigid and fragile, the leaf would
inevitably break when bent down to a right angle; therefore I suppose
the waters which contribute to their supply, are the rebounding drops
or horizontal streams wafted by the winds, which adventitiously find
their way into them, when a blast of wind shifts the lid; see these
short stiff hairs, they all point downwards, which direct the condensed
vapours down into the funiculum; these stiff hairs also prevent the
varieties of insects, which are caught, from returning, being invited
down to sip the mellifluous exudation, from the interior surface of the
tube, where they inevitably perish; what quantities there are of them!
These latent waters undoubtedly contribute to the support and
refreshment of the plant; perhaps designed as a reservoir in case of
long continued droughts, or other casualties, since these plants
naturally dwell in low savannas liable to overflows, from rain water:
for although I am not of the opinion that vegetables receive their
nourishment, only through the ascending part of the plant, as the stem,
branches, leaves, &c. and that their descending parts, as the roots and
fibres, only serve to hold and retain them in their places, yet I
believe they imbibe rain and dews through their leaves, stems and
branches, by extremely minute pores, which open on both surfaces of the
leaves and on the branches, which may communicate to little auxiliary
ducts or vessels; or, perhaps the cool dews and showers, by
constricting these pores, and thereby preventing a too free
perspiration, may recover and again invigorate the languid nerves, of
those which seem to suffer for want of water, in great heats and
droughts; but whether the insects caught in their leaves, and which
dissolve and mix with the fluid, serve for aliment or support to these
kind of plants, is doubtful. All the Sarracenia are insect catchers,
and so is the Drossea rotundifolia.

But admirable are the properties of the extraordinary Dionea muscipula!
A great extent on each side of that serpentine rivulet, is occupied by
those sportive vegetables—let us advance to the spot in which nature
has seated them. Astonishing production! see the incarnate lobes
expanding, how gay and sportive they appear! ready on the spring to
intrap incautious deluded insects! what artifice! there behold one of
the leaves just closed upon a struggling fly; another has got a worm;
its hold is sure, its prey can never escape—carnivorous vegetable! Can
we after viewing this object, hesitate a moment to confess, that
vegetable beings are endued with some sensible faculties or attributes,
similar to those that dignify animal nature; they are organical, living
and self-moving bodies, for we see here, in this plant, motion and
volition.

What power or faculty is it, that directs the cirri of the Cucurbita,
Momordica, Vitis and other climbers, towards the twigs of shrubs,
trees, and other friendly support? we see them invariably leaning,
extending, and like the fingers of the human hand, reaching to catch
hold of what is nearest, just as if they had eyes to see with, and when
their hold is fixed, to coil the tendril in a spiral form, by which
artifice it becomes more elastic and effectual, than if it had remained
in a direct line, for every revolution of the coil adds a portion of
strength; and thus collected, they are enabled to dilate and contract
as occasion or necessity requires, and thus by yielding to, and
humouring the motion of the limbs and twigs, or other support on which
they depend, are not so liable to be torn off by sudden blasts of wind
or other assaults: is it sense or instinct that influences their
actions? it must be some impulse; or does the hand of the Almighty act
and perform this work in our sight?

The vital principle or efficient cause of motion and action, in the
animal and vegetable[4] system, perhaps, may be more similar than we
generally apprehend. Where is the essential difference between the seed
of peas, peaches and other tribes of plants and trees, and the eggs of
oviparous animals, as the eggs of birds, snakes, or butterflies, spawn
of fish, &c.? Let us begin at the source of terrestrial existence. Are
not the seed of vegetables, and the eggs of oviparous animals
fecundated, or influenced with the vivific principle of life, through
the approximation and intimacy of the sexes? and immediately after the
eggs and seeds are hatched, does not the young larva and infant plant,
by heat and moisture, rise into existence, increase, and in due time
arrive to a state of perfect maturity? The physiologists agree in
opinion, that the work of generation in viviparious animals, is exactly
similar, only more secret and enveloped. The mode of operation that
nature pursues in the production of vegetables, and oviparous animals,
is infinitely more uniform and manifest, than that which is or can be
discovered to take place in viviparous animals.

The most apparent difference between animals and vegetables is, that
animals have the powers of sound, and are locomotive, whereas
vegetables are not able to shift themselves from the places where
nature has planted them: yet vegetables have the power of moving and
exercising their members, and have the means of transplanting and
colonising their tribes almost over the surface of the whole earth;
some seeds, for instance, grapes, nuts, smilax, peas, and others, whose
pulp or kernel is food for animals, will remain several days without
being injured in stomachs of pigeons and other birds of passage; by
this means such sorts are distributed from place to place, even across
seas; indeed some seeds require this preparation by the digestive heat
of the stomach of animals, to dissolve and detach the oily, viscid
pulp, and to soften the hard shells. Small seeds are sometimes
furnished with rays of hair or down, and others with thin light
membranes attached to them, which serve the purpose of wings, on which
they mount upward, leaving the earth, float in the air, and are carried
away by the swift winds to very remote regions before they settle on
the earth; some are furnished with hooks, which catch hold of the wool
and hair of animals passing by them, are by that means spread abroad;
other seeds ripen in pericarpes, which open with elastic force, and
shoot their seed to a very great distance round about; some other
seeds, as of the Mosses and Fungi, are so very minute as to be
invisible, light as atoms, and these mixing with the air, are wafted
all over the world.

The animal creation also, excites our admiration, and equally manifests
the almighty power, wisdom and beneficence of the Supreme Creator and
Sovereign Lord of the universe; some in their vast size and strength,
as the mammoth, the elephant, the whale, the lion, and alligator;
others in agility; others in their beauty and elegance of colour,
plumage and rapidity of flight, have the faculty of moving and living
in the air; others for their immediate and indispensable use and
convenience to man, in furnishing means for our clothing and
sustenance, and administering to our help in the toils and labours of
life; how wonderful is the mechanism of these finely formed,
self-moving beings, how complicated their system, yet what unerring
uniformity prevails through every tribe and particular species! the
effect we see and contemplate, the cause is invisible,
incomprehensible, how can it be otherwise? when we cannot see the end
or origin of a nerve or vein, while the divisibility of mater or fluid,
is infinite. We admire the mechanism of a watch, and the fabric of a
piece of brocade, as being the production of art; these merit our
admiration, and must excite our esteem for the ingenious artist or
modifier, but nature is the work of God omnipotent; and an elephant,
nay even this world, is comparatively but a very minute part of his
works. If then the visible, the mechanical part of the animal creation,
the mere material part, is so admirably beautiful, harmonious and
incomprehensible, what must be the intellectual system? that
inexpressibly more essential principle, which secretly operates within?
that which animates the inimitable machines, which gives them motion,
impowers them to act, speak, and perform, this must be divine and
immortal?

I am sensible that the general opinion of philosophers has
distinguished the moral system of the brute creature from that of
mankind, by an epithet which implies a mere mechanical impulse, which
leads and impels them to necessary actions, without any premeditated
design or contrivance; this we term instinct, which faculty we suppose
to be inferior to reason in man.

The parental, and filial affections seem to be as ardent, their
sensibility and attachment as active and faithful, as those observed to
be in human nature.

When travelling on the east coast of the isthmus of Florida, ascending
the South Musquito river, in a canoe, we observed numbers of deer and
bears, near the banks, and on the islands of the river: the bears were
feeding on the fruit of the dwarf creeping Chamærops; (this fruit is of
the form and size of dates, and is delicious and nourishing food:) we
saw eleven bears in the course of the day, they seemed no way surprised
or affrighted at the sight of us. In the evening, my hunter, who was an
excellent marksman, said that he would shoot one of them for the sake
of the skin and oil, for we had plenty and variety of provisions in our
bark. We accordingly, on sight of two of them, planned our approaches,
as artfully as possible, by crossing over to the opposite shore, in
order to get under cover of a small island, this we cautiously coasted
round, to a point, which we apprehended would take us within shot of
the bears, but here finding ourselves at too great a distance from
them, and discovering that we must openly show ourselves. We had no
other alternative to effect our purpose, but making oblique approaches;
we gained gradually on our prey by this artifice, without their
noticing us: finding ourselves near enough, the hunter fired, and laid
the largest dead on the spot where she stood; when presently the other,
not seeming the least moved at the report of our piece, approached the
dead body, smelled, and pawed it, and appearing in agony, fell to
weeping and looking upwards, then towards us, and cried out like a
child. Whilst our boat approached very near, the hunter was loading his
rifle in order to shoot the survivor, which was a young cub, and the
slain supposed to be the dam. The continual cries of this afflicted
child, bereft of its parent, affected me very sensibly; I was moved
with compassion, and charging myself as if accessary to what now
appeared to be a cruel murder, and endeavoured to prevail on the hunter
to save its life, but to no effect! for by habit he had become
insensible to compassion towards the brute creation: being now within a
few yards of the harmless devoted victim, he fired, and laid it dead
upon the body of the dam.

If we bestow but a very little attention to the economy of the animal
creation, we shall find manifest examples of premeditation,
perseverance, resolution, and consummate artifice, in order to effect
their purposes. The next morning, after the slaughter of the bears
whilst my companions were striking our tent, and preparing to
re-embark, I resolved to make a little botanical excursion alone:
crossing over a narrow isthmus of sand hills which separated the river
from the ocean, I passed over a pretty high hill, its summit crested
with a few palm trees, surrounded with an Orange grove; this hill,
whose base was washed on one side, by the floods of the Musquitoe
river, and on the other side by the billows of the ocean, was about one
hundred yards diameter, and seemed to be an entire heap of sea shells.
I continued along the beach, a quarter of a mile, and came up to a
forest of the Agave vivipara (though composed of herbaceous plants, I
term it a forest, because their scapes or flower-stems arose erect near
30 feet high): their tops regularly branching in the form of a
pyramidal tree, and these plants growing near to each other, occupied a
space of ground of several acres: when their seeds are ripe they
vegetate, and grow on the branches, until the scape dries, when the
young plants fall to the ground, take root, and fix themselves in the
sand: the plant grows to a prodigious size before the scape shoots up
from its centre. Having contemplated this admirable grove, I proceeded
towards the shrubberies on the banks of the river, and though it was
now late in December, the aromatic groves appeared in full bloom. The
broad-leaved sweet Myrtus, Erythrina corrallodendrum, Cactus
cochinellifer, Cacalia suffruticosa, and particularly, Rhizophora
conjugata, which stood close to and in the salt water of the river,
were in full bloom, with beautiful white sweet scented flowers, which
attracted to them, two or three species of very beautiful butterflies,
one of which was black, the upper pair of its wings very long and
narrow, marked with transverse stripes of pale yellow, with some spots
of a crimson colour near the body. Another species remarkable for
splendour, was of a larger size; the wings were undulated and obtusely
crenated round their ends, the nether pair terminating near the body,
with a long narrow forked tail; the ground light yellow, striped
oblique-transversely, with stripes of pale celestial blue, the ends of
them adorned with little eyes encircled with the finest blue and
crimson, which represented a very brilliant rosary. But those which
were the most numerous were as white as snow, their wings large, their
ends lightly crenated and ciliated, forming a fringed border, faintly
marked with little black crescents, their points downward, with a
cluster of little brilliant orbs of blue and crimson, on the nether
wings near the body; the numbers were incredible, and there seemed to
be scarcely a flower for each fly, multitudinous as they were, besides
clouds of them hovering over the mellifluous groves. Besides these
papiles, a variety of other insects come in for a share, particularly
several species of bees.

As I was gathering specimens of flowers from the shrubs, I was greatly
surprised at the sudden appearance of a remarkably large spider, on a
leaf of the genus Araneus saliens: at sight of me he boldly faced
about, and raised himself up, as if ready to spring upon me; his body
was about the size of a pigeon’s egg, of a buff colour, which with his
legs were covered with short silky hair, on the top of the abdomen was
a round red spot or ocelle encircled with black. After I had recovered
from the surprise, and observing that the wary hunter had retired under
cover, I drew near again, and presently discovered that I had surprised
him on predatory attempts against the insect tribes. I was therefore
determined to watch his proceedings, I soon noticed that the object of
his wishes was a large fat bomble bee (apis bombylicus), that was
visiting the flowers, and piercing their nectariferous tubes; this
cunning intrepid hunter conducted his subtil approaches with the
circumspection and perseverance of a Siminole when hunting a deer,
advancing with slow steps obliquely, or under cover of dense foliage,
and behind the limbs, and when the bee was engaged in probing a flower,
he would leap nearer, and then instantly retire out of sight, under a
leaf or behind a branch, at the same time keeping a sharp eye upon me.
When he had now gotten within two feet of his prey, and the bee was
intent on sipping the delicious nectar from a flower, with his back
next the spider, he instantly sprang upon him, and grasped him over the
back and shoulder, when for some moments they both disappeared. I
expected the bee had carried off his enemy, but to my surprise, they
both together rebounded back again, suspended at the extremity of a
strong elastic thread or web, which the spider had artfully let fall,
or fixed on the twig, the instant he leaped from it; the rapidity of
the bee’s wings, endeavouring to extricate himself, made them both
together appear as a moving vapour, until the bee became fatigued by
whirling round, first one way and then back again; at length, in about
a quarter of an hour, the bee quite exhausted by his struggles, and the
repeated wounds of the butcher, became motionless, and quickly expired
in the arms of the devouring spider, who, ascending the rope with his
game, retired to feast on it under cover of leaves; and perhaps before
night, became himself the delicious evening repast of a bird or lizard.

Birds are in general social and benevolent creatures; intelligent,
ingenious, volatile, active beings; and this order of animal creation
consists of various nations, bands or tribes, as may be observed from
their different structure, manners and languages, or voice, as each
nation, though subdivided into many different tribes, retaining its
general form or structure, a similarity of customs, and a sort of
dialect or language, particular to that nation or genus from which
those tribes seem to have descended or separated. What I mean by a
language in birds, is the common notes or speech, that they use when
employed in feeding themselves and their young, calling on one another,
as well as their menaces against their enemy; for their songs seem to
be musical compositions, performed only by the males, about the time of
incubation, in part to divert and amuse the female, entertaining her
with melody, &c. This harmony, with the tender solicitude of the male,
alleviates the toils, cares and distresses of the female, consoles her
in solitary retirement whilst sitting, and animates her with affection
and attachment to himself in preference to any other. The volatility of
their species, and operation of their passions and affections, are
particularly conspicuous in the different tribes of the thrush, famous
for song. On a sweet May morning we see the red thrushes (turdus rufus)
perched on an elevated sprig of the snowy Hawthorn, sweet flowering
Crab, or other hedge shrub, exerting their accomplishments in song,
striving by varying and elevating their voices to excel each other; we
observe a very agreeable variation, not only in tone but in modulation;
the voice of one is shrill, of another lively and elevated, of others
sonorous and quivering. The mock-bird (turdus polyglottos) who excels,
distinguishes himself in a variety of action as well as air; from a
turret he bounds aloft with the celerity of an arrow, as it were to
recover or recal his very soul, expired in the last elevated strain.
The high forests are filled with the symphony of the song or wood
thrush (turdus minor.)

Both sexes of some tribes of birds sing equally finely, and it is
remarkable, that these reciprocally assist in their domestic cares, as
building their nests and sitting on their eggs, feeding and defending
their young brood, &c. The oriolus (icterus, Cat.) is an instance in
this case; and the female of the icterus minor is a bird of more
splendid and gay dress than the male bird. Some tribes of birds will
relieve and rear up the young and helpless, of their own and other
tribes, when abandoned. Animal substance seems to be the first food of
all birds, even the granivorous tribes.

Having passed through some remarks, which appeared of sufficient
consequence to be offered to the public, and which were most suitable
to have a place in the introduction, I shall now offer such
observations as must necessarily occur, from a careful attention to,
and investigation of the manners of the Indian nations; being induced,
while travelling among them, to associate with them, that I might judge
for myself whether they were deserving of the severe censure which
prevailed against them among the white people, that they were incapable
of civilization.

In the consideration of this important subject it will be necessary to
enquire, whether they were inclined to adopt the European modes of
civil society? Whether such a reformation could be obtained, without
using coercive or violent means? and lastly, whether such a resolution
would be productive of real benefit to them, and consequently
beneficial to the public? I was satisfied in discovering that they were
desirous of becoming united with us, in civil and religious society.

It may, therefore, not be foreign to the subject, to point out the
propriety of sending men of ability and virtue, under the authority of
government, as friendly visitors, into their towns; let these men be
instructed to learn perfectly their languages, and by a liberal and
friendly intimacy, become acquainted with their customs and usages,
religious and civil; their system of legislation and police, as well as
their most ancient and present traditions and history. These men thus
enlightened and instructed, would be qualified to judge equitably, and
when returned to us, to make true and just reports, which might assist
the legislature of the United States to form, and offer to them a
judicious plan for their civilization and union with us.

But I presume not to dictate in these high concerns of government, and
I am fully convinced that such important matters are far above my
ability; the duty and respect we owe to religion and rectitude, the
most acceptable incense we can offer to the Almighty, as an atonement
for our negligence in the care of the present and future wellbeing of
our Indian brethren, induces me to mention this matter, though perhaps
of greater concernment than we generally are aware.

 [1] Quercus Hemispherica.

 [2] Quercus tinctoria.

 [3] Quercus Sempervirens.

 [4] Vid. Sponsalia plantarum, Amœn. Acad l. n. 12. Linn.

[Illustration]




The Travels of William Bartram




CHAPTER I.

 THE AUTHOR SETS SAIL FROM PHILADELPHIA, AND ARRIVES AT CHARLESTON,
 FROM WHENCE HE BEGINS HIS TRAVELS.


At the request of Dr. Fothergill, of London, to search the Floridas,
and the western parts of Carolina and Georgia, for the discovery of
rare and useful productions of nature, chiefly in the vegetable
kingdom; in April, 1773, I embarked for Charleston, South Carolina, on
board the brigantine Charleston Packet, Captain Wright, the brig——,
Captain Mason, being in company with us, and bound to the same port. We
had a pleasant run down the Delaware, 150 miles to Cape Henlopen, the
two vessels entering the Atlantic together. For the first twenty-four
hours, we had a prosperous gale, and were cheerful and happy in the
prospect of a quick and pleasant voyage; but, alas! how vain and
uncertain are human expectations! how quickly is the flattering scene
changed! The powerful winds, now rushing forth from their secret
abodes, suddenly spread terror and devastation; and the wide ocean,
which, a few moments past, was gentle and placid, is now thrown into
disorder, and heaped into mountains, whose white curling crests seem to
sweep the skies!

This furious gale continued near two days and nights, and not a little
damaged our sails, cabin furniture, and state-rooms, besides retarding
our passage. The storm having abated, a lively gale from N. W.
continued four or five days, when shifting to N. and lastly to N. E. on
the tenth of our departure from cape Henlopen, early in the morning, we
descried a sail astern, and in a short time discovered it to be Capt.
Mason, who soon came up with us. We hailed each other, being joyful to
meet again, after so many dangers. He suffered greatly by the gale, but
providentially made a good harbour within Cape Hatteras. As he ran by
us, he threw on board ten or a dozen bass, a large and delicious fish,
having caught a great number of them whilst he was detained in harbour.
He got into Charleston that evening, and we the next morning, about
eleven o’clock.

There are few objects out at sea to attract the notice of the
traveller, but what are sublime, awful, and majestic: the seas
themselves, in a tempest, exhibit a tremendous scene, where the winds
assert their power, and, in furious conflict, seem to set the ocean on
fire. On the other hand, nothing can be more sublime than the view of
the encircling horizon, after the turbulent winds have taken their
flight, and the lately agitated bosom of the deep has again become calm
and pacific; the gentle moon rising in dignity from the east, attended
by thousands of glittering orbs; the luminous appearance of the seas at
night, when all the waters seem transmuted into liquid silver; the
prodigious bands of porpoises foreboding tempest, that appear to cover
the ocean; the mighty whale, sovereign of the watery realms, who
cleaves the seas in his course; the sudden appearance of land from the
sea, the strand stretching each way, beyond the utmost reach of sight;
the alternate appearance and recess of the coast, whilst the far
distant blue hills slowly retreat and disappear; or, as we approach the
coast, the capes and promontories first strike our sight, emerging from
the watery expanse, and like mighty giants, elevating their crests
towards the skies; the water suddenly alive with its scaly inhabitants;
squadrons of sea-fowl sweeping through the air, impregnated with the
breath of fragrant aromatic trees and flowers; the amplitude and
magnificence of these scenes are great indeed, and may present to the
imagination, an idea of the first appearance of the earth to man at the
creation.

On my arrival at Charleston, I waited on Doctor Chalmer, a gentleman of
eminence in his profession and public employments, to whom I was
recommended by my worthy patron, and to whom I was to apply for counsel
and assistance, for carrying into effect my intended travels. The
doctor received me with perfect politeness, and, on every occasion,
treated me with friendship; and by means of the countenance which he
gave me, and the marks of esteem with which he honoured me, I became
acquainted with many of the worthy families, not only of Carolina and
Georgia, but also in the distant countries of Florida.




CHAPTER II.


Arriving in Carolina very early in the spring vegetation was not
sufficiently advanced to invite me into the western parts of this
state; from which circumstance, I concluded to make an excursion into
Georgia; accordingly, I embarked on board a coasting vessel, and in
twenty-four hours arrived in Savanna, the capital, where, acquainting
the governor, Sir J. Wright, with my business, his excellency received
me with great politeness, showed me every mark of esteem and regard,
and furnished me with letters to the principal inhabitants of the
state, which were of great service to me. Another circumstance very
opportunely occurred on my arrival: the assembly was then sitting in
Savanna, and several members lodging in the same house where I took up
my quarters, I became acquainted with several worthy characters, who
invited me to call at their seats occasionally, as I passed through the
country; particularly the hon. B. Andrews, esq. a distinguished,
patriotic and liberal character. This gentleman’s seat, and well
cultivated plantations, are situated near the south high road, which I
often travelled; and I seldom passed his house without calling to see
him, for it was the seat of virtue, where hospitality, piety, and
philosophy, formed the happy family; where the weary traveller and
stranger found a hearty welcome, and from whence it must be his own
fault, if he departed without being greatly benefited.

After resting, and a little recreation for a few days in Savanna, and
having in the mean time purchased a good horse, and equipped myself for
a journey southward, I sat off early in the morning for Sunbury, a
sea-port town, beautifully situated on the main, between Medway and
Newport rivers, about fifteen miles south of great Ogeeche river. The
town and harbour are defended from the fury of the seas by the north
and south points of St. Helena and South Catherine’s islands; between
which is the bar and entrance into the sound: the harbour is capacious
and safe, and has water enough for ships of great burthen. I arrived
here in the evening, in company with a gentleman, one of the
inhabitants, who politely introduced me to one of the principal
families, where I supped and spent the evening in a circle of genteel
and polite ladies and gentlemen. Next day, being desirous of visiting
the islands, I forded a narrow shoal, part of the sound, and landed on
one of them, which employed me the whole day to explore. The surface
and vegetable mould here is generally a loose sand, not very fertile,
except some spots bordering on the sound and inlets, where are found
heaps or mounds of sea-shell, either formerly brought there, by the
Indians, who inhabited the island, or which were perhaps thrown up in
ridges, by the beating surface of the sea: possibly both these
circumstances may have contributed to their formation. These
sea-shells, through length of time, and the subtle penetrating effects
of the air, which dissolve them to earth, render these ridges very
fertile, and, when clear of their trees, and cultivated, they become
profusely productive of almost every kind of vegetable. Here are also
large plantations of indigo, corn, and potatoes,[5] with many other
sorts of esculent plants. I observed, amongst the shells of the conical
mounds, fragments of earthen vessels, and of other utensils, the
manufacture of the ancients: about the centre of one of them, the rim
of an earthen pot appeared amongst the shells and earth, which I
carefully removed, and drew it out, almost whole: this pot was
curiously wrought all over the outside, representing basket work, and
was undoubtedly esteemed a very ingenious performance, by the people,
at the age of its construction. The natural produce of these testaceous
ridges, besides many of less note, are, the great Laurel Tree,
(Magnolia grandiflora) Pinus tæda, Laurus Borbonia, Quercus
sempervirens, or Live Oak, Prunus, Lauro-cerasus, Ilex aquifolium,
Corypha palma, Juniperus Americana. The general surface of the island
being low, and generally level, produces a very great variety of trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants; particularly the great long-leaved
Pitch-Pine, or Broom-Pine, Pinus palustris, Pinus squamosa, Pinus
lutea, Gordonia Lasianthus, Liquid Ambar (Styraciflua) Acer rubrum,
Fraxinus excelcior; Fraxinus aquatica, Quercus aquatica, Quercus
phillos, Quercus dentata, Quercus humila varietas, Vaccinium varietas,
Andromeda varietas, Prinos varietas, Ilex varietas, Viburnum
prunifolium, V. dentatum, Cornus florida, C. alba, C. sanguinea,
Carpinus betula, C. ostrya, Itea Clethra alnifolia, Halesia tetraptera,
H. diptera, Iva, Rhamnus frangula, Callicarpa, Morus rubra, Sapindus,
Cassine, and of such as grow near water-courses, round about ponds and
savannas, Fothergilla gardini, Myrica cerifera, Olea Americana, Cyrilla
racemiflora, Magnolia glauca, Magnolia pyramidata, Cercis, Kalmia
angustifolia, Kalmia ciliata, Chionanthus, Cephalanthos, Æsculus parva,
and the intermediate spaces, surrounding and lying between the ridges
and savannas, are intersected with plains of the dwarf prickly
fan-leaved Palmetto, and lawns of grass variegated with stately trees
of the great Broom-Pine, and the spreading ever-green Water-Oak, either
disposed in clumps, or scatteringly planted by nature. The upper
surface, or vegetative soil of the island, lies on a foundation, or
stratum, of tenacious cinereous-coloured clay, which perhaps is the
principal support of the vast growth of timber that arises from the
surface, which is little more than a mixture of fine white sand and
dissolved vegetables, serving as a nursery bed to hatch, or bring into
existence, the infant plant, and to supply it with aliment and food,
suitable to its delicacy and tender frame, until the roots, acquiring
sufficient extent and solidity to lay hold of the clay, soon attain a
magnitude and stability sufficient to maintain its station. Probably if
this clay were dug out, and cast upon the surface, after being
meliorated by the saline or nitrous qualities of the air, it would
kindly incorporate with the loose sand, and become a productive and
lasting manure.

The roebuck, or deer, are numerous on this island; the tyger, wolf, and
bear, hold yet some possession; as also raccoons, foxes, hares,
squirrels, rats and mice, but I think no moles. There is a large ground
rat, more than twice the size of the common Norway rat. In the night
time it throws out the earth, forming little mounds, or hillocks.
Opossums are here in abundance, as also pole-cats, wild cats,
rattle-snakes, glass-snake, coach-whip-snake, and a variety of other
serpents.

Here are also a great variety of birds, throughout the seasons,
inhabiting both sea and land. First I shall name the eagle, of which
there are three species. The great grey eagle is the largest, of great
strength and high flight; he chiefly preys on fawns and other young
quadrupeds.

The bald eagle is likewise a large, strong, and very active bird, but
an execrable tyrant: he supports his assumed dignity and grandeur by
rapine and violence, extorting unreasonable tribute and subsidy from
all the feathered nations.

The last of this race I shall mention is the falco-piscatorius, or
fishing-hawk: this is a large bird, of high and rapid flight; his wings
are very long and pointed, and he spreads a vast sail, in proportion to
the volume of his body. This princely bird subsists entirely on fish,
which he takes himself, scorning to live and grow fat on the
dear-earned labours of another; he also contributes liberally to the
support of the bald eagle.

Water-fowl, and the various species of land-birds, also abound, most of
which are mentioned by Catesby, in his Hist. Carolina, particularly his
painted finch (Emberiza Ceris Linn.) exceeded by none of the feathered
tribes, either in variety and splendour of dress, or melody of song.

Catesby’s ground doves are also here in abundance: they are remarkably
beautiful, about the size of a sparrow, and their soft and plaintive
cooing perfectly enchanting.

How chaste the dove! “never known to violate the conjugal contract.”
She flees the seats of envy and strife, and seeks the retired paths of
peace.


The sight of this delightful and productive island, placed in front of
the rising city of Sunbury, quickly induced me to explore it; which I
apprehended, from former visits to this coast, would exhibit a
comprehensive epitome of the history of all the sea-coast islands of
Carolina and Georgia, as likewise in general of the coast of the main.
And though I considered this excursion along the coast of Georgia and
northern border of Florida, a deviation from the high road of my
intended travels, yet I performed it in order to employ to the most
advantage the time on my hands, before the treaty of Augusta came on,
where I was to attend, about May or June, by desire of the
Superintendant, J. Stewart, esq. who, when I was in Charleston,
proposed, in order to facilitate my travels in the Indian territories,
that, if I would be present at the Congress, he would introduce my
business to the chiefs of the Cherokees, Creeks, and other nations, and
recommend me to their friendship and protection; which promise he fully
performed, and it proved of great service to me.

Obedient to the admonitions of my attendant spirit, curiosity, as well
as to gratify the expectations of my worthy patron, I again sat off on
my southern excursion, and left Sunbury, in company with several of its
polite inhabitants, who were going to Medway meeting, a very large and
well-constructed place of worship, in St. John’s parish, where I
associated with them in religious exercise, and heard a very excellent
sermon, delivered by their pious and truly venerable pastor, the Rev.——
Osgood. This respectable congregation is independent, and consist
chiefly of families, and proselytes to a flock, which this pious man
led about forty years ago, from South Carolina, and settled in this
fruitful district. It is about nine miles from Sunbury to Medway
meeting-house, which stands on the high road, opposite the Sunbury
road. As soon as the congregation broke up, I re-assumed my travels,
proceeding down the high road, towards Fort Barrington, on the
Alatamaha, passing through a level country, well watered by large
streams, branches of Medway and Newport rivers, coursing from extensive
swamps and marshes, their sources: these swamps are daily clearing and
improving into large fruitful rice plantations, aggrandizing the well
inhabited and rich district of St. John’s parish. The road is straight,
spacious, and kept in excellent repair by the industrious inhabitants;
and is generally bordered on each side with a light grove, consisting
of the following trees and shrubs: Myrica Cerifera, Calycanthus,
Halesia tetraptera, Itea stewartia, Andromeda nitida, Cyrella
racemiflora, entwined with bands and garlands of Bignonia sempervirens,
B. crucigera, Lonicera sempervirens and Glycene frutescens; these were
overshadowed by tall and spreading trees, as the Magnolia grandiflora,
Liquid ambar, Liriodendron, Catalpa, Quercus sempervirens, Quercus
dentata, Q. Phillos; and on the verges of the canals, where the road
was causwayed, stood the Cupressus disticha, Gordonia Lacianthus, and
Magnolia glauca, all planted by nature, and left standing, by the
virtuous inhabitants, to shade the road and perfume the sultry air. The
extensive plantations of rice and corn, now in early verdure, decorated
here and there with groves of floriferous and fragrant trees and
shrubs, under the cover and protection of pyramidal laurels and plumed
palms, which now and then break through upon the sight from both sides
of the way as we pass along; the eye at intervals stealing a view at
the humble, but elegant and neat habitation, of the happy proprietor,
amidst arbours and groves, all day, and moon-light nights, filled with
the melody of the cheerful mockbird, warbling nonpareil, and plaintive
turtle-dove, altogether present a view of magnificence and joy,
inexpressibly charming and animating.

In the evening, I arrived at the seat of the Hon. B. Andrews, esq. who
received and entertained me in every respect, as a worthy gentleman
could a stranger, that is, with hearty welcome, plain but plentiful
board, free conversation and liberality of sentiment. I spent the
evening very agreeably, and the day following (for I was not permitted
to depart sooner): I viewed with pleasure this gentleman’s exemplary
improvements in agriculture; particularly in the growth of rice, and in
his machines for shelling that valuable grain, which stands in the
water almost from the time it is sown, until within a few days before
it is reaped, when they draw off the water by sluices, which ripens it
all at once, and when the heads or panicles are dry ripe, it is reaped
and left standing in the field, in small ricks, until all the straw is
quite dry, when it is hauled, and stacked in the barn-yard. The
machines for cleaning the rice are worked by the force of water. They
stand on the great reservoir which contains the waters that flood the
rice-fields below.

Towards the evening we made a little party at fishing. We chose a
shaded retreat, in a beautiful grove of magnolias, myrtles, and sweet
bay-trees, which were left standing on the bank of a fine creek, that,
from this place, took a slow serpentine course through the plantation.
We presently took some fish, one kind of which is very beautiful; they
call it the red-belly. It is as large as a man’s hand, nearly oval and
thin, being compressed on each side; the tail is beautifully formed;
the top of the head and back of an olive green, besprinkled with russet
specks; the sides of a sea-green, inclining to azure, insensibly
blended with the olive above, and beneath lightens to a silvery white,
or pearl colour, elegantly powdered with specks of the finest green,
russet and gold; the belly is of a bright scarlet-red, or vermilion,
darting up rays or fiery streaks into the pearl on each side; the
ultimate angle of the branchiostega extends backwards with a long
spatula, ending with a round, or oval particoloured spot, representing
the eye in the long feathers of a peacock’s train, verged round with a
thin flame-coloured membrane, and appears like a brilliant ruby fixed
on the side of the fish; the eyes are large, encircled with fiery iris;
they are a voracious fish, and are easily caught with a suitable bait.

The next morning I took leave of this worthy family, and sat off for
the settlements on the Alatahama, still pursuing the high road for Fort
Barrington, till towards noon, when I turned off to the left, following
the road to Darian, a settlement on the river, twenty miles lower down,
and near the coast. The fore part of this day’s journey was pleasant,
the plantations frequent, and the roads in tolerable good repair; but
the country being now less cultivated, the roads became bad. I pursued
my journey almost continually, through swamps and creeks, waters of
Newport and Sapello, till night, when I lost my way: but coming up to a
fence, I saw a glimmering light, which conducted me to a house, where I
stayed all night, and met with very civil entertainment. Early next
morning I sat off again, in company with the overseer of the farm, who
piloted me through a large and difficult swamp, when we parted; he in
chase of deer, and I towards Darian. I rode several miles through a
high forest of pines, thinly growing on a level plain, which admitted
an ample view, and a free circulation of air, to another swamp: and
crossing a considerable branch of Sapello river, I then came to a small
plantation by the side of another swamp: the people were remarkably
civil and hospitable. The man’s name was M’Intosh, a family of the
first colony established in Georgia, under the conduct of General
Oglethorpe. Was there ever such a scene of primitive simplicity, as was
here exhibited, since the days of the good King Tammany! The venerable
grey-headed Caledonian smilingly meets me coming up to his house.
“Welcome, stranger; come in, and rest; the air is now very sultry; it
is a very hot day.” I was there treated with some excellent venison,
and here found friendly and secure shelter from a tremendous thunder
storm, which came up from the N. W. and soon after my arrival began to
discharge its fury all around. Stepping to the door to observe the
progress and direction of the tempest, the fulgour and rapidity of the
streams of lightning, passing from cloud to cloud, and from the clouds
to the earth, exhibited a very awful scene; when instantly the
lightning, as it were, opening a fiery chasm in the black cloud, darted
with inconceivable rapidity on the trunk of a large pine-tree, that
stood thirty or forty yards from me, and set it in a blaze. The flame
instantly ascended upwards of ten or twelve feet, and continued flaming
about fifteen minutes, when it was gradually extinguished by the
deluges of rain that fell upon it.

I saw here a remarkably large turkey of the native wild breed; his head
was above three feet from the ground when he stood erect; he was a
stately beautiful bird, of a very dark dusky brown colour, the tips of
the feathers of his neck, breast, back, and shoulders, edged with a
copper colour, which in a certain exposure looked like burnished gold,
and he seemed not insensible of the splendid appearance he made. He was
reared from an egg, found in the forest, and hatched by a hen of the
common domestic fowl.

Our turkey of America is a very different species from the meleagris of
Asia and Europe; they are nearly thrice their size and weight. I have
seen several that have weighed between twenty and thirty pounds, and
some have been killed that weighed near forty. They are taller, and
have a much longer neck proportionally, and likewise longer legs, and
stand more erect; they are also very different in colour. Ours are all,
male and female, of a dark brown colour, not having a black feather on
them; but the male exceedingly splendid, with changeable colours. In
other particulars they differ not.

The tempest being over, I waited till the floods of rain had run off
the ground, then took leave of my friends, and departed. The air was
now cool and salubrious, and riding seven or eight miles, through a
pine forest, I came to Sapello bridge, to which the salt tide flows. I
here stopped, at Mr. Bailey’s, to deliver a letter from the governor.
This gentleman received me very civilly, inviting me to stay with him;
but upon my urging the necessity of my accelerating my journey, he
permitted me to proceed to Mr. L. M’Intosh’s, near the river, to whose
friendship I was recommended by Mr. B. Andrews.

Perhaps, to a grateful mind, there is no intellectual enjoyment, which
regards human concerns, of a more excellent nature, than the
remembrance of real acts of friendship. The heart expands at the
pleasing recollection. When I came up to his door, the friendly man,
smiling, and with a grace and dignity peculiar to himself, took me by
the hand, and accosted me thus: “Friend Bartram, come under my roof,
and I desire you to make my house your home, as long as convenient to
yourself; remember, from this moment, that you are a part of my family,
and, on my part, I shall endeavour to make it agreeable,” which was
verified during my continuance in, and about, the southern territories
of Georgia and Florida; for I found here sincerity in union with all
the virtues, under the influence of religion. I shall yet mention a
remarkable instance of Mr. M’Intosh’s friendship and respect for me;
which was, recommending his eldest son, Mr. John M’Intosh, as a
companion in my travels. He was a sensible virtuous youth, and a very
agreeable companion through a long and toilsome journey of near a
thousand miles.

Having been greatly refreshed, by continuing a few days with this kind
and agreeable family, I prepared to prosecute my journey southerly.

 [5] Convolvulus batata.




CHAPTER III.


I sat off early in the morning for the Indian trading-house, in the
river St. Mary, and took the road up the N. E. side of the Alatamaha to
Fort-Barrington. I passed through a well-inhabited district, mostly
rice plantations, on the waters of Cathead creek, a branch of the
Alatamaha. On drawing near the fort, I was greatly delighted at the
appearance of two new beautiful shrubs, in all their blooming graces.
One of them appeared to be a species of Gordonia,[6] but the flowers
are larger, and more fragrant than those of the Gordonia Lascanthus,
and are sessile; the seed vessel is also very different. The other was
equally distinguished for beauty and singularity; it grows twelve or
fifteen feet high, the branches ascendant and opposite, and terminate
with large panicles of pale blue tubular flowers, specked on the inside
with crimson; but what is singular, these panicles are ornamented with
a number of ovate large bracteæ, as white, and like fine paper, their
tops and verges stained with a rose-red, which, at a little distance,
has the appearance of clusters of roses, at the extremities of the
limbs: the flowers are of the Cl. Pentandria monogynia; the leaves are
nearly ovate, pointed and petioled, standing opposite to one another on
the branches.

After fifteen miles riding, I arrived at the ferry, which is near the
site of the fort. Here is a considerable height and bluff on the river,
and evident vestiges of an ancient Indian town may be seen, such as old
extensive fields, and conical mounds, or artificial heaps of earth. I
here crossed the river, which is about five hundred yards over, in a
good large boat, rowed by a Creek Indian, who was married to a white
woman; he seemed an active, civil, and sensible man. I saw large, tall
trees of the Nyssa coccinea, si. Ogeeche, growing on the banks of the
river. They grow in the water, near the shore. There is no tree that
exhibits a more desirable appearance than this, in the autumn, when
their fruit is ripe, and the tree divested of its leaves; for then they
look as red as scarlet, with their fruit, which is of that colour also.
It is of the shape, but larger than the olive, containing an agreeable
acid juice. The leaves are oblong lanceolate and entire, somewhat hoary
underneath; their upper surface of a full green, and shining; the
petioles short, pedunculis multifloris. The most northern settlement of
this tree, yet known, is on Great Ogeeche, where they are called
Ogeeche limes, from their acid fruit being about the size of limes, and
their being sometimes used in their stead.

Being safely landed on the opposite bank, I mounted my horse, and
followed the high road to the ferry on St. Ille, about sixty miles
south of the Alatamaha, passing through an uninhabited wilderness. The
sudden transition from rich cultivated settlements, to high pine
forests, dark and grassy savannas, forms in my opinion no disagreeable
contrast; and the new objects of observation in the works of nature
soon reconcile the surprised imagination to the change. As soon as I
had lost sight of the river, ascending some sand-hills, I observed a
new and most beautiful species of Annona, having clusters of large
white fragrant flowers; and a diminutive but elegant Kalmia. The stems
are very small, feeble, and for the most part undivided, furnished with
little ovate pointed leaves, and terminate with a simple racemi, or
spike of flowers, salver formed, and of a deep rose red. The whole
plant is ciliated. It grows in abundance all over the moist savannas,
but more especially near ponds and bay-swamps. In similar situations,
and commonly a near neighbour to this new Kalmia, is seen a very
curious species of Annona. It is a very dwarf, the stems seldom
extending from the earth more than a foot or eighteen inches, and are
weak and almost decumbent. The leaves are long, extremely narrow,
almost lineal. However, small as they are, they retain the figure
common to the species, that is, lanceolate, broadest at the upper end,
and attenuating down to the petiole, which is very short; their leaves
stand alternately, nearly erect, forming two series, or wings, on the
arcuated stems. The flowers, both in size and colour, resemble those of
the Antrilobe, and are single from the axillæ of the leaves on incurved
pedunculi, nodding downwards. I never saw the fruit. The dens, or
caverns, dug in the sand-hills, by the great land-tortoise, called here
Gopher,[7] present a very singular appearance: these vast caves are
their castles and diurnal retreats, from whence they issue forth in the
night, in search of prey. The little mounds, or hillocks of fresh
earth, thrown up in great numbers in the night, have also a curious
appearance.

[Illustration: Annona Pygmea]

[Illustration: Annona Grandiflora]

In the evening I arrived at a cow-pen, where there was a habitation,
and the people received me very civilly. I staid here all night, and
had for supper plenty of milk, butter, and very good cheese of their
own make, which is a novelty in the maritime parts of Carolina and
Georgia; the inhabitants being chiefly supplied with it from Europe and
the northern states. The next day’s progress, in general, presented
scenes similar to the preceding, though the land is lower, more level
and humid, and the produce more varied: high open forests of stately
pines, flowery plains, and extensive green savannas, checquered with
the incarnate Chironia, pulcherrima, and Asclepias fragrans, perfumed
the air whilst they pleased the eye. I met with some troublesome cane
swamps, saw herds of horned cattle, horses and deer, and took notice of
a procumbent species of Hibiscus, the leaves palmated, the flowers
large and expanded, pale yellow and white, having a deep crimson eye;
the whole plant, except the corolla, armed with stiff hair. I also saw
a beautiful species of Lupin, having pale green villous lingulate[8]
leaves; the flowers are disposed in long erect spikes; some plants
produce flowers of the finest celestial blue, others incarnate, and
some milk white, and though they all three seem to be varieties of one
species, yet they associate in separate communities, sometimes
approaching near each other’s border, or in sight at a distance. Their
districts are situated on dry sandy heights, in open pine forests,
which are naturally thin of undergrowth, and appear to great advantage;
generally, where they are found, they occupy many acres of surface. The
vegetative mould is composed of fine white sand, mixed, and coloured,
with dissolved and calcined vegetable substances; but this stratum is
not very deep, and covers one of a tenacious cinereous coloured clay,
as we may observe by the earth adhering to the roots of trees, torn up
by storms, &c. and by the little chimnies, or air holes of cray-fish,
which perforate the savannas. Turkeys, quails, and small birds, are
here to be seen; but birds are not numerous in desert forests; they
draw near to the habitations of men, as I have constantly observed in
all my travels.

I arrived at St. Ille’s in the evening, where I lodged, and next
morning having crossed over in a ferry boat, sat forward for St.
Mary’s. The situation of the territory, its soil and productions,
between these two last rivers, are nearly similar to those which I had
passed over, except that the savannas are more frequent and extensive.

It may be proper to observe, that I had now passed the utmost frontier
of the white settlements on that border. It was drawing on towards the
close of day, the skies serene and calm, the air temperately cool, and
gentle zephyrs breathing through the fragrant pines; the prospect
around enchantingly varied and beautiful; endless green savannas,
checquered with coppices of fragrant shrubs, filled the air with the
richest perfume. The gaily attired plants which enamelled the green had
begun to imbibe the pearly dew of evening; nature seemed silent, and
nothing appeared to ruffle the happy moments of evening contemplation;
when, on a sudden, an Indian appeared crossing the path, at a
considerable distance before me. On percieving that he was armed with a
rifle, the first sight of him startled me, and I endeavoured to elude
his sight, by stopping my pace, and keeping large trees between us; but
he espied me, and turning short about, sat spurs to his horse, and came
up on full gallop. I never before this was afraid at the sight of an
Indian, but at this time, I must own that my spirits were very much
agitated: I saw at once, that, being unarmed, I was in his power, and
having now but a few moments to prepare, I resigned myself entirely to
the will of the Almighty, trusting to his mercies for my preservation;
my mind then became tranquil, and I resolved to meet the dreaded foe
with resolution and cheerful confidence. The intrepid Siminole stopped
suddenly, three or four yards before me, and silently viewed me, his
countenance angry and fierce, shifting his rifle from shoulder to
shoulder, and looking about instantly on all sides. I advanced towards
him, and with an air of confidence offered him my hand, hailing him,
brother; at this he hastily jerked back his arm, with a look of malice,
rage and disdain, seeming every way discontented; when again looking at
me more attentively, he instantly spurred up to me, and with dignity in
his look and action, gave me his hand. Possibly the silent language of
his soul, during the moment of suspense (for I believe his design was
to kill me when he first came up) was after this manner: “White man,
thou art my enemy, and thou and thy brethren may have killed mine; yet
it may not be so, and even were that the case, thou art now alone, and
in my power. Live; the Great Spirit forbids me to touch thy life; go to
thy brethren, tell them thou sawest an Indian in the forests, who knew
how to be humane and compassionate.” In fine, we shook hands, and
parted in a friendly manner, in the midst of a dreary wilderness; and
he informed me of the course and distance to the trading-house, where I
found he had been extremely ill-treated the day before.

I now sat forward again, and after eight or ten miles riding, arrived
at the banks of St. Mary’s, opposite the stores, and got safe over
before dark. The river is here about one hundred yards across, has ten
feet water, and, following its course, about sixty miles to the sea,
though but about twenty miles by land. The trading company here
received and treated me with great civility. On relating my adventures
on the road, particularly the last with the Indian, the chief replied,
with a countenance that at once bespoke surprise and pleasure, “My
friend, consider yourself a fortunate man: that fellow,” said he, “is
one of the greatest villains on earth, a noted murderer, and outlawed
by his countrymen. Last evening he was here, we took his gun from him,
broke it in pieces, and gave him a severe drubbing: he, however, made
his escape, carrying off a new rifle gun, with which, he said, going
off, he would kill the first white man he met.”

On seriously contemplating the behaviour of this Indian towards me, so
soon after his ill treatment, the following train of sentiments
insensibly crowded in upon my mind.

Can it be denied, but that the moral principle, which directs the
savages to virtuous and praiseworthy actions, is natural or innate? It
is certain they have not the assistance of letters, or those means of
education in the schools of philosophy, where the virtuous sentiments
and actions of the most illustrious characters are recorded, and
carefully laid before the youth of civilized nations: therefore this
moral principle must be innate, or they must be under the immediate
influence and guidance of a more divine and powerful preceptor, who, on
these occasions, instantly inspires them, and as with a ray of divine
light, points out to them at once the dignity, propriety, and beauty of
virtue.

The land on, and adjacent to, this river, notwithstanding its
arenaceous surface, appears naturally fertile. The peach trees are
large, healthy, and fruitful; and Indian corn, rice, cotton, and
indigo, thrive exceedingly. This sandy surface, one would suppose, from
its loose texture, would possess a percolating quality, and suffer the
rainwaters quickly to drain off; but it is quite the contrary, at least
in these low maritime sandy countries of Carolina and Florida, beneath
the mountains; for in the sands, even the heights, where the arenaceous
stratum is perhaps five, eight, and ten feet above the clay, the earth,
even in the longest droughts, is moist an inch or two under the
surface; whereas, in the rich tenacious low lands, at such times, the
ground is dry, and, as it were, baked many inches, and sometimes some
feet deep, and the crops, as well as almost all vegetation, suffer in
such soils and situations. The reason of this may be, that this kind of
earth admits more freely of a transpiration of vapours, arising from
intestine watery canals to the surface; and probably these vapours are
impregnated with saline or nitrous principles, friendly and nutritive
to vegetables; however, of these causes and secret operations of nature
I am ignorant, and resume again my proper employment, that of
discovering and collecting data for the exercise of more able
physiologists.

The savannas about St. Mary’s, at this season, display a very charming
appearance of flowers and verdure; their more elevated borders are
varied with beds of violets, lupins, Amaryllis atamasco, and plants of
a new and very beautiful species of Mimosa sensitiva, which I think as
admirable, and more charming than the celebrated Humble plant, equally
chaste and fearful of the hasty touch of the surprised admirer. The
flower is larger, of a bright damask rose colour, and exceedingly
fragrant: the whole plant is destitute of prickles, but hairy; it is
procumbent, reclining itself upon the green turf, and from these
trailing branches proceed an upright peduncle, six or eight inches
high, supporting an oblong head of flowerets, which altogether, at a
small distance, have the appearance of an exuberant field of clover;
and, what is singular, and richly varies the scene, there are
interspersed patches of the same species of plants, having flowers of
the finest golden yellow, and others snow white; but the incarnate is
most prevalent. Magnolia glauca, Itea Clethra, Chionanthus, Gordonia
lasianthus, Ilex angustifolium, Olea Americana, Hopea tinctoria, &c.
are seated in detached groves or clumps, round about the ponds or
little lakes, at the lower end of the savannas. I observed, growing on
the banks of this sequestered river, the following trees and shrubs:
Quercus sempervirens, Q. aquatica, Q. Phillos, Q. dentata, Nyssa
aquatica, N. sylvatica, N. Ogeeche, si. coccinea, Cupressus disticha,
Fraxinus aquatica, Rhamnus frangula, Prunus laurocerasus, Cyrilla
racemiflora, Myrica cerifera, Andromeda ferruginea, Andr. nitida, and
the great evergreen Andromeda of Florida, called Pipe-stem Wood, to
which I gave the name of Andromeda formosissima, as it far exceeds in
beauty every one of this family.

The river St. Mary has its source from a vast lake, or marsh, called
Ouaquaphenogaw, which lies between Flint and Oakmulge rivers, and
occupies a space of near three hundred miles in circuit. This vast
accumulation of waters, in the wet season, appears as a lake, and
contains some large islands or knolls, of rich high land; one of which
the present generation of the Creeks represent to be a most blissful
spot of the earth: they say it is inhabited by a peculiar race of
Indians, whose women are incomparably beautiful; they also tell you
that this terrestrial paradise has been seen by some of their
enterprising hunters, when in pursuit of game, who being lost in
inextricable swamps and bogs, and on the point of perishing, were
unexpectedly relieved by a company of beautiful women, whom they call
daughters of the sun, who kindly gave them such provisions as they had
with them, which were chiefly fruit, oranges, dates, &c. and some corn
cakes, and then enjoined them to fly for safety to their own country;
for that their husbands were fierce men, and cruel to strangers: they
further say, that these hunters had a view of their settlements,
situated on the elevated banks of an island, or promontory, in a
beautiful lake; but that in their endeavours to approach it, they were
involved in perpetual labyrinths, and, like enchanted land, still as
they imagined they had just gained it, it seemed to fly before them,
alternately appearing and disappearing. They resolved, at length, to
leave the delusive pursuit, and to return; which, after a number of
inexpressible difficulties, they effected. When they reported their
adventures to their countrymen, their young warriors were enflamed with
an irresistible desire to invade, and make a conquest of, so charming a
country; but all their attempts have hitherto proved abortive, never
having been able again to find that enchanting spot, nor even any road
or pathway to it; yet they say that they frequently meet with certain
signs of its being inhabited, as the building of canoes, footsteps of
men, &c. They tell another story concerning the inhabitants of this
sequestered country, which seems probable enough, which is, that they
are the posterity of a fugitive remnant of the ancient Yamases, who
escaped massacre after a bloody and decisive conflict between them and
the Creek nation (who, it is certain, conquered, and nearly
exterminated, that once powerful people), and here found an asylum,
remote and secure from the fury of their proud conquerors. It is,
however, certain that there is a vast lake, or drowned swamp, well
known, and often visited both by white and Indian hunters, and on its
environs the most valuable hunting grounds in Florida, well worth
contending for, by those powers whose territories border upon it. From
this great source of rivers,[9] St. Mary arises, and meanders through a
vast plain and pine forest, near an hundred and fifty miles to the
ocean, with which it communicates, between the points of Amelia and
Talbert islands; the waters flow deep and gently down from its source
to the sea.

Having made my observations on the vegetable productions of this part
of the country, and obtained specimens and seeds of some curious trees
and shrubs (which were the principal objects of this excursion) I
returned by the same road to the Alatamaha, and arrived safe again at
the seat of my good friend, L. M’Intosh, esq. where I tarried a few
days to rest and refresh myself, and to wait for my young companion and
fellow pilgrim, Mr. John M’Intosh, who, being fond of the enterprise,
had been so active during my absence, in the necessary preparations,
that we had nothing to wait for now but Mrs. M’Intosh’s final consent
to give up her son to the perils and hardships of so long a journey;
which difficult point being settled, we set off with the prayers and
benevolent wishes of my companion’s worthy parents.

 [6] Franklinia Alatahama.

 [7] Testudo Polyphemus.

 [8] Lupinus breunis, foliis integerimis oblongis villosis.

 [9] Source of rivers. It is said, that St. Ille, St. Mary, and the
 beautiful river Little St. Juan, which discharges its waters into the
 bay of Apalachi, at St. Mark’s, take their rise from this swamp.




CHAPTER IV


Early in the morning, we mounted our horses, and in two days arrived in
Savanna; here we learned that the superintendant of Indian affairs had
left the capital, and was on his way to Augusta. I remained but one day
in Savanna, which was employed in making up and forwarding the
collections for Charleston.

The day following we set off for Augusta, which is on Savanna river, at
least an hundred and fifty miles by land from the capital, and about
three hundred by water. We followed the course of the river, and
arrived there after having had a prosperous journey, though a little
incommoded by the heats of the season.

As nothing very material occurred on the road, I shall proceed to give
a summary account of the observations I made concerning the soil,
situation, and natural productions of the country.

In our progress from the sea coast, we rise gradually, by several steps
or ascents, in the following manner: first, from the sea coast, fifty
miles back, is a level plain, generally of a loose sandy soil,
producing spacious high forests, of Pinus tæda, P. lutea, P. squarrosa,
P. echinata, 1. Quercus sempervirens, 2. Quercus aquatica, 3. Q.
phillos, 4. Q. tinctoria, 5. Q. dentata, 6. Q. prinos, 7. Q. alba, 8.
Q. finuata, 9. Q. rubra[10], Liriodendron tulipifera, Liquidambar
styraciflua, Morus rubra, Cercis tilia, Populus heterophylla, Platanus
occidentalis, Laurus sassafras, Laurus Borbonia, Hopea tinctoria,
Fraxinus excelsior, Nyssa, Ulmus, Juglans exaltata, Halesa, Stewartia.
Nearly one third of this vast plain is what the inhabitants call
swamps, which are the sources of numerous small rivers and their
branches: these they call salt rivers, because the tides flow near to
their sources, and generally carry a good depth and breadth of water
for small craft, twenty or thirty miles upwards from the sea, when they
branch and spread abroad like an open hand, interlocking with each
other, and forming a chain of swamps across the Carolinas and Georgia,
several hundred miles parallel with the sea coast. These swamps are fed
and replenished constantly by an infinite number of rivulets and rills,
which spring out of the first bank or ascent; their native trees and
shrubs are, besides most of those already enumerated above, as follow:
Acer rubrum, Nyssa aquatica, Chionanthus, Celtis, Fagus sylvatica,
Sambricus; and the higher knolls afford beautiful clumps of Azalea nuda
and Azalea viscosa, Corypha palma, Corypha pumila, and Magnolia
grandiflora; besides, the whole surface of the ground between the trees
and shrubs appears to be occupied with canes (Arundo gigantea)
entangled with festoons of the floriferous Glycine frutescens, Bignonia
sempervirens, Glycine apios, Smilax, various species, Bignonia
crucigera, Bign. radicans, Lonicera sempervirens, and a multitude of
other trees, shrubs, and plants less conspicuous; and, in very wet
places, Cupressus disticha. The upper soil of these swamps is a
perfectly black, soapy, rich earth, or stiff mud, two or three feet
deep, on a foundation or stratum of calcareous fossil, which the
inhabitants call white marle; and this is the heart or strength of
these swamps; they never wear out or become poor, but, on the contrary,
are more fertile by tillage; for when they turn up this white marle,
the air and winter frosts causing it to fall like quicklime, it manures
the surface: but it has one disadvantage, that is, in great droughts,
when they cannot have water sufficient in their reservoirs to lay the
surface of the ground under water, it binds, and becomes so tough as to
burn and kill the crops, especially the old cleared lands; as, while it
was fresh and new, the great quantity of rotten wood, roots, leaves,
&c. kept the surface loose and open. Severe droughts seldom happen near
the sea coast.

We now rise a bank of considerable height, which runs nearly parallel
to the coast, through Carolina and Georgia; the ascent is gradual by
several flights or steps for eight or ten miles, the perpendicular
height whereof, above the level of the ocean, may be two or three
hundred feet (and these are called the sand-hills) when we find
ourselves on the entrance of a vast plain, generally level, which
extends west sixty or seventy miles, rising gently as the former, but
more perceptibly. This plain is mostly a forest of the great
long-leaved pine (P. palustris Linn.) the earth covered with grass,
interspersed with an infinite variety of herbaceous plants, and
embellished with extensive savannas, always green, sparkling with ponds
of water, and ornamented with clumps of evergreen, and other trees and
shrubs, as Magnolia grandiflora, Magnolia glauca, Gordonia, Ilex
aquifolium, Quercus, various species, Laurus Borbonia, Chionanthus,
Hopea tinctoria, Cyrilla, Kalmia angustifolia, Andromeda, varieties,
Viburnum, Azalea, Rhus vernix, Prinos, varieties, Fothergilla, and a
new shrub of great beauty and singularity; it grows erect, seven or
eight feet high; a multitude of erect stems arise from its root; these
divide themselves into ascendant branches, which are garnished with
abundance of narrow lanceolate obtuse pointed leaves, of a light green,
smooth and shining. These branches, with their many subdivisions,
terminate in simple racemes of pale incarnate flowers, which make a
fine appearance among the leaves; the flowers are succeeded by
desiccated triquetrous pericarpi, each containing a single kernel.

The lowest sides of these savannas are generally joined by a great cane
swamp, varied with coppices and hommocks of the various trees and
shrubs already mentioned. In these swamps several rivulets take their
rise, which drain them and the adjoining savannas, and thence
meandering to the rivers through the forests, with their banks
decorated with shrubs and trees. The earth under this level plain may
be described after the following manner: the upper surface, or
vegetative mould, is a light sandy loam, generally nine inches or a
foot deep, on a stratum of cinereous coloured clay, except the
sand-hills, where the loose sandy surface is much deeper upon the clay;
stone of any sort, or gravel, is seldom seen.

The next ascent, or flight, is of much greater and more abrupt
elevation, and continues rising by broken ridges and narrow levels, or
vales, for ten or fifteen miles, when we rest again on another
extensive nearly level plain of pine forests, mixed with various other
forest trees, which continues west forty or fifty miles farther, and
exhibits much the same appearance with the great forest last mentioned;
its vegetable productions nearly the same, excepting that the broken
ridges by which we ascend to the plain are of a better soil; the
vegetative mould is mixed with particles of clay and small gravel, and
the soil of a dusky brown colour, lying on a stratum of reddish brown
tough clay. The trees and shrubs are, Pinus tæda, great black Oak,
Quercus tinctoria, Q. rubra, Laurus, Sassafras, Magnolia grandiflora,
Cornus Florida, Cercis, Halesia, Juglans acuminata, Juglans exaltata,
Andromeda arborea; and, by the sides of rivulets (which wind about and
between these hills and swamps, in the vales) Styrax latifolia, Ptelea
trifoliata, Stewartia, Calycanthus, Chionanthus, Magnolia tripetala,
Azalea and others.

Thus have I endeavoured to give the reader a short and natural
description of the vast plain lying between the region of Augusta and
the sea coast; for from Augusta the mountainous country begins (when
compared to the level sandy plain already passed), although it is at
least an hundred and fifty miles west, thence to the Cherokee or
Apalachian mountains; and this space may with propriety be called the
hilly country, every where fertile and delightful, continually
replenished by innumerable rivulets, either coursing about the fragrant
hills, or springing from the rocky precipices, and forming many
cascades; the coolness and purity of which waters invigorate the air of
this otherwise hot and sultry climate.

The village of Augusta is situated on a rich and fertile plain, on the
Savanna river; the buildings are near its banks, and extend nearly two
miles up to the cataracts, or falls, which are formed by the first
chain of rocky hills, through which this famous river forces itself, as
if impatient to repose on the extensive plain before it invades the
ocean. When the river is low, which is during the summer months, the
cataracts are four or five feet in height across the river, and the
waters continue rapid and broken, rushing over rocks five miles higher
up: this river is near five hundred yards broad at Augusta.

A few days after our arrival at Augusta, the chiefs and warriors of the
Creeks and Cherokees being arrived, the Congress and the business of
the treaty came on, and the negociations continued undetermined many
days; the merchants of Georgia demanding at least two millions of acres
of land from the Indians, as a discharge of their debts, due, and of
long standing; the Creeks, on the other hand, being a powerful and
proud spirited people, their young warriors were unwilling to submit to
so large a demand, and their conduct evidently betrayed a disposition
to dispute the ground by force of arms, and they could not at first be
brought to listen to reason and amicable terms; however, at length, the
cool and deliberate counsels of the ancient venerable chiefs, enforced
by liberal presents of suitable goods, were too powerful inducements
for them any longer to resist, and finally prevailed. The treaty
concluded in unanimity, peace, and good order; and the honorable
superintendant, not forgetting his promise to me, at the conclusion,
mentioned my business, and recommended me to the protection of the
Indian chiefs and warriors. The presents being distributed among the
Indians, they departed, returning home to their towns. A company of
surveyors were appointed, by the governor and council, to ascertain the
boundaries of the new purchase; they were to be attended by chiefs of
the Indians, selected and delegated by their countrymen, to assist, and
be witnesses that the articles of the treaty were fulfilled, as agreed
to by both parties in Congress.

Col. Barnet, who was chosen to conduct this business on the part of the
Georgians, a gentleman every way qualified for that important trust, in
a very friendly and obliging manner, gave me an invitation to accompany
him on this tour.

It was now about the middle of the month of May; vegetation, in
perfection, appeared with all her attractive charms, breathing
fragrance every where; the atmosphere was now animated with the
efficient principle of vegetative life; the arbustive hills, gay lawns,
and green meadows, which on every side invest the villa of Augusta, had
already received my frequent visits; and although here much delighted
with the new beauties in the vegetable kingdom, and many eminent ones
have their sequestered residence near this place, yet, as I was never
long satisfied with present possession, however endowed with every
possible charm to attract the sight, or intrinsic value to engage and
fix the esteem, I was restless to be searching for more, my curiosity
being insatiable.

Thus it is with regard to our affections and attachments, in the more
important and interesting concerns of human life.

Upon the rich rocky hills at the cataracts of Augusta, I first observed
the perfumed Rhododendron ferrugineum, white-robed philadelphus
inodorus, and cerulean Malva; but nothing in vegetable nature was more
pleasing than the odoriferous pancratium fluitans, which almost alone
possesses the little rocky islets which just appear above the water.

The preparatory business of the surveyors being now accomplished, Mr.
J. M’Intosh, yet anxious for travelling, and desirous to accompany me
on this tour, joined with me the caravan, consisting of surveyors,
astronomers, artisans, chain-carriers, markers, guides and hunters,
besides a very respectable number of gentlemen, who joined us, in order
to speculate in the lands, together with ten or twelve Indians,
altogether to the number of eighty or ninety men, all or most of us
well mounted on horseback, besides twenty or thirty pack-horses, loaded
with provisions, tents, and camp equipage.

The summer season now rapidly advancing, the air at mid-day, about this
region, is insufferably hot and sultry. We sat off from Augusta, early
in the morning, for the Great Buffalo Lick, on the Great Ridge, which
separates the waters of the Savanna and Alatamaha, about eighty miles
distant from Augusta. At this Lick the surveyors were to separate
themselves, and form three companies, to proceed on different routes.
On the evening of the second day’s journey, we arrived at a small
village on Little River, a branch of Savanna: this village, called
Wrightsborough, was founded by Jos. Mattock, esq. of the sect called
quakers. This public spirited man having obtained for himself and his
followers, a district, comprehending upwards of forty thousand acres of
land, gave the new town this name, in honour of Sir James Wright, then
governor of Georgia, who greatly promoted the establishment of the
settlement. Mr. Mattock, who is now about seventy years of age, healthy
and active, and presides as chief magistrate of the settlement,
received us with great hospitality. The distance from Augusta to this
place is about thirty miles; the face of the country is chiefly a plain
of high forests savannas, and cane swamps, until we approach Little
River, when the landscape varies, presenting to view high hills and
rich vales. The soil is a deep, rich, dark mould, on a deep stratum of
reddish brown tenacious clay, and that on a foundation of rocks, which
often break through both strata, lifting their backs above the surface.
The forest trees are chiefly of the deciduous order, as, Quercus
tinctoria, Q. lasciniata, Q. alba, Q. rubra, Q. prinus, with many other
species; Celtus, Fagus sylvatica, and, on the rocky hills, Fagus
castanea, Fag. pumila, Quercus castanea; in the rich vales, Juglans
nigra, Jug. cinerea, Gleditsia triacanthos, Magnolia acuminata,
Liriodendron, Platanus, Fraxinus excelsior, Cercea, Juglans exaltata,
Carpinus, Morus rubra, Calycanthus, Halesia, Æsculus pavia, Æsc.
arborea.

Leaving the pleasant town of Wrightsborough, we continued eight or nine
miles through a fertile plain and high forest, to the north branch of
Little River, being the largest of the two, crossing which, we entered
an extensive fertile plain, bordering on the river, and shaded by trees
of vast growth, which at once spoke its fertility. Continuing some time
through these shade groves, the scene opens, and discloses to view the
most magnificent forest I had ever seen. We rise gradually a sloping
bank of twenty or thirty feet elevation, and immediately entered this
sublime forest. The ground is perfectly a level green plain, thinly
planted by nature with the most stately forest trees, such as the
gigantic Black[11] Oak (Q. tinctoria) Liriodendron, Juglans nigra,
Platanus, Juglans exaltata, Fagus sylvatica, Ulmus sylvatica,
Liquidambar styraciflua, whose mighty trunks, seemingly of an equal
height, appeared like superb columns. To keep within the bounds of
truth and reality, in describing the magnitude and grandeur of these
trees, would, I fear, fail of credibility; yet, I think I can assert,
that many of the black oaks measured eight, nine, ten, and eleven feet
diameter five feet above the ground, as we measured several that were
above thirty feet girt, and from hence they ascend perfectly straight,
with a gradual taper, forty or fifty feet to the limbs; but, below five
or six feet, these trunks would measure a third more in circumference,
on account of the projecting jambs, or supports, which are more or
less, according to the number of horizontal roots that they arise from:
the Tulip tree, Liquidambar, and Beech, were equally stately.

Not far distant from the terrace, or eminence, overlooking the low
grounds of the river, many very magnificent monuments of the power and
industry of the ancient inhabitants of these lands are visible. I
observed a stupendous conical pyramid, or artificial mount of earth,
vast tetragon terraces, and a large sunken area, of a cubical form,
encompassed with banks of earth; and certain traces of a large Indian
town, the work of a powerful nation, whose period of grandeur perhaps
long preceded the discovery of this continent.

After about seven miles progress through this forest of gigantic Black
Oaks, we enter on territories which exhibit more varied scenes: the
land rises almost insensibly by gentle ascents, exhibiting desert
plains, high forests, gravelly and stony ridges, ever in sight of rapid
rivulets; the soil, as already described. We then passed over large
rich savannas or natural meadows, wide-spreading cane swamps, and
frequently old Indian settlements, now deserted and overgrown with
forest. These are always on or near the banks of rivers, or great
swamps, the artificial mounts and terraces elevating them above the
surrounding groves. I observed, in the ancient cultivated fields, 1.
Diospyros, 2. Gleditsia triacanthos, 3. Prunus Chicasaw, 4. Callicarpa,
5. Morus rubra, 6. Juglans exaltata, 7. Juglans nigra, which inform us,
that these trees were cultivated by the ancients, on account of their
fruit, as being wholesome and nourishing food. Though these are natives
of the forest[12], yet they thrive better, and are more fruitful, in
cultivated plantations, and the fruit is in great estimation with the
present generation of Indians, particularly Juglans exaltata commonly
called shell-barked hiccory; the Creeks store up the latter in their
towns. I have seen above an hundred bushels of these nuts belonging to
one family. They pound them to pieces, and then cast them into boiling
water, which, after passing through fine strainers, preserves the most
oily part of the liquid: this they call by a name which signifies
Hiccory milk; it is as sweet and rich as fresh cream, and is an
ingredient in most of their cookery, especially homony and corn cakes.

After four days moderate and pleasant travelling, we arrived in the
evening at the Buffalo Lick. This extraordinary place occupies several
acres of ground, at the foot of the S. E. promontory of the Great
Ridge, which, as before observed, divides the rivers Savanna and
Alatamaha. A large cane swamp and meadows, forming an immense plain,
lies S. E. from it; in this swamp I believe the head branches of the
great Ogeeche river take their rise. The place called the Lick contains
three or four acres, is nearly level, and lies between the head of the
cane swamp and the ascent of the Ridge. The earth, from the superficies
to an unknown depth, is an almost white or cinereous coloured tenacious
fattish clay, which all kinds of cattle lick into great caves, pursuing
the delicious vein. It is the common opinion of the inhabitants, that
this clay is impregnated with saline vapours, arising from fossile
salts deep in the earth; but I could discover nothing saline in its
taste, but I imagined an insipid sweetness. Horned cattle, horses, and
deer, are immoderately fond of it, insomuch, that their excrement,
which almost totally covers the earth to some distance round this
place, appears to be perfect clay; which, when dried by the sun and
air, is almost as hard as brick.

We were detained at this place one day, in adjusting and planning the
several branches of the survey. A circumstance occurred during this
time, which was a remarkable instance of Indian sagacity, and had
nearly disconcerted all our plans, and put an end to the business. The
surveyor having fixed his compass on the staff, and about to ascertain
the course from our place of departure, which was to strike Savanna
river at the confluence of a certain river, about seventy miles
distance from us; just as he had determined upon the point, the Indian
chief came up, and observing the course he had fixed upon, spoke, and
said it was not right; but that the course to the place was so and so,
holding up his hand, and pointing. The surveyor replied, that he
himself was certainly right, adding, that that little instrument
(pointing to the compass) told him so, which, he said, could not err.
The Indian answered, he knew better, and that the little wicked
instrument was a liar; and he would not acquiesce in its decisions,
since it would wrong the Indians out of their land. This mistake (the
surveyor proving to be in the wrong) displeased the Indians; the
dispute arose to that height, that the chief and his party had
determined to break up the business, and return the shortest way home,
and forbad the surveyors to proceed any farther: however, after some
delay, the complaisance and prudent conduct of the colonel made them
change their resolution: the chief became reconciled, upon condition
that the compass should be discarded, and rendered incapable of serving
on this business; that the chief himself should lead the survey; and,
moreover, receive an order for a very considerable quantity of goods.

Matters being now amicably settled, under this new regulation, the
colonel having detached two companies on separate routes, Mr. M’Intosh
and myself attaching ourselves to the colonel’s party, whose excursion
was likely to be the most extensive and varied, we sat off from the
Buffalo Lick, and the Indian chief, heading the party, conducted us on
a straight line, as appeared by collateral observation, to the desired
place. We pursued nearly a north course up the Great Ridge, until we
came near the branches of Broad River, when we turned off to the right
hand, and encamped on a considerable branch of it. At this place we
continued almost a whole day, constituting surveyors and astronomers,
who were to take the course, distance, and observations on Broad River,
and from thence down to its confluence with the Savanna.

The Great Ridge consists of a continued high forest; the soil fertile,
and broken into moderately elevated hills, by the many rivulets which
have their sources in it. The heights and precipices abound in rock and
stone. The forest trees and other vegetable productions are the same as
already mentioned about Little River: I observed Halesia, Styrax,
Æsculus pavia, Æsc. sylvatica, Robinia hispida, Magnolia acuminata,
Mag. tripetala, and some very curious new shrubs and plants,
particularly the Physic-nut, or Indian Olive. The stems arise many from
a root, two or three feet high; the leaves sit opposite, on very short
petioles; they are broad, lanceolate, entire, and undulated, having
smooth surfaces of a deep green colour. From the bosom of each leaf is
produced a single oval drupe, standing erect, on long slender stems; it
has a large kernel, and thin pulp. The fruit is yellow when ripe; and
about the size of an olive. The Indians, when they go in pursuit of
deer, carry this fruit with them, supposing that it has the power of
charming or drawing that creature to them; from whence, with the
traders, it has obtained the name of the Physic-nut, which means, with
them, charming, conjuring, or fascinating. Malva scandens, Felix
scandens, perhaps species of Trichomanes; the leaves are palmated, or
radiated; it climbs and roves about, on shrubs, in moist ground. A very
singular and elegant plant, of an unknown family, called Indian
lettuce, made its first appearance in these rich vales; it is a
biennial; the primary or radical leaves are somewhat spatuled, or
broad, lanceolate, and obtuse pointed, of a pale yellowish green,
smooth surface, and of a delicate frame, or texture; these leaves,
spread equally on every side, almost reclining on the ground; from
their centre arises a straight upright stem, five, six, or seven feet
high, smooth and polished; the ground of a dark purple colour, which is
elegantly powdered with greenish yellow specks; the stem, three fourths
of its length, is embellished with narrow leaves, nearly of the same
form of the radical ones, placed at regular distances, in verticillate
order. The superior one-fourth division of this stem is formed into a
pyramidal spike of flowers, rather diffuse; these flowers are of the
hexandria, large, and expanded; of a dark purple colour, delicately
powdered with green, yellow, and red, and divided into six parts, or
petals; these are succeeded by triquetrous dry pericarpi, when ripe.

This great ridge is a vast extended projection of the Cherokee or
Alegany mountains, gradually increasing in height and extent, from its
extremity at the Lick, to its union with the high ridge of mountains
anciently called the Apalachian mountains; it every where approaches
much nearer the waters of the Alatamaha than those of the Savanna. At
one particular place, where we encamped, on the Great Ridge, during our
repose there part of a day, our hunters going out, understanding that
their route was to the low lands on the Ocone, I accompanied them: we
had not rode above three miles before we came to the banks of that
beautiful river. The cane swamps, of immense extent, and the oak
forests, on the level lands, are incredibly fertile; which appears from
the tall reeds of the one, and the heavy timber of the other.

Before we left the waters of Broad River, having encamped in the
evening on one of its considerable branches, and left my companions, to
retire, as usual, on botanical researches, on ascending a steep rocky
hill, I accidentally discovered a new species of Caryophyllata (Geum
odoratissimum); on reaching to a shrub, my foot slipped, and, in
recovering myself, I tore up some of the plants, whose roots filled the
air with animating scents of cloves and spicy perfumes.

On my return towards camp, I met my philosophic companion, Mr.
M’Intosh, who was seated on the bank of a rivulet, and whom I found
highly entertained by a very novel and curious natural exhibition, in
which I participated with high relish. The waters at this place were
still and shoal, and flowed over a bed of gravel just beneath a rocky
rapid: in this eddy shoal were a number of little gravelly pyramidal
hills, whose summits rose almost to the surface of the water, very
artfully constructed by a species of small cray-fish (Cancer macrourus)
which inhabited them: here seemed to be their citadel, or place of
retreat for their young, against the attacks and ravages of their
enemy, the gold-fish: these, in numerous bands, continually infested
them, except at short intervals, when small detachments of veteran
cray-fish sallied out upon them, from their cells within the gravelly
pyramids, at which time a brilliant sight presented: the little
gold-fish instantly fled from every side, darting through the
transparent waters like streams of lightning; some even sprang above
the surface, into the air, but all quickly returned to the charge,
surrounding the pyramids as before, on the retreat of the cray-fish; in
this manner the war seemed to be continual.

The gold-fish is about the size of the anchovy, nearly four inches
long, of a neat slender form; the head is covered with a salade of an
ultramarine blue, the back of a reddish brown, the sides and belly of a
flame, or of the colour of a fine red lead; a narrow dusky line runs
along each side, from the gills to the tail; the eyes are large, with
the iris like burnished gold. This branch of Broad River is about
twelve yards wide, and has two, three, and four feet depth of water,
and winds through a fertile vale, almost overshadowed on one side by a
ridge of high hills, well timbered with Oak, Hiccory, Liriodendron,
Magnolia acuminata, Pavia sylvatica, and on their rocky summits, Fagus
castanea, Rhododendron ferrugineum, Kalmia latifolia, Cornus Florida,
&c.

One of our Indian young men, this evening, caught a very large salmon
trout, weighing about fifteen pounds, which he presented to the
colonel, who ordered it to be served up for supper. The Indian struck
this fish, with a reed harpoon, pointed very sharp, barbed, and
hardened by the fire. The fish lay close under the steep bank, which
the Indian discovered and struck with his reed; instantly the fish
darted off with it, whilst the Indian pursued, without extracting the
harpoon, and with repeated thrusts drowned it, and then dragged it to
shore.

After leaving Broad River, the land rises very sensibly, and the
country being mountainous, our progress became daily more difficult and
slow; yet the varied scenes of pyramidal hills, high forests, rich
vales, serpentine rivers, and cataracts, fully compensated for our
difficulties and delays. I observed the great Aconitum napellus,
Delphinium perigrinum, the carminative Angelica lucida,[13] and
cerulean Malva.

We at length happily accomplished our line, arriving at the little
river, where our hunters bringing in plenty of venison and turkeys, we
had a plentiful feast at supper. Next morning we marked the corner
tree, at the confluence of Little River and the Savanna; and, soon
after, the Indians amicably took leave of us, returning home to their
towns.

The rocks and fossils, which constitute the hills of this middle
region, are of various species, as, Quartsum, Ferrum, Cos, Silex,
Glarea, Arena, Ochra, Stalactites, Saxum, Mica, &c. I saw no signs of
Marble, Plaster, or Lime-stone; yet there is, near Augusta, in the
forests, great piles of a porous friable white rock, in large and
nearly horizontal masses, which seems to be an heterogeneous concrete,
consisting of pulverized sea-shells, with a small proportion of sand;
it is soft, and easily wrought into any form, yet of sufficient
consistence for constructing any building.

As for the animal productions, they are the same which originally
inhabited this part of North America, except such as have been
affrighted away since the invasion of the Europeans. The buffalo (Urus)
once so very numerous, is not at this day to be seen in this part of
the country; there are but few elks, and those only in the Apalachian
mountains. The dreaded and formidable rattle-snake is yet too common,
and a variety of other serpents abound, particularly that admirable
creature the glass-snake: I saw a very large and beautiful one, a
little distance from our camp. The alligator, a species of crocodile,
abounds in the rivers and swamps, near the sea coast, but is not to be
seen above Augusta. Bears, tygers[14], wolves, and wild cats (Felis
cauda truncata) are numerous enough; and there is a very great variety
of Papilio and Phalena, many of which are admirably beautiful, as well
as other insects of infinite variety.

The surveyors having completed their observations, we sat off next day
on our return to Augusta, taking our route generally through the low
lands on the banks of the Savanna. We crossed Broad River, at a newly
settled plantation, near its confluence with the Savanna. On my arrival
at Augusta, finding myself a little fatigued, I staid there a day or
two, and then sat off again for Savanna, the capital, where we arrived
in good health.

Having, in this journey, met with extraordinary success, not only in
the enjoyment of an uninterrupted state of good health, and escaping
ill accidents, incident to such excursions, through uninhabited
wildernesses, and an Indian frontier, but also in making a very
extensive collection of new discoveries of natural productions; on the
recollection of so many and great favours and blessings, I now, with a
high sense of gratitude, presume to offer up my sincere thanks to the
Almighty, the Creator and Preserver.

 [10] 1. Live Oak. 2. Della leaved Water Oak. 3. Willow-leaved Oak. 4.
 Great Black Oak. 5. Narrow-leaved Wintergreen Oak. 6. Swamp White Oak.
 7. White Oak. 8. Spanish Oak. 9. Red Oak.

 [11] Gigantic Black Oak. Querc. tinctoria; the bark of this species of
 oak is found to afford a valuable yellow dye. This tree is known by
 the name of Black Oak in Pennsylvania, New-Jersey, New-York, and New
 England.

 [12] The Chicasaw plumb I think must be excepted, for though certainly
 a native of America, yet I never saw it wild in the forests, but
 always in old deserted Indian plantations: I suppose it to have been
 brought from the S. W. beyond the Missisippi, by the Chicasaws.

 [13] Called Nondo in Virginia: by the Creek and Cherokee traders,
 White Root.

 [14] This creature is called, in Pennsylvania and the northern States,
 Panther; but in Carolina and the southern States, is called Tyger;
 they are very strong, much larger than any dog, of a yellowish brown,
 or clay colour, having a very long tail; they are a mischievous
 animal, and prey on calves, young colts, &c.




CHAPTER V.


Having completed my Hortus Siccus, and made up my collections of seeds
and growing roots, the fruits of my late western tour, and sent them to
Charleston, to be forwarded to Europe, I spent the remaining part of
this season in botanical excursions to the low countries, between
Carolina and East Florida, and collected seeds, roots, and specimens,
making drawings of such curious subjects as could not be preserved in
their native state of excellence.

During this recess from the high road of my travels, having obtained
the use of a neat light cypress canoe, at Broughton Island, a
plantation, the property of the Hon. Henry Laurens, esq. I stored
myself with necessaries for the voyage, and resolved upon a trip up the
Alatamaha.

I ascended this beautiful river, on whose fruitful banks the generous
and true sons of liberty securely dwell, fifty miles above the white
settlements.

How gently flow thy peaceful floods, O Alatamaha! How sublimely rise to
view, on thy elevated shores, yon Magnolian groves, from whose tops the
surrounding expanse is perfumed, by clouds of incense, blended with the
exhaling balm of the Liquidambar, and odours continually arising from
circumambient aromatic groves of Illicium, Myrica, Laurus, and
Bignonia.

When wearied, with working my canoe against the impetuous current
(which becomes stronger by reason of the mighty floods of the river,
with collected force, pressing through the first hilly ascents, where
the shores on each side present to view rocky cliffs rising above the
surface of the water, in nearly flat horizontal masses, washed smooth
by the descending floods, and which appear to be a composition, or
concrete, of sandy lime-stone) I resigned my bark to the friendly
current, reserving to myself the controul of the helm. My progress was
rendered delightful by the sylvan elegance of the groves, cheerful
meadows, and high distant forests, which in grand order presented
themselves to view. The winding banks of the river, and the high
projecting promontories, unfolded fresh scenes of grandeur and
sublimity. The deep forests and distant hills re-echoed the cheering
social lowings of domestic herds. The air was filled with the loud and
shrill hooping of the wary sharp-sighted crane. Behold, on yon decayed,
defoliated Cypress tree, the solitary wood pelican, dejectedly perched
upon its utmost elevated spire; he there, like an ancient venerable
sage, sets himself up as a mark of derision, for the safety of his
kindred tribes. The crying-bird, another faithful guardian, screaming
in the gloomy thickets, warns the feathered tribes of approaching
peril; and the plumage of the swift sailing squadrons of Spanish
curlews (white as the immaculate robe of innocence) gleam in the
cerulean skies.

Thus secure and tranquil, and meditating on the marvellous scenes of
primitive nature, as yet unmodified by the hand of man, I gently
descended the peaceful stream, on whose polished surface were depicted
the mutable shadows from its pensile banks; whilst myriads of finny
inhabitants sported in its pellucid floods.

The glorious sovereign of day, clothed in light refulgent, rolling on
his gilded chariot, hastened to revisit the western realms. Grey
pensive eve now admonished us of gloomy night’s hasty approach: I am
roused by care to seek a place of secure repose, ere darkness came on.

Drawing near the high shores, I ascended the steep banks, where stood a
venerable oak. An ancient Indian field, verdured over with succulent
grass, and checquered with coppices of fragrant shrubs, offers to my
view the Myrica cerifera, Magnolia glauca, Laurus benzoin, Laur.
Borbonia, Rhamnus frangula, Prunus Chicasaw, Prun. laurocerasus, and
others. It was nearly encircled with an open forest of stately pines
(Pinus palustris) through which appears the extensive savanna, the
secure range of the swift roebuck. In front of my landing, and due
east, I had a fine prospect of the river and low lands on each side,
which gradually widened to the sea-coast, and gave me an unconfined
prospect, whilst the far distant sea-coast islands, like a coronet,
limited the hoary horizon.

My barque being securely moored, and having reconnoitered the
surrounding groves, and collected fire-wood, I spread my skins and
blanket by my cheerful fire, under the protecting shade of the
hospitable Live Oak, and reclined my head on my hard but healthy couch.
I listened, undisturbed, to the divine hymns of the feathered songsters
of the groves, whilst the softly whispering breezes faintly died away.

The sun now below the western horizon, the moon majestically rising in
the east; again the tuneful birds become inspired; how melodious is the
social mock-bird! the groves resound the unceasing cries of the
whip-poor-will; the moon about an hour above the horizon; lo! a dark
eclipse[15] of her glorious brightness came slowly on; at length, a
silver thread alone encircled her temples: at this boding change, an
universal silence prevailed.

Nature now weary, I resigned myself to rest; the night passed over; the
cool dews of the morning awoke me; my fire burnt low; the blue smoke
scarce rose above the moistened embers; all was gloomy: the late starry
skies, now overcast by thick clouds, warned me to rise and be going.
The livid purple clouds thickened on the frowning brows of the morning;
the tumultuous winds from the east, now exerted their power. O peaceful
Alatamaha! gentle by nature! how thou wert ruffled! thy wavy surface
disfigured every object, presenting them obscurely to the sight, and
they at length totally disappeared, whilst the furious winds and
sweeping rains bent the lofty groves, and prostrated the quaking grass,
driving the affrighted creatures to their dens and caverns.

The tempest now relaxed, its impetus being spent, and a calm serenity
gradually took place; by noon the clouds broke away, the blue sky
appeared, the fulgid sun-beams spread abroad their animating light, and
the steady western wind resumed his peaceful reign. The waters were
purified, the waves subsided, and the beautiful river regained its
native calmness. So it is with the varied and mutable scenes of human
events on the stream of life. The higher powers and affections of the
soul are so blended and connected with the inferior passions, that the
most painful feelings are excited in the mind when the latter are
crossed: thus in the moral system, which we have planned for our
conduct, as a ladder whereby to mount to the summit of terrestrial
glory and happiness, and from whence we perhaps meditated our flight to
heaven itself, at the very moment when we vainly imagine ourselves to
have attained its point, some unforeseen accident intervenes, and
surprises us; the chain is violently shaken, we quit our hold and fall:
the well-contrived system at once becomes a chaos; every idea of
happiness recedes; the splendour of glory darkens, and at length
totally disappears; every pleasing object is defaced, all is deranged,
and the flattering scene passes quite away; a gloomy cloud pervades the
understanding, and when we see our progress retarded, and our best
intentions frustrated, we are apt to deviate from the admonitions and
convictions of virtue, to shut our eyes upon our guide and protector,
doubt of his power, and despair of his assistance. But let us wait and
rely on our God, who in due time will shine forth in brightness,
dissipate the envious cloud, and reveal to us how finite and
circumscribed is human power, when assuming to itself independent
wisdom.

But, before I leave the river Alatamaha, we will proceed to give a
farther and more particular account of it. It has its source in the
Cherokee mountains near the head of Tugilo, the great west branch of
Savanna, and, before it leaves them, is joined and augmented by
innumerable rivulets; thence it descends through the hilly country,
with all its collateral branches, and winds rapidly amongst the hills
two hundred and fifty miles, and then enters the flat plain country, by
the name of the Oakmulge; thence meandering an hundred and fifty miles,
it is joined on the east side by the Ocone, which likewise heads in the
lower ridges of the mountains. After this confluence, having now gained
a vast acquisition of waters, it assumes the name of Alatamaha, when it
becomes a large majestic river, flowing with gentle windings through a
vast plain forest, near an hundred miles, and enters the Atlantic by
several mouths. The north channel, or entrance, glides by the heights
of Darien, on the east bank, about ten miles above the bar, and running
from thence with several turnings, enters the ocean between Sapello and
Wolf islands. The south channel, which is esteemed the largest and
deepest, after its separation from the north, descends gently, winding
by M’Intosh’s and Broughton islands; and lastly, by the west coast of
St. Simon’s island, enters the ocean, through St. Simon’s Sound,
between the south end of the island of that name and the north end of
Jekyl island. On the west banks of the south channel, ten or twelve
miles above its mouth, and nearly opposite Darien, are to be seen, the
remains of an ancient fort, or fortification; it is now a regular
tetragon terrace, about four feet high, with bastions at each angle;
the area may contain about an acre of ground, but the fosse which
surrounded it is nearly filled up. There are large Live Oaks, Pines,
and other trees, growing upon it, and in the old fields adjoining. It
is supposed to have been the work of the French or Spaniards. A large
swamp lies betwixt it and the river, and a considerable creek runs
close by the works, and enters the river through the swamp, a small
distance above Broughton Island. About seventy or eighty miles above
the confluence of the Oakmulge and Ocone, the trading path, from
Augusta to the Creek nation, crosses these fine rivers, which are there
forty miles apart. On the east banks of the Oakmulge, this trading road
runs nearly two miles through ancient Indian fields, which are called
the Oakmulge fields: they are the rich low lands of the river. On the
heights of these low grounds are yet visible monuments, or traces, of
an ancient town, such as artificial mounts or terraces, squares and
banks, encircling considerable areas. Their old fields and planting
land extend up and down the river, fifteen or twenty miles from this
site.

If we are to give credit to the account the Creeks give of themselves,
this place is remarkable for being the first town or settlement, when
they sat down (as they term it) or established themselves, after their
emigration from the west, beyond the Missisippi, their original native
country. On this long journey they suffered great and innumerable
difficulties, encountering and vanquishing numerous and valiant tribes
of Indians, who opposed and retarded their march. Having crossed the
river, still pushing eastward, they were obliged to make a stand, and
fortify themselves in this place, as their only remaining hope, being
to the last degree persecuted and weakened by their surrounding foes.
Having formed for themselves this retreat, and driven off the
inhabitants by degrees, they recovered their spirits, and again faced
their enemies, when they came off victorious in a memorable and
decisive battle. They afterwards gradually subdued their surrounding
enemies, strengthening themselves by taking into confederacy the
vanquished tribes.

And they say, also, that about this period the English were
establishing the colony of Carolina, and the Creeks, understanding that
they were a powerful, warlike people, sent deputies to Charleston,
their capital, offering them their friendship and alliance, which was
accepted, and, in consequence thereof, a treaty took place between
them, which has remained inviolable to this day. They never ceased war
against the numerous and potent bands of Indians, who then surrounded
and cramped the English plantations, as the Savannas, Ogeeches, Wapoos,
Santees, Yamasees, Utinas, Icosans, Paticas, and others, until they had
extirpated them. The Yamasees and their adherents sheltering themselves
under the power and protection of the Spaniards of East Florida, they
pursued them to the very gates of St. Augustine; and the Spaniards
refusing to deliver them up, these faithful intrepid allies had the
courage to declare war against them, and incessantly persecuted them,
until they entirely broke up and ruined their settlements, driving them
before them, till at length they were obliged to retire within the
walls of St. Augustine and a few inferior fortified posts on the sea
coast.

After a few days, I returned to Broughton Island. The Cherokees and
their confederates being yet discontented, and on bad terms with the
white people, it was unsafe to pursue my travels in the north western
regions of Carolina. And recollecting many subjects of natural history,
which I had observed in the south of the isthmus of Florida, when on a
journey some years ago with my father, John Bartram, that were
interesting, and not taken notice of by any traveller; and as it was
then in the autumn and winter, having reason to think that very many
curious subjects had escaped our researches; I now formed the
resolution of travelling into East Florida; accordingly, I immediately
wrote to Doctor Fothergill, in order that he might know where to direct
to me.

 [15] The air at this time being serene, and not a cloud to be seen, I
 saw this annual almost total autumnal eclipse in its highest degree of
 perfection.




PART II.




CHAPTER I.


We are, all of us, subject to crosses and disappointments, but more
especially the traveller; and when they surprise us, we frequently
become restless and impatient under them: but let us rely on
Providence, and by studying and contemplating the works and power of
the Creator, learn wisdom and understanding in the economy of nature,
and be seriously attentive to the divine monitor within. Let us be
obedient to the ruling powers in such things as regard human affairs,
our duties to each other, and all creatures and concerns that are
submitted to our care and controul.

In the month of March, 1774, I sat off from Savanna, for Florida,
proceeding by land to the Alatamaha, where I diverted my time agreeably
in short excursions, picking up curiosities, until the arrival of a
small vessel at Frederica, from Savanna, which was destined to an
Indian trading house high up St. John’s, in East Florida. Upon
information of this vessel’s arrival, I immediately took boat and
descended the Alatamaha, calling by the way of Broughton Island, where
I was kindly received by Mr. James Bailey, Mr. Laurens’s agent. Leaving
Broughton Island in the evening, I continued descending the south
channel nine or ten miles, when, after crossing the sound, I arrived at
Frederica, on the island of St. Simon, where I was well received and
entertained by James Spalding, esq. This gentleman carrying on a very
considerable trade, and having extensive connections with the Indian
tribes of East Florida, furnished me with letters to his agents
residing at his trading houses, ordering them to furnish me with
horses, guides, and every other convenient assistance.

Before the vessel was ready to sail again for St. John’s, I had time to
explore the island. In the cool of the morning early, I rode out of the
town, directing my course to the south end of the island. After
penetrating a thick grove of oaks, which almost surrounded the town on
the land side, suddenly a very extensive and beautiful green savanna
opened to view, in length nearly two miles, and in breadth near a mile,
well stocked with horned cattle, horses, sheep, and deer. Following an
old highway, now out of repair, across the Savanna, I ascended the
sloping green bank, and entered a noble forest of lofty pines, and then
a venerable grove of Live Oaks, under whose shady spreading boughs
opened a spacious avenue, leading to the former seat of general
Oglethorp, but now the property of capt. Raimond Demere. After leaving
this town, I was led into a high pine forest; the trees were tall, and
generally of the species called Broom-pine (P. palustris Linn.) the
surface of the ground covered with grass, herbage, and some shrubbery:
I continued through this forest nearly in a direct line towards the sea
coast, five or six miles, when the land became uneven, with ridges of
sand-hills, mixed with sea shells, and covered by almost impenetrable
thickets, consisting of Live Oaks, Sweet-bay (L. Borbonia) Myrica, Ilex
aquifolium, Rhamnus frangula, Cassine, Sideroxylon, Ptelea, Halesia,
Callicarpa, Carpinus, entangled with Smilax, pseudo-china, and other
species, Bignonia sempervirens, B. crucigera, Rhamnus volubilis, &c.
This dark labyrinth is succeeded by a great extent of salt plains,
beyond which the boundless ocean is seen. Betwixt the dark forest and
the salt plains, I crossed a rivulet of fresh water, where I sat down a
while to rest myself, under the shadow of sweet Bays and Oaks; the
lively breezes were perfumed by the fragrant breath of the superb
Crinum, called, by the inhabitants, White Lily. This admirable beauty
of the sea-coast dwells in the humid shady groves, where the soil is
made fertile and mellow by the admixture of sea shells. The delicate
structure of its spadix, its green broad leaves, and the texture and
whiteness of its flowers, at once charmed me. The Euphorbia picta,
Salvia coccinea, and Ipomea erecta, were also seated in front of my
resting place, as well as the Lycium salsum (perhaps L. Afrum Linn.) a
very beautiful ever-green shrub, its cerulean flowers, and coral red
berries, always on its branches, forming not the least of its beauties.

Time now admonishing me to rise and be going, I, with reluctance, broke
away from this assembly of maritime beauties.

Continuing on, southward, the salt plains on my left hand insensibly
became narrower, and I at length reached the strand, which was level,
firm, and paved with shells, and afforded me a grand view of the
boundless ocean.

O thou Creator supreme, almighty! how infinite and incomprehensible thy
works! most perfect, and every way astonishing!

I continued nearly a mile along this firm sandy beach, the waves of the
sea sometimes washing my horse’s feet. I observed a great variety of
shell-fish, as Echinitis, Corallinus, Patella, Medusa, Buccina, Concha
venerea, Auris marina, Cancer, Squilla, &c. some alive, and others
dead, having been cast upon the beach by the seas, in times of tempest,
where they became a prey to sea fowl, and other maritime animals, or
perished by the heat of the sun and burning sands. At length I doubled
the utmost south point of St. Simon’s, which forms the north cape of
the south channel of the great river Alatamaha. The sound, just within
this cape, forms an excellent bay, or cove, on the south end of the
island, on the opposite side of which I beheld a house and farm, where
I soon arrived. This delightful habitation was situated in the midst of
a spacious grove of Live Oaks and Palms, near the strand of the bay,
commanding a view of the inlet. A cool area surrounded the low but
convenient buildings, from whence, through the groves, was a spacious
avenue into the island, terminated by a large savanna; each side of the
avenue was lined with bee-hives, to the number of fifty or sixty; they
seemed to be well peopled, and exhibited a lively image of a colony
that has attained to a state of power and affluence, by the practice of
virtue and industry.

When I approached the house, the good man, who was reclining on a
bear-skin, spread under the shade of a Live Oak, smoking his pipe, rose
and saluted me: “Welcome, stranger, I am indulging the rational
dictates of nature, taking a little rest, having just come in from the
chace and fishing.” After some conversation and rest, his servant
brought a bowl of honey and water, a very refreshing and agreeable
liquor, of which I drank. On rising to take my departure, he objected,
and requested me to stay and dine with him; and on my pleading, for
excuse, the necessity of my being at Frederica, “Yet, I pray you, stay
a little, I will soon have some refreshment for you.” Presently was
laid before us a plentiful repast of venison, &c. our drink being honey
and water, strengthened by the addition of brandy. Our rural table was
spread under the shadow of Oaks, Palms, and Sweet Bays, fanned by the
lively salubrious breezes wafted from the spicy groves. Our music was
the responsive love-lays of the painted nonpareil, and the alert and
gay mock-bird; whilst the brilliant humming-bird darted through the
flowery groves, suspended in air, and drank nectar from the flowers of
the yellow Jasmine, Lonicera, Andromeda, and sweet Azalea.

But yet, how awfully great and sublime is the majestic scene eastward!
the solemn sound of the beating surf strikes our ears; the dashing of
yon liquid mountains, like mighty giants, in vain assail the skies;
they are beaten back, and fall prostrate upon the shores of the
trembling island.

Taking leave of my sylvan friend, I sat off on my return to the town,
where I arrived before night, having observed, on the way, many curious
vegetable productions, particularly Corypha Palma (or great Cabbage
Palm) Corypha pumila, Corypha repens, frondibus expansis,
flabelliformibus, plicatis, stipit. spinosis (Dwarf Saw Palmetto)
Corypha) obliqua, caudice arboreo ascendente, frondibus expansis,
flabelliformibus, plicatis, stipit. serratis, Cyrilla, Tillandsia
monostachya, Till. lingulata, or Wild Pine; both these curious
vegetables are parasites, living on the substance of others,
particularly on the limbs of the Live Oak; the latter species is a very
large flourishing plant, greatly resembling, at some distance, a well
grown plant of the Bromelia Ananas: the large deep green leaves are
placed in a imbricated order, and ascendant; but their extremities are
reflex, their bases gibbous and hollowed, like a ladle, and capable of
containing near a pint of water: heavy tempests of wind and rain tear
these plants from the trees; yet they live and flourish on the earth,
under the shadow of these great Live Oaks. A very large part of this
island had formerly been cleared and planted by the English, as
appeared evidently to me, by vestiges of plantations, ruins of costly
buildings, highways, &c. but it is now overgrown with forests.
Frederica was the first town built by the English in Georgia, and was
founded by general Oglethorp, who began and established the colony. The
fortress was regular and beautiful, constructed chiefly with brick, and
was the largest, most regular, and perhaps most costly, of any in North
America, of British construction: it is now in ruins, yet occupied by a
small garrison; the ruins also of the town only remain; peach trees,
figs, pomegranates, and other shrubs, grow out of the ruinous walls of
former spacious and expensive buildings, not only in the town, but at a
distance in various parts of the island; yet there are a few neat
houses in good repair, and inhabited: it seems now recovering again,
owing to the public and liberal spirit and exertions of J. Spalding,
esq. who is president of the island, and engaged in very extensive
mercantile concerns.




CHAPTER II.


The vessel, in which I was to embark for East Florida, being now ready
to pursue her voyage, we sat sail with a fair wind and tide. Our course
was south, through the sound, betwixt a chain of sea-coast-islands, and
the main. In the evening we came to, at the south end of St. Simons,
having been hindred by the flood tide making against us. The Captain
and myself, with one of our crew, went on shore, with a view of getting
some venison and sea fowl. We had not the good fortune to see any deer,
yet we were not altogether unsuccessful, having taken three young
racoons (Ursus cauda elongata) which are excellent meat: we had them
for supper, served up in a pillo. Next morning early, we again got
under way, running by Jekyl and Cumberland Islands, large, beautiful,
and fertile, yet thinly inhabited, and consequently excellent haunts
for deer, bears, and other game.

As we ran by Cumberland Isle, keeping the channel through the sound, we
saw a sail a head coming up towards us. Our Captain knew it to be the
trading schooner from the stores on St. John’s, and immediately
predicted bad news, as she was not to sail until our arrival there. As
she approached us, his apprehensions were more and more confirmed, from
the appearance of a number of passengers on deck. We laid to, until she
came up, when we hailed her, “What news?” “Bad; the Indians have
plundered the upper store, and the traders have escaped, only with
their lives.” Upon this both vessels came to anchor very near each
other, when, learning the particulars, it appeared, that a large party
of Indians had surprised and plundered two trading houses, in the
istmus, beyond the river St. John’s, and a third being timely apprised
of their hostile intentions, by a faithful runner, had time to carry
off part of the effects, which they secreted in a swamp at some
distance from it, covering them with skins. The upper store had saved
their goods in like manner, and the lower store, to which we were
bound, had removed the chief of theirs, and deposited them on a small
island, in the river, about five miles below the store. With these
effects was my chest, which I had forwarded in this vessel, from
Savanna, not being at that time determined whether to make this journey
by land or water. The Captain of our vessel resolved to put about and
return to Frederica, for fresh instructions how to proceed; but for my
part, I was determined to proceed for the island up St. John’s, where
my chest was lodged, there being some valuable books and papers in it,
which I could not do well without. I accordingly desired our Captain to
put me on shore, on Little St. Simon’s, which was not far distant,
intending to walk a few miles to a fort, at the south end of that
island, where some fishermen resided, who, as I expected, would set me
over on Amelia Island, where was a large plantation, the property of
Lord Egmont, a British nobleman, whose agent, while I was at Frederica,
gave me an invitation to call on him, as I passed toward East Florida;
and here I had expectations of getting a boat to carry me to St.
John’s. Agreeably to my desire, the captain put me on shore, with a
young man, a passenger, for East Florida, who promised to continue with
me, and share my adventures. We landed safely; the captain wishing us a
prosperous journey, returned on board his vessel, and we proceeded for
the fort, encountering some harsh treatment from thorny thickets, and
prickly vines. However we reached the fort in the evening. The
commander was out in the forest, hunting. My companion being tired, or
indolent, betook himself to rest, while I made a tour round the south
point of the island, walking the shelly paved sea beach, and picking up
novelties. I had not gone above a mile, before I came up to a roebuck,
lying slain on the sands; and hearing the report of a gun, not far off,
and supposing it to be from the captain of the fort, whom I expected
soon to return to take up his game, I retired to a little distance,
mounted the sand hills, and sat down, enjoying a fine prospect of the
rolling billows and foaming breakers, beating on the bar, and north
promontory of Amelia Isle, opposite to me. The captain of the fort soon
came up, with a slain buck on his shoulders. We hailed each other, and
returned together to the fort, where we were well treated, and next
morning, at my request, the captain obligingly sat us over, landing us
safely on Amelia. After walking through a spacious forest of Live Oaks
and Palms, and crossing a creek, that ran through a narrow salt marsh,
I and my fellow traveller arrived safe at the plantation, where the
agent, Mr. Egan, received us very politely and hospitably. This
gentleman is a very intelligent and able planter, having already
greatly improved the estate, particularly in the cultivation of indigo.
Great part of this island consists of excellent hommocky land, which is
the soil this plant delights in, as well as cotton, corn, batatas, and
almost every other esculent vegetable. Mr. Egan politely rode with me,
over great part of the island. On Egmont estate, are several very large
Indian tumuli, which are called Ogeeche mounts, so named from that
nation of Indians, who took shelter here, after being driven from their
native settlements on the main near Ogeeche river. Here they were
constantly harrassed by the Carolinians and Creeks, and at length slain
by their conquerors, and their bones entombed in these heaps of earth
and shells. I observed here the ravages of the common grey caterpillar
(Phalena periodica), so destructive to forest and fruit trees, in
Pennsylvania, and through the northern states, by stripping them of
their leaves, in the spring, while young and tender.

Mr. Egan having business of importance to transact in St. Augustine,
pressed me to continue with him a few days, when he would accompany me
to that place, and, if I chose, I should have a passage, as far as the
Cow-ford, on St. John’s, where he would procure me a boat to prosecute
my voyage.

It may be a subject worthy of some enquiry, why those fine islands, on
the coast of Georgia, are so thinly inhabited; though perhaps Amelia
may in some degree plead an exemption, as it is a very fertile island,
on the north border of East Florida, and at the Capes of St. Mary, the
finest harbour in this new colony. If I should give my opinion, the
following seem to be the most probable reasons: the greatest part of
these are as yet the property of a few wealthy planters, who having
their residence on the continent, where lands on the large rivers, as
Savanna, Ogeeche, Altamaha, St. Ille and others, are of a nature and
quality adapted to the growth of rice, which the planters chiefly rely
upon for obtaining ready cash, and purchasing family articles; they
settle a few poor families on their insular estates, who rear stocks of
horned cattle, horses, swine and poultry, and protect the game for
their proprietors. The inhabitants of these islands also lay open to
the invasion and ravages of pirates, and in case of a war, to
incursions from their enemies armed vessels, in which case they must
either remove with their families and effects to the main, or be
stripped of all their movables, and their houses laid in ruins.

The soil of these islands appears to be particularly favourable to the
culture of indigo and cotton, and there are on them some few large
plantations for the cultivation and manufacture of those valuable
articles. The cotton is planted only by the poorer class of people,
just enough for their family consumption: they plant two species of it,
the annual and West Indian; the former is low, and planted every year;
the balls of this are very large, and the phlox long, strong, and
perfectly white; the West Indian is a tall perennial plant, the stalk
somewhat shrubby, several of which rise up from the root for several
years successively, the stems of the former year being killed by the
winter frosts. The balls of this latter species are not quite so large
as those of the herbaceous cotton; but the phlox, or wool, is long,
extremely fine, silky, and white. A plantation of this kind will last
several years, with moderate labour and care, whereas the annual sort
is planted every year.

The coasts, sounds, and inlets, environing these islands, abound with a
variety of excellent fish, particularly Rock, Bass, Drum, Mullet,
Sheeps-head Whiting, Grooper, Flounder, Sea Trout, [this last seems to
be a species of Cod] Skate, Skip-jack, Stingray. The Shark, and great
Black Stingray, are insatiable cannibals, and very troublesome to the
fishermen. The bays and lagoons are stored with oysters and varieties
of other shell-fish, crabs, shrimp, &c. The clams, in particular, are
large, their meat white, tender, and delicate.

There is a large space betwixt this chain of seacoast-islands and the
main land, perhaps generally near three leagues in breadth; but all
this space is not covered with water: I estimate nearly two-thirds of
it to consist of low salt plains, which produce Barilla, Sedge, Rushes,
&c. and which border on the main land, and the western coasts of the
islands. The east side of these islands are, for the most part, clean,
hard, sandy beaches, exposed to the wash of the ocean. Between these
islands are the mouths or entrances of some rivers, which run down from
the continent, winding about through these low salt marshes, and
delivering their waters into the sounds, which are very extensive
capacious harbours, from three to five and six to eight miles over, and
communicate with each other by parallel salt rivers, or passes, that
flow into the sound: they afford an extensive and secure inland
navigation for most craft, such as large schooners, sloops,
pettiaugers, boats, and canoes; and this inland communication of waters
extends along the sea coast with but few and short interruptions, from
the bay of Chesapeak, in Virginia, to the Missisippi, and how much
farther I know not, perhaps as far as Vera Cruz. Whether this chain of
sea-coast-islands is a step, or advance, which this part of our
continent is now making on the Atlantic ocean, we must leave to future
ages to determine. But it seems evident, even to demonstration, that
those salt marshes adjoining the coast of the main, and the reedy and
grassy islands and marshes in the rivers, which are now overflowed at
every side, were formerly high swamps of firm land, affording forests
of Cypress, Tupilo, Magnolia grandiflora, Oak, Ash, Sweet Bay, and
other timber trees, the same as are now growing on the river swamps,
whose surface is two feet or more above the spring tides that flow at
this day; and it is plainly to be seen by every planter along the coast
of Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, to the Missisippi, when they bank in
these grassy tide marshes for cultivation, that they cannot sink their
drains above three or four feet below the surface, before they come to
strata of Cypress stumps and other trees, as close together as they now
grow in the swamps.




CHAPTER III.


Being now in readiness to prosecute our voyage to St. John’s, we sat
sail in a handsome pleasure-boat, manned with four stout negro slaves,
to row in case of necessity. After passing Amelia Narrows we had a
pleasant run, across Fort George’s sound, where, observing the pelicans
fishing, Mr. Egan shot one of them, which we took into the boat. I was
greatly surprised on observing the pouch or sack, which hangs under the
bill: it is capable of being expanded to a prodigious size. One of the
people on board, said, that he had seen more than half a bushel of bran
crammed into one of their pouches. The body is larger than that of a
tame goose, the legs extremely short, the feet webbed, the bill of a
great length, bent inwards like a scythe, the wings extend near seven
feet from tip to tip, the tail is very short, the head, neck, and
breast, nearly white, the body of a light bluish grey, except the quill
feathers of the wings, which are black. They seem to be of the gull
kind, both in form and structure, as well as manner of fishing. The
evening following, we landed on the main. It was a promontory of high
land, covered with orange-trees, and projecting into the sound, forming
a convenient port. We pitched our tent under the shelter of a forest of
Live Oaks, Palms and Sweet Bays; and having in the course of the day,
procured plenty of sea fowl, such as curlews, willets, snipes, sand
birds and others, we had them dressed for supper, and seasoned with
excellent oysters, which lay in heaps in the water, close to our
landing place. The shrub Capsicum growing here in abundance, afforded
us a very good pepper: we drank of a well of fresh water just at hand,
amidst a grove of Myrtles (Myrica carefera.) Our repose however was
incomplete, from the stings of musquitoes, the roaring of crocodiles,
and the continual noise and restlessness of the sea fowl, thousands of
them having their roosting places very near us, particularly loons of
various species, herons, pelicans, Spanish curlews, &c. all
promiscuously lodging together, and in such incredible numbers, that
the trees were entirely covered. They roost in inaccessible islets in
the salt marshes, surrounded by lagoons, and shallow water. Just
without the trees, betwixt them, the water and marshes, is a barricade
of Palmetto royal (Yucca gloriosa) or Adam’s needle, which grows so
thick together, that a rat or bird can scarcely pass through them; and
the stiff leaves of this Sword plant, standing nearly horizontally, are
as impenetrable to man, or any other animal, as if they were a regiment
of grenadiers with their bayonets pointed at you. The Palmetto royal
is, however, a very singular and beautiful production. It may be termed
a tree, from its durability and magnitude, as likewise from the
ligneous quality of its stem, or trunk, when old; yet from its form and
texture, I should be inclined to rank it amongst the herbaceous plants,
for even the glorious Palm, although it rises to the altitude of a
tree, and even transcends most of them, yet it bears the characters of
the herbaceous ones: and this, like the Palm tree, rises with a
straight, erect stem, about ten or twelve feet high, crowned with a
beautiful chaplet of sword or dagger-like leaves, of a perfect green
colour, each terminated with a stiff, sharp spur, and their edges
finely crenated. This thorny crown is crested with a pyramid of silver
white flowers, each resembling a tulip or lily. These flowers are
succeeded by a large fruit, nearly of the form and size of a slender
cucumber, which, when ripe, is of a deep purple colour, the skin smooth
and shining, its pulp soft, very juicy, and of an agreeable aromatic
flavour but rather bitter to the taste; it is, however, frequently
eaten, but if eaten to excess, proves violently purgative. The seeds
are numerous, flat and lunated.

The plant, or tree, when grown old, sometimes divides into two or three
stems, which seem of equal height and thickness, and indeed nearly of
the same thickness with the main stem; but generally, when they arrive
to this age and magnitude, their own weight brings them to the ground,
where they soon decay, the heart or pith first, leaving a hollow
fibrous reticulated trunk or sleeve, which likewise soon after decays,
and, in fine, all is again reduced to its original earth, and replaces
the vegetative mould. But the deceased are soon replaced by others, as
there are younger ones of all ages and stature, ready to succeed their
predecessors, and flourish for a time, with the same regal pomp and
splendour. These plants are so multitudinous, whereever they get a
footing, that the earth is completely occupied with them, and scarcely
any other vegetable is to be seen, where they are; yet they are
sometimes scattered amongst other trees and vegetables.

In three days after leaving Amelia, we arrived at the Cow-ford, a
public ferry, over St. John’s, about thirty miles above the bar or
capes, the river here being above a mile wide.

Mr. Egan, after procuring a neat little sail-boat for me, at a large
indigo plantation near the ferry, and for which I paid three guineas,
departed for St. Augustine, which is on the sea-coast about forty-five
miles over land.

It was now about the middle of April. Vegetation appearing every where
in high progress, I was anxious to be advancing southerly; and having
at this plantation, stored myself with necessaries for my voyage, I
sailed in the morning with a fair wind. I was now again alone, for the
young man, my fellow traveller, though stouter and heartier than
myself, having repented of his promise to accompany me to the Indian
trading houses, I suppose not relishing the hardships and dangers,
which might perhaps befall us, chose rather to stay behind, amongst the
settlements. His leaving me, however, I did not greatly regret, as I
could not consider it a disappointment much to my disadvantage at the
moment. Our views were probably totally opposite; he, a young mechanic
on his adventures, seemed to be actuated by no other motives, than
either to establish himself in some well-inhabited part of the country,
where, by following his occupation, he might be enabled to procure,
without much toil and danger, the necessaries and conveniencies of
life; or by industry and frugality, perhaps establish his fortune.
Whilst I, continually impelled by a restless spirit of curiosity, in
pursuit of new productions of nature, my chief happiness consisted in
tracing and admiring the infinite power, majesty and perfection of the
great Almighty Creator, and in the contemplation, that through divine
aid and permission, I might be instrumental in discovering, and
introducing into my native country, some original productions of
nature, which might become useful to society. Each of our pursuits were
perhaps equally laudable; and, upon this supposition, I was quite
willing to part with him upon amicable terms.

My little vessel being furnished with a good sail, and having fishing
tackle, a neat light fusee, powder and ball, I found myself well
equipped, for my voyage, about one hundred miles to the trading house.

I crossed the river to a high promontory of wood-land, on the west
shore, and being struck with the magnificence of a venerable grove of
Live Oak, Palms and Laurel (Magnolia grandiflora) I stepped on shore to
take a view of the place. Orange trees were in full bloom, and filled
the air with fragrance.

It was now past noon, and this place being about eight miles above the
Cow-ford, and the river near three miles in breadth, I wanted to reach
a plantation in sight on the opposite shore, in order to get some
repairs, my vessel having sustained some damage from the violence of
the wind, in crossing over. I arrived late in the evening, and finding
a convenient landing place and harbour, I concluded to remain here till
morning, and then coast it close along shore to the plantation.

It beginning to thunder, I was sufficiently warned to prepare against a
wet night; and observing a very large Oak tree, which had been thrown
down by a hurricane and offered me a convenient shelter, as its
enormous limbs bore up the trunk a sufficient height from the earth to
admit me to sit or lie down under it, I spread my sail, slanting from
the trunk of the tree to the ground, on the windward side; and having
collected a quantity of wood, sufficient to keep up a fire, during the
night, I struck one up in front, and spreading skins on the ground, and
upon these placing a blanket, one half I lay down upon, turning the
other over me for a covering.

The storm came up, with a furious wind and tremendous thunder and
lightning, from the opposite N. W. coast, but luckily for me, little
rain fell, and I rested very well. But as the wind next morning blew
very fresh, right in upon the shore, there was no possibility of
moving, with safety, from my present situation. I however arose to
reconnoitre the ground round about my habitation, being roused by the
report of a musquet not far off. I had not left sight of my encampment,
following a winding path through a grove of Live Oak, Laurel (Magn.
grandiflora) and Sapindus, before an Indian stepped out of a thicket,
and crossed the path just before me, having a large turkey cock slung
across his shoulders: he saw me, and stepping up and smiling, spoke to
me in English, bidding me good morning. I saluted him with “It’s well
brother,” led him to my camp, and treated him with a dram. This
friendly Indian informed me that he lived at the next plantation,
employed as a hunter. I asked him how far it was to the house, he
answered about half a mile by land, and invited me to go there, telling
me that his master was a very good, kind man, and would be glad to see
me. I replied, that I would, if my boat and effects in the mean time
could be safe. He said that he would immediately return to the house,
and acquaint his master with it, who would send trusty negroes to bring
my vessel round the point, to the landing. I thanked him for his
civility, and not willing to be troublesome, I told him I would leave
my boat, and follow after him; so taking my fusee on my shoulder, and
after dragging my bark as high up on shore as I could, I followed the
Indian, and soon reached the house.

The gentleman received me in the most polite manner; and, after hearing
my situation, he requested me to make my abode with him a few days, to
rest and refresh myself. I thanked him, and told him I would stay a
day. He immediately sent slaves who brought my boat round, and having
carpenters at work, on a new building, he sat them about repairing my
vessel, which by night was completely refitted.

I spent the day in the most agreeable manner, in the society of this
man of singular worth. He led me over his extensive improvements, and
we returned in company with several of his neighbours. In the
afternoon, the most sultry time of the day, we retired to the fragrant
shades of an Orange grove. The house was situated on an eminence, about
one hundred and fifty yards, from the river. On the right hand was the
Orangery, consisting of many hundred trees, natives of the place, and
left standing, when the ground about it was cleared. These trees where
large, flourishing and in perfect bloom, and loaded with their ripe
golden fruit. On the other side was a spacious garden, occupying a
regular slope of ground down to the water; and a pleasant lawn lay
between. Here were large plantations of the Indigo plant, which
appeared in a very thriving condition: it was then about five or six
inches high, growing in straight parallel rows, about eighteen inches
apart. The Corn (Zea) and Potatoes (Convolv. Batata) were greatly
advanced in growth, and promised a plentiful crop. The Indigo made in
East Florida is esteemed almost equal to the best Spanish, especially
that sort which they call Flora. Mr. Marshall presented me with a
specimen of his own manufacture, at this plantation: it was very
little, if any, inferior to the best Prussian blue.

In the morning following, intimating my intentions of proceeding on my
voyage, Mr. Marshall again importuned me to stay; but I obtained his
consent to depart, on my promising to visit him at my return to
Georgia. After breakfast I therefore took my leave, attended to the
shore by several slaves, loaded with ammunition and provisions, which
my friend had provided for me. On my expressing some difficulty in
receiving so large a share of his bounty, he civilly replied, that it
was too little to mention, and that, if I had continued with him a day
or two longer, he should have had time to have served me in a much
better manner.

Taking my leave of Mr. Marshall, I again embarked alone on board my
little vessel, and blessed with a favourable steady gale, I set sail.
The day was extremely pleasant, the late thunder storm had purified the
air, by disuniting and dissipating the noxious vapours. The falling of
heavy showers, with thunder, and brisk winds, from the cool regions of
the N. W. contributes greatly towards restoring the salubrity of the
air, and purity of the waters, by precipitating the putrescent scum,
that rises from the bottom, and floats upon the surface, near the
shores of the rivers, in these southern climates, during the hot
seasons. The shores of this great river St. Juan, are very level and
shoal, extending in some places, a mile or two into the river, betwixt
the high land, and the clear waters of the river, which is so level, as
to be covered not above a foot or two deep, with water, and at a little
distance appears as a green meadow, having water-grass and other
amphibious vegetables growing in the oozy bottom, and floating upon the
water.

Having a lively leading breeze, I kept as near the east shore, as
possible, often surprised by the plunging of alligators, and greatly
delighted with the pleasing prospect of cultivation, and the increase
of human industry, which frequently struck my view from the elevated,
distant shores.

At night I ran in shore, at a convenient harbour, where I was received
and welcomed by the gentleman, who was agent for the plantation, and at
whose pleasant habitation, near the harbour, I took up my quarters for
the night.

This very civil man, happened to be a person with whom I had formerly
been acquainted in St. Augustine; and as he lived about twenty miles
distant from it, I had good reason to expect that he would be a proper
person, to obtain intelligence from, concerning the disturbances, which
were thought still to subsist, between the Lower Creeks and the white
inhabitants of East Florida. Upon enquiry, and conversation with him, I
found my conjectures on that head to have been well founded. My friend
informed me, that there had, but a few days since, been a council held
at St. Augustine, between the governor of East Florida and the chiefs
of the Lower Creeks. They had been delegated by their towns, to make
enquiry concerning the late alarm and depredations committed by the
Indians upon the traders; which the nation being apprised of,
recommended these deputies to be chosen and sent, as soon as possible,
in order to make reasonable concessions, before the flame, already
kindled, should spread into a general war. The parties accordingly met
in St. Augustine, and the affair was amicacably adjusted to the
satisfaction of both parties. The chiefs of the delinquent bands, whose
young warriors had commited the mischief, promissed to indemnify the
traders for the loss of their goods, and requested that they might
return to their store-house, with goods as usual, and that they should
be safe in their persons and property. The traders at this time, were
actually preparing to return. It appeared, upon a strict investigation
of facts, that the affair had taken its rise from the licentious
conduct of a few vagrant young hunters of the Siminole nation, who,
imagining themselves to have been ill treated in their dealings with
the traders (which by the bye was likely enough to be true) took this
violent method of doing themselves justice. The culprits however
endeavoured to exculpate themselves, by asserting, that they had no
design or intention of robbing the traders of their effects, but meant
it only as a threat; and that the traders, from a conciousness of their
dishonesty, had been terrified and fled, leaving their stores, which
they took possession of, to prevent their being totally lost. This
troublesome affair being adjusted, was very agreeable news to me, as I
could now, without apprehensions, ascend this grand river, and visit
its delightful shores, where and when I pleased.

Bidding adieu to my obliging friend, I spread my sail to the favourable
breeze, and by noon came to abreast of fort Picolata; where, being
desirous of gaining yet farther intelligence, I landed; but, to my
disappointment, found the fort dismantled and deserted. This fortress
is very ancient, and was built by the Spaniards. It is a square tower,
thirty feet high, invested with a high wall, without bastions, about
breast high, pierced with loop holes and surrounded with a deep ditch.
The upper story is open on each side, with battlements, supporting a
cupola or roof: these battlements were formerly mounted with eight four
pounders, two on each side.

The works are constructed with hewn stone, cemented with lime. The
stone was cut out of quarries, on St. Anastatius Island, opposite St.
Augustine: it is of a pale reddish brick colour, and a testaceous
composition, consisting of small fragments of sea-shells and fine sand.
It is well adapted to the constructing of fortifications. It lies in
horizontal masses in the quarry, and constitutes the foundation of that
island. The castle at St. Augustine, and most of the buildings of the
town, are of this stone.

Leaving Picolata, I continued to ascend the river. I observed this day,
during my progress up the river, incredible numbers of small flying
insects, of the genus, termed by naturalists, Ephemera, continually
emerging from the shallow water, near shore, some of them immediately
taking their flight to the land, whilst myriads crept up the grass and
herbage, where remaining for a short time, as they acquired sufficient
strength, they took their flight also, following their kindred to the
main land. This resurrection from the deep, if I may so express it,
commences early in the morning, and ceases after the sun is up. At
evening they are seen in clouds of innumerable millions, swarming and
wantoning in the still air, gradually drawing near the river. They
descend upon its surface, and there quickly end their day, after
committing their eggs to the deep; which being for a little while
tossed about, enveloped in a viscid scum, are hatched, and the little
Larva descend into their secure and dark habitation, in the oozy bed
beneath, where they remain gradually increasing in size, until the
returning spring: they then change to a Nymph, when the genial heat
brings them, as it were, into existence, and they again arise into the
world. This fly seems to be delicious food for birds, frogs, and fish.
In the morning, when they arise, and in the evening, when they return,
the tumult is great indeed, and the surface of the water along shore
broken into bubbles, or spirted into the air, by the contending aquatic
tribes; and such is the avidity of the fish and frogs, that they spring
into the air, after this delicious prey.

Early in the evening, after a pleasant day’s voyage, I made a
convenient and safe harbour, in a little lagoon, under an elevated
bank, on the west shore of the river; where I shall entreat the
reader’s patience, whilst we behold the closing scene of the
short-lived Ephemera, and communicate to each other the reflections
which so singular an exhibition might rationally suggest to an
inquisitive mind. Our place of observation is happily situated under
the protecting shade of majestic Live Oaks, glorious Magnolias and the
fragrant Orange, open to the view of the great river and still waters
of the lagoon just before us.

At the cool eve’s approach, the sweet enchanting melody of the
feathered songsters gradually ceases, and they betake themselves to
their leafy coverts for security and repose.

Solemnly and slowly move onward, to the river’s shore, the rustling
clouds of the Ephemera. How awful the procession! innumerable millions
of winged beings, voluntarily verging on to destruction, to the brink
of the grave, where they behold bands of their enemies with wide open
jaws, ready to receive them. But as if insensible of their danger, gay
and tranquil each meets his beloved mate, in the still air, inimitably
bedecked in their new nuptial robes. What eye can trace them, in their
varied wanton amorous chaces, bounding and fluttering on the
odoriferous air? With what peace, love, and joy, do they end the last
moments of their existence?

I think we may assert, without any fear of exaggeration, that there are
annually of these beautiful winged beings, which rise into existence,
and for a few moments take a transient view of the glory of the
Creator’s works, a number greater than the whole race of mankind that
have ever existed since the creation; and that, only from the shores of
this river. How many then must have been produced since the creation,
when we consider the number of large rivers in America, in comparison
with which, this river is but a brook or rivulet.

The importance of the existence of these beautiful and delicately
formed little creatures, whose frame and organization is equally
wonderful, more delicate, and perhaps as complicated as those of the
most perfect human being, is well worth a few moments contemplation; I
mean particularly when they appear in the fly state. And it we consider
the very short period of that stage of existence, which we may
reasonably suppose to be the only space of their life that admits of
pleasure and enjoyment, what a lesson doth it not afford us of the
vanity of our own pursuits!

Their whole existence in this world is but one complete year: and at
least three hundred and sixty days of that time they are in the form of
an ugly grub, buried in mud, eighteen inches under water, and in this
condition scarcely locomotive, as each Larva or grub has but its own
narrow solitary cell, from which it never travels or moves, but in a
perpendicular progression of a few inches, up and down, from the bottom
to the surface of the mud, in order to intercept the passing atoms for
its food, and get a momentary respiration of fresh air; and even here
it must be perpetually on its guard, in order to escape the troops of
fish and shrimps watching to catch it, and from whom it has no escape,
but by instantly retreating back into its cell. One would be apt almost
to imagine them created merely for the food of fish and other animals.

Having rested very well during the night, I was awakened in the morning
early, by the cheering converse of the wild turkey-cock (Meleagris
occidentalis) saluting each other, from the sun-brightened tops of the
lofty Cupressus disticha and Magnolia grandiflora. They begin at early
dawn, and continue till sunrise, from March to the last of April. The
high forests ring with the noise, like the crowing of the domestic
cock, of these social centinels, the watch-word being caught and
repeated, from one to another, for hundreds of miles around; insomuch
that the whole country is for an hour or more in an universal shout. A
little after sunrise, their crowing gradually ceases, they quit their
high lodging places, and alight on the earth, where expanding their
silver bordered train, they strut and dance round about the coy female,
while the deep forests seem to tremble with their shrill noise.

This morning the winds on the great river were high and against me; I
was therefore obliged to keep in port a great part of the day, which I
employed in little excursions round about my encampment. The Live Oaks
are of an astonishing magnitude, and one tree contains a prodigious
quantity of timber, yet, comparatively, they are not tall, even in
these forests, where growing on strong land, in company with others of
great altitude (such as Fagus sylvatica, Liquidambar, Magnolia
grandiflora, and the high Palm tree) they strive while young to be upon
an equality with their neighbours, and to enjoy the influence of the
sun-beams, and of the pure animating air; but the others at last
prevail, and their proud heads are seen at a great distance, towering
far above the rest of the forest, which consists chiefly of this
species of oak, Fraxinus, Ulmus, Acer rubrum, Laurus Borbonia, Quercus
dentata, Ilex aquifolium, Olea Americana, Morus, Gleditsia triacanthus,
and, I believe, a species of Sapindus. But the latter spreads abroad
his brawny arms, to a great distance. The trunk of the Live Oak is
generally from twelve to eighteen feet in girt, and rises ten or twelve
feet erect from the earth, some I have seen eighteen or twenty; then
divides itself into three, four, or five great limbs, which continue to
grow in nearly an horizontal direction, each limb forming a gentle
curve, or arch, from its base to its extremity. I have stepped above
fifty paces, on a straight line, from the trunk of one of these trees,
to the extremity of the limbs. It is ever green, and the wood almost
incorruptible, even in the open air. It bears a prodigious quantity of
fruit; the acorn is small, but sweet and agreeable to the taste when
roasted, and is food for almost all animals. The Indians obtain from it
a sweet oil, which they use in the cooking of hommony, rice, &c. and
they also roast them in hot embers, eating them as we do chesnuts.

The wind being fair in the evening, I sat sail again, and crossing the
river, made a good harbour on the east shore, where I pitched my tent
for the night. The bank of the river was about twelve or fifteen feet
perpendicular, from its surface, but the ascent gentle. Although I
arrived here early in the evening, I found sufficient attractions to
choose it for my lodging-place, and an ample field for botanical
employment. It was a high, airy situation, and commanded an extensive
and varied prospect of the river and its shores, up and down.

Behold yon promontory, projecting far into the great river, beyond the
still lagoon, half a mile distance from me: what a magnificent grove
arises on its banks! how glorious the Palm! how majestically stands the
Laurel, its head forming a perfect cone! its dark green foliage seems
silvered over with milk-white flowers. They are so large, as to be
distinctly visible at the distance of a mile or more. The Laurel
Magnolias, which grow on this river are the most beautiful and tall
that I have any where seen, unless we except those, which stand on the
banks of the Missisippi; yet even these must yield to those of St.
Juan, in neatness of form, beauty of foliage, and I think, in largeness
and fragrance of flower. Their usual height is about one hundred feet,
and some greatly exceed that. The trunk is perfectly erect, rising in
the form of a beautiful column, and supporting a head like a an obtuse
cone. The flowers are on the extremities of the subdivisions of the
branches, in the centre of a coronet of dark green, shining, ovate
pointed entire leaves: they are large, perfectly white, and expanded
like a full blown Rose. They are polypetalous, consisting of fifteen,
twenty, or twenty-five petals: these are of a thick coriaceous texture,
and deeply concave, their edges being somewhat reflex, when mature. In
the centre stands the young cone, which is large, of a flesh colour,
and elegantly studded with a gold coloured stigma, that by the end of
summer is greatly enlarged, and in the autumn ripens to a large crimson
cone or strobile, disclosing multitudes of large coral red berries,
which for a time hang down from them, suspended by a fine, white, silky
thread, four, six, or even nine inches in length. The flowers of this
tree are the largest and most complete of any yet known: when fully
expanded, they are of six, eight, and nine inches diameter. The
pericarpium and berries, possess an agreeable spicy scent, and an
aromatic bitter taste. The wood when seasoned is of a straw colour,
compact, and harder and firmer than that of the Poplar.

It is really astonishing to behold the Grape-Vines in this place. From
their bulk and strength, one would imagine they were combined to pull
down these mighty trees to the earth, when, in fact, amongst other good
purposes, they serve to uphold them. They are frequently nine, ten, and
twelve inches in diameter, and twine round the trunks of the trees,
climb to their very tops, and then spread along their limbs, from tree
to tree, throughout the forest: the fruit is but small and ill tasted.
The Grape vines with the Rhamnus volubilis, Bignonia radicans, Bignonia
crucigera, and another rambling shrubby vine, which seems allied to the
Rhamnus, perhaps Zizyphus scandens, seem to tie the trees together with
garlands and festoons, and form enchanting shades. The long moss, so
called, (Tillandsea usneoides), is a singular and surprising vegetable
production: it grows from the limbs and twigs of all trees in these
southern regions, from N. lat. 35 down as far as 28, and I believe
every where within the tropics. Wherever it fixes itself, on a limb, or
branch, it spreads into short and intricate divarications; these in
time collect dust, wafted by the wind, which, probably by the moisture
it absorbs, softens the bark and sappy part of the tree, about the
roots of the plant, and renders it more fit for it to establish itself;
and from this small beginning, it increases, by sending downwards and
obliquely, on all sides, long pendant branches, which divide and
subdivide themselves ad infinitum. It is common to find the spaces,
betwixt the limbs of large trees, almost occupied by this plant: it
also hangs waving in the wind, like streamers, from the lower limbs, to
the length of fifteen or twenty feet, and of bulk and weight, more than
several men together could carry; and in some places, cart loads of it
are lying on the ground, torn off by the violence of the wind. Any part
of the living plant, torn off and caught in the limbs of a tree, will
presently take root, grow and increase, in the same degree of
perfection, as if it had sprung up from the seed. When fresh, cattle
and deer will eat it in the winter season. It seems particularly
adapted to the purpose of stuffing mattrasses, chairs, saddles,
collars, &c.; and for these purposes, nothing yet known equals it. The
Spaniards in South America and the West-Indies, work it into cables,
that are said to be very strong and durable; but, in order to render it
useful, it ought to be thrown into shallow ponds of water, and exposed
to the sun, where it soon rots, and the outside furry substance is
dissolved. It is then taken out of the water, and spread to dry; when,
after a little beating and shaking, it is sufficiently clean, nothing
remaining but the interior, hard, black, elastic filament, entangled
together, and greatly resembling horse-hair.

The Zanthoxilum clava Herculis also grows here. It is a beautiful
spreading tree, and much like a well grown apple-tree. Its aromatic
berry is delicious food for the little turtle dove; and epicures say
that it gives their flesh a fine flavour.

Having finished my observation, I betook myself to rest; and when the
plunging and roaring of the crocodiles, and the croaking of the frogs,
had ceased, I slept very well during the remainder of the night; as a
breeze from the river had scattered the clouds of musquitoes that at
first infested me.

It being a fine cool morning, and fair wind, I sat sail early, and saw,
this day, vast quantities of the Pistia stratiotes, a very singular
aquatic plant. It associates in large communities, or floating islands,
some of them a quarter of a mile in extent, which are impelled to and
fro, as the wind and current may direct. They are first produced on, or
close to, the shore, in eddy water, where they gradually spread
themselves into the river, forming most delightful green plains,
several miles in length, and in some places a quarter of a mile in
breadth. These plants are nourished and kept in their proper horizontal
situation, by means of long fibrous roots, which descend from the
nether centre, downwards, towards the muddy bottom. Each plant, when
full grown, bears a general resemblance to a well grown plant of garden
lettuce, though the leaves are more nervous, of a firmer contexture,
and of a full green colour, inclining to yellow. It vegetates on the
surface of the still stagnant water, and in its natural situation, is
propagated from seed only. In great storms of wind and rain, when the
river is suddenly raised, large masses of these floating plains are
broken loose, and driven from the shores, into the wide water, where
they have the appearance of islets, and float about, until broken to
pieces by the winds and waves; or driven again to shore, on some
distant coast of the river, where they again find footing, and there,
forming new colonies, spread and extend themselves again, until again
broken up and dispersed as before. These floating islands present a
very entertaining prospect: for although we behold an assemblage of the
primary productions of nature only, yet the imagination seems to remain
in suspence and doubt; as in order to enliven the delusion, and form a
most picturesque appearance, we see not only flowery plants, clumps of
shrubs, old weather-beaten trees, hoary and barbed, with the long moss
waving from their snags, but we also see them completely inhabited, and
alive, with crocodiles, serpents, frogs, otters, crows, herons,
curlews, jackdaws, &c. There seems, in short, nothing wanted but the
appearance of a wigwam and a canoe to complete the scene.

Keeping along the west or Indian shore, I saw basking on the sedgy
banks, numbers of alligators[16], some of them of an enormous size.

The high forests on this coast, now wore a grand and sublime
appearance; the earth rising gradually from the river westward, by easy
swelling ridges, behind one another, lifting the distant groves up into
the skies. The trees are of the lofty kind, as the grand Laurel
Magnolia, Palm elata, Liquidambar styraciflua, Fagus sylvatica, Querci,
Juglans hiccory, Fraxinus, and others.

On my doubling a long point of land, the river appeared surprisingly
widened, forming a large bay, of an oval form, and several miles in
extent. On the west side it was bordered round with low marshes, and
invested with a swamp of Cypress, the trees so lofty, as to preclude
the sight of the high-land forests, beyond them; and these trees,
having flat tops, and all of equal height, seemed to be a green plain,
lifted up and supported upon columns in the air, round the west side of
the bay.

The Cupressus disticha stands in the first order of North American
trees. Its majestic stature is surprising; and on approaching it, we
are struck with a kind of awe, at beholding the stateliness of the
trunk, lifting its cumbrous top towards the skies, and casting a wide
shade upon the ground, as a dark intervening cloud, which, for a time,
excludes the rays of the sun. The delicacy of its colour, and texture
of its leaves, exceed every thing in vegetation. It generally grows in
the water, or in low flat lands, near the banks of great rivers and
lakes, that are covered, great part of the year, with two or three feet
depth of water; and that part of the trunk which is subject to be under
water, and four or five feet higher up, is greatly enlarged by
prodigious buttresses, or pilasters, which, in full grown trees,
project out on every side, to such a distance, that several men might
easily hide themselves in the hollows between. Each pilaster terminates
under ground, in a very large, strong, serpentine root, which strikes
off, and branches every way, just under the surface of the earth: and
from these roots grow woody cones, called cypress knees, four, five,
and six feet high, and from six to eighteen inches and two feet in
diameter at their bases. The large ones are hollow, and serve very well
for beehives; a small space of the tree itself is hollow, nearly as
high as the buttresses already mentioned. From this place the tree, as
it were, takes another beginning, forming a grand straight column
eighty or ninety feet high, when it divides every way around into an
extensive flat horizontal top, like an umbrella, where eagles have
their secure nests, and cranes and storks their temporary
resting-places; and what adds to the magnificence of their appearance
is the streamers of long moss that hang from the lofty limbs and float
in the winds. This is their majestic appearance when standing alone, in
large rice plantations, or thinly planted on the banks of great rivers.

Parroquets are commonly seen hovering and fluttering on their tops:
they delight to shell the balls, its seed being their favourite food.
The trunks of these trees, when hollowed out, make large and durable
pettiaugers and canoes, and afford excellent shingles, boards, and
other timber, adapted to every purpose in frame buildings. When the
planters fell these mighty trees, they raise a stage round them, as
high as to reach above the buttresses; on this stage, eight or ten
negroes ascend with their axes, and fall to work round its trunk. I
have seen trunks of these trees that would measure eight, ten, and
twelve feet in diameter, for forty and fifty feet straight shaft.

As I continued coasting the Indian shore of this bay, on doubling a
promontory, I suddenly saw before me an Indian settlement, or village.
It was a fine situation, the bank rising gradually from the water.
There were eight or ten habitations, in a row, or street, fronting the
water, and about fifty yards distance from it. Some of the youth were
naked, up to their hips in the water, fishing with rods and lines;
whilst others, younger, were diverting themselves in shooting frogs
with bows and arrows. On my near approach, the little children took to
their heels, and ran to some women who were hoeing corn; but the
stouter youth stood their ground, and, smiling, called to me. As I
passed along, I observed some elderly people reclined on skins spread
on the ground, under the cool shade of spreading Oaks and Palms, that
were ranged in front of their houses: they arose, and eyed me as I
passed, but perceiving that I kept on without stopping, they resumed
their former position. They were civil, and appeared happy in their
situation.

There was a large Orange grove at the upper end of their village; the
trees were large, carefully pruned, and the ground under them clean,
open, and airy. There seemed to be several hundred acres of cleared
land, about the village; a considerable portion of which was planted,
chiefly with corn (Zea), Batatas, Beans, Pompions, Squashes, (Cucurbita
verrucosa), Melons (Cucurbita citrullus), Tobacco (Nicotiana), &c.
abundantly sufficient for the inhabitants of the village.

After leaving this village, and coasting a considerable cove of the
lake, I percieved the river before me much contracted within its late
bounds, but still retaining the appearance of a wide and deep river,
both coasts bordered for several miles with rich deep swamps, well
timbered with Cypress, Ash, Elm, Oak, Hiccory, Scarlet Maple, Nyssa
aquatica, Nyssa tupilo, Gordonia lasianthus, Corypha palma, Corypha
pumila, Laurus Borbonia, &c. The river gradually narrowing, I came in
sight of Charlotia, where it is not above half a mile wide, but deep;
and as there was a considerable current against me, I came here to an
anchor. This town was founded by Den. Rolle, esq. and is situated on a
high bluff, on the east coast, fifteen or twenty feet perpendicular
from the river, and is in length half a mile, or more, upon its banks.
The upper stratum of the earth consists entirely of several species of
fresh water Cochleæ, as Coch. helix, Coch. labyrinthus, and Coch.
voluta; the second, of marine shells, as Concha mytulus, Conc. ostrea,
Conc. peeton, Haliotis auris marina, Hal. patella, &c. mixed with sea
sand; and the third, or lower stratum, which was a little above the
comman level of the river, was horizontal masses of a pretty hard rock,
composed almost entirely of the above shell, generally whole, and lying
in every direction, petrefied or cemented together, with fine white
sand; and these rocks were bedded in a stratum of clay. I saw many
fragments of the earthen ware of the ancient inhabitants, and bones of
animals, amongst the shells, and mixed with the earth, to a great
depth. This high shelly bank continues, by gentle parallel ridges, near
a quarter of a mile back from the river, gradually diminishing to the
level of the sandy plains, which widen before and on each side
eastward, to a seemingly unlimited distance, and appear green and
delightful, being covered with grass and the Corypha repens, and thinly
planted with trees of the long-leaved, or Broom Pine, and decorated
with clumps, or coppices of floriferous, evergreen, and aromatic
shrubs, and enamelled with patches of the beautiful little Kalmia
ciliata. These shelly ridges have a vegetable surface of loose black
mould, very fertile, which naturally produces Orange groves, Live Oak,
Laurus Borbonia, Palma elata, Carica papaya, Sapindus, Liquidambar,
Fraxinus exelsior, Morus rubra, Ulmus, Tilia, Sambucus, Ptelea,
Tallow-nut, or Wild Lime, and many others.

Mr. Rolle obtained from the crown a grant of forty thousand acres of
land, in any part of East Florida, where the land was unlocated. It
seems, his views were to take up his grant near St. Mark’s, in the bay
of Aplatchi; and he sat sail from England, with about one hundred
families, for that place; but by contrary winds, and stress of weather,
he missed his aim; and being obliged to put into St. Juan’s, he, with
some of the principal of his adherents, ascended the river in a boat,
and being struck with its majesty, the grand situations of its banks,
and fertility of its lands, and at the same time, considering the
extensive navigation of the river, and its near vicinity to St.
Augustine, the capital and seat of government, he altered his views on
St. Mark’s, and suddenly determined on this place, where he landed his
first little colony. But it seems, from an ill-concerted plan in its
infant establishment, negligence, or extreme parsimony in sending
proper recruits, and other necessaries, together with a bad choice of
citizens, the settlement by degrees grew weaker, and at length totally
fell to the ground. Those of them who escaped the constant contagious
fevers, fled the dreaded place, betaking themselves for subsistence to
the more fruitful and populous regions of Georgia and Carolina.

The remaining old habitations are mouldering to earth, except the
mansion house, which is a large frame building, of cypress wood, yet in
tolerable repair, and inhabited by an overseer and his family. There is
also a blacksmith with his shop and family, at a small distance from
it. The most valuable district belonging to Mr. Rolle’s grant, lies on
Dunn’s lake, and on a little river, which runs from it into St. Juan.
This district consists of a vast body of rich swamp land, fit for the
growth of rice, and some very excellent high land surrounding it. Large
swamps of excellent rice land are also situated on the west shore of
the river, opposite to Charlotia.

The aborigines of America had a very great town in this place, as
appears from the great tumuli, and conical mounts of earth and shells,
and other traces of a settlement which yet remain. There grew in the
old fields on these heights great quantities of Callicarpa, and of the
beautiful shrub Annona: the flowers of the latter are large, white, and
sweet scented.

Having obtained from the people here directions for discovering the
little remote island where the traders and their goods were secreted,
which was about seven miles higher up, I sat sail again, with a fair
wind, and in about one hour and an half arrived at the desired place,
having fortunately taken the right channel of the river, amongst a
multitude of others, occasioned by a number of low swampy islands. But
I should have run by the landing, if the centinels had not by chance
seen me drawing near them; and who perceiving that I was a white man,
ventured to hail me; upon which I immediately struck sail, and came to.
Upon my landing they conducted me to their encampment, forty or fifty
yards from the river, in an almost impenetrable thicket. Upon my
enquiry, they confirmed the accounts of the amicable treaty at St.
Augustine, and in consequence thereof, they had already removed great
part of the goods, to the trading-house, which was a few miles higher
up, on the Indian shore. They showed me my chest, which had been
carefully preserved, and upon inspection I found every thing in good
order. Having learned from them, that all the effects would, in a few
days time, be removed to the store-house, I bid adieu to them, and in a
little time arrived at the trading-house, where I was received with
great politeness, and treated, during a residence of several months,
with the utmost civility and friendship, by Mr. C. M’Latche, Messrs.
Spalding and Kelsall’s agent.

The river almost from Charlotia, and for near twelve miles higher up,
is divided into many channels by a great number of islands.

 [16] I have made use of the terms alligator and crocodile
 indiscriminately for this animal, alligator being the country name.




CHAPTER IV.


Having rested myself a few days, and by ranging about the neighbouring
plains and groves, surrounding this pleasant place, pretty well
recovered my strength and spirits, I began to think of planning my
future excursions, at a distance round about this centre. I found, from
frequent conferrences with Mr. M’Latche, that I might with safety
extend my journeys every way, and with prudence, even into the towns
and settlement of the Indians, as they were perfectly reconciled to us,
and sincerely wished for the renewal of our trade.

There were three trading-houses to be established this summer, each of
which had its supplies from the store on St. Juan, where I now had my
residence, and in which the produce or returns were to centre annually,
in order to be shipped for Savanna or Sunbury, and from thence to
Europe.

One of these trading-houses was to be fixed about sixty miles higher up
the river, from this place, by the name of Spalding’s upper store; a
second at Alachua, about fifty miles west from the river St. Juan; and
a third at Talahasochte, a considerable town of the Siminoles, on the
river Little St. Juan, near the bay of Apalachi, about one hundred and
twenty miles distance. Each of these places I designed to visit, before
the return of the vessel to Frederica in the autumn, that I might avail
myself of an opportunity so favourable for transporting my collections
so far on their way towards Charleston.

The company for Alachua were to set off in about a month; that to
Little St. Juan, in July, which suited me exceedingly well, as I might
make my tour to the upper store directly, that part of the country
being at this season, enrobed in her richest and gayest apparel.

About the middle of May, every thing being in readiness to proceed up
the river, we sat sail. The traders with their goods in a large boat
went ahead, and myself in my little vessel followed them; and as their
boat was large, and deeply laden, I found that I could easily keep up
with them, and if I chose, out-sail them; but I preferred keeping them
company, as well for the sake of collecting what I could from
conversation, as on account of my safety in crossing the great lake,
expecting to return alone, and descend the river at my own leisure.

We had a pleasant day, the wind fair and moderate, and ran by Mount
Hope, so named by my father John Bartram, when he ascended this river,
about fifteen years ago. It is a very high shelly bluff, upon the
little lake. It was at that time a fine Orange grove, but now cleared
and converted into a large indigo plantation, the property of an
English gentleman, under the care of an agent. In the evening we
arrived at Mount Royal, where we came to, and stayed all night: we were
treated with great civility, by a gentleman whose name was —— Kean, and
had been an Indian trader.

From this place we enjoyed a most enchanting prospect of the great Lake
George, through a grand avenue, if I may so term this narrow reach of
the river, which widens gradually for about two miles, towards its
entrance into the lake, so as to elude the exact rules of perspective,
and appears of an equal width.

At about fifty yards distance from the landing place, stands a
magnificent Indian mount. About fifteen years ago I visited this place,
at which time there were no settlements of white people, but all
appeared wild and savage; yet in that uncultivated state it possessed
an almost inexpressible air of grandeur, which was now entirely
changed. At that time there was a very considerable extent of old
fields round about the mount; there was also a large Orange grove,
together with Palms and Live Oaks, extending from near the mount, along
the banks, downwards, all of which has since been cleared away to make
room for planting ground. But what greatly contributed towards
completing the magnificence of the scene, was a noble Indian highway,
which led from the great mount, on a straight line, three quarters of a
mile, first through a point or wing of the Orange grove, and continuing
thence through an awful forest of Live Oaks, it was terminated by Palms
and Laurel Magnolias, on the verge of an oblong artificial lake, which
was on the edge of an extensive green level savanna. This grand highway
was about fifty yards wide, sunk a little below the common level, and
the earth thrown up on each side, making a bank of about two feet high.
Neither nature nor art could any where present a more striking
contrast, as you approach this savanna. The glittering water pond
played on the sight, through the dark grove, like a brilliant diamond,
on the bosom of the illumined savanna, bordered with various flowery
shrubs and plants; and as we advanced into the plain, the sight was
agreeably relieved by a distant view of the forest, which partly
environed the green expanse on the left hand, whilst the imagination
was still flattered and entertained by the far distant misty points of
the surrounding forests, which projected into the plain, alternately
appearing and disappearing, making a grand sweep round on the right, to
the distant banks of the great lake. But that venerable grove is now no
more. All has been cleared away and planted with Indigo, Corn and
Cotton, but since deserted: there was now scarcely five acres of ground
under fence. It appeared like a desert to a great extent, and
terminated, on the land side, by frightful thickets, and open Pine
forests.

It appears however, that the late proprietor had some taste, as he has
preserved the mount, and this little adjoining grove inviolate. The
prospect from this station is so happily situtated by nature, as to
comprise at one view the whole of the sublime and pleasing.

At the reanimating appearance of the rising sun, nature again revives;
and I obey the cheerful summons of the gentle monitors of the meads and
groves.

Ye vigilant and faithful servants of the Most High! ye who worship the
Creator morning, noon, and eve, in simplicity of heart! I haste to join
the universal anthem. My heart and voice unite with yours, in sincere
homage to the great Creator, the universal Sovereign.

O may I be permitted to approach the throne of mercy! May these my
humble and penitent supplications, amidst the universal shouts of
homage from thy creatures, meet with thy acceptance!

And although I am sensible, that my service cannot increase or diminish
thy glory, yet it is pleasing to thy servant to be permitted to sound
thy praise; for, O sovereign Lord! we know that thou alone art perfect,
and worthy to be worshiped. O universal Father! look down upon us, we
beseech thee, with an eye of pity and compassion, and grant that
universal peace and love may prevail in the earth, even that divine
harmony which fills the heavens, thy glorious habitation!

And, O sovereign Lord! since it has pleased thee to endue man with
power and pre-eminence here on earth, and establish his dominion over
all creatures, may we look up to thee, that our understanding may be so
illuminated with wisdom, and our hearts warmed and animated with a due
sense of charity, that we may be enabled to do thy will, and perform
our duty towards those submitted to our service, and protection, and be
merciful to them, even as we hope for mercy.

Thus may we be worthy of the dignity and superiority of the high and
distinguished station in which thou hast placed us here on earth.

The morning being fair, and having a gentle favourable gale, we left
our pleasant harbour, in pursuit of our desired port.

Now as we approach the capes, behold the little ocean of Lake George,
the distant circular coast gradually rising to view, from his misty
fringed horizon. I cannot entirely suppress my apprehension of danger.
My vessel at once diminished to a nut-shell on the swelling seas, and
at the distance of a few miles, must appear to the surprised observer
as some aquatic animal, at intervals emerging from its surface. This
lake is a large and beautiful piece of water ; it is a dilatation of
the river St. Juan, and is about fifteen miles wide, and generally
about fifteen or twenty feet deep, excepting at the entrance of the
river, where lies a bar, which carries eight or nine feet water. The
lake is beautified with two or three fertile islands. The first lies in
the bay, as we ascend into the lake, near the west coast, about S. W.
from Mount Royal, from whence it appears to form part of the west shore
of the bay. The second island seems to ride on the lake before us as we
enter, about a mile within it. This island is about two miles in
breadth, and three quarters of a mile where broadest, mostly high land,
well timbered, and fertile. The third and last lies at the south end of
the lake, and near the entrance of the river; it is nearly circular,
and contains but a few acres of land, the earth high and fertile, and
almost an entire Orange grove, with grand Magnolias and Palms.

Soon after entering the lake, the wind blew so briskly from the west,
with thunder-clouds gathering upon the horizon, that we were obliged to
seek a shelter from the approaching tempest, on the large beautiful
island before mentioned; where, having gained the south promontory, we
met with an excellent harbour, in which we continued the remaining part
of the day and the night. This circumstance gave me an opportunity to
explore the greatest part of it.

This island appears, from obvious vestiges, to have been once the
chosen residence of an Indian prince, there being to this day evident
remains of a large town of the Aborigines. It was situated on an
eminence near the banks of the lake, and commanded a comprehensive and
charming prospect of the waters, island, east and west shore of the
lake, the capes, the bay and Mount Royal, and to the south the view is
in a manner infinite, where the skies and waters seem to unite. On the
site of this ancient town, stands a very pompous Indian mount, or
conical pyramid of earth, from which runs in a straight line a grand
avenue or Indian highway, through a magnificent grove of Magnolias,
Live Oaks, Palms and Orange trees, terminating at the verge of a large
green level savanna. This island appears to have been well inhabited,
as is very evident, from the quantities of fragments of Indian
earthen-ware, bones of animals and other remains, particularly in the
shelly heights and ridges, all over the island. There are no
habitations at present on the island, but a great number of deer,
turkeys, bears, wolves, wild cats, squirrels, racoons, and opossoms.
The bears are invited here to partake of the fruit of the Orange tree,
which they are immoderately fond of; and both they and turkeys are made
extremely fat and delicious, from their feeding on the sweet acorns of
the Live Oak.

There grow on this island, many curious shrubs, particularly a
beautiful species of Lantana (perhaps Lant. camerara. Lin. Syst. Veget.
p. 473.) It grows in coppices in old fields, about five or six feet
high, the branches adorned with rough serrated leaves, which sit
opposite, and the twigs terminate with umbeliferous tufts of
orange-coloured blossoms, which are succeeded by a cluster of small
blue berries: the flowers are of various colours, on the same plant,
and even in the same cluster, as crimson, scarlet, orange and golden
yellow: the whole plant is of a most agreeable scent. The
orange-flowered shrub Hibiscus is also conspicuously beautiful (perhaps
Hibisc. spinifex of Linn.) it grows five or six feet high, and
subramous. The branches are divergent, and furnished with cordated
leaves, which are crenated. The flowers are of a moderate size, and of
a deep splendid yellow. The pericarpii are spiny. I also saw a new and
beautiful palmated leaved convolvulus.[17] This Vine rambles over the
shrubs, and strolls about on the ground, its leaves are elegantly
sinuated, of a deep grass green, and sit on long petioles. The flowers
are very large, infundibuliform, of a pale incarnate colour, having a
deep crimson eye.

There are some rich swamps on the shores of the island, and these are
verged on the outside with large marshes, covered entirely with tall
grass, rushes, and herbaceous plants: amongst these are several species
of Hibiscus, particularly the Hibiscus coccineus. This most stately of
all herbaceous plants grows ten or twelve feet high, branching
regularly, so as to form a sharp cone. These branches also divide
again, and are embellished with large expanded crimson flowers. I have
seen this plant of the size and figure of a beautiful little tree,
having at once several hundred of these splendid flowers, and which may
be then seen at a great distance. They continue to flower in succession
all summer and autumn, when the stems wither and decay; but the
perennial root sends forth new stems the next spring, and so on for
many years. Its leaves are large, deeply and elegantly sinuated, having
six or seven very narrow dentated segments; the surface of the leaves,
and of the whole plant, is smooth and polished. Another species of
Hibiscus, worthy of particular notice, is likewise a tall flourishing
plant; several strong stems arise from a root, five, six, and seven
feet high, embellished with ovate lanceolate leaves, covered with a
fine down on their nether surfaces: the flowers are very large, and of
a deep incarnate colour.

The last we shall now mention seems nearly allied to the Alcea; the
flowers are a size less than the Hibiscus, and of a fine damask rose
colour, and are produced in great profusion on the tall pyramidal
stems.

The Lobelia cardinalis grows in great plenty here, and has a most
splendid appearance amidst extensive meadows of the golden Corymbous
Jacobea (Senecio Jacobea) and odorous Pancratium.

Having finished my tour, on this princely island, I prepared for
repose. A calm evening had succeeded the stormy day. The late
tumultuous winds had now ceased, the face of the lake had become
placid, and the skies serene; the balmy winds breathed the animating
odours of the groves around me; and as I reclined on the elevated banks
of the lake, at the foot of a Live Oak, I enjoyed the prospect of its
wide waters, its fringed coasts, and the distant horizon.

The squadrons of aquatic fowls, emerging out of the water, and
hastening to their leafy coverts on shore, closed the varied scenes of
the past day. I was lulled asleep by the mixed sounds of the wearied
surf, lapsing on the hard beaten shore, and the tender warblings of the
painted nonpareil and other winged inhabitants of the grove.

At the approach of day the dreaded voice of the alligators shook the
isle, and resounded along the neighbouring coasts, proclaiming the
appearance of the glorious sun. I arose, and prepared to accomplish my
daily task. A gentle favourable gale led us out of the harbour: we
sailed across the lake, and, towards evening entered the river on the
opposite south coast, where we made a pleasant and safe harbour, at a
shelly promontory, the east cape of the river on that side of the lake.
It is a most desirable situation, commanding a full view of the lake.
The cape opposite to us was a vast cypress swamp, environed by a border
of grassy marshes, which were projected farther into the lake by
floating fields of the bright green Pistia stratoites, which rose and
fell alternately with the waters. Just to leeward of this point, and
about half a mile in the lake, is the little round island already
mentioned. But let us take notice of our harbour and its environs: it
is a beautiful little cove, just within the sandy point, which defends
it from the beating surf of the lake. From a shelly bank, ten or twelve
feet perpendicular from the water, we entered a grove of Live Oaks,
Palm, Magnolia, and Orange trees, which grow amongst shelly hills, and
low ridges, occupying about three acres of ground, comprehending the
isthmus, and a part of the peninsula, which joins it to the grassy
plains. This enchanting little forest is partly encircled by a deep
creek, a branch of the river, that has its source in the high forests
of the main, South East from us, and winds through the extensive grassy
plains which surround this peninsula, to an almost infinite distance,
and then unites its waters with those of the river, in this little bay
which formed our harbour. This bay, about the mouth of the creek, is
almost covered with the leaves of the Nymphæa nelumbo: its large
sweet-scented yellow flowers are lifted up two or three feet above the
surface of the water, each upon a green starol, representing the cap of
liberty.

The evening drawing on, and there being no convenient landing place,
for several miles higher up the river, we concluded to remain here all
night. Whilst my fellow travellers were employing themselves in
collecting fire-wood, and fixing our camp, I improved the opportunity
in reconnoitering our ground; and taking my fusee with me, I penetrated
the grove, and afterwards entered some almost unlimited savannas and
plains, which were absolutely enchanting; they had been lately burnt by
the Indian hunters, and had just now recovered their vernal verdure and
gaiety.

How happily situated is this retired spot of earth! What an elysium it
is! where the wandering Siminole, the naked red warrior, roams at
large, and after the vigorous chase retires from the scorching heat of
the meridian sun. Here he reclines, and reposes under the odoriferous
shades of Zanthoxylon, his verdant couch guarded by the Deity; Liberty,
and the Muses, inspiring him with wisdom and valour, whilst the balmy
zephyrs fan him to sleep.

Seduced by these sublime enchanting scenes of primitive nature, and
these visions of terrestrial happiness, I had roved far away from Cedar
Point, but awakening to my cares, I turned about, and in the evening
regained our camp.

On my return, I found some of my companions fishing for trout, round
about the edges of the floating nymphæa, and not unsuccessfully, having
then caught more than sufficient for us all. As the method of taking
these fish is curious and singular, I shall just mention it.

They are taken with a hook and line, but without any bait. Two people
are in a little canoe, one sitting in the stern to steer, and the other
near the bow, having a rod ten or twelve feet in length, to one end of
which is tied a strong line, about twenty inches in length, to which is
fastened three large hooks, back to back. These are fixed very
securely, and covered with the white hair of a deer’s tail, shreds of a
red garter, and some parti-coloured feathers, all which form a tuft, or
tassel, nearly as large as one’s fist, and entirely cover and conceal
the hooks: this is called a bob. The steersman paddles softly, and
proceeds slowly along shore, keeping the boat parallel to it, at a
distance just sufficient to admit the fisherman to reach the edge of
the floating weeds along shore; he now ingeniously swings the bob
backwards and forwards, just above the surface, and sometimes tips the
water with it; when the unfortunate cheated trout instantly springs
from under the weeds, and seizes the supposed prey. Thus he is caught
without a possibility of escape, unless he break the hooks, line, or
rod, which he, however, sometime does by dint of strength; but, to
prevent this, the fisherman used to the sport is careful not to raise
the reed suddenly up, but jerks it instantly backwards, then steadily
drags the sturdy reluctant fish to the side of the canoe, and with a
sudden upright jerk brings him into it.

The head of this fish makes about one third of his length, and
consequently the mouth is very large: birds, fish, frogs, and even
serpents, are frequently found in its stomach.

The trout is of lead colour, inclining to a deep blue, and marked with
transverse waved lists, of a deep slate colour, and when fully grown,
has a cast of red or brick colour. The fins, with the tail, which is
large and beautifully formed, are of a light reddish purple, or flesh
colour: the whole body is covered with large scales. But what is most
singular, this fish is remarkably ravenous; nothing living that he can
seize upon,escapes his jaws; and the opening and extending of the
branchiostega, at the moment he rises to the surface to seize his prey,
discovering his bright red gills through the transparent waters, give
him a very terible appearance. Indeed it may be observed, that all fish
of prey have this opening and covering of the gills very large, in
order to discharge the great quantity of water which they take in at
their mouth, when they strike at their prey. This fish is nearly
cuneiform, the body tapering gradually from the breast to the tail, and
lightly compressed on each side. They frequently weigh fifteen, twenty,
and thirty pounds, and are delicious food.

My companion, the trader, being desirous of crossing the river to the
opposite shore, in hopes of getting a turkey, I chose to accompany him,
as it offered a good opportunity to observe the natural productions of
those rich swamps and islands of the river. Having crossed the river,
which is here five or six hundred yards wide, we entered a narrow
channel, which after a serpentine course for some miles, rejoins the
main river again, above; forming a large fertile island, of rich low
land. We landed on this island, and soon saw a fine roebuck[18] a some
distance from us, who appeared leader of a company of deer, that were
feeding near him, on the verge of a green meadow. My companion parting
from me in pursuit of the deer, one way, and I, observing a flock of
turkeys at some distance, on the other, directed my steps towards them,
and with great caution got near them; when, singling out a large cock,
and being just on the point of firing, I observed that several young
cocks were affrighted, and in their language warned the rest to be on
their guard against an enemy, whom I plainly perceived was
industriously making his subtile approaches towards them, behind the
fallen trunk of a tree, about twenty yards from me. This cunning
fellow-hunter, was a large fat wild cat (lynx): he saw me, and at times
seemed to watch my motions, as if determined to seize the delicious
prey before me. Upon which I changed my object, and levelled my piece
at him. At that instant, my companion, at a distance, also discharged
his piece at the deer, the report of which alarmed the flock of
turkeys, and my fellow-hunter, the cat, sprang over the log, and
trotted off. The trader also missed his deer: thus we foiled each
other. By this time it being near night, we returned to camp, where
having a delicious meal ready prepared for our hungry stomachs, we sat
down in a circle round our wholesome repast.

How supremely blessed were our hours at this time! plenty of delicious
and healthful food, our stomachs keen, with contented minds; under no
controul, but what reason and ordinate passions dictated, far removed
from the seats of strife.

Our situation was like that of the primitive state of man, peaceable,
contented, and sociable. The simple and necessary calls of nature being
satisfied, we were altogether as brethren of one family, strangers to
envy, malice, and rapine.

The night being over we arose, and pursued our course up the river, and
in the evening reached the trading-house, Spalding’s upper store, where
I took up my quarters for several weeks.

On our arrival at the upper store, we found it occupied by a white
trader, who had for a companion a very handsome Siminole young woman.
Her father, who was a prince, by the name of the White Captain, was an
old chief of the Siminoles, and with part of his family, to the number
of ten or twelve, was encamped in an Orange grove near the stores,
having lately come in from a hunt.

This white trader, soon after our arrival, delivered up the goods and
store-houses to my companion, and joined his father-in-law’s camp, and
soon after went away into the forests on hunting and trading amongst
the flying camps of Siminoles.

He is at this time unhappy in his connections with his beautiful
savage. It is but a few years since he came here, I think from North
Carolina, a stout genteel well-bred man, active, and of a heroic and
amiable disposition; and by his industry, honesty, and engaging
manners, had gained the affections of the Indians, and soon made a
little fortune by traffic with the Siminoles: when, unfortunately,
meeting with this little charmer, they were married in the Indian
manner. He loves her sincerely, as she possesses every perfection in
her person to render a man happy. Her features are beautiful, and
manners engaging. Innocence, modesty, and love, appear to a stranger in
every action and movement; and these powerful graces she has so
artfully played upon her beguiled and vanquished lover, and unhappy
slave, as to have already drained him of all his possessions, which she
dishonestly distributes amongst her savage relations. He is now poor,
emaciated, and half distracted, often threatening to shoot her, and
afterwards put an end to his own life; yet he has not resolution even
to leave her; but now endeavours to drown and forget his sorrows in
deep draughts of brandy. Her father condemns her dishonest and cruel
conduct.

These particulars were related to me by my old friend the trader,
directly after a long conference which he had with the White Captain on
the subject, his son in law being present. The scene was affecting;
they both shed tears plentifully. My reasons for mentioning this
affair, so foreign to my business, was to exhibit an instance of the
power of beauty in a savage, and their art and finesse in improving it
to their private ends. It is, however, but doing justice to the virtue
and moral conduct of the Siminoles, and American Aborigines in general,
to observe, that the character of this woman is condemned and detested
by her own people of both sexes; and if her husband should turn her
away, according to the customs and usages of these people, she would
not get a husband again, as a divorce seldom takes place but in
consequence of a deliberate impartial trial, and public condemnation,
and then she would be looked upon as a harlot.

Such is the virtue of these untutored savages: but I am afraid this is
a common phrase epithet, having no meaning, or at least improperly
applied; for these people are both well-tutored and civil; and it is
apparent to an impartial observer, who resides but a little time
amongst them, that it is from the most delicate sense of the honour and
reputation of their tribes and families, that their laws and customs
receive their force and energy. This is the divine principle which
influences their moral conduct, and solely preserves their constitution
and civil government in that purity in which they are found to prevail
amongst them.

 [17] Convol. dissectus.

 [18] Cervus sylvaticus. The American deer.




CHAPTER V.


Being desirous of continuing my travels and observations higher up the
river, and having an invitation from a gentleman who was agent for, and
resident at, a large plantation, the property of an English gentleman,
about sixty miles higher up, I resolved to persue my researches to that
place; and having engaged in my service a young Indian, nephew to the
White Captain, he agreed to assist me in working my vessel up as high
as a certain bluff, where I was, by agreement, to land him, on the west
or Indian shore, whence he designed to go in quest of the camp of the
White Trader, his relation.

Provisions and all necessaries being procured, and the morning
pleasant, we went on board and stood up the river. We passed for
several miles on the left, by islands of high swamp land, exceedingly
fertile, their banks for a good distance from the water, much higher
than the interior part, and sufficiently so to build upon, and be out
of the reach of inundations. They consist of a loose black mould, with
a mixture of sand, shells and dissolved vegetables. The opposite Indian
coast is a perpendicular bluff, ten or twelve feet high, consisting of
a black sandy earth, mixed with a large proportion of shells, chiefly
various species of fresh water Cochleæ and Mytuli. Near the river, on
this high shore, grew Corypha palma, Magnolia grandiflora, Live Oak,
Callicarpa, Myrica cerifera, Hibiscus spinifex, and the beautiful
evergreen shrub called Wild lime or Tallow nut. This last shrub grows
six or eight feet high, many erect stems spring from a root; the leaves
are lanceolate and intire, two or three inches in length and one in
breadth, of a deep green colour, and polished; at the foot of each leaf
grows a stiff sharp thorn; the flowers are small and in clusters, of a
greenish yellow colour, and sweet scented; they are succeeded by a
large oval fruit, of the shape and size of an ordinary plumb, of a fine
yellow colour when ripe; a soft sweet pulp covers a nut which has a
thin shell, enclosing a white kernel somewhat of the consistence and
taste of the sweet Almond, but more oily and very much like hard
tallow, which induced my father when he first observed it, to call it
the Tallow nut.

At the upper end of this bluff is a fine Orange grove. Here my Indian
companion requested me set him on shore, being already tired of rowing
under a fervid sun, and having for some time intimated a dislike to his
situation, I readily complied with his desire, knowing the
impossibility of compelling an Indian against his own inclinations, or
even prevailing upon him by reasonable arguments, when labour is in the
question. Before my vessel reached the shore, he sprang out of her and
landed, when uttering a shrill and terrible whoop, he bounded off like
a roebuck, and I lost sight of him. I at first apprehended, that as he
took his gun with him, he intended to hunt for some game and return to
me in the evening. The day being excessively hot and sultry, I
concluded to take up my quarters here until next morning.

The Indian not returning this morning, I sat sail alone. The coasts on
each side had much the same appearance as already described. The Palm
trees here seem to be of a different species from the Cabbage tree;
their straight trunks are sixty, eighty, or ninety feet high, with a
beautiful taper of a bright ash colour, until within six or seven feet
of the top, where it is a fine green colour, crowned with an orb of
rich green plumed leaves: I have measured the stem of these plumes
fifteen feet in length, besides the plume, which is nearly of the same
length.

The little lake, which is an expansion of the river, now appeared in
view; on the east side are extensive marshes, and on the other high
forests and Orange groves, and then a bay, lined with vast Cypress
swamps, both coasts gradually approaching each other, to the opening of
the river again, which is in this place about three hundred yards wide.
Evening now drawing on, I was anxious to reach some high bank of the
river, where I intended to lodge; and agreeably to my wishes, I soon
after discovered on the west shore, a little promontory, at the turning
of the river, contracting it here to about one hundred and fifty yards
in width. This promontory is a peninsula, containing about three acres
of high ground, and is one entire Orange grove, with a few Live Oaks,
Magnolias and Palms. Upon doubling the point, I arrived at the landing,
which is a circular harbour, at the foot of the bluff, the top of which
is about twelve feet high; the back of it is a large Cypress swamp,
that spreads each way, the right wing forming the west coast of the
little lake, and the left stretching up the river many miles, and
encompassing a vast space of low grassy marshes. From this promontory,
looking eastward across the river, I beheld a landscape of low country,
uparalleled as I think; on the left is the east coast of the little
lake, which I had just passed, and from the Orange bluff at the lower
end, the high forests begin, and increase in breadth from the shore of
the lake, making a circular sweep to the right, and contain many
hundred thousand acres of meadow, and this grand sweep of high forests
encircles, as I apprehend, at least twenty miles of these green fields,
interspersed with hommocks or islets of evergreen trees, where the
sovereign Magnolia and lordly Palm stand conspicuous. The islets are
high shelly knolls, on the sides of creeks or branches of the river,
which wind about and drain off the super-abundant waters that cover
these meadows, during the winter season.

The evening was temperately cool and calm. The crocodiles began to roar
and appear in uncommon numbers along the shores and in the river. I
fixed my camp in an open plain, near the utmost projection of the
promontory, under the shelter of a large Live Oak, which stood on the
highest part of the ground, and but a few yards from my boat. From this
open, high situation, I had a free prospect of the river, which was a
matter of no trivial consideration to me, having good reason to dread
the subtle attacks of the alligators, who were crowding about my
harbour. Having collected a good quantity of wood for the purpose of
keeping up a light and smoke during the night, I began to think of
preparing my supper, when, upon examining my stores, I found but a
scanty provision, I thereupon determined, as the most expeditious way
of supplying my necessities, to take my bob and try for some trout.
About one hundred yards above my harbour, began a cove or bay of the
river, out of which opened a large lagoon. The mouth or entrance from
the river to it was narrow, but the waters soon after spread and formed
a little lake, extending into the marshes: its entrance and shores
within I observed to be verged with floating lawns of the Pistia and
Nymphea and other aquatic plants; these I knew were excellent haunts
for trout.

The verges and islets of the lagoon were elegantly embellished with
flowering plants and shrubs; the laughing coots with wings half spread
were tripping over the little coves, and hiding themselves in the tufts
of grass; young broods of the painted summer teal, skimming the still
surface of the waters, and following the watchful parent unconscious of
danger, were frequently surprised by the voracious trout; and he, in
turn, as often by the subtle greedy alligator. Behold him rushing forth
from the flags and reeds. His enormous body swells. His plaited tail
brandished high, floats upon the lake. The waters like a cataract
descend from his opening jaws. Clouds of smoke issue from his dilated
nostrils. The earth trembles with his thunder. When immediately from
the opposite coast of the lagoon, emerges from the deep his rival
champion. They suddenly dart upon each other. The boiling surface of
the lake marks their rapid course, and a terrific conflict commences.
They now sink to the bottom folded together in horrid wreaths. The
water becomes thick and discoloured. Again they rise, their jaws clap
together, re-echoing through the deep surrounding forests. Again they
sink, when the contest ends at the muddy bottom of the lake, and the
vanquished makes a hazardous escape, hiding himself in the muddy
turbulent waters and sedge on a distant shore. The proud victor
exulting returns to the place of action. The shores and forests resound
his dreadful roar, together with the triumphing shouts of the plaited
tribes around, witnesses of the horrid combat.

My apprehensions were highly alarmed after being a spectator of so
dreadful a battle. It was obvious that every delay would but tend to
increase my dangers and difficulties, as the sun was near setting, and
the alligators gathered around my harbour from all quarters. From these
considerations I concluded to be expeditious in my trip to the lagoon,
in order to take some fish. Not thinking it prudent to take my fusee
with me, lest I might lose it overboard in case of a battle, which I
had every reason to dread before my return, I therefore furnished
myself with a club for my defence, went on board, and penetrating the
first line of those which surrounded my harbour, they gave way; but
being pursued by several very large ones, I kept strictly on the watch,
and paddled with all my might towards the entrance of the lagoon,
hoping to be sheltered there from the multitude of my assailants; but
ere I had half-way reached the place, I was attacked on all sides,
several endeavouring to overset the canoe. My situation now became
precarious to the last degree: two very large ones attacked me closely,
at the same instant, rushing up with their heads and part of their
bodies above the water, roaring terribly and belching floods of water
over me. They struck their jaws together so close to my ears, as almost
to stun me, and I expected every moment to be dragged out of the boat
and instantly devoured. But I applied my weapons so effectually about
me, though at random, that I was so successful as to beat them off a
little; when, finding that they designed to renew the battle, I made
for the shore, as the only means left me for my preservation; for, by
keeping close to it, I should have my enemies on one side of me only,
whereas I was before surrounded by them, and there was a probability,
if pushed to the last extremity, of saving myself, by jumping out of
the canoe on shore, as it is easy to outwalk them on land, although
comparatively as swift as lightning in the water. I found this last
expedient alone could fully answer my expectations, for as soon as I
gained the shore, they drew off and kept aloof. This was a happy
relief, as my confidence was, in some degree, recovered by it. On
recollecting myself, I discovered that I had almost reached the
entrance of the lagoon, and determined to venture in, if possible, to
take a few fish, and then return to my harbour, while day-light
continued; for I could now, with caution and resolution, make my way
with safety along shore; and indeed there was no other way to regain my
camp, without leaving my boat and making my retreat through the marshes
and reeds, which, if I could even effect, would have been in a manner
throwing myself away, for then there would have been no hopes of ever
recovering my bark, and returning in safety to any settlements of men.
I accordingly proceeded, and made good my entrance into the lagoon,
though not without opposition from the alligators, who formed a line
across the entrance, but did not pursue me into it, nor was I molested
by any there, though there were some very large ones in a cove at the
upper end. I soon caught more trout than I had present occasion for,
and the air was too hot and sultry to admit of their being kept for
many hours, even though salted or barbecued. I now prepared for my
return to camp, which I succeeded in with but little trouble, by
keeping close to the shore; yet I was opposed upon re-entering the
river out of the lagoon, and pursued near to my landing (though not
closely attacked), particularly by an old daring one, about twelve feet
in length, who kept close after me, and when I stepped on shore and
turned about, in order to draw up my canoe, he rushed up near my feet,
and lay there for some time, looking me in the face, his head and
shoulders out of water. I resolved he should pay for his temerity, and
having a heavy load in my fusee, I ran to my camp, and returning with
my piece, found him with his foot on the gunwale of the boat, in search
of fish. On my coming up he withdrew sullenly and slowly into the
water, but soon returned and placed himself in his former position,
looking at me and seeming neither fearful or any way disturbed. I soon
dispatched him by lodging the contents of my gun in his head, and then
proceeded to cleanse and prepare my fish for supper; and accordingly
took them out of the boat, laid them down on the sand close to the
water, and began to scale them; when, raising my head, I saw before me,
through the clear water, the head and shoulders of a very large
alligator, moving slowly towards me. I instantly stepped back, when,
with a sweep of his tail, he brushed off several of my fish. It was
certainly most providential that I looked up at that instant, as the
monster would probably, in less than a minute, have seized and dragged
me into the river. This incredible boldness of the animal disturbed me
greatly, supposing there could now be no reasonable safety for me
during the night, but by keeping continually on the watch: I therefore,
as soon as I had prepared the fish, proceeded to secure myself and
effects in the best manner I could. In the first place, I hauled my
bark upon the shore, almost clear out of the water, to prevent their
oversetting or sinking her; after this, every moveable was taken out
and carried to my camp, which was but a few yards off; then ranging
some dry wood in such order as was the most convenient, I cleared the
ground round about it, that there might be no impediment in my way, in
case of an attack in the night, either from the water or the land; for
I discovered by this time, that this small isthmus, from its remote
situation and fruitfulness, was resorted to by bears and wolves. Having
prepared myself in the best manner I could, I charged my gun, and
proceeded to reconnoitre my camp and the adjacent grounds; when I
discovered that the peninsula and grove, at the distance of about two
hundred yards from my encampment, on the land side, were invested by a
Cypress swamp, covered with water, which below was jointed to the shore
of the little lake, and above to the marshes surrounding the lagoon, so
that I was confined to an islet exceedingly circumscribed, and I found
there was no other retreat for me, in case of an attack, but by either
ascending one of the large Oaks, or pushing off with my boat.

It was by this time dusk, and the alligators had nearly ceased their
roar, when I was again alarmed by a tumultuous noise that seemed to be
in my harbour, and therefore engaged my immediate attention. Returning
to my camp, I found it undisturbed, and then continued on to the
extreme point of the promontory, where I saw a scene, new and
surprising, which at first threw my senses into such a tumult, that it
was some time before I could comprehend what was the matter; however, I
soon accounted for the prodigious assemblage of crocodiles at this
place, which exceeded every thing of the kind I had ever heard of.

How shall I express myself so as to convey an adequate idea of it to
the reader, and at the same time avoid raising suspicions of my
veracity? Should I say, that the river (in this place) from shore to
shore, and perhaps near half a mile above and below me, appeared to be
one solid bank of fish, of various kinds, pushing through this narrow
pass of St. Juan’s into the little lake, on their return down the
river, and that the alligators were in such incredible numbers, and so
close together from shore to shore, that it would have been easy to
have walked across on their heads, had the animals been harmless? What
expressions can sufficiently declare the shocking scene that for some
minutes continued, whilst this mighty army of fish were forcing the
pass? During this attempt, thousands, I may say hundreds of thousands,
of them were caught and swallowed by the devouring alligators. I have
seen an alligator take up out of the water several great fish at a
time, and just squeeze them betwixt his jaws, while the tails of the
great trout flapped about his eyes and lips, ere he had swallowed them.
The horrid noise of their closing jaws, their plunging amidst the
broken banks of fish, and rising with their prey some feet upright
above the water, the floods of water and blood rushing out of their
mouths, and the clouds of vapour issuing from their wide nostrils, were
truly frightful. This scene continued at intervals during the night, as
the fish came to the pass. After this sight, shocking and tremendous as
it was, I found myself somewhat easier and more reconciled to my
situation, being convinced that their extraordinary assemblage here,
was owing to this annual feast of fish, and that they were so well
employed in their own element, that I had little occasion to fear their
paying me a visit.

It being now almost night, I returned to my camp, where I had left my
fish broiling, and my kettle of rice stewing, and having with me oil,
pepper, and salt, and excellent oranges hanging in abundance over my
head (a valuable substitute for vinegar) I sat down and regaled myself
cheerfully. Having finished my repast, I rekindled my fire for light,
and whilst I was revising the notes of my past day’s journey, I was
suddenly roused with a noise behind me toward the main land. I sprang
up on my feet, and listning, I distinctly heard some creature wading in
the water of the isthmus. I seized my gun and went cautiously from my
camp, directing my steps towards the noise: when I had advanced about
thirty yards, I halted behind a coppice of Orange trees, and soon
perceived two very large bears, which had made their way through the
water, and had landed in the grove, about one hundred yards distance
from me, and were advancing towards me. I waited until they were within
thirty yards of me: they there began to snuff and look towards my camp:
I snapped my piece, but it flashed, on which they both turned about and
galloped off, plunging through the water and swamp, never halting as I
suppose, until they reached fast land, as I could hear them leaping and
plunging a long time. They did not presume to return again, nor was I
molested by any other creature, except being occasionally awakened by
the whooping of owls, screaming of bitterns, or the wood-rats running
amongst the leaves.

The wood-rat is a very curious animal. It is not half the size of the
domestic rat; of a dark brown or black colour; its tail slender and
shorter in proportion, and covered thinly with short hair. It is
singular with respect to its ingenuity and great labour in the
construction of its habitation, which is a conical pyramid about three
or four feet high, constructed with dry branches, which it collects
with great labour and perseverance, and piles up without any apparent
order, yet they are so interwoven with one another, that it it would
take a bear or wild cat some time to pull one of these castles to
pieces, and allow the animals sufficient time to secure a retreat with
their young.

The noise of the crocodiles kept me awake the greater part of the
night; but when I arose in the morning, contrary to my expectations,
there was perfect peace; very few of them to be seen, and those were
asleep on the shore. Yet I was not able to suppress my fears and
apprehensions of being attacked by them in future; and indeed
yesterday’s combat with them, notwithstanding I came off in a manner
victorious, or at least made a safe retreat, had left sufficient
impression on my mind to damp my courage, and it seemed too much for
one of my strength, being alone in a very small boat, to encounter such
collected danger. To pursue my voyage up the river, and be obliged
every evening to pass such dangerous defiles, appeared to me as
perilous as running the gauntlet betwixt two rows of Indians armed with
knives and fire brands. I however resolved to continue my voyage one
day longer, if I possibly could with safety, and then return down the
river, should I find the like difficulties to oppose. Accordingly I got
every thing on board, charged my gun, and set sail, cautiously, along
shore. As I passed by Battle lagoon, I began to tremble and keep a good
look-out; when suddenly a huge alligator rushed out of the reeds, and
with a tremendous roar came up, and darted as swift as an arrow under
my boat, emerging upright on my lee quarter, with open jaws, and
belching water and smoke that fell upon me like rain in a hurricane. I
laid soundly about his head with my club, and beat him off; and after
plunging and darting about my boat, he went off on a straight line
through the water, seemingly with the rapidity of lightning, and
entered the cape of the lagoon. I now employed my time to the very best
advantage in padling close along shore, but could not forbear looking
now and then behind me, and presently perceived one of them coming up
again. The water of the river hereabouts was shoal and very clear; the
monster came up with the usual roar and menaces, and passed close by
the side of my boat, when I could distinctly see a young brood of
alligators, to the number of one hundred or more, following after her
in a long train. They kept close together in a column, without
straggling off to the one side or the other; the young appeared to be
of an equal size, about fifteen inches in length, almost black, with
pale yellow transverse waved clouds or blotches, much like rattlesnakes
in colour. I now lost sight of my enemy again.

Still keeping close along shore, on turning a point or projection of
the river bank, at once I beheld a great number of hillocks or small
pyramids, resembling hay-cocks, ranged like an encampment along the
banks. They stood fifteen or twenty yards distant from the water, on a
high marsh, about four feet perpendicular above the water. I knew them
to be the nests of the crocodile, having had a description of them
before; and now expected a furious and general attack, as I saw several
large crocodiles swimming abreast of these buildings. These nests being
so great a curiosity to me, I was determined at all events immediately
to land and examine them. Accordingly I ran my bark on shore at one of
their landing-places, which was a sort of nick or little dock, from
which ascended a sloping path or road up to the edge of the meadow,
where their nests where; most of them were deserted, and the great
thick whitish egg-shells lay broken and scattered upon the ground round
about them.

The nests or hillocks are of the form of an obtuse cone, four feet high
and four or five feet in diameter at their bases; they are constructed
with mud, grass and herbage. At first they lay a floor of this kind of
tempered mortar on the ground, upon which they deposit a layer of eggs,
and upon this a stratum of mortar, seven or eight inches in thickness,
and then another layer of eggs; and in this manner one stratum upon
another, nearly to the top. I believe they commonly lay from one to two
hundred eggs in a nest: these are hatched, I suppose, by the heat of
the sun; and perhaps the vegetable substances mixed with the earth,
being acted upon by the sun, may cause a small degree of fermentation,
and so increase the heat in those hillocks. The ground for several
acres about these nests showed evident marks of a continual resort of
alligators; the grass was every where beaten down, hardly a blade or
straw was left standing; whereas, all about, at a distance, it was five
or six feet high, and as thick as it could grow together. The female,
as I imagine, carefully watches her own nest of eggs until they are all
hatched; or perhaps while she is attending her own brood, she takes
under her care and protection as many as she can get at one time,
either from her own particular nest or others: but certain it is, that
the young are not left to shift for themselves; for I have had frequent
opportunities of seeing the female alligator leading about the shores
her train of young ones, just as a hen does her brood of chickens; and
she is equally assiduous and courageous in defending the young, which
are under their care, and providing for their subsistence; and when the
is basking upon the warm banks, with her brood around her, you may hear
the young ones continually whining and barking, like young puppies. I
believe but few of a brood live to the years of full growth and
magnitude, as the old feed on the young as long as they can make prey
of them.

The alligator when full grown is a very large and terrible creature,
and of prodigous strength, activity and swiftness in the water. I have
seen them twenty feet in length, and some are supposed to be twenty-two
or twenty-three feet. Their body is as large as that of a horse; their
shape exactly resembles that of a lizard, except their tail, which is
flat or cuneiform, being compressed on each side, and gradually
diminishing from the abdomen to the extremity, which, with the whole
body is covered with horny plates or squammæ, impenetrable when on the
body of the live animal, even to a rifle ball, except about their head
and just behind their fore-legs or arms, where it is said they are only
vulnerable. The head of a full grown one is about three feet, and the
mouth opens nearly the same length; their eyes are small in proportion
and seem sunk deep in the head, by means of the prominency of the
brows; the nostrils are large, inflated and prominent on the top, so
that the head in the water resembles, at a distance, a great chunk of
wood floating about. Only the upper jaw moves, which they raise almost
perpendicular, so as to form a right angle with the lower one. In the
fore-part of the upper jaw, on each side, just under the nostrils, are
two very large, thick, strong teeth or tusks, not very sharp, but
rather the shape of a cone: these are as white as the finest polished
ivory, and are not covered by any skin or lips, and always in sight,
which gives the creature a frightful appearance: in the lower jaw are
holes opposite to these teeth, to receive them: when they clap their
jaws together it causes a surprising noise, like that which is made by
forcing a heavy plank with violence upon the ground, and may be heard
at a great distance.

But what is yet more surprising to a stranger, is the incredible loud
and terrifying roar, which they are capable of making, especially in
the spring season, their breeding time. It most resembles very heavy
distant thunder, not only shaking the air and waters, but causing the
earth to tremble; and when hundreds and thousands are roaring at the
same time, you can scarcely be persuaded, but that the whole globe is
violently and dangerously agitated.

An old champion, who is perhaps absolute sovereign of a little lake or
lagoon (when fifty less than himself are obliged to content themselves
with swelling and roaring in little coves round about) darts forth from
the reedy coverts all at once, on the surface of the waters, in a right
line; at first seemingly as rapid as lightning, but gradually more
slowly until he arrives at the centre of the lake, when he stops. He
now swells himself by drawing in wind and water through his mouth,
which causes a loud sonorous rattling in the throat for near a minute,
but it is immediately forced out again through his mouth and nostrils,
with a loud noise, brandishing his tail in the air, and the vapour
ascending from his nostrils like smoke. At other times, when swolen to
an extent ready to burst, his head and tail lifted up, he spins or
twirls round on the surface of the water. He acts his part like an
Indian chief when rehearsing his feats of war; and then retiring, the
exhibition is continued by others who dare to step forth, and strive to
excel each other, to gain the attention of the favourite female.

Having gratified my curiosity at this general breeding place and
nursery of crocodiles, I continued my voyage up the river without being
greatly disturbed by them. In my way I observed islets or floating
fields of the bright green Pistia, decorated with other amphibious
plants, as Senecio Jacobea, Persicaria amphibia, Coreopsis bidens,
Hydrocotyle fluitans, and many others of less note.

The swamps on the banks and island of the river are generally three or
four feet above the surface of the water, and very level; the timber
large and growing thinly, more so than what is observed to be in the
swamps below Lake George; the black rich earth is covered with
moderately tall, and very succulent tender grass, which when chewed is
sweet and agreeable to the taste, somewhat like young sugarcane: it is
a jointed decumbent grass, sending out radiculæ at the joints into the
earth, and so spreads itself, by creeping over its surface.

The large timber trees, which possess the low lands, are Acer rubrum,
Ac. negundo, Ac. glaucum, Ulmus sylvatica, Fraxinus excelsior, Frax.
aquatica, Ulmus suberifer, Gleditsia monosperma, Gledit. triacanthus,
Diospyros Virginica, Nyssa aquatica, Nyssa sylvatica, Juglans cinerea,
Quercus dentata, Quercus phillos, Hopea tinctoria, Corypha palma, Morus
rubra, and many more. The palm grows on the edges of the banks, where
they are raised higher than the adjacent level ground, by the
accumulation of sand, river-shells, &c. I passed along several miles by
those rich swamps: the channels of the river which encircle the several
fertile islands, I had passed, now uniting, formed one deep channel
near three hundred yards over. The banks of the river on each side
began to rise, and present shelly bluffs, adorned by beautiful Orange
groves, Laurels and Live Oaks. And now appeared in sight a tree that
claimed my whole attention: it was the Carica papaya, both male and
female, which were in flower; and the latter both in flower and fruit,
some of which were ripe, as large, and of the form of a pear, and of a
most charming appearance.

This admirable tree is certainly the most beautiful of any vegetable
production I know of; the towering Laurel Magnolia, and exalted Palm,
indeed exceed it in grandeur and magnificence, but not in elegance,
delicacy and gracefulness. It rises erect to the height of fifteen or
twenty feet, with a perfectly straight tapering stem, which is smooth
and polished, of a bright ash colour, resembling leaf silver, curiously
inscribed with the footsteps of the fallen leaves; and these vestiges
are placed in a very regular uniform imbricated order, which has a fine
effect, as if the little column were elegantly carved all over. Its
perfectly spherical top, is formed of very large lobe-sinuate leaves,
supported on very long footstalks; the lower leaves are the largest as
well as their petioles the longest, and make a graceful sweep or
flourish, like the long _ſ_, or the branches of a sconce candlestick.
The ripe and green fruit are placed round about the stem or trunk, from
the lowermost leaves, where the ripe fruit are, and upwards almost to
the top; the heart or inmost pithy part of the trunk is in a manner
hollow, or at best consists of very thin porous medullæ or membranes.
The tree very seldom branches or divides into limbs, I believe never
unless the top is by accident broke off when very young: I saw one
which had two tops or heads, the stem of which divided near the earth.
It is always green, ornamented at the same time with flowers and fruit,
which like figs come out singly from the trunk or stem.

After resting and refreshing myself in these delightful shades, I left
them with reluctance. Embarking again after the fervid heat of the
meridian sun were abated, for some time I passed by broken ridges of
shelly high land, covered with groves of Live Oak, Palm, Olea
Americana, and Orange trees; frequently observing floating islets and
green fields of the Pistia near the shores of the river and lagoons.

Here is in this river, and in the waters all over Florida, a very
curious and handsome birds, the people call them Snake Birds; I think I
have seen paintings of them on the Chinese screens and other India
pictures: they seeem to be a species of cormorant or loon (Colymbus
cauda elongata), but far more beautiful and delicately formed than any
other species that I have ever seen. The head and neck of this bird are
extremely small and slender, the latter very long indeed, almost out of
all proportion; the bill long, straight and slender, tapering from its
ball to a sharp point; all the upper side, the abdomen and thighs, are
as black and glossy as a raven’s, covered with feathers so firm and
elastic, that they in some degree resemble fish-scales; the breast and
upper part of the belly are covered with feathers of a cream colour;
the tail is very long, of a deep black, and tipped with a silvery
white, and when spread, represent an unfurled fan. They delight to sit
in little peaceable communities, on the dry limbs of trees, hanging
over the still waters, with their wings and tails expanded, I suppose
to cool and air themselves, when at the same time they behold their
images in the watery mirror. At such times, when we approach them, they
drop off the limbs into the water as if dead, and for a minute or two
are not to be seen; when on a sudden, at a vast distance, their long
slender head and neck only appear, and have very much the appearance of
a snake, and no other part of them are to be seen when swimming in the
water, except sometimes the tip end of their tail. In the heat of the
day they are seen in great numbers, sailing very high in the air, over
lakes and rivers.

I doubt not but if this bird had been an inhabitant of the Tiber in
Ovid’s days, it would have furnished him with a subject for some
beautiful and entertaining metamorphoses. I believe it feeds entirely
on fish, for its flesh smells and tastes intolerably strong of it; it
is scarcely to be eaten unless constrained by insufferable hunger.

I had now swamps and marshes on both sides of me; and evening coming on
apace, I began to look out for high land to encamp on; but the
extensive marshes seemed to have no bounds, and it was almost dark when
I found a tolerable suitable place, and at last was constrained to take
up with a narrow strip of high shelly bank, on the west side. Great
numbers of crocodiles were in sight on both shores. I ran my bark on
shore at a perpendicular bank four or five feet above the water, just
by the roots and under the spreading limbs of a great Live Oak: this
appeared to have been an ancient camping place by Indians and strolling
adventurers, from ash heaps and old rotten fire-brands and chunks,
scattered about on the surface of the ground; but was now evidently the
harbour and landing-place of some sovereign alligator: there led up
from it a deep beaten path or road, and was a convenient ascent.

I did not approve of my intended habitation from these circumstances;
and no sooner had I landed and moored my canoe to the roots of the
tree, than I saw a huge crocodile rising up from the bottom close by
me, who, when he perceived that I saw him, plunged down again under my
vessel. This determined me to be on my guard, and in time to provide
against a troublesome night. I took out of my boat every moveable,
which I carried upon the bank; then chose my lodging close to my canoe,
under the spreading Oak, as hereabouts only, the ground was open and
clear of high grass and bushes, and consequently I had some room to
stir and look round about. I then proceeded to collect firewood, which
I found difficult to procure. Here were standing a few Orange trees. As
for provisions, I had saved one or two barbecued trout, the remains of
my last evening’s collection, in tolerable good order, though the
sultry heats of the day had injured them; yet by stewing them up afresh
with the lively juice of Oranges, they served well enough for my
supper, as I had by this time but little relish or appetite for my
victuals; for constant watching at night against the attacks of
alligators, stinging of musquitoes and sultry heats of the day,
together with the fatigues of working my bark, had almost deprived me
of every desire but that of ending my troubles as speedy as possible. I
had the good fortune to collect together a sufficiency of dry sticks to
keep up a light and smoke, which I laid by me, and then spread my skins
and blankets upon the ground, kindled up a little fire, and supped
before it was quite dark. The evening was however extremely pleasant; a
brisk cool breeze sprang up, and the skies were perfectly serene, the
stars twinkling with uncommon briliancy. I stretched myself along
before my fire; having the river, my little harbour, and the stern of
my vessel in view; and now through fatigue and weariness I fell asleep.
But this happy temporary release from cares and troubles I enjoyed but
a few moments, when I was awakened and greatly surprised, by the
terrifying screams of Owls in the deep swamps around me; and what
increased my extreme misery was the difficulty of geting quite awake,
and yet hearing at the same time such screaming and shouting, which
increased and spread every way for miles around, in dreadful peals
vibrating through the dark extensive forests, meadows, and lakes. I
could not after this surprise recover the former peaceable state and
tranquillity of mind and repose, during the long night; and I believe
it was happy for me that I was awakened, for at that moment the
crocodile was dashing my canoe against roots roots of the tree,
endeavouring to get into her for the fish, which I however prevented.
Another time in the night I believe I narrowly escaped being dragged
into the river by him; for when again through excessive fatigue I had
fallen asleep, but was again awakened by the screaming owl, I found the
monster on the top of the bank, his head towards me, not above two
yards distant; when starting up and seizing my fusee well loaded, which
I always kept under my head in the night time, he drew back and plunged
into the water. After this, I roused up my fire, and kept a light
during the remaining part of the night, being determined not to be
caught napping so again: indeed the musquitoes alone would have been
abundantly sufficient to keep any creature awake that possessed their
perfect senses; but I was overcome and stupified with incessant
watching and labour. As soon as I discovered the first signs of
day-light, I arose, got all my effects and implements on board, and set
sail, proceeding upwards, hoping to give the musquitoes the slip, who
were now, by the cool morning dews and breezes, driven to their shelter
and hiding places. I was mistaken however in these conjectures, for
great numbers of them, which had concealed themselves in my boat, as
soon as the sun arose, began to revive, and sting me on my legs, which
obliged me to land in order to get bushes to beat them out of their
quarters.

It is very pleasing to observe the banks of the river, ornamented with
hanging garlands, composed of varieties of climbing vegetables, both
shrubs and plants, forming perpendicular green walls, with projecting
jambs, pilasters and deep apartments, twenty or thirty feet high, and
completely covered, with Glycine frutescens, Glyc. apios, Vitis
labrusca, Vitis vulpina, Rajana, Hedera quinquefolia, Hedera arborea,
Eupatorium scandens, Bignonia crucigera, and various species of
Convolvulus, particularly an amazing tall climber of this genus, or
perhaps an Ipomea. This has a very large white flower, as big as a
small funnel; its tube is five or six inches in length, and not thicker
than a pipe stem; the leaves are also very large, oblong and cordated,
sometimes dentated or angled, near the insertion of the foot-stalk;
they are of a thin texture, and of a deep green colour. It is
exceedingly curious to behold the Wild Squash[19] climbing over the
lofty limbs of the trees; its yellow fruit, somewhat of the size and
figure of a large orange, pendant from the extremities of the limbs
over the water.

Towards noon, the sultry heats being intolerable, I put into shore, at
a middling high bank, five or six feet above the surface of the river.
This low sandy testaceous ridge along the river side was but narrow;
the surface is light, black, and exceedingly fertile, producing very
large venerable Live Oaks, Palms, and grand Magnolias, scatteringly
planted by nature. There being no underwood to prevent the play of the
breezes from the river, afforded a desirable retreat from the sun’s
heat. Immediately at the back of this narrow ridge, were deep wet
swamps, where stood some astonishingly tall and spreading Cypress
trees. And now being weary and drowsy, I was induced to indulge and
listen to the dictates of reason and invitations to repose; which
consenting to, after securing my boat and reconnoitring the ground, I
spread my blanket under the Oaks near my boat, on which I extended
myself, where, falling to sleep, I instantaneously passed away the
sultry hours of noon. What a blissful tranquil repose! Undisturbed I
awoke, refreshed and strengthened; I cheerfully stepped on board again,
and continued to ascend the river. The afternoon being cool and
pleasant, and the trees very lofty on the higher western banks of the
river, by keeping near that shore I passed under agreeable shades the
remaining part of the day. During almost all this day’s voyage, the
banks of the river on both shores were middling high, perpendicular,
and washed by the brisk current: the shores were not lined with the
green lawns of floating aquatics, and consequently not very commodious
resorts or harbours for crocodiles; I therefore was not disturbed by
them, and saw but few, but those were very large. I however did not
like to lodge on those narrow ridges, invested by such dreary swamps;
and evening approaching, I began to be anxious for high land for a
camping place. It was quite dark before I came up to a bluff, which I
had in view a long time, over a very extensive point of meadows. I
landed however at last, in the best manner I could, at a magnificent
forest of Orange groves, Oaks, and Palms. I here, with little labour or
difficulty, soon collected a sufficient quantity of dry wood: there was
a pleasant vista of grass betwixt the grove and the edge of the river
bank, which afforded a very convenient, open, airy encamping place,
under the protection of some spreading Oaks.

This was a high perpendicular bluff, fronting more than one hundred
yards on the river, the earth black, loose, and fertile: it is a
composition of river-shells, sand, &c. At the back of it from the
river, were open Pine forests and savannas. I met with a circumstance
here, that, with some, may be reckoned worthy of mentioning, since it
regards the monuments of the ancients. As I have already observed, when
I landed it was quite dark; and in collecting wood for my fire,
stroling in the dark about the groves, I found the surface of the
ground very uneven, by means of little mounts and ridges. In the
morning I found I had taken up my lodging on the border of an ancient
burying-ground, containing sepulchres or tumuli of the Yamasees, who
were here slain by the Creeks in the last decisive battle, the Creeks
having driven them into this point, between the doubling of the river,
where few of them escaped the fury of the conquerors. These graves
occupied the whole grove, consisting of two or three acres of ground:
there were near thirty of these cemeteries of the dead, nearly of an
equal size and form, being oblong, twenty feet in length, ten or twelve
feet in width and three or four feet high, now overgrown with Orange
trees, Live Oaks, Laurel Magnolias, Red bays and other trees and
shrubs, composing dark and solemn shades.

I here, for the first time since I left the trading house, enjoyed a
night of peaceful repose. I arose greatly refreshed and in good
spirits, stepped on board my bark, and continued my voyage. After
doubling the point, I passed by swamps and meadows on each side of me.
The river here is something more contracted within perpendicular banks;
the land of an excellent quality, fertile, and producing prodigiously
large timber and luxuriant herbage.

The air continued sultry, and scarcely enough wind to flutter the
leaves on the trees. The eastern coast of the river now opens, and
presents to view ample plains, consisting of grassy marshes and green
meadows, and affords a prospect almost unlimited, and extremely
pleasing. The opposite shore exhibits a sublime contrast; a high bluff
bearing magnificent forests of grand magnolia, glorious palms, fruitful
Orange groves, Live Oaks, Bays and other trees. This grand elevation
continues four or five hundred yards, discribing a gentle curve on the
river, ornamented by a sublime grove of Palms, consisting of many
hundreds of trees together; they entirely shade the ground under them.
Above and below the bluff, the grounds gradually descend to the common
level swamps on the river: at the back of this eminence open to view
expansive green meadows or savannas, in which are to be seen glittering
ponds of water, surrounded at a great distance by high open Pine
forests and hommocks, and islets of Oaks and Bays projecting into the
savannas. After ranging about these solitary groves and peaceful
shades, I re-embarked and continued some miles up the river, between
elevated banks of the swamps or low lands, when on the east shore in a
capacious cove or winding of the river, were pleasing fields of Pistia,
and in the bottom of this cove opened to view a large creek or branch
of the river, which I knew to be the entrance to a beautiful lake, on
the banks of which was the farm I was going to visit, and which I
designed should be the last extent of my voyage up the river.

About noon the weather became extremely sultry, not a breath of wind
stirring, hazy or cloudy, with very heavy distant thunder, which was
answered by the crocodiles, sure presage of a storm!

Soon after ascending this branch of the river, on the right hand
presents itself to view a delightful little bluff, consisting chiefly
of shells, and covered with a dark grove of Red Cedar, Zanthoxylon and
Myrtle, I could not resist the temptation to stop here, although the
tremendous thunder all around the hemisphere alarmed me greatly, having
a large lake to cross. From this grove appears to view, an expansive
and pleasing prospect. The beauteous long lake in front, about North
East from me, its most distant east shores adorned with dark, high
forests of stately trees; North and South almost endless green plains
and meadows, embellished with islets and projecting promontories of
high, dark forests, where the pyramidal Magnolia grandiflora, Palma
elata and shady Oak conspicuously tower.

Being heretofore so closely invested, by high forests and deep swamps
of the great river, I was prevented from seeing the progress and
increase of the approaching tempest, the terrific appearance of which
now at once confounded me. How purple and fiery appeared the tumultuous
clouds, swiftly ascending or darting from the horizon upwards! they
seemed to oppose and dash against each other; the skies appeared
streaked with blood or purple flame overhead, the flaming lightning
streaming and darting about in every direction around, seemed to fill
the world with fire; whilst the heavy thunder kept the earth in a
constant tremor. I had yet some hopes of crossing the lake to the
plantation in sight. On the opposite shore of the creek before me, and
on the cape as we enter the lake, stood a large islet or grove of Oaks
and Palms. Here I intended to seek shelter, and abide till the fury of
the hurricane was overpast, if I found it too violent to permit me to
cross the lake. In consequence of this precipitate determination, I
stepped into my boat and pushed off. What a dreadful rushing and
roaring there was every where around me! and to my utter confusion and
astonishment, I could not find from what particular quarter its
strongest current or direction came, whereby I might have a proper
chance of taking measures of securing a harbour or running from it. The
high forests behind me bent to the blast; and the sturdy limbs of the
trees cracked. I had by this time got up a breast of the grove or
hommock: the hurricane close by, pursuing me, I found it dangerous and
imprudent in the highest degree to put in here, as the groves were
already torn up, and the spreading limbs of the ancient Live Oaks were
flying over my head, and carried about in the air as leaves and
stubble. I ran by and boldly entered the lake (being hurried in by a
strong current, which seemed a prodigy, the violent wind driving the
stream of the creek back again into the lake), and as soon as possible
took shelter under the high reedy bank of the lake, and made fast my
bark to the boughs of a low shrubby Hickory, that leaned over the
water. Such was the violence of the wind, that it raised the waters on
the opposite shores of the lake several feet perpendicular, and there
was a rapid flow of water from the creek into it, which was contrary to
its natural course. Such floods of rain fell during the space of half
or three quarters of an hour, that my boat was filled, and I expected
every moment when I should see her sink to the bottom of the lake; and
the violence of the wind kept the cable so constantly extended, that it
was beyond my ability to get to her. My box, which contained my books
of specimens and other collections, was floating about in her; and for
a great part of the time the rain came down with such rapidity, and
fell in such quantities, that every object was totally obscured,
excepting the continual streams or rivers of lightning, pouring from
the clouds. All seemed a frightful chaos. When the wind and rain
abated, I was overjoyed to see the face of nature again appear.

It took me an hour or more to clear the water out of my bark. I then
crossed the lake before a brisk and favourable breeze (it was about a
mile over), and landed safely at the plantation.

When I arrived, my friend was affrighted to see me, and immediately
enquired of me in what manner I came there; supposing it impossible
(until I had showed him my boat) that I could have arrived by water
through so tremendous a hurricane.

Indeed I saw plainly that they were greatly terrified, having suffered
almost irreparable damages from the violence of the storm. All the
buildings on the plantation, except his own dwelling-house, were laid
almost flat to the ground, or the logs and roof rent asunder and
twisted about; the mansion-house shook and reeled over their heads. He
had nearly one hundred acres of the Indigo plant almost ripe for the
first cutting, which was nearly ruined; and several acres of very
promising Sugar-cane, totally spoiled for the season. The great Live
Oaks which had been left standing about the fields, were torn to
pieces, their limbs lying scattered over the ground: and one very large
one which stood near his house torn down, which could not have been
done by the united strength of a thousand men. But what is incredible,
in the midst of this devastation and ruin, providentially no lives were
lost; although there were about sixty Negro slaves on the plantation,
and most of them in their huts when the storm came on, yet they escaped
with their lives, though several were badly wounded.

I continued here three days: indeed it took most of the time of my
abode with him, to dry my books and specimens of plants. But with
attention and care I saved the greatest number of them; though some
were naturally so delicate and fragile, that it was impossible to
recover them. Here is a vast body of land belonging to this estate; of
high ridges fit for the culture of Corn, Indigo, Cotton, Batatas, &c.
and of low swamps and marshes, which when properly drained and tilled,
would be suitable for Rice. These rich low grounds when drained and
ridged, are as productive as the natural high land, and vastly more
durable, especially for Sugar-cane, Corn and even Indigo; but this
branch of agriculture being more expensive, these rich lands are
neglected, and the upland only is under culture. The farm is situated
on the east shore of the beautiful Long Lake, which is above two miles
long, and near a mile broad. This lake communicates with the St. Juan,
by the little river which I ascended, which is about one mile and an
half in length, and thirty or forty yards wide. The river, as well as
the lake, abounds with fish and wild fowl of various kinds, and
incredible numbers, especially during the winter season, when the geese
and ducks arrive here from the North.

New Smyrna,[20] a pretty thriving town, is a colony of Creeks and
Minorquines, established by Mr. Turnbull, on the Mosquito river and
very near its mouth; it is about thirty miles over land from this farm.

My friend rode with me, about four miles distance from the house, to
show me a vast fountain of warm, or rather hot mineral water, which
issued from a high ridge or bank on the river, in a great cove or bay,
a few miles above the mouth of the creek which I ascended to the lake;
it boils up with great force, forming immediately a vast circular
bason, capacious enough for several shallops to ride in, and runs with
rapidity into the river three or four hundred yards distance. This
creek, which is formed instantly by this admirable fountain, is wide
and deep enough for a sloop to sail up into the bason. The water is
perfectly diaphanous, and here are continually a prodigious number and
variety of fish; they appear as plain as though lying on a table before
your eyes, although many feet deep in the water. This tepid water has a
most disagreeable taste, brassy and vitriolic, and very offensive to
the smell, much like bilge water, or the washings of a gun-barrel, and
is smelt at a great distance. A pale bluish or pearl coloured coagulum
covers every inanimate substance that lies in the water, as logs, limbs
of trees, &c. Alligators and gar were numerous in the bason, even at
the apertures where the ebullition emerges through the rocks; as also
many other tribes of fish. In the winter season several kinds of fish
and aquatic animals migrate to these warm fountains. The forbiding
taste and smell of these waters seems to be owing to vitriolic and
sulphureous fumes or vapours, and these being condensed, form this
coagulum, which represents flakes of pearly clouds in the clear
cerulean waters in the bason. A charming Orange grove, with Magnolias,
Oaks and Palms, half surrounded this vast fountain. A delightful stream
of cool salubrious water issues from the ridge, meandering along, and
entering the creek just below the bason. I returned in the evening, and
next day sat off again down the river.

My hospitable friend, after supplying me with necessaries, prevailed on
me to accept of the company and assistance of his purveyor, one day’s
voyage down the river, whom I was to set on shore at a certain bluff,
upwards of twenty miles below, but not above one third that distance by
land; he was to be out in the forests one day, on a hunt for turkeys.

The current of the river being here confined within its perpendicular
banks, ran briskly down: we cheerfully descended the grand river St.
Juan, enjoying enchanting prospects.

Before night we reached the destined port, at a spacious Orange grove.
Next morning we separated, and I proceeded down the river. The
prospects on either hand are now pleasing, and I view them at leisure,
and without toil or dread.

Induced by the beautiful appearance of the green meadows, which open to
the eastward, I determined not to pass this Elysium without a visit.
Behold the loud, sonorous, watchful savanna cranes (grus pratensis)
with musical clangor, in detached squadrons. They spread their light
elastic sail: at first they move from the earth heavy and slow; they
labour and beat the dense air; they form the line with wide extended
wings, tip to tip; they all rise and fall together as one bird; now
they mount aloft, gradually wheeling about, each squadron performs its
evolution, encircling the expansive plains, observing each one its own
orbit; then lowering sail, descend on the verge of some glittering
lake; whilst other squadrons, ascending aloft in spiral circles, bound
on interesting discoveries, wheel round and double the promontory, in
the silver regions of the clouded skies, where, far from the scope of
eye, they carefully observe the verdant meadows on the borders of the
East Lake; then contract their plumes and descend to the earth, where,
resting a while on some verdant eminence, near the flowery border of
the lake, they, with dignified, yet slow, respectful steps, approach
the kindred band, confer, and treat for habitation; the bounds an
precincts being settled, they confederate and take possession.

There is inhabiting the low shores and swamps of this river and the
lakes of Florida, as well as Georgia, a very curious bird[21], called
by an Indian name (Ephouskyca) which signifies in our language the
crying bird. I cannot determine what genus of European birds to join it
with. It is about the size of a large domestic hen: all the body, above
and beneath, is of a dark lead colour, every feather edged or tipped
with white, which makes the bird appear speckled on a near view; the
eye is large and placed high on the head, which is very prominent; the
bill or beak is five or six inches in length, arched or bent gradually
downwards, in that respect to be compared to one half of a bent bow, it
is large or thick near the base, compressed on each side, and flatted
at top and beneath, which makes it appear four square for more than
inch, where the nostrils are placed, from whence to their tips, both
mandibles are round, gradually lessening or tapering to their
extremities, which are thicker for about half an inch than immediately
above, by which the mandibles never fit quite close their whole length;
the upper mandible is a small matter longer than the under; the bill is
of a dusky green colour, more bright and yellowish about the base and
angles of the mouth; the tail is very short, and the middle feather the
longest; the others on each side shorten gradually, and are of the
colour of the rest of the bird, only somewhat darker; the two shortest
or outermost feathers are perfectly white, which the bird has a faculty
of flirting out on either side, as quick as a flash of lightning,
especially when he hears or sees any thing that disturbs him, uttering
at the same instant an extreme harsh and loud shriek; his neck is long
and slender, and his legs are also long and bare of feathers above the
knee, like those of the bittern, and are black or of a dark lead
colour.

There are two other species of this genus, which agree in almost every
particular with the above description, except in size and colour. The
first[22] of these I shall mention is a perfect white, except the prime
quill feathers, which are as black as those of a crow; the bill and
legs of a beautiful clear red, as also a space clear of feathers about
the eyes. The other species[23] is black on the upper side, the breast
and belly white, and the legs and beak as white as snow. Both these
species are about half the size of the crying bird. They fly in large
flocks or squadrons, evening and morning, to and from their feeding
place or roosts; both species are called Spanish curlews: these and the
crying bird feed chiefly on cray-fish, whose cells they probe, and with
their strong pinching bills drag them out: all the three species are
esteemed excellent food.

It is a pleasing sight at times of high winds and heavy thunder storms,
to observe the numerous squadrons of these Spanish curlews driving to
and fro, turning and tacking about, high up in the air, when by their
various evolutions in the different and opposite currents of the wind
high in the clouds, their silvery white plumage gleams and sparkles
like the brightest crystal, reflecting the sun-beams that dart upon
them between the dark clouds.

Since I have turned my observations upon the birds of this country, I
shall notice another very singular one, though already most curiously
and exactly figured by Catesby, which seems to be nearly allied to
those before mentioned; I mean the bird which he calls the wood
pelican.[24] This is a large bird, perhaps near three feet high when
standing erect. The bill is very long and strong, bending with a
moderate curve from the base to the tip; the upper mandible is the
largst, and receives the edges of the nether one into it its whole
length; the edges are very sharp and firm; the whole of a dark ash or
horn colour; the forehead round the base of the beak and sides of the
head is bare of feathers, and of a dark greenish colour, in which space
is placed the eyes, which are very large; the remainder of the head and
neck is of a nut brown colour; the back of a light bluish grey; upper
part of the wings, breast, and belly, almost white, with some slight
dashes of grey; the quill-feathers and tail, which are very short, are
of a dark slate colour, almost black; the legs, which are very long,
and bare of feathers a great length above the knees, are of a dark dull
greenish colour: it has a small bag or pouch under its throat: it feeds
on serpents, young alligators, frogs, and other reptiles.

This solitary bird does not associate in flocks, but is generally seen
alone; commonly near the banks of great rivers, in vast marshes or
meadows, especially such as are caused by inundations; and also in the
vast deserted rice plantations: he stands alone on the topmost limb of
tall dead Cypress trees, his neck contracted or drawn in upon his
shoulders, and beak resting like a long scythe upon his breast: in this
pensive posture and solitary situation, it looks extremely grave,
sorrowful and melancholy, as if in the deepest thought. They are never
seen on the salt sea coast, and yet are never found at a great distance
from it. I take this bird to be of a different genus from the tantalus,
and perhaps it approaches the nearest to the Egyptian ibis of any other
bird yet known.

There are two species of vultures[25] in these regions, I think not
mentioned in history: the first we shall describe is a beautiful bird,
near the size of a turkey buzzard[26], but his wings are much shorter,
and consequently he falls greatly below that admirable bird in sail. I
shall call this bird the painted vulture. The bill is long and straight
almost to the point, when it is hooked or bent suddenly down and sharp;
the head and neck bare of feathers nearly down to the stomach, when the
feathers begin to cover the skin, and soon become long and of a soft
texture, forming a ruff or tippet, in which the bird by contracting his
neck can hide that as well as his head; the bare skin on the neck
appears loose and wrinkled, and is of a deep bright yellow colour,
intermixed with coral red; the hinder part of the neck is nearly
covered with short, stiff hair; and the skin of this part of the neck
is of a dun-purple colour, gradually becoming red as it approaches the
yellow of the sides and fore part. The crown of the head is red; there
are lobed lappets of a reddish orange colour, which lie on the base of
the upper mandible. But what is singular, a large portion of the
stomach hangs down on the breast of the bird, in the likeness of a sack
or half wallet, and seems to be a duplicature of the craw, which is
naked and of a reddish flesh colour; this is partly concealed by the
feathers of the breast, unless when it is loaded with food (which is
commonly, I believe, roasted reptiles), and then it appears prominent.
The plumage of the bird is generally white or cream colour, except the
quill-feathers of the wings and two or three rows of the coverts, which
are of a beautiful dark brown; the tail, which is large and white, is
tipped with this dark brown or black; the legs and feet of a clear
white; the eye is encircled with a gold coloured iris; the pupil black.

The Creeks or Muscogulges construct their royal standard of the tail
feather of this bird, which is called by a name signifying the eagle’s
tail; this they carry with them when they go to battle, but then it is
painted with a zone of red within the brown tips; and in peaceable
negociations it is displayed new, clean, and white: this standard is
held most sacred by them on all occasions, and is constructed and
ornamented with great ingenuity. These birds seldom appear but when the
deserts are set on fire (which happens almost every day throughout the
year, in some part or other, by the Indians, for the purpose of rousing
the game, as also by the lightning:) when they are seen at a distance
soaring on the wing, gathering from every quarter, and gradually
approaching the burnt plains, where they alight upon the ground yet
smoking with hot embers: they gather up the roasted serpents, frogs,
and lizards; filling their sacks with them: at this time a person may
shoot them at pleasure, they not being willing to quit the feast, and
indeed seeming to brave all danger.

The other species may very properly be called the coped vulture, and is
by the inhabitants called the carrion crow. As to bulk or weight, he is
nearly equal to either of the others before-mentioned. His wings are
not long and sharp pointed, but broad and round at their extremities,
having a clumsy appearance; the tail is remarkably short, which he
spreads like a little fan, when on the wing. They have a heavy
laborious flight, flapping their wings, then sail a little and then
flap their wings again, and so on as if recovering themselves when
falling. The beak is very long and straight, until it makes a sudden
hook at the point, in the manner of the other vultures. The whole bird
is of a sable or mourning colour; the head and neck down to the breast
is bare of feathers, and the skin wrinkled; this unfeathered skin is of
a deep livid purple, appearing black and thinly set with short black
hair. He has a ruff or tippet of long soft feathers, like a collar
bearing on his breast, in which he can conceal his neck and head at
pleasure.

Having agreeably diverted away the intolerable heats of sultry noon in
fruitful fragrant groves, with renewed vigour I again resume my sylvan
pilgrimage. The afternoon and evening moderately warm, and exceeding
pleasant views from the river and its varied shores. I passed by Battle
lagoon and the bluff, without much opposition; but the crocodiles were
already assembling in the pass. Before night I came to, at a charming
Orange grove bluff, on the east side of the little lake, and after
fixing my camp on a high open situation, and collecting a plenty of dry
wood for fuel, I had time to get some fine trout for supper and
joyfully return to my camp.

What a most beautiful creature is this fish before me! gliding to and
fro, and figuring in the still clear waters, with his orient attendants
and associates: the yellow bream[27] or sun fish. It is about eight
inches in length, nearly of the shape of the trout, but rather larger
in proportion over the shoulders and breast; the mouth large, and the
branchiostega opens wide; the whole fish is of a pale gold (or
burnished brass) colour, darker on the back and upper sides; the scales
are of a proportionable size, regularly placed, and every where
variably powdered with red, russet, silver, blue, and green specks, so
laid on the scales as to appear like real dust or opaque bodies, each
apparent particle being so projected by light and shade, and the
various attitudes of the fish, as to deceive the sight; for in reality
nothing can be of a more plain and polished surface than the scales and
whole body of the fish. The fins are of an orange colour; and, like all
the species of the bream, the ultimate angle of the branchiostega
terminates by a little spatula, the extreme end of which represents a
crescent of the finest ultramarine blue, encircled with silver and
velvet black, like the eye in the feathers of a peacock’s train. He is
a fish of prodigious strength and activity in the water; a warrior in a
gilded coat of mail, and gives no rest or quarters to small fish, which
he preys upon. They are delicious food and in great abundance.

The Orange grove, is but narrow, betwixt the the river banks and
ancient Indian fields, where there are evident traces of the
habitations of the ancients, surrounded whith groves of Live Oak,
Laurel Magnolia, Zanthoxylon, Liquidambar, and others.

How harmonious and soothing is this native sylvan music now at still
evening! inexpressibly tender are the responsive cooings of the
innocent dove, in the fragrant Zanthoxylon groves, and the variable and
tuneful warblings of the nonpareil, with the more sprightly and
elevated strains of the blue linnet and golden icterus: this is indeed
harmony, even amidst the incessant croaking of the frogs: the shades of
silent night are made more cheerful, with the shrill voice of the
whip-poor-will[28] and active mock-bird.

My situation high and airy: a brisk and cool breeze steadily and
incessantly passing over the clear waters of the lake, and fluttering
over me through the srrounding groves, wings its way to the moon-light
savannas, while I repose on my sweet and healthy couch of the soft
Tillandsia usnea-adscites, and the latter gloomy and still hours of
night pass rapidly away as it were in a moment; I arose, strengthened
and cheerful, in the morning. Having some repairs to make in the tackle
of my vessel, I paid my first attention to them; which being
accomplished, my curiosity prompted me to penetrate the grove and view
the illumined plains.

[Illustration: Ixia Cœlestina]

What a beautiful display of vegetation is here before me! seemingly
unlimited in extent and variety; how the dew-drops twinkle and play
upon the sight, trembling on the tips of the lucid, green savanna,
sparkling as the gem that flames on the turban of the eastern prince.
See the pearly tears rolling off the buds of the expanding
Granadilla[29]; behold the azure fields of cerulean Ixia! what can
equal the rich golden flowers of the Canna lutea, which ornament the
banks of yon serpentine rivulet, meandering over the meadows; the
almost endless varieties of the gay Phlox, that enamel the swelling
green banks, associated with the purple Verbena corymbosa, Viola,
pearly Gnaphalium, and silvery Perdicium? How fantastical looks the
libertine Clitoria, mantling the shrubs, on the vistas skirting the
groves! My morning excursion finished, I returned to my camp,
breakfasted, then went on board my boat, and gently descended the noble
river, and passed by several openings of extensive plains and meadows,
environing the East Lake, charming beyond compare. At evening I came to
at a good harbour, under the high banks of the river, and rested during
the night amidst the fragrant groves, exposed to the constant breezes
from the river: here I made ample collections of specimens and growing
roots of curious vegetables, which kept me fully employed the greatest
part of the day; and in the evening arrived at a charming spot on the
East bank, which I had marked on my ascent up the river, where I made
some addition to my collections; and the next day I employed myself in
the same manner, putting into shore frequently, at convenient places,
which I had noticed; and in the evening arrived again at the upper
store, where I had the pleasure of finding my old friend, the trader,
in good health and cheerful, and his affairs in prosperous way. There
were also a small party of Indians here, who had lately arrived with
their hunts to purchase goods. I continued a few days at this post,
searching its environs for curious vegetable productions, collecting
seeds and planting growing roots in boxes, to be transported to the
lower trading house.

Now, having procured necessaries to accommodate me on my voyage down to
the lower store, I bid adieu to my old friend and benefactor, Mr. Job
Wiggens, embarked alone on board my little fortunate vessel, and set
sail. I chose to follow the easternmost channel of the river to the
Great Lake, because it ran by high banks and bluffs of the eastern main
the greatest part of the distance, which afforded me an opportunity of
observing a far greater variety of natural subjects, than if I had
taken the western or middle channel, which flowed through swamps and
marshes.

At evening I arrived at Cedar Point, my former safe and pleasant
harbour, at the east cape of the Great Lake, where I had noticed some
curious shrubs and plants; here I rested, and on the smooth and gentle
current launch again into the little ocean of Lake George, meaning now,
on my return, to coast his western shores in search of new beauties in
the bounteous kingdom of Flora.

I was however induced to deviate a little from my intended course, and
touch at the inchanting little Isle of Palms. This delightful spot,
planted by nature, is almost an entire grove of Palms, with a few
pyramidal Magnolias, Live Oaks, golden Orange, and the animating
Zanthoxylon. What a beautiful retreat is here! blessed unviolated spot
of earth, rising from the limpid waters of the lake: its fragrant
groves and blooming lawns invested and protected by encircling ranks of
the Yucca gloriosa. A fascinating atmosphere surrounds this blissful
garden; the balmy Lantana, ambrosial Citra, perfumed Crinum, perspiring
their mingled odours, wafted through Zanthoxylon groves. I at last
broke away from the enchanting spot, and stepped on board my boat,
hoisted sail, and soon approached the coast of the main, at the cool
eve of day: then traversing a capacious semicircular cove of the lake,
verged by low, extensive grassy meadows, I at length by dusk made a
safe harbour, in a little lagoon, on the sea shore or strand of a bold
sandy point, which descended from the surf of the lake. This was a
clean sandy beach, hard and firm by the beating surf, when the wind
sets from the east coast. I drew up my light vessel on the sloping
shore, that she might be safe from the beating waves in case of a
sudden storm of wind in the night. A few yards back the land was a
little elevated, and overgrown with thickets of shrubs and low trees,
consisting chiefly of Zanthoxylon, Olea Americana, Rhamnus frangula,
Sideroxylon, Morus, Ptelea, Halesia, Querci, Myrica cerifera and
others. These groves were but low, yet sufficiently high to shelter me
from the chilling dews; and being but a few yards distance from my
vessel, here I fixed my encampment. A brisk wind arising from the lake,
drove away the clouds of mosquitoes into the thickets. I now, with
difficulty and industry, collected a sufficiency of dry wood to keep up
a light during the night, and to roast some trout which I had caught
when descending the river: their heads I stewed in the juice of
Oranges, which, with boiled rice, afforded me a wholesome and delicious
supper: I hung the remainder of my broiled fish on the snags of some
shrubs over my head. I at last, after reconnoitring my habitation,
returned, spread abroad my skins and blanket upon the clean sands by my
fire-side, and betook myself to repose.

How glorious the powerful sun, minister of the Most High, in the rule
and government of this earth, leaves our hemisphere, retiring from our
sight beyond the western forests! I behold with gratitude his departing
smiles, tinging the fleecy roseate clouds, now riding far away on the
eastern horizon; behold they vanish from sight in the azure skies!

All now silent and peaceable, I suddenly fell asleep. At midnight I
awake; when raising my head effect, I find myself alone in the
wilderness of Florida, on the shores of Lake George. Alone indeed, but
under the care of the Almighty, and protected by the invisible hand of
my guardian angel.

When quite awake, I started at the heavy tread of some animal, the dry
limbs of trees upon the ground crack under his feet; the close shrubby
thickets part and bend under him as he rushes off.

I rekindled up my sleepy fire; lay in contact the exfoliated smoking
brands damp with the dew of heaven.

The bright flame ascends and illuminates the ground and groves around
me.

When looking up, I found my fish carried off, though I had thought them
safe on the shrubs, just over my head; but their scent, carried to a
great distance by the damp noctournal breezes, I suppose were too
powerful attractions to resist.

Perhaps it may not be time lost, to rest a while here, and reflect on
the unexpected and unaccountable incident, which however pointed out to
me an extraordinary deliverance or protection of my life, from the
rapacious wolf that stole my fish from over my head.

How much easier and more eligible might it have been for him to have
leaped upon my breast in the dead of sleep, and torn my throat, which
would have instantly deprived me of life, and then glutted his stomach
for the present with my warm blood, and dragged off my body, which
would have made a feast afterwards for him and his howling associates!
I say would not this have been a wiser step, than to have made
protracted and circular approaches, and then after, by chance, espying
the fish over my head, with the greatest caution and silence rear up,
and take them off the snags one by one, then make off with them, and
that so cunningly as not to awaken me until he had fairly accomplished
his purpose?

The morning being clear, I sat sail with a favourable breeze, coasting
along the shores; when on a sudden the waters became transparent, and
discovered the sandy bottom, and the several nations of fish, passing
and repassing each other. Following this course I was led to the cape
of the little river, descending from Six Mile Springs, and meanders six
miles from its source through green meadows. I entered this pellucid
stream, sailing over the heads of innumerable squadrons of fish, which,
although many feet deep in the water, were distinctly to be seen. I
passed by charming islets of flourishing trees, as Palm, Red Bay, Ash,
Maple, Nyssa, and others. As I approached the distant high forest on
the main, the river widened, floating fields of the green Pistia
surrounded me, the rapid stream winding through them. What an alluring
scene was now before me! A vast bason or little lake of crystal waters,
half encircled by swelling hills, clad with Orange and odoriferous
Illicium groves. The towering Magnolia, itself a grove, and the exalted
Palm, as if conscious of their transcendent glories, tossed about their
lofty heads, painting, with mutable shades, the green floating fields
beneath. The social pratling coot enrobed in blue, and the squeeling
water-hen, with wings half expanded, tripped after each other, over the
watery mirror.

I put in at an ancient landing place, which is a sloping ascent to a
level grassy plain, an old Indian field. As I intended to make my most
considerable collections at this place, I proceeded immediately to fix
my encampment but a few yards from my safe harbour, where I securely
fastened my boat to a Live Oak, which overshadowed my port.

After collecting a good quantity of fire-wood, as it was about the
middle of the afternoon, I resolved to reconnoitre the ground about my
encampment. Having penetrated the groves next to me, I came to the open
forests, consisting of exceedingly tall straight Pines (Pinus
Palustris) that stood at a considerable distance from each other,
through which appeared at N. W. an almost unlimited plain of grassy
savannas, embellished with a chain of shallow ponds, as far as the
sight could reach. Here is a species of Magnolia that associates with
the Gordonia lasianthus; it is a tall tree, sixty or eighty feet in
heighth; the trunk straight; its head terminating in the form of a
sharp cone; the leaves are oblong, lanceolate, of a fine deep green,
and glaucous beneath; the flowers are large, perfectly white and
extremely fragrant: with respect to its flowers and leaves, it differs
very little from the Magnolia glauca. The silvery whiteness of the
leaves of this tree, had a striking and pleasing effect on the sight,
as it stood amidst the dark green of the Quercus dentata, Nyssa
sylvatica, Nys. aquatica, Gordonia lasianthus, and many others of the
same hue. The tall aspiring Gordonia lasianthus, which now stood in my
view in all its splendour, is every way deserving of our admiration.
Its thick foliage, of a dark green colour, is flowered over with large
milk-white fragrant blossoms, on long slender elastic peduncles, at the
extremities of its numerous branches, from the bosom of the leaves, and
renewed every morning; and that in such incredible profusion, that the
tree appears silvered over with them, and the ground beneath covered
with the fallen flowers. It at the same time continually pushes forth
new twigs, with young buds on them, and in the winter and spring the
third year’s leaves, now partly concealed by the new and perfect ones,
are gradually changing colour, from green to golden yellow, from that
to a scarlet, from scarlet to crimson; and lastly to a brownish purple,
and then fall to the ground. So that the Gordonia lasianthus may be
said to change and renew its garments every morning throughout the
year; and every day appears with unfading lustre. And moreover, after
the general flowering is past, there is a thin succession of scattering
blossoms to be seen, on some parts of the tree, almost every day
throughout the remaining months, until the floral season returns again.
Its natural situation, when growing, is on the edges of shallow ponds,
or low wet grounds on rivers, in a sandy soil, the nearest to the water
of any other tree, so that in droughty seasons its long serpentine
roots which run near or upon the surface of the earth, may reach into
the water. When the tree has arrived to the period of perfect
magnitude, it is sixty, eighty, or an hundred feet high, forming a
pyramidal head. The wood of old trees when sawn into plank is
deservedly admired in cabinet-work or furniture; it has a cinnamon
coloured ground, marbled and veined with many colours: the inner bark
is used for dying a reddish or sorrel colour; it imparts this colour to
wool, cotton, linnen, and dressed deer-skins, and is highly esteemed by
tanners.

The Zamia pumila, the Erythryna corallodendrum and the Cactus opuntia
grow here in great abundance and perfection. The first grows in the
open pine forests, in tufts or clumps, a large conical strobile
disclosing its large coral red fruit, which appears singularly
beautiful amidst the deep green fern-like pinnated leaves.

The Erythryna corallodendrum is six or eight feet high, its prickly
limbs stride and wreathe about with singular freedom, and its spikes of
crimson flowers have a fine effect amidst the delicate foliage.

The Cactus opuntia is very tall, erect, and large, and strong enough to
bear the weight of a man: some are seven or eight feet high: the whole
plant or tree seems to be formed of great oval compressed leaves or
articulations; those near the earth continually increase, magnify and
indurate as the tree advances in years, and at length lose the bright
green colour and glossy surface of their youth, acquiring a ligneous
quality, with a whitish scabrous cortex. Every part of the plant is
nearly destitute of aculea, or those fascicles of barbed bristles which
are in such plenty on the common dwarf Indian Fig. The cochineal insect
were feeding on the leaves. The female of this insect is very large and
fleshy, covered with a fine white silk or cottony web, which feels
always moist or dewy, and seems designed by nature to protect them from
the violent heat of the sun. The males are very small in comparison to
the females, and but very few in number: they each have two oblong
pellucid wings. The large polypetalus flowers are produced on the edges
of the last year’s leaves, are of a fine splendid yellow, and are
succeeded by very large pear-shaped fruit, of a dark livid purple when
ripe: its pulp is charged with a juice of a fine transparent crimson
colour, and has a cool pleasant taste, somewhat like that of a
pomegranate. Soon after eating this fruit the urine becomes of the same
crimson colour, which very much surprises and affrights a stranger, but
is attended with no other ill consequence; on the contrary, it is
esteemed wholesome, though powerfully diuretic.

On the left hand of those open forests and savannas, as we turn our
eyes southward, south-west and west, we behold an endless wild desert,
the upper stratum of the earth of which is a fine white sand, with
small pebbles, and at some distance appears entirely covered with low
trees and shrubs of various kinds, and of equal heighth, as dwarf Sweet
Bay, (Laurus Borbonia) Olea Americana, Morus rubra, Myrica cerifera,
Ptelea, Æsculus pavia, Quercus Ilex, Q. glandifer, Q. maritima, foliis
cuneiformibus obsolete trilobis minoribus, Q. pumila, Rhamnus frangula,
Halesia diptera, & Tetraptera, Cassine, Ilex aquifolium, Callicarpa
Johnsonia, Erythryna corallodendrum, Hibiscus spinifex, Zanthoxylon,
Hopea tinctoria, Sideroxylum, with a multitude of other shrubs, many of
which were new to me, and some of them admirably beautiful and
singular. One of them particularly engaged my notice, which, from its
fructification I took to be a species of Cacalia. It is an evergreen
shrub, about six or eight feet high; the leaves are generally somewhat
cuneiform, fleshy, and of a pale whitish green, both surfaces being
covered with a hoary pubescence and vesiculæ, that when pressed feels
clammy, and emits an agreeable scent; the ascendent branches terminate
with large tufts or corymbes of rose coloured flowers, of the same
agreeable scent; these cluster of flowers, at a distance, look like a
large Carnation or fringed Poppy flower, (Syngenesia Polyg. Æqul.
Linn.), Cacalia heterophylla, foliis cuneiformibus, carnosis, papil.
viscidis.

Here is also another species of the same genus, but it does not grow
quite so large; the leaves are smaller, of a yet duller green colour,
and the flowers are of a pale rose; they are both valuable evergreens.

The trees and shrubs which cover these extensive wilds are about five
or six feet high, and seem to be kept down by the annual firing of the
deserts, rather than the barrenness of the soil, as I saw a few large
Live Oaks, Mulberry trees and Hickories, which evidently have withstood
the devouring flames. These adjoining wild plains, forests, and
savannas, are situated lower than the hilly groves on the banks of the
lake and river; but what should be the natural cause of it I cannot
even pretend to conjecture, unless one may suppose that those high
hills, which we call bluffs, on the banks of this great river and its
lakes, and which support those magnificent groves and high forests, and
are generally composed of shell and sand, were thrown up to their
present heighth by the winds and waves, when the bed of the river was
nearer the level of the present surface of the earth; but then, to rest
upon such a supposition, would be admitting that the waters were
heretofore in greater quantities than at this time, or that their
present channels and receptacles are worn deeper into the earth.

I now directed my steps towards my encampment, in a different
direction. I seated myself upon a swelling green knoll, at the head of
the crystal bason. Near me, on the left, was a point or projection of
an entire grove of the aromatic Illicium Floridanum; on my right, and
all around behind me, was a fruitful Orange grove, with Palms and
Magnolias interspersed; in front, just under my feet, was the
inchanting and amazing crystal fountain, which incessantly threw up,
from dark, rocky caverns below, tons of water every minute, forming a
bason, capacious enough for large shallops to ride in, and a creek of
four or five feet depth of water, and near twenty yards over, which
meanders six miles through green meadows, pouring its limpid waters
into the great Lake George, where they seem to remain pure and unmixed.
About twenty yards from the upper edge of the bason, and directly
opposite to the mouth or outlet to the creek, is a continual and
amazing ebullition, where the waters are thrown up in such abundance
and amazing force, as to jet and swell up two or three feet above the
common surface: white sand and small particles of shells are thrown up
with the waters, near to the top, when they diverge from the centre,
subside with the expanding flood, and gently sink again, forming a
large rim or funnel round about the aperture or mouth of the fountain,
which is a vast perforation through a bed of rocks, the ragged points
of which are projected out on every side. Thus far I know to be matter
of real fact, and I have related it as near as I could conceive or
express myself. But there are yet remaining scenes inexpressibly
admirable and pleasing.

Behold, for instance, a vast circular expanse before you, the waters of
which are so extremely clear as to be absolutely diaphanous or
transparent as the ether; the margin of the bason ornamented with a
great variety of fruitful and floriferous trees, shrubs, and plants,
the pendant golden Orange dancing on the surface of the pellucid
waters, the balmy air vibrates the melody of the merry birds, tenants
of the encircling aromatic grove.

At the same instant innumerable bands of fish are seen, some clothed in
the most brilliant colours; the voracious crocodile stretched along at
full length, as the great trunk of a tree in size; the devouring
garfish, inimical trout, and all the varieties of gilded painted bream,
the barbed catfish, dreaded sting-ray, skate, and flounder, spotted
bass, sheeps head and ominous drum; all in their separate bands and
communities, with free and unsuspicious intercourse performing their
evolutions: there are no signs of enmity, no attempt to devour each
other; the different bands seem peaceably and complaisantly to move a
little aside, as it were to make room for others to pass by.

But behold yet something far more admirable, see whole armies
descending into an abyss, into the mouth of the bubbling fountain: they
disappear! are they gone for ever? is it real? I raise my eyes with
terror and astonishment; I look down again to the fountain with
anxiety, when behold them as it were emerging from the blue ether of
another world, apparently at a vast distance, at their first
appearance, no bigger than flies or minnows; now gradually enlarging,
their brilliant colours begin to paint the fluid.

Now they come forward rapidly, and instantly emerge, with the elastic
expanding column of crystalline waters, into the circular bason or
funnel: see now how gently they rise, some upright, others obliquely,
or seem to lie as it were on their sides, suffering themselves to be
gently lifted or born up by the expanding fluid towards the surface,
sailing or floating like butterflies in the cerulean ether: then again
they as gently descend, diverge and move off; when they rally, form
again, and rejoin their kindred tribes.

This amazing and delightful scene, though real, appears at first but as
a piece of excellent painting; there seems no medium; you imagine the
picture to be within a few inches of your eyes, and that you may
without the least difficulty touch any one of the fish, or put your
finger upon the crocodile’s eye, when it really is twenty or thirty
feet under water.

And although this paradise of fish may seem to exhibit a just
representation of the peaceable and happy state of nature which existed
before the fall, yet in reality it is a mere representation; for the
nature of the fish is the same as if they were in Lake George or the
river; but here the water or element in which they live and move, is so
perfectly clear and transparent, it places them all on an equality with
regard to their ability to injure or escape from one another; (as all
river fish of prey, or such as feed upon each other, as well as the
unwieldy crocodile, take their prey by surprise; secreting themselves
under covert or in ambush, until an opportunity offers, when they rush
suddenly upon them:) but here is no covert, no ambush; here the trout
freely passes by the very nose of the alligator, and laughs in his
face, and the bream by the trout.

But what is really surprising, that the consciousness of each other’s
safety or some other latent cause, should so absolutely alter their
conduct, for here is not the least attempt made to injure or disturb
one another.

The sun passing below the horizon, and night approaching, I arose from
my seat, and proceeding on arrived at my camp, kindled my fire, supped
and reposed peaceably. Rising early, I employed the fore part of the
day in collecting specimens of growing roots and seeds. In the
afternoon, I left these Elysian springs and the aromatic groves, and
briskly descend the pellucid little river, re-entering the great lake.
The wind being gentle and fair for Mount Royal, I hoisted sail, and
successfully crossing the N. west bay, about nine miles, came to at
Rocky Point, the west cape or promontory, as we enter the river
descending towards Mount Royal: these rocks are horizontal slabs or
flat masses, rising out of the lake two or three feet above its
surface, and seem an aggregate composition or concrete of sand, shells
and calcareous cement, of a dark grey or dusky colour. The stones are
hard and firm enough for buildings, and serve very well for light hand
mill-stones; and when calcined afford a coarse lime: they lie in vast
horizontal masses upon one another, from one to two or three feet in
thickness, and are easily separated and broken to any size or form, for
the purpose of building. Rocky Point is an airy, cool, and delightful
situation, commanding a most ample and pleasing prospect of the lake
and its environs; but here being no wood, I re-embarked and sailed down
a little farther to the island in the bay, where I went on shore at a
magnificent grove of Magnolias and Oranges, desirous of augmenting my
collections. I arose early next morning, and after ranging the groves
and savannas, returned, embarked again, and descending, called at Mount
Royal, where I enlarged my collections; and bidding adieu to the
gentleman and lady who resided there, and who treated me with great
hospitality on my ascent up the river; arrived in the evening at the
lower trading house.

 [19] Cucurbita peregrina.

 [20] New-Smyrna is built on a high shelly bluff, on the west bank of
 the South branch of Mosquito river, about ten miles above the capes of
 that river, which is about thirty miles North of Cape Canaveral, Lat
 28. I was there about ten years ago, when the surveyor run the lines
 or precincts of the colony, where there was neither habitation nor
 cleared field. It was then a famous Orange grove, the upper or South
 promontory of a ridge, nearly half a mile wide, and stretching North
 about forty miles, to the head of the North branch of the Musquito, to
 where the Tomoko river unites with it, nearly parallel to the sea
 coast, and not above two miles across to the sea beach. All this ridge
 was then one entire Orange grove, with Live Oaks, Mangolias, Palms,
 Red Bays and others: I observed then, near where New Smyrna now
 stands, a spacious Indian mount and avenue, which stood near the banks
 of the river: the avenue ran on a straight line back, through the
 groves, across the ridge, and terminated at the verge of natural
 savannas and ponds.

 [21] Tantalus pictus.

 [22] Tantalus albus. Numinus albus Cat.

 [23] Tantalus versicolor. Numinus fuscus. Cat.

 [24] Tantalus loculator. Linn.

 [25] Vultur sacra.

 [26] Vultur aura.

 [27] Cyprinus coronarius.

 [28] Caprimulgus rufus, called chuck-will’s-widow, from a fancied
 resemblance of his notes to these words: it inhabits the maritime
 parts of Carolina and Florida, and is more than twice the size of the
 night hawk or whip-poor-will.

 [29] Passiflora incarnata, called May-Apple.




CHAPTER VI.


On my return from my voyage to the upper store, I understood the
trading company designed for Cuscowilla, that they had been very active
in their preparations, and would be ready to set off in a few days. I
therefore availed myself of the little time allowed me to secure and
preserve my collections, against the arrival of the trading schooner,
which was hourly expected, that every thing might be in readiness to be
shipped on board her, in case she should load again and return for
Savanna during my absence.

Every necessary being now in readiness, early on a fine morning we
proceeded, attended by four men under the conduct of an old trader,
whom Mr. M’Latche had delegated to treat with the Cowkeeper and other
chiefs of Cuscowilla, on the subject of re-establishing the trade, &c.
agreeable to the late treaty of St. Augustine.

For the first four or five miles we travelled west-ward, over a
perfectly level plain, which appeared before and on each side of us, as
a charming green meadow, thinly planted with low spreading Pine trees
(P. palustris). The upper stratum of the earth is a fine white
crystalline sand, the very upper surface of which being mixed or
incorporated with the ashes of burnt vegetables, renders it of
sufficient strength or fertility to clothe itself perfectly with a very
great variety of grasses, herbage, and remarkably low shrubs, together
with a very dwarf species of Palmetto (Corypha pumila stipit.
serratis). Of the low shrubs many were new to me and of a very pleasing
appearance, particularly a species of Annona (Annona incarna, floribus
grandioribus paniculatis); this grows three, four, or five feet high,
the leaves somewhat cuneiform or broad lanceolate, attenuating down to
the petiole, of a pale or light green colour, covered with a pubescence
or short fine down; the flowers very large, perfectly white and sweet
scented, many connected together on large loose panicles or spikes; the
fruit of the size and form of a small cucumber, the skin or exterior
surface somewhat rimose or scabrous, containing a yellow pulp of the
consistence of a hard custard, and very delicious, wholesome food. This
seems a variety, if not the same that I first remarked, growing on the
Alatamaha near Fort Barrington, Charlotia, and many other places in
Georgia and East-Florida; and I observed here in plenty the very dwarf
decumbent Annona, with narrow leaves, and various flowers already
noticed at Alatamaha (Annona pigmæa). Here is also abundance of the
beautiful little dwarf Kalmia ciliata, already described. The white
berried Empetrum, a very pretty evergreen, grows here on somewhat
higher and drier knolls, in large patches or clumps, associated with
Olea Americana, several species of dwarf Querci (Oaks) Vaccinium,
Gordonia lasianthus, Andromeda ferruginea, and a very curious and
beautiful shrub which seems allied to the Rhododendron, Cassine,
Rhamnus frangula, Andromeda nitida, &c. which being of dark green
foliage, diversify and enliven the landscape: but what appears very
extraordinary, is to behold here, depressed and degraded, the glorious
pyramidal Magnolia grandiflora, associated amongst these vile dwarfs,
and even some of them rising above it, though not five feet high; yet
still showing large, beautiful and expansive white fragrant blossoms,
and great heavy cones, on slender procumbent branches, some even lying
on the earth; the ravages of fire keep them down, as is evident from
the vast excrescent tuberous roots, covering several feet of ground,
from which these slender shoots spring.

In such clumps and coverts are to be seen several kinds of birds,
particularly a species of jay (Pica glandaria cerulea non cristata):
they are generally of an azure blue colour, have no crest or tuft of
feathers on the head, nor are they so large as the great crested blue
jay of Virginia, but are equally clamorous. The towee birds (fringilla
erythrophthalma) are very numerous, as are a species of bluish grey
butcher bird (lanius.) Here were also lizards and snakes. The lizards
were of that species called in Carolina, scorpions: they are from five
to six inches in length, of a slender form; the tail in particular is
very long and small; they are of a yellowish clay colour, varied with
longitudinal lines or stripes of a dusky brown colour, from head to
tail: they are wholly covered with very small squamæ, vibrate their
tail, and dart forth and brandish their forked tongue after the manner
of serpents, when they are surprised or in pursuit of their prey, which
are scarabei, locustæ, musci, and other insects; but I do not learn
that their bite is poisonous, yet I have observed cats to be sick soon
after eating them. After passing over this extensive, level, hard, wet
savanna, we crossed a fine brook or rivulet; the water cool and
pleasant; its banks adorned with varieties of trees and shrubs,
particularly the delicate Cyrilla racemifiora, Chionanthus, Clethra,
Nyssa sylvatica, Andromeda nitida, Andromeda formosissima: and here
were great quantities of a very large and beautiful Filix osmunda,
growing in great tufts or clumps. After leaving the rivulet, we passed
over a wet, hard, level glade or down, covered with a fine short grass,
with abundance of low saw Palmetto, and a few shrubby Pine trees,
Quercus nigra, Quercus sinuata or scarlet Oak: then the path descends
to a wet bay-gale; the ground a hard, fine, white sand, covered with
black slush, which continued above two miles, when it gently rises the
higher sand hills, and directly after passes through a fine grove of
young long-leaved pines. The soil seemed here loose, brown, coarse,
sandy loam, though fertile. The ascent of the hill, ornamented with a
variety and profusion of herbaceous plants and grasses, particularly
Amaryllis atamasco, Clitoria, Phlox, Ipomea, Convolvulus, Verbena
corymbosa, Ruellia, Viola, &c. A magnificent grove of stately pines,
succeeding to the expansive wild plains we had a long time traversed,
had a pleasing effect, rousing the faculties of the mind, awakening the
imagination by its sublimity, and arresting every active, inquisitive
idea, by the variety of the scenery and the solemn symphony of the
steady western breezes, playing incessantly, rising and falling through
the thick and wavy foliage.

The pine groves passed, we immediately find ourselves on the entrance
of the expansive airy pine forests, on parallel chains of low swelling
mounds, called the Sand Hills; their ascent so easy, as to be almost
imperceptible to the progressive traveller, yet at a distant view
before us in some degree exhibit the appearance of the mountainous
swell of the ocean immediately after a tempest; but yet, as we approach
them, they insensibly disappear, and seem to be lost, and we should be
ready to conclude all to be a visionary scene, were it not for the
sparkling ponds and lakes, which at the same time gleam through the
open forests, before us and on every side, retaining them on the eye,
until we come up with them. And at last the imagination remains
flattered and dubious, by their uniformity, being mostly circular or
elliptical, and almost surrounded with expansive green meadows; and
always a picturesque dark grove of Live Oak, Magnolia, Gordonia, and
the fragrant Orange, encircling a rocky shaded grotto of transparent
water, on some border of the pond or lake; which, without the aid of
any poetic fable, one might naturally suppose to be the sacred abode or
temporary residence of the guardian spirit; but is actually the
possession and retreat of a thundering absolute crocodile.

Arrived early in the evening at the Halfway pond, where we encamped and
stayed all night. This lake spreads itself in a spacious meadow,
beneath a chain of elevated sand-hills: the sheet of water at this time
was about three miles in circumference; the upper end, and just under
the hills surrounded by a crescent of dark groves, which shaded a rocky
grotto. Near this place was a sloping green bank, terminating by a
point of flat rocks, which projected into the lake, and formed one
point of the crescent that partly surrounded the vast grotto or bason
of transparent waters, which is called by the traders a sink-hole, a
singular kind of vortex or conduit, to the subterranean receptacles of
the waters; but though the waters of these ponds, in the summer and dry
seasons, evidently tend towards these sinks, yet it is so slowly and
gradually, as to be almost imperceptible. There is always a meandering
channel winding through the savannas or meadows, which receives the
waters spread over them, by several lateral smaller branches, slowly
conveying them along into the lake, and finally into the bason, and
with them nations of the finny tribes.

Just by the little cape of flat rocks, we fixed our encampment, where I
enjoyed a comprehensive and varied scene, the verdant meadows spread
abroad, charmingly decorated by green points of grassy lawns and dark
promontories of wood-land, projecting into the green plains.

Behold now at still evening, the sun yet streaking the embroidered
savannas, armies of fish pursuing their pilgrimage to the grand
pellucid fountain, and when here arrived, all quiet and peaceable,
encircle the little cerulean hemisphere, they descend into the dark
caverns of the earth; where, probably, they are separated from each
other, by innumerable paths, or secret rocky avenues; and after
encountering various obstacles, and beholding new and unthought-of
scenes of pleasure and disgust, after many days absence from the
surface of the world emerge again from the dreary vaults, and appear
exulting in gladness, and sporting in the transparent waters of some
far distant lake.

The various kinds of fish and amphibious animals, that inhabit these
inland lakes and waters, may be mentioned here, as many of them here
assembled, pass and repass in the lucid grotto: first the crocodile
alligator; great brown spotted garr, accoutred in an impenetrable coat
of mail: this admirable animal may be termed a cannibal amongst fish,
as fish are his prey; when fully grown he is from five to six feet in
length, and of proportionable thickness, of a dusky brown colour,
spotted with black. The Indians make use of their sharp teeth to
scratch or bleed themselves with, and their pointed scales to arm their
arrows. This fish is sometimes eaten, and to prepare them for food,
they cover them whole in hot embers, where they bake them; the skin
with the scales easily peels off, leaving the meat white and tender.

The mud fish is large, thick or round, but two feet in length; his meat
white and tender, but soft and tastes of the mud, and is not much
esteemed. The great devouring trout and catfish are in abundance; the
golden bream or sunfish, the red bellied bream, the silver or white
bream, the great yellow and great black or blue bream, also abound
here. The last of these mentioned, is a large, beautiful and delicious
fish; when full grown they are nine inches in length, and five to six
inches in breadth; the whole body is of a dull blue or indigo colour,
marked with transverse lists or zones of a darker colour, scatteringly
powdered with sky blue, gold and red specks; fins and tail of a dark
purple or livid flesh colour; the ultimate angle of the branchiostega
forming a spatula, the extreme end of which is broad and circular,
terminating like the feather of the peacock’s train, and having a
brilliant spot or eye like it, being delicately painted with a fringed
border of a fire colour.

The great yellow or particoloured bream is in form and proportion much
like the forementioned, but larger, from a foot to fifteen inches in
length; his back from head to tail is of a dark clay and dusky colour,
with transverse dashes or blotches, of reddish dull purple, or bluish,
according to different exposures to light; the sides and belly of a
bright pale yellow; the belly faintly stained with vermillion red,
insensibly blended with the yellow on the sides, and all garnished with
fiery, blue, green, gold and silver specks on the scales; the
branchiostega is of a yellowish clay or straw colour, the lower edge or
border next the opening of the gills, is near a quarter of an inch in
breadth, of a sea green or marine blue, the ulterior angle protends
backwards to a considerable length, in the form of a spatula or
feather, the extreme end dilated and circular, of a deep black or crow
colour, reflecting green and blue, and bordered round with fiery red,
somewhat like red sealing-wax, representing a brilliant ruby on the
side of the fish; the fins reddish, edged with a dove colour: they are
deservedly esteemed a most excellent fish.

[Illustration: Great Soft-shelled Tortoise]

Here are, as well as in all the rivers, lakes, and ponds of East
Florida, the great soft-shelled tortoise[30]: they are very large when
full grown, from twenty to thirty and forty pounds weight, extremely
fat and delicious, but if eaten to excess, are apt to purge people not
accustomed to eat their meat.

They are flat and very thin; two feet and a half in length, and
eighteen inches in breadth across the back; in form, appearance and
texture, very much resembling the sea turtle: the whole back shell,
except the vertebrae or ridge, which is not at all prominent, and ribs
on each side, is soft or cartilaginous, and easily reduced to a jelly
when boiled; the anterior and posterior extremities of the back shell,
appear to be embossed with round, horny warts or tubercles, the belly
or nether shell is but small and semicartilaginous, except a narrow
cross bar connecting it at each end with the back shell, which is hard
and osseous; the head is large and clubbed, of nearly an oval form, the
upper mandible, however, is protended forward, and truncated, somewhat
resembling a swine’s snout, at the extreme end of which the nostrils
are placed; on each side of the root or base of this proboscis are the
eyes, which are large; the upper beak is hooked and sharp, like a
hawk’s bill; the lips and corners of the mouth large, tumid, wrinkled
and barbed with long, pointed warts, which he can project and contract
at pleasure, which gives the creature a frightful and disagreeable
countenance. They bury themselves in the slushy bottoms of rivers and
ponds, under the roots of flags and other aquatic herbage, leaving a
hole or aperture just sufficient for their head to play through; in
such places they withdraw themselves when hungry, and there seize their
prey by surprise, darting out their heads as quick as lightning, upon
the unwary animal that unfortunately strolls within their reach: they
can extend their neck to a surprising length, which enables them to
seize young fowl swimming on the surface of the water above them, which
they instantly drag down. They are seen to raise their heads above the
surface of the water, in the depths of the lakes and rivers, and blow,
causing a faint puffing noise, somewhat like a porpoise; probably this
is for pastime, or to charge themselves with a proper supply of fresh
air. They are carnivorous, feeding on any animal they can seize,
particularly young ducks, frogs and fish.

[Illustration: Head of the Great Softshelled Tortoise]

We had a large and fat one served up for our supper, which I at first
apprehended we had made a very extravagant waste of, not being able to
consume one half of its flesh, though excellently well cooked; my
companions, however, seemed regardless, being in the midst of plenty
and variety, at any time within our reach, and to be obtained with
little or no trouble or fatigue on our part; when herds of deer were
feeding in the green meadows before us; flocks of turkeys, walking in
the groves around us, and myriads of fish, of the greatest variety and
delicacy, sporting in the crystalline floods before our eyes.

The vultures and ravens, crouched on the crooked limbs of the lofty
pines, at a little distance from us, sharpening their beaks, in low
debate, waiting to regale themselves on the offals, after our departure
from camp.

At the return of the morning, by the powerful influence of light, the
pulse of nature becomes more active, and the universal vibration of
life insensibly and irresistibly moves the wondrous machine. How
cheerful and gay all nature appears! Hark! the musical savanna cranes,
ere the chirping sparrow flirts from his grassy couch, or the glorious
sun gilds the tops of the pines, spread their expansive wings, leave
their lofty roosts, and repair to the ample plains.

From Half-way pond, we proceed westward, through the high forests of
Cuscowilla.

The appearance of the earth for five or six miles, presented nearly the
same scenes as heretofore.

Now the sand ridges became higher, and their bases proportionably more
extensive; the savannas and ponds more expansive; the summit of the
ridges more gravelly; here and there, heaps or piles of rocks, emerging
out of the sand and gravel: these rocks are the same sort of concrete
of sand and shells as noticed on St. Juan’s and the great lake. The
vegetable productions nearly the same as already mentioned.

We gently descended again over sand ridges, crossed a rapid brook,
ripling over the gravelly bed, hurrying the transparent waters into a
vast and beautiful lake, through a fine fruitful Orange grove; which
magnificently adorns the banks of the lake to a great distance on each
side of the capes of the creek. This is a fine situation for a capital
town. These waters are tributary to St. Juan’s.

We alighted to refresh ourselves, and adjust our packs. Here are
evident signs and traces of a powerful settlement of the ancients.

Sat off again, and continued travelling over a magnificent pine forest,
the ridges low, but their bases extensive, with proportionable plains.
The steady breezes gently and continually rising and falling, fill the
high lonesome forests with an awful reverential harmony, inexpressibly
sublime, and not to be enjoyed any where, but in these native wild
Indian regions.

Crossing another large deep creek of St. Juan’s, the country is a vast
level plain, and the soil good for the distance of four or five miles,
though light and sandy, producing a forest of stately pines and
laurels, with some others; and a vast profusion of herbage, such as
Rudbeckia, Helianthus, Silphium, Polymnia, Ruellia, Verbena, Rhexia,
Convolvulus, Sophora, Glycine, Vitia, Clitorea, Ipomea, Urtica, Salvia
graveolens, Viola, and many more. How cheerful and social is the rural
converse of the various tribes of tree frogs, whilst they look to
heaven for prolific showers! How harmonious the shrill tuneful songs of
the wood thrush, and the soothing love lays of the amorous cuckoo[31],
seated in the cool leafy branches of the stately Magnolias and shadowy
Elms, Maples and Liquidambar, together with gigantic Fagus sylvatica,
which shade and perfume these sequestered groves! How unexpected and
enchanting the enjoyment, after traversing a burning sandy desert!

Now, again, we behold the open pine forests, and ascend the sandy
hills, which continue for some miles, then gently descend again, when a
level expansive savanna plain presents itself to view, which, after
entering, and proceeding on, becomes wet and covered by a fine short
grass, with extensive parterres of the dwarf creeping Palmetto, its
stipes sharply toothed or serrated together with clumps of low shrubs,
as Kalmia, Andromeda, Annona pygmea, Myrica cerifera, Empetrum,
Vaccinium, and others.

We now ascend a little again, and pass through a narrow pine forest;
when suddenly opens to view a vastly extensive and sedgy marsh,
expanding Southerly like an open fan, seemingly as boundless as the
great ocean: our road crossing the head of it, about three hundred
yards over; the bottom here, was hard sand, a foot or more under a soft
muddy surface. The traders informed me that these vast marshes lay on
the borders of a great lake, many miles in length, in magnitude
exceeding Lake George, and communicating with St. Juan’s by a
river[32]; its confluence above the lower store at the Little Lake.

Observed as we passed over the same hills, the dens of the great land
tortoise, called gopher: this strange creature remains yet undescribed
by historians and travellers. The first signs of this animal’s
existence, as we travel Southerly, are immediately after we cross the
Savanna River. It is to be seen only on the high dry sand hills. When
arrived at its greatest magnitude, the upper shell is near eighteen
inches in length, and ten or twelve inches in breadth; the back is very
high, and the shell of a very hard bony substance, consisting of many
regular compartments, united by sutures, in the manner of the other
species of tortoise, and covered with thin horny plates. The nether or
belly shell is large, and regularly divided transversely, into five
parts: these compartments are not knit together like the sutures of the
skull, or the back shell of the tortoise, but adhere, or are connected
together by a very ridgy horny cartilage, which serves as hinges for
him to shut up his body within his shell at pleasure. The fore part of
the belly shell towards its extremity is formed somewhat like a spade,
extends forward near three inches, and is about an inch and an half in
breadth; its extremity is a little bifid, the posterior division of the
belly shell, is likewise protended backwards considerably, and is
deeply bifurcated.

The legs and feet are covered with flat horny squamæ; he seems to have
no clefts in them or toes, but long flattish nails or talons, somewhat
in resemblance to the nails of the human fingers, five on the fore
feet; the hind legs or feet appear as if truncated, or as stumps of
feet, armed all round with sharp, flattish strong nails, the number
undetermined or irregular; the head is of a moderate size; the upper
mandible a little hooked, the edges hard and sharp; the eyes are large;
the nose picked; the nostrils near together and very minute; the
general colour of the animal is a light ash or clay, and at a distance,
unless it is in motion, any one would disregard or overlook it as a
stone or an old stump. It is astonishing what a weight one of these
creatures will bear; it will easily carry any man standing on its back,
on level ground. They form great and deep dens in the sand hills,
casting out incredible quantities of earth. They are esteemed excellent
food. The eggs are larger than a musket ball, perfectly round, and the
shell hard.

After crossing over this point or branch of the marshes, we entered a
noble forest, the land level, and the soil fertile, being a loose, dark
brown, coarse sandy loam, on a clay or marley foundation: the forests
were orange groves, overtoped by grand Magnolias, Palms, Live Oaks,
Juglans cinerea, Morus rubra, Fagus sylvatica, Tilia and Liquidambar,
with various kinds of shrubs and herbaceous plants, particularly
Callicarpa, Halesia, Sambucus, Zanthoxylon, Ptelea, Rhamnus frangula,
Rudbeckia, Silphium, Polymnia, Indigo fera, Sophora, Salvia graveolens,
&c. We were cheerfully received in this hospitable shade, by various
tribes of birds; their sprightly songs seemed a prelude to the vicinity
of human habitations. This magnificent grove was a wing of the vast
forests lying upon the coast of the great and beautiful lake of
Cuscowilla, at no great distance from us. Continuing eight or nine
miles through this sublime forest, we entered on an open forest of
lofty pines and oaks, on gently swelling sand hills, and presently saw
the lake, its waters sparkling through the open groves. Near the path
was a large artificial mound of earth, on a most charming, high
situation, supposed to be the work of the ancient Floridans or
Yamasees; with other traces of an Indian town. Here were three or four
Indian habitations; the women and children saluted us with cheerfulness
and complaisance. After riding near a mile farther, we arrived at
Cuscowilla, near the banks: a pretty brook of water ran through the
town, and entered the lake just by.

We were welcomed to the town, and conducted by the young men and
maidens to the chief’s house, which stood on an eminence, and was
distinguished from the rest by its superior magnitude, a large flag
being hoisted on a high staff at one corner. We immediately alighted:
the chief, who is called the Cowkeeper, attended by several ancient
men, came to us, and in a very free and sociable manner, shook our
hands, or rather arms, (a form of salutation peculiar to the American
Indians) saying at the same time, “You are come.” We followed him to an
apartment prepared for the reception of their guests.

The pipe being filled, it is handed around; after which a large bowl,
with what they call “thin drink,” is brought in and set down on a small
low table. In this bowl is a great wooden ladle; each person takes up
in it as much as he pleases, and after drinking until satisfied,
returns it again into the bowl, pushing the handle towards the next
person in the circle; and so it goes round.

After the usual compliments and enquiries relative to our adventures,
&c. the chief trader informed the Cowkeeper, in the presence of his
council or attendants, the purport of our business, with which he
expressed his satisfaction. He was then informed what the nature of my
errand was, and he received me with complaisance, giving me unlimited
permission to travel over the country for the purpose of collecting
flowers, medicinal plants, &c. saluting me by the name of PUC PUGGY, or
the Flower hunter, recommending me to the friendship and protection of
his people.

The next day being agreed on to hold a council and transact the
business of our embassy, we acquainted the chief with our intention of
making our encampment on the borders of the great ALACHUA SAVANNA, and
to return at the time appointed to town, to attend the council
according to agreement.

Soon after we had fixed on the time and manner of proceeding on the
further settlement of the treaty, a considerable number of Indians
assembled around their chief, when the conversation turned to common
and familiar topics.

The chief is a tall well made man, very affable and cheerful, about
sixty years of age, his eyes lively and full of fire, his countenance
manly and placid, yet ferocious, or what we call savage, his nose
aquiline, his dress extremely simple, but his head trimmed and
ornamented in the true Creek mode. He has been a great warrior, having
then attending him as slaves, many Yamasee captives, taken by himself
when young. They were dressed better than he, and served and waited
upon him with signs of the most abject fear. The manners and customs of
the Alachuas, and most of the lower Creeks or Siminoles, appear
evidently tinctured with Spanish civilization. Their religious and
civil usages manifest a predilection for the Spanish customs. There are
several Christians among them, many of whom wear little silver
crucifixes, affixed to a wampum collar round their necks, or suspended
by a small chain upon their breast. These are said to be baptized; and
notwithstanding most of them speak and understand Spanish, yet they
have been the most bitter and formidable Indian enemies the Spaniards
ever had. The slaves, both male and female, are permitted to marry
amongst them: their children are free, and considered in every respect
equal to themselves; but the parents continue in a state of slavery as
long as they live.

In observing these slaves, we behold at once, in their countenance and
manners, the striking contrast betwixt a state of freedom and slavery.
They are the tamest, the most abject creatures that we can possibly
imagine: mild, peaceable, and tractable, they seem to have no will or
power to act but as directed by their masters; whilst the free Indians,
on the contrary, are bold, active and clamorous. They differ as widely
from each other as the bull from the ox.

The repast is now brought in, consisting of venison, stewed with bear’s
oil, fresh corn cakes, milk, and homony; and our drink, honey and
water, very cool and agreeable. After partaking of this banquet, we
took leave and departed for the great savanna.

We soon entered a level, grassy plain, interspersed with low,
spreading, three leaved Pine trees, large patches of low shrubs,
consisting of Prinos glaber, low Myrica, Kalmia glauca, Andromedas of
several species, and many other shrubs, with patches of Palmetto. We
continued travelling through this savanna or bay-gale, near two miles,
when the land ascends a little; we then entered a hommock or dark
grove, consisting of various kinds of trees, as the Magnolia
grandiflora, Corypha palma, Citrus Aurantium, Quercus sempervirens,
Morus rubra, Ulmus sylvatica, Tilia, Juglans cinerea, Æsculus pavia,
Liquidambar, Laurus Borbonia, Hopea tinctoria, Cercis, Cornus Florida,
Halesia diptera, Halesia tetraptera, Olea Americana, Callicarpa,
Andromeda arborea, Sideroxylon sericium, Sid. tenax, Vitis labrusca,
Hedera arborea, Hedera quinquefolia, Rhamnus volubilis, Prunus
Caroliniana (pr. flor. racemosis, foliis sempervirentibus,
lato-lanceolatis, accumunatis, serratis) Fagus sylvatica, Zanthoxylon
clava Herculis, Acer rubrum, Acer negundo, Fraxinus excelsior, with
many others already mentioned. The land still gently rising, the soil
fertile, loose, loamy and of a dark brown colour. This continues near a
mile, when at once opens to view the most sudden transition from
darkness to light, that can poffibly be exhibited in a natural
landscape.

The extensive Alachua savanna is a level green plain, above fifteen
miles over, fifty miles in circumference, and scarcely a tree or bush
of any kind to be seen on it. It is encircled with high, sloping hills,
covered with waving forests and fragrant Orange groves, rising from an
exuberantly fertile soil. The towering Magnolia grandiflora and
transcendent Palm, stand conspicuous amongst them. At the same time are
seen innumerable droves of cattle; the lordly bull, lowing cow, and
sleek capricious heifer. The hills and groves re-echo their cheerful,
social voices. Herds of sprightly deer, squadrons of the beautiful
fleet Siminole horse, flocks of turkeys, civilized communities of the
sonorous watchful crane, mix together, appearing happy and contented in
the enjoyment of peace, till disturbed and affrighted by the warrior
man. Behold yonder, coming upon them through the darkened groves,
sneakingly and unawares, the naked red warrior, invading the Elysian
fields and green plains of Alachua. At the terrible appearance of the
painted, fearless, uncontrouled and free Siminole, the peaceful,
innocent nations are at once thrown into disorder and dismay. See the
different tribes and bands, how they draw towards each other! as it
were deliberating upon the general good. Suddenly they speed off with
their young in the centre; but the roebuck fears him not: here he lays
himself down, bathes and flounces in the cool flood. The red warrior,
whose plumed head flashes lightning, whoops in vain; his proud,
ambitious horse strains and pants; the earth glides from under his
feet, his flowing mane whistles in the wind, as he comes up full of
vain hopes. The bounding roe views his rapid approaches, rises up,
lifts aloft his antlered head, erects the white flag[33], and fetching
a shrill whistle, says to his fleet and free associates, “follow;” he
bounds off, and in a few minutes distances his foe a mile; suddenly he
stops, turns about, and laughing says, “how vain! go chase meteors in
the azure plains above, or hunt butterflies in the fields about your
towns.”

We approached the savanna at the south end, by a narrow isthmus of
level ground, open to the light of day, and clear of trees or bushes,
and not greatly elevated above the common level, having on our right a
spacious meadow, embellished with a little lake, one verge of which was
not very distant from us; its shore is a moderately high, circular
bank, partly encircling a cove of the pond, in the form of a half moon;
the water is clear and deep, and, at the distance of some hundred
yards, was a large floating field (if I may so express myself) of the
Nymphæa nelumbo, with their golden blossoms waving to and fro on their
lofty stems. Beyond these fields of Nymphæa were spacious plains,
encompassed by dark groves, opening to extensive pine forests, other
plains still appearing beyond them.

This little lake and surrounding meadows would have been alone
sufficient to surprise and delight the traveller; but being placed so
near the great savanna, the attention is quickly drawn off, and wholly
engaged in the contemplation of the unlimited, varied, and truly
astonishing native wild scenes of landscape and perspective, there
exhibited: how is the mind agitated and bewildered, at being thus, as
it were, placed on the borders of a new world! On the first view of
such an amazing display of the wisdom and power of the supreme author
of nature, the mind for a moment seems suspended, and impressed with
awe.

This isthmus being the common avenue or road of Indian travellers, we
pitched our camp at a small distance from it, on a rising knoll near
the verge of the savanna, under some spreading Live Oaks: this
situation was open and airy, and gave us an unbounded prospect over the
adjacent plains. Dewy evening now came on; the animating breezes, which
cooled and tempered the meridian hours of this sultry season, now
gently ceased; the glorious sovereign of the day, calling in his bright
beaming emanations, left us in his absence to the milder government and
protection of the silver queen of night, attended by millions of
brilliant luminaries. The thundering alligator had ended his horrifying
roar; the silver plumed gannet and stork, the sage and solitary pelican
of the wilderness, have already retired to their silent nocturnal
habitations, in the neighbouring forests; the sonorous savanna cranes,
in well-disciplined squadrons, now rising from the earth, mount aloft
in spiral circles, far above the dense atmosphere of the humid plain;
they again viewed the glorious sun, and the light of day still gleaming
on their polished feathers, they sung their evening hymn, then in a
straight line majestically descended, and alighted on the towering
Palms or lofty Pines, their secure and peaceful lodging places. All
around being still and silent, we repaired to rest.

Soon after sun-rise, a party of Indians on horseback, appeared upon the
savanna, to collect together several herds of cattle which they drove
along near our camp, towards the town. One of the party came up, and
informed us, the cattle belonged to the chief of Cuscowilla; that he
had ordered some of the best steers of his droves to be slaughtered for
a general feast for the whole town, in compliment of our arrival, and
pacific negotiations.

The cattle were as large and fat as those of the rich grazing pastures
of Moyomensing in Pennsylvania. The Indians drove off the lowing herds,
and we soon followed them to town, in order to be at council at the
appointed hour, leaving two young men of our party to protect our camp.

Upon our arrival we repaired to the public square or council-house,
where the chiefs and senators were already convened, the warriors and
young men assembled soon after, the business being transacted in
public. As it was no more than a ratification of the late treaty of St.
Augustine, with some particular commercial stipulations, with respect
to the citizens of Alachua, the negociations soon terminated to the
satisfaction of both parties.

The banquet succeeded; the ribs and choisest fat pieces of the
bullocks, excellently well barbecued, were brought into the apartment
of the public square, constructed and appointed for feasting; bowls and
kettles of stewed flesh and broth were brought in for the next course,
and with it a very singular dish, the traders call it tripe soup; it is
made of the belly or paunch of the beef, not overcleansed of its
contents, cut and minced pretty fine, and then made into a thin soup,
seasoned well with salt and aromatic herbs; but the seasoning not quite
strong enough to extinguish its original savour and scent. This dish is
greatly esteemed by the Indians, but is, in my judgment, the least
agreeable they have amongst them.

The town of Cuscowilla, which is the capital of the Alachua tribe,
contains about thirty habitations, each of which consists of two houses
nearly the same size, about thirty feet in length, twelve feet wide,
and about the same in height. The door is placed midway on one side or
in the front. This house is divided equally, across, into two
apartments, one of which is the cook room and common hall, and the
other their lodging room. The other house is nearly of the same
dimensions, standing about twenty yards from the dwelling house, its
end fronting the door. The building is two stories high, and
constructed in a different manner. It is divided transversely, as the
other, but the end next the dwelling house is open on three sides,
supported by posts or pillars. It has an open loft or platform, the
ascent to which is by a portable stair or ladder: this is a pleasant,
cool, airy situation, and here the master or chief of the family
retires to repose in the hot seasons, and receives his guests or
visitors. The other half of this building is closed on all sides by
notched logs; the lowest or ground part is a potatoe house, and the
upper story over it a granary for corn and other provisions. Their
houses are constructed of a kind of frame. In the first place, strong
corner pillars are fixed in the ground, with others somewhat less,
ranging on a line between; these are strengthened by cross pieces of
timber, and the whole with the roof is covered close with the bark of
the Cypress tree. The dwelling stands near the middle of a square yard,
encompassed by a low bank, formed with the earth taken out of the yard,
which is always carefully swept. Their towns are clean, the inhabitants
being particular in laying their filth at a proper distance from their
dwellings, which undoubtedly contributes to the healthiness of their
habitations.

The town stands on the most pleasant situation that could be well
imagined or desired, in an inland country; upon a high swelling ridge
of sand hills, within three or four hundred yards of a large and
beautiful lake, the circular shore of which continually washes a sandy
beach, under a moderately high sloping bank, terminated on one side by
extensive forests, consisting of Orange groves, overtopped with grand
Magnolias, Palms, Poplar, Tilia, Live Oaks, and others already noticed;
and the opposite point of the crescent, gradually retires with hommocky
projecting points, indenting the grassy marshes, and lastly terminates
in infinite green plains and meadows, united with the skies and waters
of the lake. Such a natural landscape, such a rural scene, is not to be
imitated by the united ingenuity and labour of man. At present the
ground betwixt the town and the lake is adorned by an open grove of
very tall Pine trees, which standing at a considerable distance from
each other, admit a delightful prospect of the sparkling waters. The
lake abounds with various excellent fish and wild fowl; there are
incredible numbers of the latter, especially in the winter season, when
they arrive here from the north to winter.

The Indians abdicated the ancient Alachua town on the borders of the
savanna, and built here, calling the new town Cuscowilla: their reasons
for removing their habitation were on account of its unhealthiness,
occasioned, as they say, by the stench of the putrid fish and reptiles
in the summer and autumn, driven on shore by the alligators, and the
exhalations from marshes of the savanna, together with the persecutions
of the musquitoes.

They plant but little here about the town, only a small garden pot at
each habitation, consisting of a little Corn, Beans, Tobacco, Citruls,
&c. Their plantation, which supplies them with the chief of their
vegetable provisions, such as Zea, Convolvulus batata, Cucurbita
citrulus, Cuc. lagenaria, Cuc. pepo, Cuc. melopepo, Cuc. verrucosa,
Dolichos varieties, &c. lies on the rich prolific lands bordering on
the great Alachua savanna, about two miles distance. This plantation is
one common enclosure, and is worked and tended by the whole community;
yet every family has its particular part, according to its own
appointment, marked off when planted, and this portion receives the
common labour and assistance until ripe, when each family gathers and
deposits in its granary its own proper share, setting apart a small
gift or contribution for the public granary, which stands in the centre
of the plantation.

The youth, under the supervisal of some of their ancient people, are
daily stationed in their fields, who are continually whooping and
hallooing, to chase away crows, jackdaws, black-birds and such
predatory animals; and the lads are armed with bows and arrows, and
being trained up to it from their early youth, are sure at a mark, and
in the course of the day load themselves with squirrels, birds, &c. The
men in turn patrole the corn fields at night, to protect their
provisions from the depredations of night rovers, as bears, raccoons
and deer; the two former being immoderately fond of young corn, when
the grain is filled with a rich milk, as sweet and nourishing as cream;
and the deer are as fond of the Potatoe vines.

After the feast was over, we returned to our encampment on the great
savanna, towards the evening. Our companions whom we left at the camp,
were impatient for our return, having been out horse hunting in the
plains and groves during our absence. They soon left us, on a visit to
the town, having there some female friends, with whom they were anxious
to renew their acquaintance. The Siminole girls are by no means
destitute of charms to please the rougher sex: the white traders are
fully sensible how greatly it is to their advantage to gain their
affections and friendship in matters of trade and commerce; and if
their love and esteem for each other is sincere, and upon principles of
reciprocity, there are but few instances of their neglecting or
betraying the interests and views of their temporary husbands; they
labour and watch constantly to promote their private interests, and
detect and prevent any plots or evil designs which may threaten their
persons, or operate against their trade or business.

In the cool of the evening I embraced the opportunity of making a
solitary excursion round the adjacent lawns. Taking my fusee with me, I
soon came up to a little clump of shrubs, upon a swelling green knoll,
where I observed several large snakes entwined together. I stepped up
near them; they appeared to be innocent and peaceable, having no
inclination to strike at any thing, though I endeavoured to irritate
them, in order to discover their disposition; nor were they anxious to
escape from me. This snake is about four feet in length and as thick as
a man’s wrist; the upper side of a dirty ash colour; the squamæ large,
ridged and pointed; the belly or under side of a reddish dull flesh
colour; the tail part not long, but slender, like most other innocent
snakes. They prey on rats, land frogs, young rabbits, birds, &c. I left
them, continuing my progress and researches, delighted with the ample
prospects around and over the savanna.

Stopping again at a natural shrubbery, on turning my eyes to some
flowering shrubs, I observed near my feet, the surprising glass snake
(anguis fragilis). It seems as innocent and harmless as a worm. It is,
when full grown, two feet and an half in length, and three-fourths of
an inch in thickness; the abdomen or body part is remarkably short, and
it seems to be all tail, which, though long, gradually attenuates to
its extremity, yet not small and slender as in switch snakes. The
colour and texture of the whole animal is so exactly like bluish green
glass, which, together with its fragility, almost persuades a stranger
that it is in reality of that brittle substance: but it is only the
tail part that breaks off, which it does like glass, by a very gentle
stroke from a slender switch. Though it is quick and nimble in twisting
about, yet it cannot run fast from one, but quickly secrets itself at
the bottom of the grass or under leaves. It is a vulgar fable, that it
is able to repair itself after being broken into several pieces; which
pieces, common report says, by a power or faculty in the animal,
voluntarily approach each other, join and heal again. The sun now low,
shot the pointed shadows of the projecting promontories far on the
skirts of the lucid green plain: flocks of turkeys calling upon their
strolling associates, circumspectly marched onward to the groves and
high forests, their nocturnal retreats. Dewy eve now arrived. I turned
about and regained our encampment in good time.

The morning cool and pleasant, and the skies serene, we decamped,
pursuing our progress round the Alachua savanna. Three of our
companions separating from us, went ahead and we soon lost sight of
them: they again parting on different excursions, in quest of game and
in search of their horses, some entered the surrounding groves and
forests, others struck off into the green plains. My companion, the old
trader, and myself kept together, he being the most intelligent and
willing to oblige me. We coasted the green verge of the plain, under
the surrounding hills, occasionally penetrating and crossing the
projecting promontories, as the pathway or conveniency dictated, to
avoid the waters and mud which still continued deep and boggy near the
steep hills, in springy places; so that when we came to such places, we
found it convenient to ascend and coast round the sides of the hills,
or strike out a little into the savanna, to a moderately swelling
ridge, where the ground being dry, and a delightful green turf, was
pleasant travelling; but then we were under the necessity of fording
creeks or rivulets, which are the conduits or drains of the shallow
boggy ponds or morasses just under the hills. This range or chain of
morasses continues round the South and South-West border of the
savanna, and appeared to me to be fed or occasioned by the great wet
bay-gale or savanna Pine lands, which lie immediately back of the high
hilly forests on the great savanna, part of which we crossed in coming
from Cuscowilla; which bottom is a flat, level, hard sand, lying
between the sand ridge of Cuscowilla and these eminences of the great
savanna; and is a vast receptacle or reservoir of the rain waters,
which being defended from the active and powerful exhalations of the
meridian sun, by the shadow of the Pine trees, low shrubs and grass,
gradually filtering through the sand, drain through these hills, and
present themselves in innumerable little meandering rills, at the bases
of the shady heights fronting the savanna.

Our progress this day was extremely pleasant, over the green turf,
having in view numerous herds of cattle and deer, and squadrons of
horse, peaceably browzing on the tender, sweet grass, or strolling
through the cool fragrant groves on the surrounding heights.

Besides the continued Orange groves, these heights abound with Palms,
Magnolias, Red Bays, Liquidambar, and Fagus sylvatica of incredible
magnitude, their trunks imitating the shafts of vast columns: we
observed Cassine, Prunus, Vitis labrusca, Rhamnus volubilis, and
delightful groves of Æsculus pavia, Prunus Caroliniana, a most
beautiful evergreen, decorated with its racemes of sweet, white
blossoms.

Passing through a great extent of ancient Indian fields, now grown over
with forests of stately trees, Orange groves, and luxuriant herbage,
the old trader, my associate, informed me it was the ancient Alachua,
the capital of that famous and powerful tribe, who peopled the hills
surrounding the savanna, when, in days of old, they could assemble by
thousands at ball play and other juvenile diversions and athletic
exercises, over those, then happy, fields and green plains. And there
is no reason to doubt of his account being true, as almost every step
we take over those fertile heights, discovers remains and traces of
ancient human habitations and cultivation. It is the most elevated
eminence upon the savanna; and here the hills descend gradually to the
savanna, by a range of gentle, grassy banks. Arriving at a swelling
green knoll, at some distance in the plains, near the banks of a pond,
opposite the old Alachua town, the place appointed for our meeting
again together, it being near night, our associates soon after joined
us, where we lodged. Early next morning we continued our tour; one
division of our company directing its course across the plains to the
north coast: my old companion, with myself in company, continued our
former route, coasting the savanna W. and N. W.; and by agreement we
were all to meet again at night, at the E. end of the savanna.

We continued some miles crossing over, from promontory to promontory,
the most enchanting green coves and vistas, scolloping and indenting
the high coasts of the vast plain. Observing a company of wolves (lupus
niger) under a few trees, about a quarter of a mile from shore, we rode
up towards them; they observing our approach, sitting on their hinder
parts until we came nearly within shot of them, when they trotted off
towards the forests, but stopped again and looked at us, at about two
hundred yards distance: we then whooped, and made a feint to pursue
them; when they separated from each other, some stretching off into the
plains, and others seeking covert in the groves on shore. When we got
to the trees, we observed they had been feeding on the carcase of a
horse. The wolves of Florida are larger than a dog, and are perfectly
black, except the females, which have a white spot on the breast; but
they are not so large as the wolves of Canada and Pennsylvania, which
are of a yellowish brown colour. There were a number of vultures on the
trees over the carcase, who, as soon as the wolves ran off, immediately
settled down upon it; they were however held in restraint and
subordination by the bald eagle (falco leucocephalus.)

On our route near a long projected point of the coast, we observed a
large flock of turkeys: at our approach they hastened to the groves. We
soon gained the promontory. On the ascending hills were vestiges of an
ancient Indian town, now overshadowed with groves of the Orange, loaded
with both green and ripe fruit, and embellished with their fragrant
bloom, gratifying the taste, the sight, and the smell at the same
instant. Leaving this delightful retreat, we soon came to the verge of
the groves, when presented to view a vast verdant bay of the savanna.
We discovered a herd of deer feeding at a small distance; upon the
sight of us they ran off, taking shelter in the groves on the opposite
point or cape of this spacious meadow. My companions being old expert
hunters, quickly concerted a plan for their destruction. One of our
company immediately struck off, obliquely crossing the meadow for the
opposite groves, in order to intercept them, if they should continue
their course up the forest, to the main; and we crossed straight over
to the point, if possible to keep them in sight, and watch their
motions, knowing that they would make a stand thereabouts, before they
would attempt their last escape. On drawing near the point, we
slackened our pace, and cautiously entered the groves; when we beheld
them thoughtless and secure, flouncing in a sparkling pond, in a green
meadow or cove beyond the point; some were lying down on their sides in
the cool waters, whilst others were prancing like young kids; the young
bucks in playsome sport, with their sharp horns hooking and spurring
the others, urging them to splash the water.

I endeavoured to plead for their lives, but my old friend, though he
was a sensible, rational and good sort of man, would not yield to my
philosophy. He requested me to mind our horses, while he made his
approaches, cautiously gaining ground on them, from tree to tree, when
they all suddenly sprang up and herded together: a princely buck, who
headed the party, whistled and bounded off; his retinue followed; but
unfortunately for their chief, he led them with prodigious speed out
towards the savanna very near us, and when passing by, the lucky old
hunter fired and laid him prostrate upon the green turf, but a few
yards from us. His affrighted followers at the instant sprang off in
every direction, streaming away like meteors or phantoms, and we
quickly lost sight of them. He opened his body, took out the entrails,
and placed the carcase in the fork of a tree, casting his frock or
hunting shirt over to protect it from the vultures and crows, who
follow the hunter as regularly as his own shade.

Our companions soon arrived, we set forward again, enjoying the like
scenes we had already past; observed parties of Siminole horses
coursing over the plains, and frequently saw deer, turkeys, and wolves,
but they knew their safety here, keeping far enough out of our reach.
The wary, sharp-sighted crane, circumspectly observed our progress. We
saw a female of them sitting on her nest, and the male, her mate,
watchfully traversing backwards and forwards, at a small distance; they
suffered us to approach near them before they arose, when they spread
their wings, running and tipping the ground with their feet some time,
and then mounted aloft, soaring round and round over the nest. They sit
upon only two eggs at a time, which are very large, long and pointed at
one end, of a pale ash colour, powdered or speckled with brown. The
manner of forming their nests and sitting is very singular: choosing a
tussock and there forming a rude heap of dry grass, or such like
materials, near as high as their body is from the ground, when standing
upon their feet, on the summit of this they form the nest of fine soft
dry grass. When they cover their eggs to hatch them, they stand over
them, bearing their bodies and wings over the eggs.

We again came up to a long projecting point of the high forests, beyond
which opened to view an extensive grassy cove of the savanna, several
miles in circuit. We crossed straight over from this promontory to the
opposite coast, and on the way were constrained to wade a mile or more
through the water, though at a little distance from us it appeared as a
delightful meadow, the grass growing through the water, the middle of
which, however, when we came up, proved to be a large space of clear
water, almost deep enough to swim our horses; it being a large branch
of the main creek which drains the savanna. After getting through this
morass, we arrived on a delightful, level, green meadow, as usual,
which continued about a mile, when we reached the firm land; and then
gradually ascending, we alighted on a hard sandy beach, which exhibited
evident signs of being washed by the waves of the savanna, when in the
winter season it is all under water, and then presents the appearance
of a large lake. The coast here is much lower than the opposite side,
which we had left behind us, and rises from the meadows with a gradual
sloping ascent, covered scatteringly with low spreading Live Oaks,
short Palms, Zanthoxylon, Laurus Borbonia, Cassine, Sideroxylon,
Quercus nigra, Q. sinuata and others; all leaning from the bleak winds
that oppress them. About one hundred yards back from this beach, the
sand hills gradually rise, and the open pine forests appear. We coasted
a mile or two along the beach, then doubled a promontory of high
forests, and soon after came to a swift running brook of clear water,
rolling over gravel and white sand, which being brought along with it,
in its descent down the steeper sandy beach, formed an easy swelling
bank or bar. The waters spread greatly at this place, exhibiting a
shallow glittering sheet of clear water, but just sufficient
continually to cover the clear gravelly bed, and seemed to be sunk a
little below the common surface of the beach. This stream, however, is
soon separated into a number of rivulets, by small sandy and gravelly
ridges, and the waters are finally stolen away from the sight, by a
charming green meadow, but again secretly uniting under the tall grass,
form a little creek, meandering through the turfy plain, marking its
course by reeds and rushes, which spring up from its banks, joining the
main creek that runs through the savanna, and at length delivers the
water into the Great Sink. Proceeding about a mile farther, we came up
to and crossed another brook, larger than the former, which exhibited
the like delightful appearance. We next passed over a level green lawn,
a cove of the savanna, and arrived at a hilly grove. We alighted in a
pleasant vista, turning our horses to graze while we amused ourselves
with exploring the borders of the Great Sink. In this place a group of
rocky hills almost surrounds a large bason, which is the general
receptacle of the water, draining from every part of the vast savanna
by lateral conduits, winding about, and one after another joining the
main creek or general conductor, which at length delivers them into
this sink; where they descend by slow degrees, through rocky caverns,
into the bowels of the earth, whence they are carried by secret
subterraneous channels into other receptacles and basons.

We ascended a collection of eminences, covered with dark groves, which
is one point of the crescent that partly encircles the sink or bason,
open only on the side next the savanna, where it is joined to the great
channel or general conductor of the waters. From this point over to the
opposite point of the crescent (which is a similar high rocky
promontory) is about one hundred yards, forming a vast semicircular
cove or bason, the hills encircling it rising very steep fifty or sixty
feet high, rocky, perpendicular, and bare of earth next the waters of
the bason. These hills, from the top of the perpendicular, fluted,
excavated walls of rock, slant off moderately up to their summits, and
are covered with a very fertile, loose, black earth, which nourishes
and supports a dark grove of very large trees, varieties of shrubs and
herbaceous plants. These high forest trees surrounding the bason, by
their great height and spread, so effectually shade the waters, that
coming suddenly from the open plains, we seem at once shut up in
darkness, and the waters appear black, yet are clear. When we ascend
the top of the hills, we perceive the ground to be uneven, by round
swelling points and corresponding hollows, overspread with gloomy
shade, occasioned by the tall and spreading trees, such as Live Oak,
Morus rubra, Zanthoxylon, Sapindus, Liquidambar, Tilia, Laurus
Borbonia, Quercus dentata, Juglans cinerea, and others, together with
Orange trees of remarkable magnitude and very fruitful. But that which
is most singular and to me unaccountable, is the infundibuliform
cavities, even on the top of these high hills, some twenty, thirty and
forty yards across, at their superficial rims exactly circular, as if
struck with a compass, sloping gradually inwards to a point at bottom,
forming an inverted cone, or like the upper wide part of a funnel; the
perpendicular depth of them from the common surface is various, some
descending twenty feet deep, others almost to the bed of rocks, which
forms the foundation or nucleus of the hills, and indeed of the whole
country of East Florida; some of them seem to be nearly filled up with
earth, swept in from the common surface, but retain the same
uniformity; though sometimes so close together as to be broken one into
another. But as I shall have occasion to speak further of these sinks
in the earth hereafter, I turn my observation to other objects in view
round about me. In and about the Great Sink, are to be seen incredible
numbers of crocodiles, some of which are of an enormous size, and view
the passenger with incredible impudence and avidity; and at this time
they are so abundant, that, if permitted by them, I could walk over any
part of the bason and the river upon their heads, which slowly float
and turn about like knotty chuncks or logs of wood, except when they
plunge or shoot forward to beat off their associates, pressing too
close to each other, or taking up fish, which continually crowd in upon
them from the river and creeks draining from the savanna, especially
the great trout, mudfish, catfish, and the various species of bream:
the gar are rather too hard for their jaws and rough for their throats,
especially here, where they have a superfluous plenty and variety of
those that are every way preferable; besides, the gar being, like
themselves, a warlike voracious creature, they seem to be in league or
confederacy together, to enslave and devour the numerous defenceless
tribes.

It is astonishing and incredible, perhaps, I may say, to relate what
unspeakable numbers of fish repair to this fatal fountain or
receptacle, during the latter summer season and autumn, when the
powerful sunbeams have evaporated the waters off the savanna; where
those who are so fortunate as to effect a retreat into the conductor,
and escape the devouring jaws of the fearful alligator and armed gar,
descend into the earth through the wells and cavities or vast
perforations of the rocks, and from thence are conducted and carried
away, by secret subterranean conduits and gloomy vaults, to other
distant lakes and rivers. And it does not appear improbable, but that
in some future day this vast savanna or lake of waters in the winter
season will be discovered to be in a great measure filled with its
finny inhabitants, who are strangers or adventurers from other lakes,
ponds, and rivers, by subterraneous rivulets and communications to this
rocky, dark door or outlet, whence they ascend to its surface, spread
over and people the winter lake, where they breed, increase, and
continue as long as it is under water, or during pleasure, for they are
at all seasons to be seen ascending and descending through the rocks;
but towards the autumn, when the waters have almost left the plains,
they then crowd to the sink in such multitudes, as at times to be seen
pressing on in great banks into the bason, being urged by pursuing
bands of alligators and gar, and when entering the great bason or sink,
are suddenly fallen upon by another army of the same devouring enemies,
lying in wait for them. Thousands are driven on shore, where they
perish and rot in banks, which was evident at the time I was there, the
stench being intollerable, although then early in the summer. There are
three great doors or vent holes through the rocks in the sink, two near
the centre and the other one near the rim, much higher up than the
other two, which was conspicuous through the clear water. The beds of
rocks lay in horizontal thick strata or laminæ, one over the other,
where the sink-holes or outlets are. These rocks are perforated by
perpendicular wells or tubes, four, five, and six feet in diameter,
exactly circular as the tube of a cannon or walled well; many of these
are broken into one another, forming a great ragged orifice, appearing
fluted by alternate jambs and semicircular perpendicular niches or
excavations.

Having satisfied my curiosity in viewing this extraordinary place and
very wonderful work of nature, we repaired to our resting place, where
we found our horses and mounted again; one of the company parting from
us for the buck that we had shot and left in the fork of the tree. My
friend, the old trader, led the shortest way across the plain, after
repassing the wet morass which had almost swum our horses in the
morning. At evening we arrived at the place of our destination, where
our associates soon after rejoined us with some Indians, who were merry
agreeable guests as long as they staid. They were in full dress and
painted; but before dark they mounted their horses, which were of the
true Siminole breed, set spurs to them, uttering all at once a shrill
whoop, and went off for Cuscowilla.

Though the horned cattle and horses bred in these meadows are large,
sleek, sprightly, and as fat as can be in general, yet they are subject
to mortal diseases. I observed several of them dreadfully mortified,
their thighs and haunches ulcerated, raw, and bleeding, which, like a
mortification or slow cancer, at length puts an end to their miserable
existence. The traders and Indians call this disease the water-rot or
scald, and say it is occasioned by the warm waters of the savanna,
during the heats of summer and autumn, when these creatures wade deep
to feed on the water-grass, which they are immoderately fond of;
whereas the cattle which only feed and range in the high forests and
Pine savannas are clear of this disorder. A sacrifice to intemperance
and luxury.

We had heavy rains during the night, and though very warm, yet no
thunder and very little wind. It cleared away in the morning, and the
day was very pleasant. Sat off for the east end of the savanna,
collecting by the way and driving before us parties of horses, the
property of the traders; and next morning sat off on our return to the
lower store on St. John’s, coasting the savanna yet a few miles, in
expectation of finding the remainder of their horses, though
disappointed.

We at last bid adieu to the magnificent plains of Alachua, entered the
Pine forests, and soon fell into the old Spanish highway, from St.
Augustine across the isthmus of Florida, to St. Mark’s in the bay of
Apalache. Its course and distance from E. to W. is, from St. Augustine
to Fort Picolata on the river St. Juan, twenty-seven miles; thence
across the river to the Poopoa Fort, three miles; thence to the Alachua
Savanna, forty-five miles; thence to Talahasochte on the river Little
St. Juan, seventy-five miles; thence down this river to St. Mark’s,
thirty miles; the whole distance from St. Augustine to St. Mark’s, one
hundred and eighty miles. But that road having been unfrequented for
many years past, since the Creeks subdued the remnant tribes of the
ancient Floridans, and drove the Spaniards from their settlements in
East Florida into St. Augustine, which effectually cut off their
communication between that garrison and St. Mark’s; this ancient
highway is grown up in many places with trees and shrubs; but yet has
left so deep a track on the surface of the earth, that it may be traced
for ages yet to come.

Leaving the highway on our left hand, we ascended a sandy ridge, thinly
planted by nature with stately Pines and Oaks, of the latter genus,
particularly Q. sinuata, S. flammula, Q. nigra, Q. rubra. Passed by an
Indian village situated on this high airy sand ridge, consisting of
four or five habitations; none of the people were at home, they were
out at their hunting camps; we observed plenty of corn in their cribs.
Following a hunting path eight or nine miles, through a vast Pine
forest and grassy savanna, well timbered, the ground covered with a
charming carpet of various flowering plants, came to a large creek of
excellent water, and here we found the encampment of the Indians, the
inhabitants of the little town we had passed; we saw their women and
children, the men being out hunting. The women presented themselves to
our view as we came up, at the door of their tents, veiled in their
mantle, modestly showing their faces, when we saluted them. Towards the
evening we fell into the old trading path, and before night came to
camp at the Halfway Pond. Next morning, after collecting together the
horses, some of which had strolled away at a great distance, we pursued
our journey, and in the evening arrived at the trading house on St.
Juan’s, from a successful and pleasant tour.

On my return to the store on St. Juan’s the trading schooner was there,
but as she was not to return to Georgia until the autumn, I found I had
time to pursue my travels in Florida, and might at leisure plan my
excursions to collect seeds and roots in boxes, &c.

At this time the talks (or messages between the Indians and white
people) were perfectly peaceable and friendly, both with the Lower
Creeks and the Nation or Upper Creeks. Parties of Indians were coming
in every day with their hunts; indeed the Muscogulges or Upper Creeks
very seldom disturb us. Bad talks from the Nation is always a very
serious affair, and to the utmost degree alarming to the white
inhabitants.

The Muscogulges are under a more strict government or regular
civilization than the Indians in general. They lie near their potent
and declared enemy, the Chactaws. Their country having a vast frontier,
naturally accessible and open to the incursions of their enemies on all
sides, they find themselves under the necessity of associating in large
populous towns, and these towns as near together as convenient, that
they may be enabled to succour and defend one another in case of sudden
invasion. This consequently occasions deer and bear to be scarce and
difficult to procure, which obliges them to be vigilent and
industrious; this naturally begets care and serious attention, which we
may suppose in some degree forms their natural disposition and manners,
and gives them that air of dignified gravity, so strikingly
characteristic in their aged people, and that steadiness, just and
cheerful reverence in the middle-aged and youth, which sits so easy
upon them, and appears so natural. For, however strange it may appear
to us, the same moral duties which with us form the amiable, virtuous
character, so difficult to maintain there, without compulsion or
visible restraint, operates like instinct, with a surprising harmony
and natural ease, insomuch that it seems impossible for them to act out
of the common high road to virtue.

We will now take a view of the Lower Creeks or Siminoles, and the
natural disposition which characterises this people; when, from the
striking contrast, the philosopher may approve or disapprove, as he may
think proper, from the judgment and opinion given by different men.

The Siminoles, but a weak people with respect to numbers. All of them,
I suppose, would not be sufficient to people one of the towns in the
Muscogulge; for instance, the Uches on the main branch of the
Apalachucla river, which alone contains near two thousand inhabitants.
Yet this handful of people possesses a vast territory; all East Florida
and the greastest part of West Florida, which being naturally cut and
divided into thousands of islets, knolls, and eminences, by the
innumerable rivers, lakes, swamps, vast savannas and ponds, form so
many secure retreats and temporary dwelling places, that effectually
guard them from any sudden invasions or attacks from their enemies; and
being such a swampy, hommocky country, furnishes such a plenty and
variety of supplies for the nourishment of varieties of animals, that I
can venture to assert, that no part of the globe so abounds with wild
game or creatures fit for the food of man.

Thus they enjoy a superabundance of the necessaries and conveniencies
of life, with the security of person and property, the two great
concerns of mankind. The hides of deer, bears, tigers and wolves,
together with honey, wax and other productions of the country, purchase
their clothing, equipage and domestic utensils from the whites. They
seem to be free from want or desires. No cruel enemy to dread; nothing
to give them disquietude, but the gradual encroachments of the white
people. Thus contented and undisturbed, they appear as blithe and free
as the birds of the air, and like them as volatile and active, tuneful
and vociferous. The visage, action and deportment of the Siminoles,
form the most striking picture of happiness in this life; joy,
contentment, love and friendship, without guile or affection, seem
inherent in them, or predominant in their vital principle, for it
leaves them but with the last breath of life. It even seems imposing a
constraint upon their ancient chiefs and senators, to maintain a
necessary decorum and solemnity, in their public councils; not even the
debility and decrepitude of extreme old age, is sufficient to erase
from their visages, this youthful, joyous simplicity; but, like the
grey eve of a serene and calm day, a gladdening, cheering blush remains
on the western horizon after the sun is set.

I doubt not but some of my countrymen who may read these accounts of
the Indians, which I have endeavoured to relate according to truth, at
least as they appeared to me, will charge me with partiality or
prejudice in their favour.

I will, however, now endeavour to exhibit their vices, immoralities,
and imperfections, from my own observations and knowledge, as well as
accounts from the white traders, who reside amongst them.

The Indians make war against, kill and destroy their own species, and
their motives spring from the same erroneous source as they do in all
other nations of mankind; that is, the ambition of exhibiting to their
fellows a superior character of personal and national valour, and
thereby immortalizing themselves, by transmitting their names with
honour and lustre to posterity; or in revenge of their enemy, for
public or perional insults; or lastly, to extend the borders and
boundaries of their territories. But I cannot find upon the strictest
enquiry, that their bloody contests at this day are marked with deeper
stains of inhumanity or savage cruelty, than what may be observed
amongst the most civilized nations: they do indeed scalp their slain
enemy, but they do not kill the females or children of either sex: the
most ancient traders, both in the Lower and Upper Creeks, assured me
they never saw an instance of either burning or tormenting their male
captives; though it is said they used to do it formerly. I saw in every
town in the Nation and Siminoles that I visited, more or less male
captives, some extremely aged, who were free and in as good
circumstances as their masters; and all slaves have their freedom when
they marry, which is permitted and encouraged, when they and their
offspring are every way upon an equality with their conquerors. They
are given to adultery and fornication, but, I suppose, in no greater
excess than other nations of men. They punish the delinquents, male and
female, equally alike, by taking off their ears. This is the punishment
for adultery. Infamy and disgrace is supposed to be a sufficient
punishment for fornication, in either sex.

They are fond of games and gambling, and amuse themselves like
children, in relating extravagant stories, to cause surprise and mirth.

They wage eternal war against deer and bear, to procure food and
clothing, and other necessaries and conveniences; which is indeed
carried to an unreasonable and perhaps criminal excess, since the white
people have dazzled their senses with foreign superfluities.

 [30] Testudo naso cylindraceo elongato, truncato.

 [31] Cuculus Caroliniensis.

 [32] Great Ockli-Waha.

 [33] Alluding to his tail.




CHAPTER VII.


On my return to the trading house, from my journey to the great
savanna, I found the trading company for Little St. Juan’s preparing
for that post.

My mind yet elate with the various scenes of rural nature, which as a
lively animated picture had been presented to my view; the deeply
engraven impression, a pleasing flattering contemplation, gave strength
and agility to my steps, anxiously to press forward to the delightful
fields and groves of Apalatche.

The trading company for Talahasochte being now in readiness to proceed
for that quarter, under the direction of our chief trader, in the cool
of the morning we sat off, each of us having a good horse to ride,
besides having in our caravan several pack-horses laden with
provisions, camp equipage, and other necessaries. A young man from St.
Augustine, in the service of the governor of East Florida, accompanied
us, commissioned to purchase of the Indians and traders some Siminole
horses. They are the most beautiful and sprightly species of that noble
creature, perhaps any where to be seen; but are of a small breed, and
as delicately formed as the American roe-buck. A horse in the Creek or
Muscogulge tongue is echoclucco, that is the great deer, (echo is a
deer and clucco is big). The Siminole horses are said to descend
originally from the Andalusian breed, brought here by the Spaniards
when they first established the colony of East Florida. From the
forehead to their nose is a little arched or aquiline, and so are the
fine Chactaw horses among the Upper Creeks, which are said to have been
brought thither from New-Mexico across Mississippi, by those nations of
Indians who emigrated from the West, beyond the river. These horses are
every where like the Siminole breed, only larger, and perhaps not so
lively and capricious. It is a matter of conjecture and enquiry,
whether or not the different soil and situation of the country may have
contributed in some measure, in forming and establishing the difference
in size and other qualities betwixt them. I have observed the horses
and other animals in the high hilly country of Carolina, Georgia,
Virginia, and all along our shores, are of a much larger and stronger
make, than those which are bred in the flat country next the sea coast.
A buck-skin of the Upper Creeks and Cherokees will weigh twice as heavy
as those of the Siminoles or Lower Creeks, and those bred in the low
flat country of Carolina.

Our first day’s journey was along the Alachua roads, twenty-five miles
to the Half-way Pond, where we encamped: the musquitoes were
excessively troublesome the whole night.

Decamped early next morning, still pursuing the road to Alachua, until
within a few miles of Cuscowilla, when the road dividing, one for the
town, and the other for the great savanna, here our company separated.
One party chose to pass through the town, having some concerns there. I
kept with the party that went through the savanna, it being the best
road, leading over a part of the savanna, when entering the groves on
its borders, we travelled several miles over these fertile eminences,
and delightful shady fragrant forests, then again entered upon the
savanna, and crossed a charming extensive green cove or bay of it,
covered with a vivid green grassy turf, when we again ascended the
woodland hills, through fruitful Orange groves and under shadowy Palms
and Magnolias. Now the Pine forests opened to view. We left the
magnificent savanna and its delightful groves, passing through a level,
open, airy Pine forest, the stately trees scatteringly planted by
nature, arising straight and erect from the green carpet, embellished
with various grasses and flowering plants; then gradually ascending the
sand hills, we soon came into the trading path to Talahasochte; which
is generally, excepting a few deviations, the old Spanish highway to
St. Mark’s. At about five miles distance beyond the great savanna, we
came to camp late in the evening, under a little grove of Live Oaks,
just by a group of shelly rocks, on the banks of a beautiful little
lake, partly environed by meadows. The rocks as usual in these regions
partly encircle a spacious sink or grotto, which communicates with the
waters of the lake: the waters of the grotto are perfectly transparent,
cool, and pleasant, and well replenished with fish. Soon after our
arrival here, our companions who passed through Cuscowilla joined us. A
brisk cool wind during the night kept the persecuting musquitoes at a
distance.

The morning pleasant, we decamped early: proceeding on, rising gently
for several miles, over sandy, gravelly ridges, we found ourselves in
an elevated, high, open, airy region, somewhat rocky, on the backs of
the ridges, which presented to view, on every side, the most dreary,
solitary, desert waste I had ever beheld; groups of bare rocks emerging
out of the naked gravel and drifts of white sand; the grass thinly
scattered and but few trees; the Pines, Oaks, Olives and Sideroxylons,
poor, mishapen, and tattered; scarce an animal to be seen or noise
heard, save the symphony of the western breeze, through the bristly
Pine leaves, or solitary sand crickets screech, or at best the more
social converse of the frogs, in solemn chorus with the swift breezes,
brought from distant fens and forests. Next we joyfully entered the
borders of the level Pine forest and savannas, which continued for many
miles, never out of sight of little lakes or ponds, environed with
illumined meadows, the clear waters sparking through the tall pines.

Having a good spirited horse under me, I generally kept ahead of my
companions, which I often chose to do, as circumstances offered or
invited, for the sake of retirement and observation.

The high road being here open and spacious, at a good distance before
me, I observed a large hawk on the ground in the middle of the road: he
seemed to be in distress endeavouring to rise, when, coming up near
him, I found him closely bound up by a very long coach-whip snake, that
had wreathed himself several times round the hawk’s body, who had but
one of his wings at liberty; beholding their struggles a while, I
alighted off my horse with an intention of parting them; when, on
coming up, they mutually agreed to separate themselves, each one
seaking his own safety, probably considering me as their common enemy.
The bird rose aloft and fled away as soon as he recovered his liberty,
and the snake as eagerly made off, I soon overtook him, but could not
perceive that he was wounded.

I suppose the hawk had been the aggressor, and fell upon the snake with
an intention of making a prey of him; and that the snake dexterously
and luckily threw himself in coils round his body, and girded him so
close as to save himself from destruction.

The coach-whip snake is a beautiful creature. When full grown they are
six and seven feet in length, and the largest part of its body not so
thick as a cane or common walking stick; its head not larger than the
end of a man’s finger; its neck is very slender, and from the abdomen
tapers away in the manner of a small switch or coach-whip; the top of
the head and neck, for three or four inches, is as black and shining as
a raven; the throat and belly as white as snow; and the upper side of
their body of a chocolate colour, excepting the tail part, almost from
the abdomen to the extremity, which is black. It may be proper to
observe, however, that they vary in respect to the colour of the body;
some I have seen almost white or cream colour, others of a pale
chocolate or clay colour, but in all the head and neck is black, and
the tail dark brown or black. It is extremely swift, seeming almost to
fly over the surface of the ground, and that which is very singular, it
can run swiftly on only its tail part, carrying the head and body
upright. One very fine one accompanied me along the road side, at a
little distance, raising himself erect, now and then looking me in the
face, although I proceeded on a good round trot on purpose to observe
how fast they could proceed in that position. His object seemed mere
curiosity or observation; with respect to venom it is as innocent as a
worm, and seems to be familiar with man. It appears to be  a particular
inhabitant of East Florida, though I have seen some in the maritime
parts of Carolina and Georgia, but in these regions they are neither so
large nor beautiful.

We ascended again, passing over sand ridges of gentle elevation,
savannas and open Pine forests. Masses or groups of rocks presented to
view on every side, as before mentioned, and with difficulty we escaped
the circular infundibuliform cavities or sinks in the surface of the
earth. Generally a group of rocks, shaded by Palms, Live Oaks, and
Magnolias, is situated on their limb: some are partly filled up with
earth, whilst others, and the greater number of them, are partly filled
with transparent cool water, which discovers the well or perforation
through the rocks in the centre. This day being remarkably sultry, we
came to camp early, having chosen our situation under some stately
Pines, near the verge of a spacious savanna.

After some refeshment, our hunters went out into the forest, and
returned towards evening. Amongst other game, they brought with them a
savanna crane[34] which they shot in the adjoining meadows. This
stately bird is above six feet in length from the toes to the extremity
of the beak when extended, and the wings expand eight or nine feet; it
is above five feet high when standing erect; the tail is remarkably
short, but the flag or pendant feathers which fall down off the rump on
each side, are very long and sharp pointed, of a delicate texture, and
silky softness; the beak is very long, straight and sharp pointed; the
crown of the head bare of feathers, of a reddish rose colour, thinly
barbed with short, stiff, black hair; the legs and thighs are very
long, and bare of feathers a great space above the knees: the plumage
of this bird is generally of a pale ash colour, with shades or clouds
of pale brown and sky blue, the brown prevails on the shoulders and
back; the barrels of the prime quill-feathers are long and of a large
diameter, leaving a large cavity when extracted from the wing: all the
bones of this bird have a thin shell, and consequently a large cavity
or medullary receptacle. When these birds move their wings in flight,
their strokes are slow, moderate, and regular, and even, when at a
considerable distance or high above us, we plainly hear the
quill-feathers, their shafts and webs upon one another creak as the
joints or working of a vessel in a tempestuous sea.

We had this fowl dressed for supper, and it made excellent soup;
nevertheless, as long as I can get any other necessary food, I shall
prefer their seraphic music in the ethereal skies, and my eyes and
understanding gratified in observing their economy and social
communities, in the expansive green savannas of Florida.

Next morning we arose early, and proceeding, gradually descended again,
and continued many miles along a flat, level country, over delightful
green savannas, decorated with hommocks or islets of dark groves,
consisting of Magnolia grandiflora, Morus tilia, Zanthoxylon, Laurus
Borbonia, Sideroxylon, Quercus sempervirens, Halesia diptera,
Callicarpa, Corypha palma, &c. There are always groups of whitish
testaceous rocks and sinks where these hommocks are. We next crossed a
wet savanna, which is the beginning of a region still lower than we had
traversed; here we crossed a rapid rivulet of exceeding cool, pleasant
water, where we halted to refresh ourselves. But it must be remarked
here, that this rivulet, though lively and rapid at this time, is not a
permanent stream, but was formed by a heavy rain that fell the day
before, as was apparent from its bed; besides it is at best but a jet
or mere phantom of a brook, as the land around is rocky and hollow,
abounding with wells and cavities. Soon after leaving the brook, we
passed off to the left hand, along the verge of an extensive savanna,
and meadows many miles in circumference, edged on one border with
detached groves and pompous Palms, and embellished with a beautiful
sparkling lake; its verges decorated with tall waving grass and
floriferous plants; the pellucid waters gently rolling on to a dark
shaded grotto, just under a semicircular, swelling, turfy ascent or
bank, skirted by groves of Magnolias, Oaks, Laurels, and Palms. In
these expansive and delightful meadows, were feeding and roving troops
of the fleet Siminole horse. We halted a while at this grotto; and,
after refreshing ourselves, we mounted horse and proceeded across a
charming lawn, part of the savanna, entering on it through a dark
grove. In this extensive lawn were several troops of horse, and our
company had the satisfaction of observing several belonging to
themselves. One occurrance remarkable here, was a troop of horse under
the controul and care of a single black dog, which seemed to differ in
no respect from the wolf of Florida, except his being able to bark as
the common dog. He was very careful and industrious in keeping them
together; and if any one strolled from the rest at too great a
distance, the dog would spring up, head the horse, and bring him back
to the company. The proprietor of these horses is an Indian in
Talahasochte, about ten miles distance from this place, who, out of
humour and experiment, trained his dog up from a puppy to this
business: he follows his master’s horses only, keeping them in a
separate company where they range; and when he is hungry or wants to
see his master, in the evening he returns to town, but never stays at
home a night.

The region we had journeyed through, since we decamped this morning, is
of a far better soil and quality than we had yet seen since we left
Alachua; generally a dark greyish, and sometimes brown or black loam,
on a foundation of whitish marl, chalk, and testaceous limestone rocks,
and ridges of a loose, coarse, reddish sand, producing stately Pines in
the plains, and Live Oak, Mulberry, Magnolia, Palm, Zanthoxylon, &c. in
the hommocks, and also in great plenty the perennial Indigo; it grows
here five, six, and seven feet high, and as thick together as if it had
been planted and cultivated. The higher ridges of hills afford great
quantities of a species of iron ore, of that kind found in New-Jersey
and Pennsylvania, and there called bog ore; it appears on the surface
of the ground in large detached masses and smaller fragments; it is
ponderous, and seemed rich of that most useful metal; but one property
remarkable in these terrigenous stones is, they appear to be blistered,
somewhat resembling cinders, or as if they had suffered a violent
action of fire.

Leaving the charming savanna and fields of Capola, we passed several
miles through delightful plains and meadows, little differing from the
environs of Capola, diversified with rocky islets or hommocks of dark
woodland.

We next entered a vast forest of the most stately Pine trees that can
be imagined, planted by nature at a moderate distance, on a level,
grassy plain, enamelled with a variety of flowering shrubs, viz. Viola,
Ruellia infundibuliforma, Amaryllis atamasco, Mimosa sensitiva, Mimosa
intsia and many others new to me. This sublime forest continued five or
six miles, when we came to dark groves of Oaks, Magnolias, Red bays,
Mulberries, &c. through which proceeding near a mile, we entered open
fields and arrived at the town of Talahasochte, on the banks of Little
St. Juan.

The river Little St. Juan may, with singular propriety, be termed the
pellucid river. The waters are the clearest and purest of any river I
ever saw, transmitting distinctly the natural form and appearance of
the objects moving in the transparent floods, or reposing on the
silvery bed, with the finny inhabitants sporting in its gently flowing
stream.

The river at the town is about two hundred yards over, and fifteen or
twenty feet in depth. The great swamp and lake Oaquaphenogaw is said to
be its source, which is about one hundred miles by land North of this
place; which would give the river a course of near two hundred miles
from its source to the sea, to follow its meanders; as in general our
rivers that run any considerable distance through the country to the
sea, by their windings and roving about to find a passage through the
ridges and heights, at least double their distance.

The Indians and traders say that this river has no branches or
collateral brooks or rivers tributary to it, but that it is fed or
augmented by great springs which break out through the banks. From the
accounts given by them, and my own observations on the country round
about, it seems a probable assertion; for there was not a creek or
rivulet to be seen, running on the surface of the ground, from the
great Alachua Savanna to this river, a distance of above seventy miles;
yet, perhaps, no part of the earth affords a greater plenty of pure,
salubrious waters. The uparalleled transparency of these waters
furnishes an argument for such a conjecture, that amounts at least to a
probability, were it not confirmed by ocular demonstration; for in all
the flat countries of Carolina and Florida, except this isthmus, the
waters of the river are, in some degree, turgid, and have a dark hue,
owing to the annual firing of the forests and plains, and afterwards
the heavy rains washing the light surface of the burnt earth into
rivulets, which rivulets running rapidly over the surface of the earth,
flow into the rivers, and tinge the waters the colour of lye or beer,
almost down to the tide near the sea coast. But here behold how
different the appearance, and how manifest the cause! for although the
surface of the ground produces the same vegetable substances, the soil
the same, and suffers in like manner a general conflagration, and the
rains, in impetuous showers, as liberally descend upon the parched
surface of the ground; but the earth being so hollow and porous, these
superabundant waters cannot constitute a rivulet or brook, to continue
any distance on its surface, before they are arrested in their course
and swallowed up: thence descending, they are filtered through the
sands and other strata of earth, to the horizontal beds of porous
rocks, which being composed of thin seperable laminæ, lying generally
in obliquely horizontal directions over each other, admit these waters
to pass on by gradual but constant percolation. Thus collecting and
associating, they augment and form little rills, brooks, and even
subterraneous rivers, which wander in darkness beneath the surface of
the earth, by innumerable doublings, windings, and secret labyrinths;
no doubt in some places forming vast reservoirs and subterranean lakes,
inhabited by multitudes of fish and aquatic animals: and possibly, when
collected into large rapid brooks, meeting irresistible obstructions in
their course, they suddenly break through these perforated fluted
rocks, in high perpendicular jets, nearly to their former level,
flooding large districts of land. Thus by means of those subterranean
courses, the waters are purified and finally carried to the banks of
great rivers, where they emerge and present themselves to open
day-light, with their troops of finny inhabitants, in those surprising
vast fountains near the banks of this river; and likewise on and near
the shores of Great St. Juan, on the east coast of the isthmus, some of
which I have already given an account of.

On our arrival at Talahasochte, in the evening we repaired to the
trading house formerly belonging to our chief, where were a family of
Indians, who immediately and complaisantly moved out to accommodate us.
The White King with most of the male inhabitants were out hunting or
tending their corn plantations.

The town is delightfully situated on the elevated east banks of the
river, the ground level to near the river, when it descends suddenly to
the water; I suppose the perpendicular elevation of the ground may be
twenty or thirty feet. There are near thirty habitations constructed
after the mode of Cuscowilla; but here is a more spacious and neat
council-house.

These Indians have large handsome canoes, which they form out of the
trunks of Cypress trees (Cupressus disticha), some or them commodious
enough to accomodate twenty or thirty warriors. In these large canoes
they descend the river on trading and hunting expeditions to the sea
coast, neighbouring islands and keys, quite to the point of Florida,
and sometimes cross the gulph, extending their navigations to the
Bahama islands and even to Cuba: a crew of these adventurers had just
arrived, having returned from Cuba just a few days before our arrival,
with a cargo of spiritous liquors, Coffee, Sugar, and Tobacco. One of
them politely presented me with a choice piece of Tobacco, which he
told me he had received from the governor of Cuba.

They deal in the way of barter, carrying with them deer skins, furs,
dry fish, bees-wax, honey, bear’s oil and some other articles. They say
the Spaniards receive them very friendly, and treat them with the best
spiritous liquors.

The Spaniards of Cuba likewise trade here or at St. Marks, and other
sea ports on the west coast of the isthmus in small sloops;
particularly at the bay of Calos, where are excellent fishing banks and
grounds; not far from which is a considerable town of the Siminoles,
where they take great quantities of fish, which they salt and cure on
shore, and barter with the Indians and traders for skins, furs, &c. and
return with their cargoes to Cuba.

The trader of the town of Talahasochte informed me, that he had, when
trading in that town, large supplies of goods, from these Spanish
trading vessels suitable for that trade, and some very essential
articles, on more advantageous terms than he could purchase at Indian
stores either in Georgia or St. Augustine.

Towards the evening after the sultry heats were past, a young man of
our company, having previously procured the loan of a canoe from an
Indian, proposed to me a fishing excursion for trout with the bob. We
set off down the river, and before we had passed two miles caught
enough for our houshold: he was an excellent hand at this kind of
diversion: some of the fish were so large and strong in their element,
as to shake his arms stoutly, and drag us with the canoe over the
floods before we got them in. It is in the eddy coves, under the points
and turnings of the river, where the surface of the waters for some
acres is covered with the leaves of the Nymphea, Pistia and other
amphibious herbs and grass, where the haunts and retreats of this
famous fish are, as well as others of various tribes.

Observing a fishing canoe of Indians turning a point below and coming
towards us, who hailed us, we waited their coming up; they were
cheerful merry fellows, and insisted on our accepting of part of their
fish; they having a greater quantity and variety, especially of the
bream, my favourite fish, we exchanged some of our trout with them.

Our chief being engaged with the chiefs of the town in commercial
concerns, and others of our company out in the forests with the
Indians, hunting up horses belonging to the trading company; the young
interpreter, my companion, who was obliging to me, and whom our chief
previously recommended to me as an associate, proposed to me another
little voyage down the river. This was agreeable to me, being desirous
of increasing my observations during our continuance at Talahasochte;
as when the White King should return to town (which was expected every
hour) we intended after audience and treaty to leave them and encamp in
the forests, about fifteen miles distance and nearer the range of their
horses.

Having supplied ourselves with ammunition and provision, we set off in
the cool of the morning, and descended pleasantly, riding on the
crystal flood, which flows down with an easy, gentle, yet active
current, rolling over its silvery bed. How abundantly are the waters
replenished with inhabitants! the stream almost as transparent as the
air we breathe; there is nothing done in secret except on its green
flowery verges, where nature, at the command of the Supreme Creator,
hath spread a mantle, as a covering and retreat at suitable and
convenient times, but by no means a secure refuge from the voracious
enemy and pursuer.

Behold the watery nations, in numerous bands roving to fro, amidst each
other, here they seem all at peace; though incredible to relate! but a
few yards off, near the verge of the green mantled shore there is
eternal war, or rather slaughter. Near the banks the waters become
turbid, from substance gradually diverging from each side of the swift
channel, and collections of opaque particles whirled to shore by the
eddies, which afford a kind of nursery for young fry, and its slimy bed
a prolific nidus for generating and rearing of infinite tribes and
swarms of amphibious insects, which are the food of young fish, who in
their turn become a prey to the older. Yet when those different tribes
of fish are in the transparent channel, their very nature seems
absolutely changed; for here is neither desire to destroy nor
persecute, but all seems peace and friendship. Do they agree on a
truce, a suspension of hostilities? or by some secret divine influence,
is desire taken away? or are they otherwise rendered incapable of
pursuing each other to destruction?

About noon we approached the admirable Manate Spring, three or four
miles down the river. This charming nymphæum is the product of
primitive nature, not to be imitated much less equalled, by the united
effort of human power and ingenuity! As we approach it by water, the
mind of the enquiring traveller is previously entertained and gradually
led on to greater discovery; first by a view of the sublime dark grove,
lifted up on shore, by a range or curved chain of hills, at a small
distance from the lively green verge of the river, on the east banks;
as we gently descend floating fields of the Nymphæa nelumbo,
intersected with vistas of the yellow green Pista stratiotes, which
cover a bay or cove of the river opposite the circular woodland hills.

It is amazing and almost incredible, what troops and bands of fish, and
other watery inhabitants are now in sight, all peaceable; and in what
variety of gay colours and forms, continually ascending and descending,
roving and figuring amongst one another, yet every tribe associating
separately. We now ascended the crystal stream, the current swift, we
entered the grand fountain, the expansive circular bason, the source of
which arises from under the bases of the high woodland hills, near half
encircling it. The ebullition is astonishing, and continual, though its
greatest force or fury intermits, regularly, for the space of thirty
seconds of time: the waters appear of a lucid sea green colour, in some
measure owing to the reflection of the leaves above: the ebullition is
perpendicular upwards, from a vast ragged orifice through a bed of
rocks, a great depth below the common surface of the bason, throwing up
small particles or pieces of white shells, which subside with the
waters at the moment of intermission, gently settling down round about
the orifice, forming a vast funnel. At those moments, when the waters
rush upwards, the surface of the bason immediately over the orifice is
greatly swolen or raised a considerable height; and then it is
impossible to keep the boat or any other floating vessel over the
fountain; but the ebullition quickly subsides; yet, before the surface
becomes quite even, the fountain vomits up the waters again, and so on
perpetually. The bason is generally circular, about fifty yards over;
and the perpetual stream from it into the river is twelve or fifteen
yards wide, and ten or twelve feet in depth; the bason and stream
continually peopled with prodigious numbers and variety of fish and
other animals; as the alligator, and the manate[35] or sea cow, in the
winter season. Part of a skeleton of one, which the Indians had killed
last winter, lay upon the banks of the spring: the grinding teeth were
about an inch in diameter; the ribs eighteen inches in length, and two
inches and an half in thickness, bending with a gentle curve. This bone
is esteemed equal to ivory. The flesh of this creature is counted
wholesome and pleasant food; the Indians call them by a name which
signifies the big beaver. My companion, who was a trader in
Talahasochte last winter, saw three of them at one time in this spring:
they feed chiefly on aquatic grass and weeds. The ground round about
the head of the bason is generally level, for the distance of a few
yards; then gradually ascends, forming moderately high hills: the soil
at top is a light, greyish, sandy mould, which continues some feet in
depth, lying on a stratum of yellowish clay, then clay and gravel, then
sand, and so on, stratum upon stratum, down to the general foundation
of testaceous rocks. In other places a deep stratum of whitish, chalky
limestone. The vegetable productions which cover and ornament those
eminences, are generally Live Oaks, Magnolia grandiflora, in the Creek
tongue, Tolo-chlucco, which signifies the Big Bay, Laurus Borbonia or
Red Bay, in the Creek tongue, Etomico, that is King’s tree, Olea
Americana and Liquidambar, with other trees, shrubs and herbaceous
plants common in East Florida.

The hills and groves environing this admirable fountain, affording
amusing subjects of enquiry, occasioned my stay here a great part of
the day, and towards evening we returned to the town.

Next day, early in the morning, we crossed the river, landing on the
other shore opposite the town, swimming our horses by the side of the
canoe, each of us holding his horse by the bridle whilst an Indian
paddled us over. After crossing, we struck off from the river into the
forests, sometimes falling into, and keeping for a time, the ancient
Spanish high road to Pensacola, now almost obliterated: passed four or
five miles through old Spanish fields.

There are to be seen plain marks or vestiges of the old Spanish
plantations and dwellings; as fence posts and wooden pillars of their
houses, ditches and even corn ridges and Batata hills. From the Indian
accounts, the Spaniards had here a rich well cultivated and populous
settlement, and a strong fortified post, as they likewise had at the
savanna and fields of Capola; but either of them far inferior to one
they had some miles farther south-west towards the Apalachuchla River,
now called the Apalachian Old Fields, where yet remain vast works and
buildings, as fortifications, temples, some brass cannon, mortars,
heavy church bells, &c.

The same groups of whitish testaceous rocks and circular sinks, with
natural wells, make their appearance in these groves and fields, as
observed on the side of the river opposite to Capola; and the same
trees, shrubs and herbage without variation. Having passed five or six
miles through these ancient fields and groves, the scene suddenly
changes, after riding through a high forest of Oak, Magnolia, Fraxinus,
Liquidambar, Fagus sylvatica, &c,

Now at once opens to view, perhaps, the most extensive Cane-break[36]
that is to be seen on the face of the whole earth; right forward, about
south-west, there appears no bound but the skies, the level plain, like
the ocean, uniting with the firmament, and on the right and left hand,
dark shaded groves, old fields, and high forests, such as we had lately
passed through.

The alternate, bold promontories and misty points advancing and
retiring, at length, as it were, insensibly vanishing from sight, like
the two points of a crescent, softly touching the horizon, represent
the most magnificent amphitheatre or circus perhaps in the whole world.
The ground descends gently from the groves to the edge of the
Cane-break, forming a delightful, green grassy lawn. The Canes are ten
or twelve feet in height, and as thick as an ordinary walking staff;
they grow so close together, there is no penetrating them without
previously cutting a road. We came up to this vast plain where the
ancient Spanish highway crosses it to Pensacola: there yet remain plain
vestiges of the grand causeway, which is open like a magnificent
avenue, and the Indians have a bad road or pathway on it. The ground or
soil of the plain is a perfectly black, rich, soapy earth, like a stiff
clay or marle, wet and boggy near shore, but, further in, firm and hard
enough in the summer season, but wet and in some places under water
during the winter.

This vast plain together with the forests contiguous to it, if
permitted (by the Siminoles who are sovereigns of these realms) to be
in possession and under the culture of industrious planters and
mechanics, would in a little time exhibit other scenes than it does at
present, delightful as it is; for by the arts of agriculture and
commerce, almost every desirable thing in life might be produced and
made plentiful here, and thereby establish a rich, populous and
delightful region; as this soil and climate appears to be of a nature
favourable for the production of almost all the fruits of the earth, as
Corn[37], Rice, Indigo, Sugar-cane, Flax, Cotton, Silk, Cochineal, and
all the varieties of esculent vegetables; and I suppose no part of the
earth affords such endless range and exuberant pasture for cattle,
deer, sheep, &c.: the waters every where, even in the holes in the
earth, abound with varieties of excellent fish; and the forests and
native meadows with wild game, as bear, deer, turkeys, quail, and in
the winter season geese, ducks, and other fowl: and lying contiguous to
one of the most beautiful navigable rivers in the world, and not more
than thirty miles from St. Mark’s on the great bay of Mexico, is most
conveniently situated for the West India trade, and the commerce of all
the world.

After indulging my imagination in the contemplation of these grand
diversified scenes, we turned to the right hand, riding over the
charming green terrace dividing the forests from the plains, and then
entering the groves again, continued eight or nine miles up the river,
four or five miles distance from its banks; having continually in view,
on one side or other, expansive green fields, groves and high forests;
the meadows glittering with distant lakes and ponds, alive with cattle,
deer, and turkeys, and frequently presenting to view remains of ancient
Spanish plantations. At length, towards evening, we turned about and
came within sight of the river, where falling on the Indian trading
path, we continued along it to the landing-place opposite the town,
when hallooing and discharging our pieces, an Indian with a canoe came
presently over and conducted us to the town before dark.

On our arrival at the trading house, our chief was visited by the head
men of the town, when instantly the White King’s arrival in town was
announced: a messenger had before been sent in to prepare a feast, the
king and his retinue having killed several bears. A fire is now kindled
in the area of the public square; the royal standard was displayed, and
the drum beat to give notice to the town of the royal feast.

The ribs and the choice pieces of the three great fat bears, already
well barbecued or broiled, were brought to the banqueting house in the
square, with hot bread; and honeyed water for drink.

When the feast was over in the square (where only the chiefs and
warriors were admitted, with the white people), the chief priest,
attended by slaves, came with baskets and carried off the remainder of
the victuals &c. which was distributed amongst the families of the
town. The king then withdrew, repairing to the council house in the
square, whither the chiefs and warriors, old and young, and such of the
whites as chose, repaired also; the king, war chief, and several
ancient chiefs and warriors were seated on the royal cabins; the rest
of the head men and warriors, old and young, sat on the cabins on the
right hand of the king’s: the cabins or seats on the left, and on the
same elevation, are always assigned for the white people, Indians of
other towns, and such of their own people as choose.

Our chief, with the rest of the white people in town, took their seats
according to order: tobacco and pipes were brought, the calamut was
lighted and smoked, circulating according to the usual forms and
ceremony, and afterwards black drink conclude the feast. The king
conversed, drank cassine and associated familiarly with his people and
with us.

After the public entertainment was over, the young people began their
music and dancing in the square, whither the young of both sexes
repaired, as well as the old and middle-aged: this frolick continued
all night.

The White King of Talahasochte is a middle-aged man, of moderate
stature; and though of a lofty and majestic countenance and deportment,
yet I am convinced this dignity, which really seems graceful, is not
the effect of vain supercilious pride, for his smiling countenance and
his cheerful familarity bespeak magnanimity and benignity.

Next a council and treaty was held. They requested to have a trading
house again established in the town, assuring us that every possible
means should constantly be pursued to prevent any disturbance in future
on their part; they informed us that the murderers of M’Gee[38] and his
associates were to be put to death; that two of them were already shot,
and they were in pursuit of the other.

Our chief trader in answer, informed them that the re-establishment of
friendship and trade was the chief object of his visit, and that he was
happy to find his old friends of Talahasochte in the same good
disposition, as they ever were towards him and the white people; that
it was his with to trade with them, and that he was now come to collect
his pack-horses to bring them goods. The king and the chiefs having
been already acquainted with my business and pursuits amongst them,
received me very kindly; the king in particular complimented me, saying
that I was as one of his own children or people, and should be
protected accordingly, while I remained with them; adding, “Our whole
country is before you, where you may range about at pleasure, gather
physic plants and flowers, and every other production:” thus the treaty
terminated friendly and peaceably.

Next day early in the morning we left the town and the river, in order
to fix our encampment in the forests about twelve miles from the river;
our companions with the pack-horses went ahead to the place of
rendezvous, and our chief conducted me another way to show me a very
curious place, called the Alligator-Hole, which was lately formed by an
extraordinary eruption or jet of water. It is one of those vast
circular sinks which we beheld almost every where about us as we
traversed these forests, after we left the Alachua savanna. This
remarkable one is on the verge of a spacious meadow, the surface of the
ground round about uneven by means of gentle rising knolls: some
detached groups of rocks and large spreading Live-Oaks shade it on
every side: it is about sixty yards over, and the surface of the water
six or seven feet below the rim of the funnel or bason: the water is
transparent, cool, and pleasant to drink, and well stored with fish; a
very large alligator at present is lord or chief; many have been killed
here, but the throne is never long vacant, the vast neighbouring ponds
so abound with them.

The account that this gentleman, who was an eye-witness of the last
eruption, gave me of its first appearance; being very wonderful, I
proceed to relate what he told me whilst we were in town, which was
confirmed by the Indians, and one or more of our companions, who also
saw its progress, as well as my own observations after I came to the
ground.

This trader being near the place (before it had any visible existence
in its present appearance), about three years ago, as he was looking
for some horses which he expected to find in these parts, on a sudden,
he was astonished by an inexpressible rushing noise, like a mighty
hurricane or thunder storm; and looking round, he saw the earth
overflowed by torrents of water, which came, wave after wave, rushing
down a vale or plain very near him, which it filled with water, and
soon began to overwhelm the higher grounds, attended with a terrific
noise and tremor of the earth. Recovering from his first surprise, he
immediately resolved to proceed for the place from whence the noise
seemed to come; and soon came in sight of the incomparable fountain,
and saw, with amazement, the floods rushing upwards many feet high, and
the expanding waters, which prevailed every way, spreading themselves
far and near. He at length concluded (he said) that the fountains of
the deep were again broken up, and that an universal deluge had
commenced; and instantly turned about and fled to alarm the town, about
nine miles distance: but before he could reach it, he met several of
the inhabitants, who, already alarmed by the unusual noise, were
hurrying on towards the place; upon which he returned with the Indians,
taking their stand on an eminence to watch its progress and the event.
It continued to jet and flow in this manner for several days, forming a
large, rapid creek or river, descending and following the various
courses and windings of the valley, for the distance of seven or eight
miles, emptying itself into a vast savanna, where was a lake and sink
which received and gave vent to its waters.

The fountain, however, gradually ceased to overflow, and finally
withdrew itself beneath the common surface of the earth, leaving this
capacious bason of waters, which, though continually near full, hath
never since overflowed. There yet remains, and will, I suppose, remain
for ages, the dry bed of the river or canal, generally four, five, and
six feet below the natural surface of the land; the perpendicular,
ragged banks of which, on each side, show the different strata of the
earth, and at places, where ridges or a swelling bank crossed and
opposed its course and fury, are vast heaps of fragments of rocks,
white chalk, stones, and pebbles, which were collected and thrown into
the lateral vallies, until the main stream prevailed over and forced
them aside, overflowing the levels and meadows, for some miles distance
from the principal stream, on either side. We continued down the great
vale, along its banks, quite to the savanna and lake where it vented
itself, while its ancient subterranean channel was gradually opening,
which, I imagine, from some hidden event or cause had been choaked up,
and which, we may suppose, was the immediate cause of the eruption.

In the evening having gained our encampment, on a grassy knoll or
eminence, under the cover of spreading oaks, just by the grotto or sink
of the lake, which lay as a sparkling gem on the flowery bosom of the
ample savanna; our roving associates soon came in from ranging the
forests. We continued our encampment at this place for several days,
ranging around the delightful country to a great distance, every day’s
excursion presenting new scenes of wonder and delight.

Early in the morning our chief invited me with him on a visit to the
town, to take a final leave of the White King. We were graciously
received, and treated with the utmost civility and hospitality: there
was a noble entertainment and repast provided against our arrival,
consisting of bears ribs, venison, varieties of fish, roasted turkeys
(which they call the white man’s dish), hot corn cakes, and a very
agreeable cooling sort of jelly, which they call conte: this is
prepared from the root of the China brier (Smilax pseudo-China; Smilax
aspera, fructu nigro, radice nodosa, magna, lævi, farinacea. Sloan, tom
I. p. 31. t. 143. f. I. habit. Jamaica, Virginia, Carolina, and
Florida): they chop the roots in pieces, which are afterwards well
pounded in a wooden mortar, then being mixed with clean water, in a
tray or trough, they strain it through baskets, the sediment, which
settles to the bottom of the second vessel, is afterwards dried in the
open air, and is then a very fine reddish flour or meal: a small
quantity of this mixed with warm water and sweetened with honey, when
cool, becomes a beautiful, delicious jelly, very nourishing and
wholesome. They also mix it with fine corn flour, which being fried in
fresh bear’s oil makes very good hot cakes or fritters.

On our taking leave of the king and head men, they entreated our chief
to represent to the white people, their unfeigned desire to bury in
oblivion the late breach of amity and intermission of commerce, which
they trusted would never be reflected on the people of Talahasochte;
and, lastly, that we would speedily return with merchandize as
heretofore; all which was cheerfully consented to, assuring them their
wishes and sentiments fully coincided with ours.

The chief trader, intending to show me some remarkable barren plains,
on our return to our encampment, about noon we sat off: when we came
within sight of them, I was struck with astonishment at their dreary
appearance; the view Southerly seemed endless wastes, presenting rocky,
gravelly and sandy barren plains, producing scarcely any vegetable
substances, except a few shrubby, crooked Pine trees, growing out of
heaps of white rocks, which represented ruins of villages, planted over
the plains; with clumps of mean shrubs, which served only to perpetuate
the persecuting power and rage of fire, and to testify the aridity of
the soil. The shrubs I observed were chiefly the following, Myrica
cerifera, two or three varieties, one of which is very dwarfish, the
leaves small, yet toothed or sinuated, of a yellowish green colour,
owing to a farinaceous pubesence or vesicula which covers their
surfaces; Prinos, varieties, Andromeda ferruginea, Andr. nitida,
varieties, Rhamnus frangula, Sideroxylon fericium, Ilex aquifolium,
Ilex myrtifolium, Empetrum, Kalmia ciliata, Cassine, and a great
variety of shrub Oaks, evergreen and deciduous, some of them singularly
beautiful; Corypha repens, with a great variety of herbage,
particularly Cacalia, Prenanthus, Chrysocoma, Helianthus, Silphium,
Lobelia, Globularia, Helenium, Polygala, varieties, Clinopodium,
Cactus, various species, Euphorbia, various species, Asclepias carnosa,
very beautiful and singular, Sophora, Dianthus, Cisus, Sisymbrium,
Pedicularis, Gerardia, Lechea, Gnaphalium, Smilax sarsaparilla, Smilax
pumila, Solidago, Aster, Lupinus filifolius, Galega, Hedysarum, &c.
with various species of grasses. But there appeared vast spaces of
gravel and plains of flat rocks, just even with the surface of the
earth, which seemed entirely destitute of any vegetation, unless we may
except some different kinds of mosses of the crustaceous sorts, as
lichen, alga, &c. and coralloides. After passing several miles on the
borders of these deserts, frequently alighting on them for observation
and making collections, they at length gradually united or joined with
infinite savannas and ponds stretching beyond the sight Southerly,
parallel with the rocky barrens, being separated only by a narrow, low,
rocky ridge of open groves, consisting of low, spreading Live Oaks,
Zanthoxylon, Ilex, Sideroxylon, &c.; and here and there, standing
either in groups or alone, the pompous Palm tree, gloriously erect or
gracefully bowing towards the earth; exhibiting a most pleasing
contrast and wild Indian scene of primitive unmodified nature, ample
and magnificent. We at length came abreast of the expansive, glittering
lake, which divided the ample meadows, one end of which stretching
towards a verdant eminence, formed a little bay, which was partly
encircled by groups of white chalky rocks, shaded with Live Oaks, Bays,
Zanthoxylon and Palm trees. We turned our horses to graze in the green
lawns, whilst we traversed the groves and meadows. Here the palmated
Convolvulus trailed over the rocks, with the Hedera carnosa (fol.
quinatis inciso-serratis, perennentibus), and the fantastic Clitoria,
decorating the shrubs with garlands (Clit. caule volubili fol. ternatis
pennetisque, flor. majore cæruleo, vexillo rotundiore, siliquis
longissimis compressis.)

Soon after entering the forests, we were met in the path by a small
company of Indians, smiling and beckoning to us long before we joined
them. This was a family of Talahasochte who had been out on a hunt, and
were returning home loaded with barbecued meat, hides and honey. Their
company consisted of the man, his wife and children, well mounted on
fine horses, with a number of pack-horses. The man presently offered us
a fawn-skin of honey, which we gladly accepted, and at parting I
presented him with some fish hooks, sewing needles, &c.; for in my
travels amongst the Indians, I always furnished myself with such useful
and acceptable little articles of light carriage, for presents. We
parted and before night rejoined our companion at the Long Pond.

On our return to camp in the evening, we were saluted by a party of
young Indian warriors, who had pitched their camp on a green eminence
near the lake, and at a small distance from our camp, under a little
grove of Oaks and Palms. This company consisted of seven young
Siminoles, under the conduct of a young prince or chief of
Talahasochte, a town southward on the isthmus. They were all dressed
and painted with singular elegance, and richly ornamented with silver
plates, chains, &c. after the Siminole mode, with waving plumes of
feathers on their crests. On our coming up to them, they arose and
shook hands; we alighted and sat a while with them by their cheerful
fire.

The young prince informed our chief that he was in pursuit of a young
fellow, who had fled from the town, carrying off with him one of his
favourite young wives or concubines. He said merrily, he would have the
ears of both of them before he returned. He was rather above the middle
stature, and the most perfect human figure I ever saw; of an amiable
engaging countenance, air and deportment; free and familiar in
conversation, yet retaining a becoming gracefulness and dignity. We
arose, took leave of them, and crossed a little vale covered with a
charming green turf, already illumined by the soft light of the full
moon.

Soon after joining our companions at camp, our neighbours, the prince
and his associates paid us a visit. We treated them with the best fare
we had, having till this time preserved some of our spirituous liquors.
They left us with perfect cordiality and cheerfulness, wishing us a
good repose, and retired to their own camp. Having a band of music with
them, consisting of a drum, flutes, and a rattle gourd, they
entertained us during the night with their music, vocal and
instrumental.

There is a languishing softness and melancholy air in the Indian
convivial songs, especially of the amorous class, irresistibly moving,
attractive, and exquisitely pleasing, especially in these solitary
recesses, when all nature is silent.

Behold how gracious and beneficent smiles the roseate morn! Now the sun
arises and fills the plains with light; his glories appear on the
forests, encompassing the meadows, and gild the top of the terebinthine
Pine and exalted Palms, now gently rustling by the pressure of the
waking breezes: the music of the seraphic cranes resounds in the skies;
in separate squadrons they sail, encircling their precincts, slowly
descend beating the dense air, and alight on the green dewy verge of
the expansive lake; its surface yet smoking with the grey ascending
mists, which, condensed aloft in clouds of vapour, are born away by the
morning breezes, and at last gradually vanish on the distant horizon.
All nature awakes to life and activity.

The ground, during our progress this morning, every where about us
presenting to view those funnels, sinks and wells in groups of rocks,
amidst the groves, as already recited.

Near our next encampment one more conspicuous than I had elsewhere
observed presenting itself, I took occasion from this favourable
circumstance of observing them in all their variety of appearances. Its
outer superficial margin being fifty or sixty yards over, which equally
and uniformly on every side sloped downwards towards the centre: on one
side of it was a considerable path-way or road leading down to the
water, worn by the frequent resort of wild creatures for drink, when
the waters were risen even or above the rocky bed, but at this time
they were sunk many yards below the surface of the earth. We descended
first to the bed of rocks, which was perforated with perpendicular
tubes, exactly like a walled well, four, five, or six feet in diameter,
and may be compared to cells in an honeycomb, through which appeared
the water at bottom: many of these were broken or worn one into
another, forming one vast well with uneven walls, consisting of
projecting jams, pilasters, or buttresses and excavated semicircular
niches, as if a piece were taken out of an honey-comb: the bed of rocks
is from fifteen to twenty feet deep or in thickness, though not of one
solid mass, but of many, generally horizontal laminæ, or strata, of
various thickness, from eighteen inches to two or three feet, which
admit water to weep through, trickling down, drop after drop, or
chasing each other in winding little rills down to the bottom. One side
of the vast cool grotto was so shattered and broken in, I thought it
possible to descend down to the water at bottom; and my companion
assuring me that the Indians and traders frequently go down for drink,
encouraged me to make the attempt, as he agreed to accompany me.

Having provided ourselves with a long snagged sapling, called an Indian
ladder, and each of us a pole, by the assistance of these we both
descended safely to the bottom, which we found nearly level, and not
quite covered over with water; on one side was a bed of gravel and
fragments of rocks or stones, and on the other a pool of water near two
feet deep, which moved with a slow current under the walls on a bed of
clay and gravel.

After our return to the surface of the earth, I again ranged about the
groves and grottos, examining a multitude of them. Being on the margin
of one in the open forest, and observing some curious vegetable
productions growing on the side of the sloping funnel towards its
centre, the surface of the ground covered with grass and herbage;
unapprehensive of danger, I descended precipitately towards the group
of shrubs; when I was surprised and providentially stopped in my
career, at the ground sounding hollow under my feet; and observing
chasms through the ground, I quickly drew back, and returning again
with a pole with which I beat in the earth, to my astonishment and
dread appeared the mouth of a well through the rocks, and I observed
the water glimmering at the bottom. Being wearied with excursions, we
returned to our pleasant situation on the verge of the lawn.

Next day we set off on our return to the lower trading-house, proposing
to encamp at a savanna, about twelve miles distance from this, where we
were to halt again and stay a day or two, in order to collect together
another party of horses, which had been stationed about that range. The
young wild horses often breaking from the company, rendered our
progress slow and troublesome; we however arrived at the appointed
place long before night.

I had an opportunity this day of collecting a variety of specimens and
seeds of vegetables, some of which appeared new to me, particularly
Sophora, Cistus, Tradescantia, Hypoxis, Iatropa, Gerardia, Pedicularis,
Mimosa sensitiva, Helonias, Melanthium, Lilium, Aletris, Agave, Cactus,
Zamia, Empetrum, Erythryna, Echium, &c.

Next day, the people being again engaged in their business of ranging
the forests and plains, in search of their horses, I accompanied them,
and in our rambles we again visited the great savanna and lake, called
the Long Pond: the lake is nearly in the middle of the spacious lawn,
of an oblong form; above two miles wide and seven in length; one end
approaching the high green banks adjoining the forests, where there is
an enchanting grove and grotto of pellucid waters, inhabited with
multitudes of fish, continually ascending and descending through the
clean, white rocks, sloping from the green verged shore, by gradual
steps, from smooth, flat pavements washed by the swelling undulations
of the waters.

Arrived in the evening at camp, where we found the rest of our
companions busily employed in securing the young freakish horses. The
next day was employed in like manner, breaking and tutoring the young
steeds to their duty. The day following we took a final leave of this
land of meadows, lakes, groves and grottos, directing our course for
the trading path. Having traversed a country, in appearance, little
differing from the region lying upon Little St. Juan, we gained about
twelve miles on our way; and in the evening encamped on a narrow ridge,
dividing two savannas from each other, near the edge of a deep pond;
here our people made a large pen or pound to secure their wild horses
during the night. There was a little hommock or islet containing a few
acres of high ground, at some distance from the shore, in the drowned
savanna, almost every tree of which was loaded with nests of various
tribes of water fowl, as ardea alba, ar. violacea, ar. cerulea, ar.
stellaris cristate, ar. stellaris maxima, ar. virescens, colymbus,
tantalus, mergus and others; these nests were all alive with young,
generally almost full grown, not yet fledged, but covered with whitish
or cream-coloured soft down. We visited this bird isle, and some of our
people taking sticks or poles with them, soon beat down and loaded
themselves with these squabs, and returned to camp; they were almost a
lump of fat, and made us a rich supper; some we roasted, and made
others into a pilloe with rice: most of them, except the bitterns and
tantali, were so excessively fishy in taste and smell, I could not
relish them. It is incredible what prodigious numbers there were, old
and young, on this little islet; and the confused noise which they kept
up continually, the young crying for food incessantly, even whilst in
their throats, and the old alarmed and displeased at our near
residence, and the depredations we had made upon them; their various
languages, cries, and fluttering caused an inexpressible uproar, like a
public fair or market in a populous trading city, when suddenly
surprised by some unexpected calamitous event.

About midnight, having fallen asleep, I was awakened and greatly
surprised at finding most of my companions up in arms, and furiously
engaged with a large alligator but a few yards from me. One of our
company, it seems, awoke in the night, and perceived the monster within
a few paces of the camp; when giving the alarm to the rest, they
readily came to his assistance, for it was a rare piece of sport. Some
took fire-brands and cast them at his head, whilst others formed
javelins of saplins, pointed and hardened with fire; these they thrust
down his throat into his bowels, which caused the monster to roar and
bellow hideously, but his strength and fury were so great, that he
easily wrenched or twisted them out of their hands, and wielding and
brandishing them about, kept his enemies at distance for a time. Some
were for putting an end to his life and sufferings with a rifle ball,
but the majority thought this would too soon deprive them of the
diversion and pleasure of exercising their various inventions of
torture: they at length however grew tired, and agreed in one opinion,
that he had suffered sufficiently; and put an end to his existence.
This crocodile was about twelve feet in length: we supposed that he had
been allured by the fishy scent of our birds, and encouraged to
undertake and pursue this hazardous adventure which cost him his life.
This, with other instances already recited, may be sufficient to prove
the intrepidity and subtilty of those voracious, formidable animals.

We sat off early next morning, and soon after falling into the trading
path, accomplished about twenty miles of our journey; and in the
evening encamped as usual, near the banks of savannas and ponds, for
the benefit of water and accommodations of pasture for our creatures.
Next day we passed over part of the great and beautiful Alachua
Savanna, whose exuberant green meadows, with the fertile hills which
immediately encircle it, would, if peopled and cultivated after the
manner of the civilized countries of Europe, without crowding or
incommoding families, at a moderate estimation, accommodate in the
happiest manner above one hundred thousand human inhabitants, besides
millions of domestic animals; and I make no doubt this place will at
some future day be one of the most populous and delightful seats on
earth.

We came to camp in the evening, on the banks of a creek but a few miles
distance from Cuscowilla; and two days more moderate travelling brought
us safe back again to the lower trading-house, on St. Juan, having been
blessed with health and a prosperous journey.

On my arrival at the stores, I was happy to find all well as we had
left them; and our bringing with us friendly talks from the Siminole
towns, and the Nation likewise, completed the hopes and wishes of the
trading company, with respect to their commercial concerns with the
Indians, which, as the cheering light of the sun-beams after a dark
tempestuous night, diffused joy and conviviality throughout the little
community, where were a number of men with their families, who had been
put out of employment and subsistence, anxiously waiting the happy
event.

 [34] Grus p.

 [35] Trichecus manatus. Sea cow.

 [36] Cane meadows, so called by the inhabitants of Carolina, &c.

 [37] Zea

 [38] M’Gee was the leader of a family of white people from Georgia,
 destined across the isthmus, to the Mobile river; they travelled on
 horseback as far as this town, where they procured canoes of the
 Indians, continuing their travels, descending the river and coasting
 the main S. W.; but at night, when on shore, hunting provisions, their
 camp was surprised and attacked by a predatory band of Indians, who
 flew M’Gee and the rest of the men, and carried off the plunder and a
 woman to their towns.




CHAPTER VIII.


As a loading could not be procured until late in the autumn, for the
schooner that was to return to Georgia, this circumstance allowed me
time and opportunity to continue my excursions in this land of flowers,
as well as at the same time to augment my collections of seeds, growing
roots, &c.

I resolved upon another little voyage up the river; and after resting a
few days and refitting my bark, I got on board the necessary stores,
and furnishing myself with boxes to plant roots in, with my fusee,
ammunition and fishing tackle, I set sail, and in the evening arrived
at Mount Royal. Next morning, being moderately calm and serene, I set
sail with a gentle leading breeze, which delightfully wafted me across
the lake to the west coast, landing on an airy, sandy beach, a
pleasant, cool situation, where I passed the night, but not without
frequent attacks from the musquitoes; and next day visited the Great
Springs, where I remained until the succeeding day, increasing my
collections of specimens, seeds and roots; and then recrossed the lake
to the eastern shore. This shore is generally bolder and more rocky
than the western, it being exposed to the lash of the surf, occasioned
by the W. and N.W. winds, which are brisk and constant from nine or ten
o’clock in the morning till towards midnight, almost the year round;
though the S. winds are considerable in the spring, and by short
intervals during the summer and winter; and the N.E. though sometimes
very violent in the spring and autumn, does not continue long. The day
was employed in coasting slowly, and making collections. In the evening
I made a harbour under cover of a long point of flat rocks, which
defended the mole from the surf. Having safely moored my bark, and
chosen my camping ground just by, during the fine evening I
reconnoitred the adjacent groves and lawns. Here is a deserted
plantation, the property of Dr. Stork, where he once resided. I
observed many lovely shrubs and plants in the old fields and Orange
groves, particularly several species of Convolvulus and Ipomea, the
former having very large, white, sweet scented flowers: they are great
ramblers, climbing and strolling on the shrubs and hedges. Next morning
I re-embarked, and continued traversing the bold coast north-eastward,
and searching the shores at all convenient landings, where I was amply
rewarded for my assiduity in the society of beauties in the blooming
realms of Florida. Came to again, at an old deserted plantation, the
property of a British gentleman, but some years since vacated. A very
spacious frame building was settling to the ground and mouldering to
earth. Here are very extensive old fields, where were growing the
West-Indian or perennial Cotton and Indigo, which had been cultivated
here, and some scattered remains of the ancient orange groves, which
had been left standing at the clearing of the plantation.

I have often been affected with extreme regret, at beholding the
destruction and devastation which has been committed, or indiscreetly
exercised on those extensive, fruitful Orange groves, on the banks of
St. Juan, by the new planters under the British government, some
hundred acres of which, at a single plantation, have been entirely
destroyed, to make room for the Indigo, Cotton, Corn, Batatas, &c. or,
as they say, to extirpate the musquitoes, alledging that groves near
their dwellings are haunts and shelters for those persecuting insects.
Some plantations have not a single tree standing; and where any have
been left, it is only a small coppice or clump, nakedly exposed and
destitute; perhaps fifty or an hundred trees standing near the
dwelling-house, having no lofty cool grove of expensive Live Oaks,
Laurel Magnolias, and Palms, to shade and protect them, exhibiting a
mournful, sallow countenance; their native perfectly formed and glossy
green foliage as if violated, defaced, and torn to pieces by the bleak
winds, scorched by the burning sun-beams in summer, and chilled by the
winter frosts.

In the evening I took up my quarters in the beautiful isle in sight of
Mount Royal. Next day, after collecting what was new and worthy of
particular notice, I set sail again, and called by the way at Mount
Royal. In the evening arrived safe at the stores, bringing along with
me valuable collections.




CHAPTER IX.


At the trading-house I found a very large party of the Lower Creeks
encamped in a grove, just without the pallisadoes. This was a predatory
band of the Siminoles, consisting of about forty warriors destined
against the Chactaws of West Florida. They had just arrived here from
St. Augustine, where they had been with a large troop of horses for
sale, and furnished themselves with a very liberal supply of spirituous
liquors, about twenty kegs, each containing five gallons.

These sons of Mars had the continence and fortitude to withstand the
temptation of even tasting a drop of it until their arrival here, where
they purposed to supply themselves with necessary articles to equip
them for the expedition, and proceed on directly; but here meeting with
our young traders and pack-horse men, they were soon prevailed on to
broach their beloved nectar; which in the end caused some disturbance,
and the consumption of most of their liquor; for after they had once
got a smack of it, they never were sober for ten days, and by that time
there was but little left.

In a few days this festival exhibited one of the most ludicrous
bachanalian scenes that is possible to be conceived. White and red men
and women without distinction, passed the day merrily with these
jovial, amorous topers, and the nights in convivial songs, dances, and
sacrifices to Venus, as long as they could stand or move; for in these
frolicks both sexes take those liberties with each other, and act,
without constraint or shame, such scenes as they would abhor when sober
or in their senses; and would endanger their ears and even their lives;
but at last their liquor running low, and being most of them sick
through intoxication, they became more sober; and now the dejected
lifeless sots would pawn every thing they were in possession of, for a
mouthful of spirits to settle their stomachs, as they termed it. This
was the time for the wenches to make their market, as they had the
fortitude and subtilty by dissimulation and artifice to save their
share of the liquor during the frolick, and that by a very singular
stratagem; for, at these riots, every fellow who joins in the club, has
his own quart bottle of rum in his hand, holding it by the neck so
sure, that he never loses hold of it day or night, drunk or sober, as
long as the frolick continues; and with this, his beloved friend, he
roves about continually, singing, roaring, and reeling to and fro,
either alone, or arm in arm with a brother toper, presenting his bottle
to every one, offering a drink; and is sure to meet his beloved female
if he can, whom he complaisantly begs to drink with him. But the modest
fair, veiling her face in a mantle, refuses, at the beginning of the
frolick; but he presses and at last insists. She being furnished with
an empty bottle, concealed in her mantle, at last consents, and taking
a good long draught, blushes, drops her pretty face on her bosom, and
artfully discharges the rum into her bottle, and by repeating this
artifice soon fills it; this she privately conveys to her secret store,
and then returns to the jovial game, and so on during the festival; and
when the comic farce is over, the wench retails this precious cordial
to them at her own price.

There were a few of the chiefs, particularly the Long Warrior their
leader, who had the prudence and fortitude to resist the alluring
temptation during the whole farce; but though he was a powerful chief,
a king and a very cunning man, he was not able to controul these
madmen, although he was acknowledged by the Indians to have communion
with powerful invisible beings or spirits, and on that account esteemed
worthy of homage and great respect.

After the Indians became sober, they began to prepare for their
departure. In the morning early the Long Warrior and chiefs sent a
messenger to Mr. M’Latche, desiring to have a talk with him upon
matters of moment; accordingly, about noon they arrived. The conference
was held in the piazza of the council house: the Long Warrior and
chiefs who attended him took their seats upon a long bench adjoining
the side or front of the house, reaching the whole length of it, on one
hand; and the principal white traders on the other, all on the same
seat. I was admitted at this conference; Mr. M’Latche and the Long
Warrior sat next to each other; my late companion, the old trader, and
myself sat next to him.

The Long Warrior spake, saying, that he and his companions were going
to fight their enemies the Chactaws; and that some of his associates
being in want of blankets, shirts, and some other articles, they
declined supplying themselves with them at St. Augustine, because they
had rather stick close to their old friend Mr. Spalding, and bring
their buckskins, furs and other produce of their country (which they
knew were acceptable) to his trading house, to purchase what they
wanted. But not having the skins, &c. with them to pay for such things
as they had occasion for, they doubted not, but that on their return,
they should bring with them sufficient not only to pay their debts,
about to be contracted, but be able to make other considerable
purchases, as the principal object of this expedition was hunting on
the plentiful borders of the Chactaws. Mr. M’Latche hesitating, and
expressing some dissatisfaction at his request, particularly at the
length of time and great uncertainty of obtaining pay for the goods;
and moreover his being only an agent for Messrs. Spalding and Co. and
the magnitude and unprecedented terms of the Long Warrior’s demands;
required the company’s assent and directions before he could comply
with their request.

This answer displeased the Indian chief, and I observed great agitation
and tumult in his passions, from his actions, hurry and rapidity of
speech and expression. The old interpreter who sat by asked me if I
fully understood the debate; I answered that I apprehended the Long
Warrior was displeased, he told me he was so, and then recapitulated
what had been said respecting his questions, and Mr. M’Latche’s answer;
adding that upon his hesitation he immediately replied, in seeming
disgust and great expressions of anger, “Do you presume to refuse me
credit? certainly you know who I am, and what power I have: but perhaps
you do not know, that if the matter required it, and I pleased, I could
command and cause the terrible thunder[39] now rolling in the skies
above, to descend upon your head, in rapid fiery shafts, and lay you
prostrate at my feet, and consume your stores, turning them instantly
into dust and ashes.” Mr. M’Latche calmly replied, that he was fully
sensible that the Long Warrior was a great man, a powerful chief of the
bands of the respectable Siminoles, that his name was terrible to his
enemies, but still he doubted if any man upon earth had such power, but
rather believed that thunder and lightning were under the direction of
the Great Spirit; but however, since we are not disposed to deny your
power, supernatural influence and intercourse with the elements and
spiritual agents, or withhold the respect and homage due to so great a
prince of the Siminoles, friends and allies to the white people; if you
think fit now, in the presence of us all here, command and cause yon
terrible thunder, with its rapid fiery shafts, to descend upon the top
of that Live Oak[40] in front of us, rend it in pieces, scatter his
brawny limbs on the earth and consume them to ashes before our eyes, we
will then own your supernatural power, and dread your displeasure.

After some silence the prince became more calm and easy; and returned
for answer, that recollecting the former friendship and good
understanding which had ever subsisted betwixt the white people and red
people of the Siminole bands, and in particular, the many acts of
friendship and kindness received from Mr. M’Latche, he would overlook
this affront; he acknowledged his reasoning and expostulations to be
just and manly, that he should suppress his resentment, and withhold
his power and vengeance at present. Mr. M’Latche concluded by saying,
that he was not in the least intimidated by his threats of destroying
him with thunder and lightning, neither was he disposed in any manner
to displease the Siminoles, and should certainly comply with his
requisitions, as far as he could proceed without the advice and
directions of the company; and finally agreed to supply him and his
followers with such things as they stood most in need of, such as
shirts, blankets and some paints, one half to be paid for directly, and
the remainder to stand on credit until their return from the
expedition. This determination entirely satisfied the Indians. We broke
up the conference in perfect amity and good humour, and they returned
to their camp and in the evening, ratified it with feasting and
dancing, which continued all next day with tolerable decorum. An
occurrence happened this day, by which I had an opportunity of
observing their extraordinary veneration or dread of the rattle snake.
I was in the forenoon busy in my apartment in the council-house,
drawing some curious flowers; when, on a sudden, my attention was taken
off by a tumult without, at the Indian camp. I stepped to the door
opening to the piazza, where I met my friend the old interpreter, who
informed me that there was a very large rattle snake in the Indian
camp, which had taken possession of it, having driven the men, women
and children out, and he heard them saying that they would send for
Puc-Puggy (for that was the name which they had given me, signifying
the Flower Hunter) to kill him or take him out of their camp. I
answered that I desired to have nothing to do with him, apprehending
some disagreeable consequences; and desired that the Indians might be
acquainted that I was engaged in business that required application and
quiet, and was determined to avoid it if possible. My old friend turned
about to carry my answer to the Indians. I presently heard them
approaching and calling for Puc-Puggy. Starting up to escape from their
sight by a back door, a party consisting of three young fellows, richly
dressed and ornamented, stepped in, and with a countenance and action
of noble simplicity, amity and complaisance, requested me to accompany
them to their encampment. I desired them to excuse me at this time;
they plead and entreated me to go with them, in order to free them from
a great rattle snake which had entered their camp; that none of them
had freedom or courage to expel him; and understanding that it was my
pleasure to collect all their animals and other natural productions of
their land, desired that I would come with them and take him away, that
I was welcome to him. I at length consented and attended on them to
their encampment, where I beheld the Indians greatly disturbed indeed;
the men with sticks and tomahawks, and the women and children collected
together at a distance in affright and trepidation, whilst the dreaded
and revered serpent leisurely traversed their camp, visiting the
fire-places from one to another, picking up fragments of their
provisions, and licking their platters. The men gathered around me,
exciting me to remove him: being armed with a lightwood knot, I
approached the reptile, who instantly collected himself in a vast coil
(their attitude of defence) I cast my missile weapon at him, which
luckily taking his head, dispatched him instantly, and laid him
trembling at my feet. I took out my knife, severed his head from his
body, then turning about, the Indians complimented me with every
demonstration of satisfaction and approbation for my heroism, and
friendship for them. I carried off the head of the serpent bleeding in
my hand as a trophy of victory; and taking out the mortal fangs,
deposited them carefully amongst my collections. I had not been long
retired to my apartment, before I was again roused from it by a tumult
in the yard; and hearing Puc-Puggy called on, I started up, when
instantly the old interpreter met me again, and told me the Indians
were approaching in order to scratch me. I asked him for what? he
answered for killing the rattle snake within their camp. Before I could
make any reply or effect my escape, three young fellows singing, arm in
arm, came up to me. I observed one of the three was a young prince who
had, on my first interview with him, declared himself my friend and
protector, when he told me that if ever occasion should offer in his
presence, he would risk his life to defend mine or my property. This
young champion stood by his two associates, one on each side of him:
the two affecting a countenance and air of displeasure and importance,
instantly presenting their scratching instruments, and flourishing
them, spoke boldly, and said that I was too heroic and violent, that it
would be good for me to lose some of my blood to make me more mild and
tame, and for that purpose they were come to scratch me. They gave me
no time to expostulate or reply, but attempted to lay hold on me, which
I resisted; and my friend, the young prince, interposed and pushed them
off, saying that I was a brave warrior and his friend; that they should
not insult me; when instantly they altered their countenance and
behaviour: they all whooped in chorus, took me friendly by the hand,
clapped me on the shoulder, and laid their hands on their breasts in
token of sincere friendship, and laughing aloud, said I was a sincere
friend to the Siminoles, a worthy and brave warrior, and that no one
should hereafter attempt to injure me. They then all three joined arm
in arm again and went off, shouting and proclaiming Puc-Puggy was their
friend, &c. Thus it seemed that the whole was a ludicrous farce to
satisfy their people, and appease the manes[41] of the dead rattle
snake.

The next day was employed by the Indians in preparations for their
departure, such as taking up their goods from the trading house,
collecting together their horses, making up their packs, &c. and the
evening joyfully spent in songs and dances. The succeeding morning,
after exhibiting the war farce, they decamped, proceeding on their
expedition against their enemy.

 [39] It thundered, lightened, and rained in a violent manner during
 these debates.

 [40] A large ancient Live Oak stood in the yard about fifty yards
 distant.

 [41] These people never kill the rattle snake or any other serpent,
 saying if they do so, the spirit of the killed snake will excite or
 influence his living kindred or relatives to revenge the injury or
 violence done to him when alive.




CHAPTER X.


But let us again resume the subject of the rattle snake; a wonderful
creature, when we consider his form, nature, and disposition. It is
certain that he is capable by a puncture or scratch of one of his
fangs, not only to kill the largest animal in America, and that in a
few minutes time, but to turn the whole body into corruption; but such
is the nature of this dreaded reptile, that he cannot run or creep
faster than a man or child can walk, and he is never known to strike
until he is first assaulted or fears himself in danger, and even then
always gives the earliest warning by the rattles at the extremity of
his tail. I have in the course of my travels in the Southern states
(where they are the largest, most numerous and supposed to be the most
venemous and vindictive) stept unknowingly so close as almost to touch
one of them with my feet, and when I perceived him he was already drawn
up in circular coils ready for a blow. But, however incredible it may
appear, the generous, I may say magnanimous creature lay as still and
motionless as if inanimate, his head crouched in, his eyes almost shut.
I precipitately withdrew, unless when I have been so shocked with
surprise and horror as to be in a manner rivetted to the spot, for a
short time not having strength to go away; when he often slowly extends
himself and quietly moves off in a direct line, unless pursued, when he
erects his tail as far as the rattles extend, and gives the warning
alarm by intervals. But if you pursue and overtake him with a show of
enmity, he instantly throws himself into the spiral coil; his tail by
the rapidity of its motion appears like a vapour, making a quick
tremulous sound; his whole body swells through rage, continually rising
and falling as a bellows; his beautiful particoloured skin becomes
speckled and rough by dilatation; his head and neck are flattened, his
cheeks swollen and his lips constricted, discovering his mortal fangs;
his eyes red as burning coals, and his brandishing forked tongue of the
colour of the hottest flame, continually menaces death and destruction,
yet never strikes unless sure of his mark.

The rattle snake is the largest serpent yet known to exist in North
America. I have heard of their having been seen formerly, at the first
settling of Georgia, seven, eight, and even ten feet in length, and six
or eight inches diameter; but there are none of that size now to be
seen; yet I have seen them above six feet in length, and about six
inches in thickness, or as large as a man’s leg, but their general size
is four, five, and six feet in length. They are supposed to have the
power of fascination in an eminent degree, so as to inthral their prey.
It is generally believed that they charm birds, rabbits, squirrels and
other animals, and by stedfastly looking at them possess them with
infatuation: be the cause what it may, the miserable creatures
undoubtedly strive by every possible means to escape, but alas! their
endeavours are in vain, they at last lose the power of resistance, and
flutter or move slowly, but reluctantly towards the yawning jaws of
their devourers, and creep into their mouths, or lie down and suffer
themselves to be taken and swallowed.

Since, within the circle of my acquaintance, I am known to be an
advocate or vindicator of the benevolent and peaceable disposition of
animal creation in general, not only towards mankind, whom they seem to
venerate, but also towards one another, except where hunger or the
rational and necessary provocations of the sensual appetites interfere.
I shall mention a few instances, amongst many, which I have had an
opportunity of remarking during my travels, particularly with regard to
the animal I have been treating of. I shall strictly confine myself to
facts.

When on the sea coast of Georgia, I consented, with a few friends, to
make a party of amusement at fishing and fowling on Sapello, one of the
sea coast islands. We accordingly descended the Alatamaha, crossed the
sound and landed on the North end of the island, near the inlet, fixing
our encampment at a pleasant situation, under the shade of a grove of
Live Oaks and Laurels[42], on the high banks of a creek which we
ascended, winding through a salt marsh, which had its source from a
swamp and savanna in the island: our situation elevated and open,
commanded a comprehensive landscape; the great ocean, the foaming surf
breaking on the sandy beach, the snowy breakers on the bar, the endless
chain of islands, checkered sound and high continent all appearing
before us. The diverting toils of the day were not fruitless, affording
us opportunities of furnishing ourselves plentifully with a variety of
game, fish and oysters for our supper.

About two hundred yards from our camp was a cool spring, amidst a grove
of the odoriferous Myrica: the winding path to this salubrious fountain
led through a grassy savanna. I visited the spring several times in the
night, but little did I know, or any of my careless drowsy companions,
that every time we visited the fountain we were in imminent danger, as
I am going to relate. Early in the morning, excited by unconquerable
thirst, I arose and went to the spring; and having, thoughtless of harm
or danger, nearly half past the dewy vale, along the serpentine
foot-path, my hasty steps were suddenly stopped by the sight of a
hideous serpent, the formidable rattle snake, in a high spiral coil,
forming a circular mound half the height of my knees, within six inches
of the narrow path. As soon as I recovered my senses and strength from
so sudden a surprise, I started back out of his reach, where I stood to
view him: he lay quiet whilst I surveyed him, appearing no way
surprised or disturbed, but kept his half-shut eyes fixed on me. My
imagination and spirits were in a tumult, almost equally divided
betwixt thanksgiving to the Supreme Creator and Preserver, and the
dignified nature of the generous though terrible creature, who had
suffered us all to pass many times by him during the night, without
injuring us in the least, although we must have touched him, or our
steps guided therefrom by a supreme guardian spirit. I hastened back to
acquaint my associates, but with a determination to protect the life of
the generous serpent. I presently brought my companions to the place,
who were, beyond expression, surprised and terrified at the sight of
the animal, and in a moment acknowledged their escape from destruction
to be miraculous; and I am proud to assert, that all of us, except one
person, agreed to let him lie undisturbed, and that person was at
length prevailed upon to suffer him to escape.

Again, when in my youth, attending my father on a journey to the
Catskill Mountains, in the government of New-York; having nearly
ascended the peak of Giliad, being youthful and vigorous in the pursuit
of botanical and novel objects, I had gained the summit of a steep
rocky precipice, ahead of our guide; when just entering a shady vale, I
saw, at the root of a small shrub, a singular and beautiful appearance,
which I remember to have instantly apprehended to be a large kind of
Fungus which we call Jews ears, and was just drawing back my foot to
kick it over, when at the instant, my father being near, cried out, “A
rattle snake my son!” and jerked me back, which probably saved my life.
I had never before seen one. This was of the kind which our guide
called a yellow one, it was very beautiful, speckled and clouded. My
father plead for his life, but our guide was inexorable, saying he
never spared the life of a rattle snake, and killed him; my father took
his skin and fangs.

Some years after this, when again in company with my father on a
journey into East Florida, on the banks of St. Juan, at Fort Picolata,
attending the congress at a treaty between that government and the
Creek Nation, for obtaining a territory from that people to annex to
the new government; after the Indians and a detachment from the
garrison of St. Augustine had arrived and encamped separately, near the
fort, some days elapsed before the business of the treaty came on,
waiting the arrival of a vessel from St. Augustine, on board of which
were the presents for the Indians. My father employed this time of
leisure in little excursions round about the fort; and one morning,
being the day the treaty commenced, I attended him on a botanical
excursion. Some time after we had been rambling in a swamp about a
quarter of a mile from the camp, I being ahead a few paces, my father
bid me observe the rattle snake before and just at my feet. I stopped
and saw the monster formed in a high spiral coil, not half his length
from my feet: another step forward would have put my life in his power,
as I must have touched if not stumbled over him. The fright and
perturbation of my spirits at once excited resentment; at that time I
was entirely insensible to gratitude or mercy. I instantly cut off a
little sapling, and soon dispatched him: this serpent was about six
feet in length, and as thick as an ordinary man’s leg. The rencounter
deterred us from proceeding on our researches for that day. So I cut
off a long tough withe or vine, which fastening round the neck of the
slain serpent, I dragged him after me, his scaly body sounding over the
ground, and entering the camp with him in triumph, was soon surrounded
by the amazed multitude, both Indians and my countrymen. The adventure
soon reached the ears of the commander, who sent an officer to request
that, if the snake had not bit himself, he might have him served up for
his dinner. I readily delivered up the body of the snake to the cooks,
and being that day invited to dine at the governor’s table, saw the
snake served up in several dishes; governor Grant being fond of the
flesh of the rattle snake. I tasted of it, but could not swallow it. I,
however, was sorry after killing the serpent, when cooly recollecting
every circumstance. He certainly had it in his power to kill me almost
instantly, and I make no doubt but that he was conscious of it. I
promised myself that I would never again be accessary to the death of a
rattle snake, which promise I have invaribly kept to. This dreaded
animal is easily killed; a stick no thicker than a man’s thumb is
sufficient to kill the largest at one stroke, if well directed, either
on the head or across the back; nor can they make their escape by
running off, nor indeed do they attempt it when attacked.

The moccasin snake is a large and horrid serpent to all appearance, and
there are very terrifying stories related of him by the inhabitants of
the Southern states, where they greatly abound, particularly in East
Florida: that their bite is always incurable, the flesh for a
considerable space about the wound rotting to the bone, which then
becomes carious and a general mortification ensues, which infallibly
destroys the patient; the members of the body rotting and dying by
piecemeal: and that there is no remedy to prevent a lingering miserable
death but by immediately cutting away the flesh to the bone, for some
distance round about the wound. In shape and proportion of parts they
much resemble the rattle snake, and are marked or clouded much after
the same manner, but their colours more dull and obscure; and in their
disposition seem to agree with that dreaded reptile, being slow of
progression, and throwing themselves in a spiral coil ready for a blow
when attacked. They have one peculiar quality, which is this, when
discovered, and observing their enemy to take notice of them, after
throwing themselves in a coil, they gradually raise their upper
mandible or jaw until it falls back nearly touching their neck, at the
same time slowly vibrating their long purple forked tongue, their
crooked poisonous fangs directed right at you, which gives the creature
a most terrifying appearance. They are from three to four and even five
feet in length, and as thick as a man’s leg; they are not numerous, yet
too common, and a sufficient terror to the miserable naked slaves, who
are compelled to labour in the swamps and low lands where only they
abound.

I never could find any that knew an instance of any person’s losing
their life from the bite of them, only by hearsay. Yet I am convinced
it is highly prudent for every person to be on their guard against
them. They appear to be of the viper tribe, from their swelling of
their body and flattening their neck when provoked, and from their
large poisonous fangs: their head, mouth and eyes are remarkably large.

There is another snake in Carolina and Florida called the moccasin,
very different from this, which is a very beautiful creature, and I
believe not of a destructive or vindictive nature. These when grown to
their greatest size are about five feet in length, and near as thick as
a man’s arm; their skin scaly but smooth and shining, of a pale grey
and sky colour ground, uniformly marked with transverse undulatory
ringlets or blotches of a deep nut brown, edged with red or bright
Spanish brown. They appear innocent, very active and swift,
endeavouring to escape from one; they have no poisonous fangs. These
are seen in high forest lands, about rotten logs or decayed fallen
limbs of trees, and they harbour about old log buildings. They seem to
be a species, if not the very same snake which in Pennsylvania and
Virginia is called the wampom snake; but here in warmer Southern climes
they grow to a much larger size, and from the same accident their
colour may be more variable and deeper. They are by the inhabitants
asserted to be dangerously venemous, their bite incurable, &c. But as I
could never learn an instance of their bite being mortal, or attended
with any dangerous consequence, and have had frequent opportunities of
observing their nature and disposition, I am inclined to pronounce them
an innocent creature, with respect to mankind.

The bastard rattle snake, by some called ground rattle snake, is a
dangerous little creature: their bite is certainly mortal if present
medical relief is not administered: they seem to be much of the nature
of the asp or adder of the old world.

This little viper is in form and colour much like the rattle snake, but
not so bright and uniformly marked: their head is broader and shorter
in proportion to the other parts of their body: their nose prominent
and turned upwards: their tail becomes suddenly small from the vent to
the extremity, which terminates with three minute articulations,
resembling rattles: when irritated they turn up their tail, which
vibrates so quick as to appear like a mist or vapour, but causes little
or no sound or noise; yet it is the common report of the inhabitants,
that they cause that remarkable vehement noise, so frequently observed
in forests in the heat of summer and autumn, very terrifying to
strangers, which is, probably, caused by a very sable small insect of
the genus cicadae, or which are called locusts in America; yet it is
possible I may be mistaken in this conjecture. This dangerous viper is
from eight to ten inches in length, and of proportionable thickness.
They are spiteful, snappish creatures; throwing themselves into a
little coil, they swell and flatten themselves, continually darting out
their head, and they seem capable of springing beyond their length.
They seem destitute of the pacific disposition and magnanimity of the
rattle snake, and are unworthy of an alliance with him. No man ever
saves their lives, yet they remain too numerous, even in the oldest
settled parts of the country.

The green snake is a beautiful innocent creature: they are from two to
three feet in length, but not so thick as a person’s little finger; of
the finest green colour. They are very abundant, commonly seen on the
limbs of trees and shrubs: they prey upon insects and reptiles,
particularly the little green chameleon; and the forked tailed hawk or
kite feeds on both of them, snatching them off the boughs of the trees.

The ribband snake is another very beautiful innocent serpent: they are
eighteen inches in length, and about the thickness of a man’s little
finger; the head is very small; the ground colour of a full, clear
vermilion, variegated with transverse bars or zones of a dark brown,
which people fancy represents a ribband wound round the creature’s
body: they are altogether inoffensive to man, and are in a manner
domestic, frequenting old wooden buildings, open grounds and
plantations.

The chicken snake is a large, strong and swift serpent, six or seven
feet in length, but scarcely so thick as a man’s wrist; they are of a
cinereous, earthy colour, and striped longitudinally with broad lines
or lists, of a dusky or blackish colour. They are a domestic snake,
haunting about houses and plantations; and would be useful to man if
tamed and properly tutored, being great devourers of rats, but they are
apt to disturb hen-roosts and prey upon chickens. They are as innocent
as a worm with respect to venom, are easily tamed and soon become very
familiar.

The pine or bull snake is very large and inoffensive with respect to
mankind, but devours squirrels, birds, rabbits, and every other
creature they can take as food. They are the largest snake yet known in
North America, except the rattle snake, and perhaps exceed him in
length: they are pied black and white: they utter a terrible loud
hissing noise, sounding very hollow and like distant thunder, when
irritated, or at the time of incubation, when the males contend with
each other for the desired female. These serpents are also called horn
snakes, from their tail terminating with a hard, horny spur, which they
vibrate very quick when disturbed, but they never attempt to strike
with it; they have dens in the earth, whither they retreat
precipitately when apprehensive of danger.

There are many other species of snakes in the regions of Florida and
Carolina; as the water snake, black snake, garter snake, copper belly,
ring neck and two or three varieties of vipers, besides those already
noticed in my journal. Since I have begun to mention the animals of
these regions, this may be a proper place to enumerate the other tribes
which I observed during my peregrinations. I shall begin with the frogs
(RANAE.)

(1) The largest frog known in Florida and on the sea coast of Carolina,
is about eight or nine inches in length from the nose to the extremity
of the toes: they are of a dusky brown or black colour on the upper
side, and their belly or under side white, spotted and clouded with
dusky spots of various size and figure; their legs and thighs also are
variegated with transverse ringlets, of dark brown or black; and they
are yellow and green about their mouth and lips. They live in wet
swamps and marshes, on the shores of large rivers and lakes; their
voice is loud and hideous, greatly resembling the grunting of a swine;
but not near as loud as the voice of the bull frog of Virginia and
Pennsylvania: neither do they arrive to half their size, the bull frog
being frequently eighteen inches in length, and their roaring as loud
as that of a bull.

(2) The bell frog, so called because their voice is fancied to be
exactly like the sound of a loud cow bell. This tribe being very
numerous, and uttering their voices in companies or by large districts,
when one begins another answers; thus the sound is caught and repeated
from one to another, to a great distance round about, causing a
surprising noise for a few minutes, rising and sinking according as the
wind sits, when it nearly dies away, or is softly kept up by distant
disricts or communities: thus the noise is repeated continually, and as
one becomes familiarised to it, is not unmusical, though at first, to
strangers, it seems clamorous and disgusting.

(3) A beautiful green frog inhabits the grassy, marshy shores of these
large rivers. They are very numerous, and their noise exactly resembles
the barking of little dogs, or the yelping of puppies: these likewise
make a great clamour, but as their notes are fine, and uttered in
chorus, by separate bands or communities, far and near, rising and
falling with the gentle breezes, affords a pleasing kind of music.

(4) There is besides this a less green frog, which are very common
about houses: their notes are remarkably like that of young chickens:
these raise their chorus immediately preceding a shower of rain, with
which they seem delighted.

(5) A little grey speckled frog are in prodigious numbers in and about
the ponds and savannas on high land, particularly in Pine forests:
their language or noise is also uttered in chorus, by large communities
or separate bands; each particular note resembles the noise made by
striking two pebbles together under the surface of the water, which
when thousands near you utter their notes at the same time, and is
wafted to your ears by a sudden flow of wind, is very surprising, and
does not ill resemble the rushing noise made by a vast quantity of
gravel and pebbles together, at once precipitated from a great height.

(6) There is yet an extreme diminutive species of frogs, which inhabits
the grassy verges of ponds in savannas: these are called savanna
crickets, are of a dark ash or dusky colour, and have a very picked
nose. At the times of very great rains, in the autumn, when the
savannas are in a manner inundated, they are to be seen in incredible
multitudes clambering up the tall grass, weed, &c. round the verges of
the savannas, bordering on the higher ground; and by an inattentive
person might be taken for spiders or other insects. Their note is very
feeble, not unlike the chattering of young birds or crickets.

(7) The shad frog, so called in Pennsylvania from their appearing and
croaking in the spring season, at the time the people fish for shad:
this is a beautiful spotted frog, of a slender form, five or six inches
in length from the nose to the extremities; of a dark olive green,
blotched with clouds and ringlets of a dusky colour: these are
remarkable jumpers and enterprising hunters, leaving their ponds to a
great distance in search of prey. They abound in rivers, swamps and
marshes, in the Southern regions; in the evening and sultry summer
days, particularly in times of drought, are very noisy, and at some
distance one would be almost persuaded that there were assemblies of
men in serious debate. These have also a sucking or clucking noise,
like that which is made by sucking in the tongue under the roof of the
mouth. These are the kinds of water frogs that have come under my
observation, yet I am persuaded that there are yet remaining several
other species.

(8) The high land frogs, commonly called toads, are of two species, the
red and black. The former, which is of a reddish brown or brick colour,
is the largest, and may weigh upwards of one pound when full grown:
they have a disagreeable look, and when irritated, they swell and raise
themselves up on their four legs and croak, but are no ways venomous or
hurtful to man. The other species are one third less, and of a black
and dark dusky colour. The legs and thighs of both are marked with
blotches and ringlets of a darker colour, which appear more conspicuous
when provoked: the smaller black species are the most numerous. Early
in the spring season, they assemble by numberless multitudes in the
drains and ponds, when their universal croaking and shouts are great
indeed, yet in some degree not unharmonious. After this breeding time
they crawl out of the water and spread themselves all over the country.
Their spawn being hatched in the warm water, the larva is there
nourished, passing through the like metamorphoses as the water frogs;
and as soon as they obtain four feet, whilst yet no larger than
crickets, they leave the fluid nursery-bed, and hop over the dry land
after their parents.

The food of these amphibious creatures, when out of the water, is every
kind of insect, reptile, &c. they can take, even ants and spiders,
nature having furnished them with an extreme long tongue, which exudes
a viscid or glutinous liquid, they being secreted under covert, spring
suddenly upon their prey, or dart forth their tongues as quick as
lightning, and instrantly drag into their devouring jaws the unwary
insect. But whether they prey upon one another as the water frogs do, I
know not.

There are several species of the lizard kind besides the alligator,
which is by naturalist allowed to be a species of that genus.

The green lizard or little green chameleon is a pretty innocent
creature: the largest I have seen were not more than seven inches in
length: they appear commonly of a fine green colour, having a large red
gill under their throat: they have the faculty of changing colour,
which, notwithstanding the specious reasoning of physiologists, is a
very surprising phenomenon. The striped lizard, called scorpion, and
the blue bellied squamous lizards I have already mentioned. There is a
large copper coloured lizard, and a very slender one of a fine blue
colour, and very swift; the tail of this last, which is very long and
slender, is as subject to be broken off as that of the glass snake.
These two last are become very scarce, and when seen are discovered
about old log buildings.

Here are several species of the tortoise, besides those already
mentioned; as the small land tortoise, already described by every
traveller. There is a good figure and description of him in G.
Edwards’s Gl. Nat. Hist. vol. II. p. 205. There are two species of
fresh-water tortoises inhabiting the tide water rivers; one of which is
large, weighing ten or twelve pounds, the back shell of nearly an oval
form, and raised very high, the belly shell flat and entire, but deeply
scolloped opposite their legs. The other species are small,
comparatively, and the back shell lightly raised; both species are food
for mankind, and esteemed delicious.

Of beasts, the otter (lutra) is common, but more so in West-Florida,
towards the mountains. The several species of mustela are common; as
the mink, weasel and polecat (putorius). Racoons and opossums, are in
great abundance; these animals are esteemed delicious and healthy food.
There are two species of wild-rats, but neither of them near as large
as the European house rat, which are common enough in the settlements
of the white people. Here are very few mice; yet I have seen some,
particularly in Charleston. I saw two in a little wire cage, at a
gentleman’s house, which were as white as snow, and their eyes red.
There are yet a few beavers in East-Florida and Georgia, but they
abound most in the north of Georgia, and in West-Florida, near the
mountains. But the muskrat (castor cauda lanceolata) is never seen in
Carolina, Georgia or Florida, within one hundred miles of the sea
coast, and very few in the most northern parts of these regions; which
must be considered as a most favourable circumstance, by the people in
countries where there is so much banking and draining of the land, they
being the most destructive creatures to dykes.

The roe-buck I have already mentioned. The bears are yet too numerous:
they are a strong creature, and prey on the fruits of the country, and
will likewise devour young calves, swine and sheep; but I never could
learn a well attested instance of their attacking mankind. They weigh
from five hundred to six hundred weight when full grown and fat: their
flesh is greatly esteemed as food by the natives.

The wild cat, felis cauda truncata, (lynx) is common enough: it is a
fierce and bold little animal, preying on young pigs, fawns, turkeys,
&c. They are not half the size of a common cur dog, are generally of a
greyish colour, and somewhat tabbied; their sides bordering on the
belly are varied with yellowish brown spots, and almost black waving
streaks, and brindled. I have been credibly informed that the wolves
here are frequently seen pied, black and white, and of other mixed
colours. They assemble in companies in the night time, howl and bark
all together, especially in cold winter nights, which is terrifying to
the wandering bewildered traveller.

The foxes of Carolina and Florida are of the smaller red species; they
bark in the night round about plantations, but do not bark twice in the
same place; they move precipitately and in a few minutes are heard on
the opposite side of the plantation, or at a great distance: it is said
that dogs are terrified at the noise, and cannot be persuaded or
compelled to pursue them. They commit depredations on young pigs,
lambs, poultry, &c.

The mole is not so common here as in the northern states.

The bats of Florida seem to be the same species of those in
Pennsylvania and Virginia, and very little different from the European.

Here are several species of squirrels, (sciurus) peculiar to the lower
countries, or maritime parts of Carolina and the Floridas, and some of
them are very beautiful creatures.

The great black fox squirrel is above two feet in length from the nose
to the end of the tail, which for about two inches is milk white, as
are the ears and nose. The red fox squirrel is of the same size and
form, of a light reddish brown upper side, and white under side, the
ears and tip end of the tail white.

The grey fox squirrel is rather larger than either of the foregoing;
their belly white, as are the ears, nose, and tip of the tail. These
three seem to be varieties of the same species.

The common grey squirrel is about half the size of the preceding.

The black squirrel is about the same size, and all over of a shining
jet black.

The little grey squirrel is much less than either of the preceding
species; it is of a brownish grey upper side, and white belly.

The ground squirrel, or little striped squirrel of Pennsylvania and the
northern regions, is never seen here, and very rarely in the mountains
northwest of these territories; but the flying squirrel, (sciurus
volans) is very common.

The rabbit (lepus minor, cauda abrupta, pupillis atris) are pretty
common, and no ways differing from those of Pennsylvania and the
northern states.

Having mentioned most of the animals in these parts of America, which
are most remarkable or useful, there remains however yet some
observations on birds, which by some may be thought not impertinent.

There are but few that have fallen under my observation, but have been
mentioned by the zoologists, and most of them very well figured in
Catesby’s, or Edwards’s works.

But these authors have done very little towards elucidating the subject
of the migration of birds, or accounting for the annual appearance and
disappearance, and vanishing of these beautiful and entertaining
beings, who visit us at certain stated seasons. Catesby has said very
little on this curious subject, but Edwards more, and perhaps all, or
as much as could be said in truth, by the most able and ingenious, who
had not the advantage and opportunity of ocular observation, which can
only be acquired by travelling, and residing a whole year at least in
the various climates from north to south to the full extent of their
peregrinations, or minutely examining the tracts and observations of
curious and industrious travellers who have published their memoirs on
this subject. There may perhaps be some persons who consider this
enquiry not to be productive of any real benefit to mankind, and
pronounce such attention to natural history merely speculative, and
only fit to amuse and entertain the idle virtuoso; however the ancients
thought otherwise: for, with them, the knowledge of the passage of
birds was the study of their priests and philosophers, and was
considered a matter of real and indispensable use to the state, next to
astronomy, as we find their system and practice of agriculture was in a
great degree regulated by the arrival and disappearance of birds of
passage, and perhaps a calender under such a regulation at this time,
might be useful to the husbandman and gardener.

But however attentive and observant the ancients were on this branch of
science, they seem to have been very ignorant or erroneous in their
conjectures concerning what became of birds, after their disappearance,
until their return again. In the southern and temperate climates some
imagined they went to the moon: in the northern regions they supposed
that they retired to caves and hollow trees, for shelter and security,
where they remained in a dormant state during the cold seasons: and
even at this day, very celebrated men have asserted that swallows
(hirundo) at the approach of winter, voluntarily plunge into lakes and
rivers, descend to the bottom, and there creep into the mud and slime,
where they continue overwhelmed by ice in a torpid state, until the
returning summer warms them again into life; when they rise, return to
the surface of the water, immediately take wing, and again people the
air. This notion, though the latest, seems the most difficult to
reconcile to reason or common sense, that a bird so swift of flight
that can with ease and pleasure move through the air even swifter than
the winds, and in a few hours time shift themselves twenty degrees from
north to south, even from frozen regions to climes where frost is never
seen, and where the air and plains are replenished with flying insects
of infinite variety, their favourite and only food.

Pennsylvania and Virginia appear to me to be the climates in
North-America, where the greatest variety and abundance of these winged
emigrants choose to celebrate their nuptials, and rear their offspring,
which they annually return with, to their winter habitations in the
southern regions of N. America; and most of these beautiful creatures,
who annually people and harmonise our forests and groves, in the spring
and summer seasons, are birds of passage from the southward. The eagle,
i. e. falco leucocephalus, or bald eagle, falco maximus, or great grey
eagle, falco major cauda ferruginea, falco pullarius, falco
columbarius, strix pythaulis, strix acclamatus, strix assio, tetrao
tympanus, or pheasant of Pennsylvania, tetrao urogallus, or mountain
cock or grous of Pennsylvania, tetrao minor sive coturnix, or partridge
of Pennsylvania, picus, or woodpeckers of several species, corvus
carnivorus, or raven, corvus frugivora, or crow, corvus glandarius f.
corvus cristatus, or blue jay, alauda maxima, regulus atrofuscus minor,
or marsh wren, sitta, or nuthatch, meleagris, are perhaps nearly all
the land birds which continue the year round in Pennsylvania. I might
add to these the blue bird, motacilla fialis, mock bird, turdus
polyglottos, and sometimes the robin readbreast, turdus migratorius, in
extraordinary warm winters, and although I do not pretend to assert as
a known truth, yet it may be found on future observation that most of
these above mentioned are strangers, or not really bred where they
wintered, but are more northern families, or sojourners, bound
southerly to more temperate habitations; thus pushing each other
southerly, and possessing their vacated places, and then back again at
the return of spring.

Very few tribes of birds build, or rear their young, in the south or
maritime parts of Virginia and Carolina, Georgia and Florida; yet all
these numerous tribes, particularly of the soft billed kinds, which
breed in Pennsylvania, pass in the spring season through these regions
in a few weeks time, making but very short stages by the way; and
again, but few of them winter there, on their return southerly; and as
I have never travelled the continent south of New Orleans, or the point
of Florida, where few or none of them are to be seen in the winter, I
am entirely ignorant how far southward they continue their route during
their absence from Pennsylvania, but perhaps none of them pass the
tropic.

When in my residence in Carolina and Florida, I have seen vast flights
of the house swallow (hirundo pelasgia) and bank martin (hirundo
riparia) passing onward north toward Pennsylvania, where they breed in
the spring, about the middle of March, and likewise in the autumn in
September or October, and large flights on their return southward. And
it is observable that they always avail themselves of the advantage of
high and favourable winds, which likewise do all birds of passage. The
pewit, or black cap flycatcher, of Catesby, is the first bird of
passage which appears in the spring in Pennsylvania, which is generally
about the first, or middle of March, and then wherever they appear, we
may plant peas and beans in the open grounds, (vicia sativa) French
beans (phaseolus) sow raddishes, (raphanus) lettuce, (lactuca) onions,
(cepa) pastinaca, daucus, and almost every kind of esculent garden
seeds, without fear or danger from frosts; for although we have
sometimes frosts after their first appearance for a night or two, yet
not so severe as to injure the young plants.

In the spring of the year the small birds of passage appear very
suddenly in Pennsylvania, which is not a little surprising, and no less
pleasing: at once the woods, the groves, and meads, are filled with
their melody, as if they dropped down from the skies. The reason or
probable cause is their setting off with high and fair winds from the
southward; for a strong south and south-west wind about the beginning
of April never fails bringing millions of these welcome visitors.

Being willing to contribute my mite towards illustrating the subject of
the peregrination of the tribes of birds of N. America, I shall subjoin
a nomenclature of the birds of passage, agreeable to my observation,
when on my travels from New England to New-Orleans, on the Mississippi,
and point of Florida.

Land birds which are seen in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, from S.
Carolina, Georgia and Florida, N. and the sea coast Westward, to the
Apalachian mountains, viz.

❁ These arrive in Pennsylvania in the spring season from the South,
which after building nests, and rearing their young, return again
Southerly in the autumn.

† These arrive in Pennsylvania in the autumn, from the North, where
they continue during the winter, and return again the spring following,
I suppose to breed and rear their young; and these kinds continue their
journies as far as South Carolina and Florida.

‡ These arrive in the spring in Carolina and Florida from the South,
breed and rear their young, and return South again at the approach of
winter, but never reach Pennsylvania, or the Northern States.

|| These are natives of Carolina and Florida, where they breed and
|| continue
the year round.

¶ These breed and continue the year round in Pennsylvania.

STRIX. The OWL.

† Strix arcticus, capite levi, corpore toto niveo; the great white owl.

¶ Strix pythaules, capite aurito, corpore rufo; the great horned owl.

† Strix maximus, capite aurito, corpore niveo; the great horned white
owl.

¶ Strix acclamator, capite levi, corpore griseo; the whooting owl.

† Strix peregrinator, capite aurito, corpore versicolore; the sharp
winged owl.

¶ Strix assio, capite aurito, corpore ferrugineo; the little screech
owl.

VULTUR. The VULTURE.

|| Vultur aura; the turkey-buzzard.

|| Vultur sacra; the white tailed vulture.

|| Vultur atratus; black vulture, or carrion crow.

FALCO. Eagle and Hawk.

¶ Falco regalis; the great grey eagle.

¶ F. leucocephalus; the bald eagle.

❁ F. piscatorius; the fishing eagle.

¶ F. Aquilinus, cauda ferrug.; great eagle hawk.

¶ F. gallinarius; the hen hawk.

¶ F. pullarius; the chicken hawk.

❁ F. columbarius; the pigeon hawk.

¶ F. niger; the black hawk.

❁ F. ranivorus; the marsh hawk.

❁ F. sparverius; the least hawk or sparrow hawk.

MILVUS. Kite Hawk.[43]

|| Falco furcatus; the forked tail hawk, or kite.

|| F. glaucus; the sharp winged hawk, of a pale sky-blue colour, the
|| tip of
the wings black.

|| F. subceruleus; the sharp winged hawk, of a dark or dusky blue
|| colour.

|| Psittacus Caroliniensis; the parrot of Carolina, or parrakeet.

CORVUS. The Crow kind.

❁ Corvus carnivorus; the raven.

|| C. maritimus; the great sea-side crow, or rook.

¶ C. frugivorus; the common crow.

¶ C. cristatus, f. pica glandaria; the blue jay.

¶ C. Floridanus, pica glandaria minor; the little jay of Florida.[44]

¶ Gracula quiscula; the purple jackdaw of the sea coast.

 ❁ Gracula purpurea; the lesser purple jackdaw, or crow blackbird.

❁ Cuculus Caroliniensis; the cuckoo of Carolina.

PICUS. Woodpeckers.

|| Picus principalis; the greatest crested woodpecker, having a white
|| back.

❁ P. peilatus; the great red crested black woodpecker.

❁ P. erythrocephalus; read headed woodpecker.

❁ P. auratus; the gold winged woodpecker.

¶ P. Carolinus; the red bellied woodpecker.

¶ P. pubescens; the least spotted woodpecker.

¶ P. villosus; the hairy, speckled and crested woodpecker.

¶ P. varius; yellow bellied woodpecker.

¶ Sitta Europea; grey black capped nuthatch.

† S. varia, ventre rubro; the black capped, red bellied nuthatch.

† Certhia rufa; little brown variegated creeper.

❁ C. pinus; the pine creeper.

❁ C. picta; blue and white striped or pied creeper.

❁ Alcedo alcyon; the great crested king-fisher.

❁ Trochilus colubris; the humming bird.

❁ Lanius griseus; the little grey butcher-bird of Pennsylvania.

❁ L. garrulus; the little black capped or butcher bird of Florida.

❁ L. tyrannus; the king bird.

❁ Muscicapa nunciola; the pewit, or black cap flycatcher.

❁ M. cristata; the great crested yellow bellied flycatcher.

❁ M. rapax; the lesser pewit, or brown and greenish flycatcher.

❁ M. subviridis; the little olive cold, flycatcher.

 ❁ Muscicapa cantatrix; the little domestic flycatcher, or green wren.

❁ M. sylvicola; the little red eyed flycatcher.

❁ Columba Caroliniensis, the turtle dove.

|| C. passerina; the dove.

|| C. migratoria; the pigeon of passage or wild pigeon.

❁ Alauda magna; the great meadow lark.

† A. campestris, gutture flavo; the sky lark.

† A. migratoria, corpore toto ferrugineo; the little brown lark.

¶ Turdus migratorius; the fieldfare, or robin redbreast.

❁ T. rufus; the great, or fox coloured thrush.

❁ T. polyglottos; the mocking bird.

❁ T. melodes; the wood thrush.

❁ T. minimus, vertice auro; the least golden crown thrush.

❁ Orioulus Baltimore; Baltimore bird or hang nest.

❁ O. spurius; the goldfinch or icterus minor.

❁ Merula flammula; sand-hill red bird of Carolina.

❁ M. Marilandica, the summer red bird.

❁ Garrulus australis; the yellow breasted chat.

❁ Lucar lividus, apice nigra; the cat bird, or chicken bird.

¶ Ampelis garrulus; crown bird. or cedar bird.

GRANIVOROUS TRIBES.

¶ Meleagris Americanus; the wild turkey.

¶ Tetrao lagopus; the mountain cock, or grous.

¶ T. tympanus; the pheasant of Pennsylvania.

¶ T. minor, s. coturnix; the quail or partridge.

¶ Loxia cardinalis; the red bird, or Virginia nightingale.

† L. rostro forficato; the cross beak.

❁ L. cerulea, the blue cross beak.

 ❁ Emberiza oryzivora; (1) the rice bird.[45]

† E. livida; the blue or slate coloured rice bird.

❁ E. varia; (2) the pied rice bird.

‡ Linaria ciris; the painted finch, or nonpareil.

❁ L. cyanea; the blue linnet.

¶ Carduelis Americanus; the goldfinch.

† C. minus; the lesser goldfinch.

† C. pusilus; the least finch.

❁ Fringilla erythrophthalma; the towhe bird.

† F. purpurea; the purple finch.

† F. canabina; the hemp bird.

† F. rusa; the red, or fox-coloured ground or hedge sparrow.

† F. Fusca; the large brown white throat sparrow.

❁ Passer domesticus; the little house sparrow or chipping bird.

❁ P. palustris; the reed sparrow.

❁ P. agrestis; the little field sparrow.

† P. nivalis; the snow bird.

❁ Calandra pratensis; the May bird.

❁ Sturuus predatorius; the red winged starling, or corn thief.

❁ S. stercorarius; the cowpen bird.

❁ Motacilla sialis; the blue bird. (Rubicula Americana, Cat.)

❁ M. fluviatilis; the water wagtail.

❁ M. domestica (regulus rufus); the house wren.

¶ ❁ M. palustris; (reg. minor) the marsh wren.

❁ M. Caroliniana; (reg. magnus) the great wren of Carolina, the body of
a dark brown, the throat and breast of a pale clay colour.

❁ Regulus griseus; the little bluish grey wren.

† R. cristatus; the golden crown wren.

 † R. cristatus alter vertice rubini coloris; the ruby crown wren. (G.
 Edwards.)

❁ R. peregrinus, gutture flavo; the olive coloured yellow throated
wren.

❁ Ruticilla Americana; the redstart.

❁ Luscinia, s. philomela Americana; the yellow hooded titmouse.

❁ Parus cristatus; bluish grey crested titmouse.

¶ P. Europæus; the black cap titmouse.

❁ P. luteus; the summer yellow bird.

❁ P. cedrus uropygio flavo; the yellow rump.

❁ P. varius; various coloured little finch creeper.

❁ P. peregrinus; little chocolate breast titmouse.

❁ P. aureus vertice rubro; the yellow red pole.

❁ P. aurio vertice; the golden crown flycatcher.

❁ P. viridis gutture nigro; the green black throated flycatcher.

❁ P. alis aureis; the golden winged flycatcher.

❁ P. aureus alis ceruleis; the blue winged yellow bird.

❁ P. griseus gutture luteo; the yellow throated creeper.

❁ Hirundo pelasgia cauda aculeata; the house swallow.

❁ H. purpurea; the great purple martin.

❁ H. riparia vertice purpurea; the bank martin.

❁ H. cerdo; the chimney swallow.

‡ Caprimulgus lucifugus; the great bat, or chuck wills widow.

❁ C. Americanus; night hawk, or whip poor will.

AMPHIBIOUS, or AQUATIC BIRDS,
Or such as obtain their food, and reside in, and near the water.

GRUS. The Crane.

|| Grus clamator, vertice papilloso, corpore niveo
remigibus nigris; the great whooping crane.

‡ G. Pratensis; corpore cinereo, vertice papilloso; the great savanna
crane.

ARDEA. The Heron.

¶ Ardea Herodias; the great bluish grey crested heron.

❁ A. immaculata; the great white river heron.

❁ A. alba minor; the little white heron.

‡ A. purpurea cristata; the little crested purple or blue heron.

❁ A. varia cristata; the grey white crested heron.

‡ A. maculata cristata; the speckled crested heron, or crabcatcher.

❁ A. mugitans; the marsh bittern, or Indian hen.

❁ A. clamator, corpore subcæruleo; the quaw bird, or frogcatcher.

‡ A. subfusca stillata; the little brownish spotted bittern.

‡ A. violacea; the crested blue bittern, (called poor Job.)

❁ A. viriscens; the green bittern or poke.

❁ A. viriscens minor; the lesser green bittern.

❁ A. parva; the least brown and striped bittern.

❁ Platalea ajaja; the spoonbill, seen as far North as Alatamaha river
in Georgia.

TANTALUS. The Wood Pelican.

‡ Tantalus loculator; the wood Pelican.

‡ T. albus; the white Spanish curlew.

‡ T. fuscus; the dusky and white Spanish curlew.

|| T. pictus; (Ephouskyka Indian) the crying bird, beautifully
|| speckled.

|| T. Ichthyophagus; the gannet; perhaps little different from the
|| Ibis.

|| Numenius alba varia; the white godwit.

¶ N. pectore rufo; the great red breasted godwit.

 ¶ N. Americana; the greater godwit.

¶ N. fluvialis; the redshank or pool snipe.

¶ N. magnus rufus; the great sea coast curlew.

❁ N. minor campestris; the lesser field curlew.

¶ N. cinereus; the sea side lesser curlew.

❁ Scolopax Americana rufa; great red woodcock.

❁ S. minor arvensis; the meadow snipe.

❁ Tringa rufa, the red cootfooted tringa.

  T. cinerea, gutture albo; the white throated cootfooted tringa.

  T. vertice nigro; black cap cootfooted tringa.

¶ T. maculata; the spotted tringa.

¶ T. grisea; the little pond snipe.

¶ T. fusca; the little brown or ash coloured pool snipe.

¶ T. parva; the little tringa of the sea shore, called sand bird.

❁ Morinella Americana, the turnstone or dotrel.

† Cygnus ferus; the wild swan.

† Anser Canadensis; the Canadian goose.

† A. alis cærulis; the blue winged goose.

† A. fuscus maculatus; the laughing goose.

† A. branta, corpore albo, remigibus nigris; the white brant goose.

† A. branta grisea maculata; the great particoloured brant, or grey
goose.

† Anas fera torquata major, caput et collum viridi splendentia, dorsum
griseo fuscum, pectore rufescente, speculum violaceum; the great wild
duck, called duck and mallard.

† A. nigra maxima; the great black duck.

† A. bucephala; the bull-neck and buffaloe head.

† A. subcærulea; the blue bill.

† A. leucocephala; the black white faced duck.

† A. caudacuta; the sprig tail duck.

† A. rustica; the little brown and white duck.

 † A. principalis, maculata; the various coloured duck, his neck and
 breast as though ornamented with chains of beads.

† A. minor picta; the little black and white duck called butterback.

QUERQUEDULAE. Teal.

❁ Anas sponsa; the summer duck.

† A. discors; the blue winged teal.

† A. migratoria; the least green winged teal.

❁ A. fistulosa; whistling duck.

† Mergus major pectore rufo; great fishing duck

† M. cucullatus; the round crested duck.

❁ Colymbus migratorius; the eel crow.

|| C. Floridanus; the great black cormorant of Florida, having a red
|| beak.

¶ C. colubrinus, cauda elongata; the snake bird of Florida.

¶ C. musicus; the great black and white pied diver or loon.

† Colymbus arcticus; the great speckled diver.

¶ C. auritus et cornutus; the little eared brown dobchick.

¶ C. minor fuscus; little crested brown dobchick.

‡ Phaæton æthereus; the tropic bird.

¶ Larus albus; the great white gull.

¶ L. griseus, the great grey gull.

‡ L. albus minor; the little white river gull.

|| Onocratalus Americanus; the American sea pelican.

|| Petrella pintada; the pintada bird.

¶ Rynchops niger; the shearwater or razor bill.

‡ Pelicanus aquilus; the frigate, or man of war bird.

‡ P. sula; the booby.

† Sterna stolida; the sea swallow, or noddy.

 CHARADRUS. The Plover Kind.

❁ Charadrus vociferus; the kildea or chattering plover.

❁ C. maculatus; the great field spotted plover.

❁ C. minor; the little seaside ring necked plover.

❁ Hæmatopus ostrealegus; the will willet or oyster catcher.

|| Fulica Floridana; the great blue or slate coloured coot of Florida.

❁ Rallus Virginianus; the soree bird or little brown rail, also called
widgeon in Pennsyl.

‡ R. aquaticus minor; the little dark blue water rail.

❁ R. rufus Americanus; the greater brown rail.

|| R. major subcæruleus; the blue or slate coloured water rail of
|| Florida.

❁ Phœnicopterus ruber; the flamingo, seen about the point of Florida,
rarely as far N. as St. Augustine.

I am convinced there are yet several kinds of land birds, and a great
number of aquatic fowl, that have not come under my particular notice;
therefore shall leave them to the investigation of future travelling
naturalists of greater ability and industry.

There yet remain some observations on the passage, and breeding of
birds, &c. which may be proper to notice in this place.

I shall first mention the rice bird, (emberiza oryzivora.) It is the
commonly received opinion that they are male and female of the same
species, i. e. the black pied rice bird the male, and a yellowish clay
coloured one the female: the last mentioned appearing only in the
autumn, when the oryza zizania are about ripening, yet in my opinion
there are some strong circumstances which seem to operate against such
a conjecture, though generally believed.

In the spring, about the middle of May, the black pied rice bird (which
is called the male) appears in Pennsylvania; at that time the great
yellow ephemera, called May fly, and a species of locusta appear in
incredible multitudes, the favourite delicious food of these birds,
when they are sprightly, vociferous, and pleasingly tuneful.

When I was at St. Augustine, in E. Florida, in the beginning of April,
the same species of grasshoppers were in multitudes on the fields and
commons about the town; when great flights of these male rice birds
suddenly arrived from the South, who by feeding on these insects became
extremely fat and delicious: they continued here two or three weeks,
until their food became scarce, when they disappeared, I suppose
pursuing their journey North after the locusta and ephemera; there were
a few of the yellow kind, or true rice bird, to be seen amongst them.
Now these pied rice birds seem to observe the same order and time in
their migrations Northerly, with the other spring birds of passage, and
are undoubtedly on their way to their breeding place; but then there
are no females with them, at least not one to ten thousand of the male
colour, which cannot be supposed are a sufficient number to pair and
breed by. Being in Charleston in the month of June, I observed at a
gentleman’s door, a cage full of rice birds, that is of the yellow or
female colour, who were very merry and vociferous, having the same
variable music with the pied or male kind, which I thought
extraordinary, and observing it to the gentleman, he assured me that
they were all of the male kind, taken the preceding spring, but had
changed their colour, and would be next spring of the colour of the
pied, thus changing colour with the seasons of the year. If this is
really the case, it appears they are both of the same species
intermixed, spring and fall. In the spring they are gay, vociferous and
tuneful birds.

Ampelis garrulus; crown bird or cedar bird. These birds feed on various
sorts of succulent fruit and berries, associating in little flocks or
flights, and are to be seen in all the regions from Canada to New
Orleans on the Mississippi, and how much farther South and South-West I
know not. They observe no fixed time of appearance in Pennsylvania, but
are to be seen a few days every month of the year, so that it is
difficult to determine at what season they breed, or where. The longest
period of their appearance in Pennsylvania is in the spring and first
of June, at the time the early cherries are ripe, when they are
numerous; and in the autumn when the Cedar berries are ripe (Juniperus
Americana) they arrive in large flights, and, with the robins (turdus
migratorius) and yellow rump (parus cedrus) soon strip those trees of
their berries, after which they disappear again; but in November and
December they appear in smaller flights, feeding on the fruit of the
Persimon (Dyosperos Virginiana;) and some are seen till March,
subsisting upon Smilax berries, Privet (Ligustrum vulgare) and other
permanent fruits; after which they disappear until May and June. I have
been informed by some people in Pennsylvania, that they have found
their nests at these seasons in Pennsylvania.

Linaria ciris (emberiza ciris Linn.) or painted finch, or nonpareil of
Catesby, is not seen North of Cape Fear, in North Carolina, and seldom
ten miles from the sea coast, or perhaps twenty or thirty miles, near
the banks of great rivers, in fragrant groves of the Orange (Citrus
aurantium) Zanthoxylon, Laurus Borbonia, Cassine, Sideroxylon, &c.

Linaria cyanea (tanagra Linn.) the blue linnet, is supposed by some to
be the nonpareil, in an early stage of life, not being yet arrived to
his brilliancy and variety of colours; but this is certainly a mistake,
for the blue linnet is longer and of a slenderer configuration, and
their notes more variable, vehement and sonorous. And they inhabit the
continent and sea coast islands from Mexico to Nova Scotia, from the
sea coast, west beyond the Apalachian and Cherokee mountains. The songs
of the nonpareil are remarkably low, soft and warbling, exceedingly
tender and soothing.

Catesby, in his history of Carolina, speaking of the cat-bird
(muscicapa vertice nigro) says, “They have but one note, which
resembles the mewing of a cat;” a mistake very injurious to the fame of
that bird; he, in reality, being one of our most eminent songsters,
little inferior to the philomela or mock-bird; and, in some remarkable
instances, perhaps, exceeds them both, in particular as a buffoon or
mimick. He endeavours to imitate every bird and animal, and in many
attempts does not ill succeed, even in rehearsing the songs, which he
attentively listens to, from the shepherdess and rural swain, and will
endeavour and succeed to admiration, in repeating the melodious and
variable airs from instrumental music, and this in his wild state of
nature. They are a kind of domestic bird during their spring and summer
residence in Pennsylvania, building their nests in gardens and
sheltering themselves in groves near the houses. They cause great
trouble and vexation to hens that have broods of chickens, by imitating
their distressing cries, in which they seem to enjoy much delight, and
cause some amusement to persons who are diverted at such incidents.
They are the first bird heard singing in the morning, even before break
of day.

They seem to be a tribe of birds separated by nature from the
motacillæ, with which the zoologists have classed them, and appear
allied to a tribe peculiar to America, to which Edwards has given the
name of manakin. In their nature they seem to take place between the
thrush (turdus) and motacilla, their beak being longer, stronger and
straighter than the motacilla, and formed for eating fruit, which is
their chief food; yet they will feed on reptile insects, but never
attempt to take their prey on the wing.

Catesby is chargeable with the like mistake with respect to the little
thrush (t. minor) and the fox coloured thrush (t. rufes) both eminent
singers, and the latter little inferior to the mock-bird. The former
for his shrill, sonorous and elevated strains in the high, shady
forests; and the latter for variety, softness and constant responses in
the hegdes and groves near houses.

But yet Catesby has some right of claim to our excuse and
justification, for his detraction of the fame due to these eminent
musicians of the groves and forests, when we consider that he resided
and made his collections and observations, in the regions which are the
winter retreats and residence of these birds, where they rarely sing,
as it is observable and most true, that it is only at the time of
incubation, that birds sing in their wild state of nature. The
cat-bird, great and less thrush and fieldfare seldom or never build in
Carolina beneath the mountains, except the great or fox coloured thrush
in a few instances; but all these breed in Pennsylvania.

The parakeet (psitacus Caroliniensis) never reach so far North as
Pennsylvania, which to me is unaccountable, considering they are a bird
of such singular rapid flight, they could easily perform the journey in
ten or twelve hours from North Carolina, where they are very numerous,
and we abound with all the fruits which they delight in.

I was assured in Carolina, that these birds, for a month or two in the
coldest winter weather, house themselves in hollow Cypress trees,
clinging fast to each other like bees in a hive, where they continue in
a torpid state until the warmth of the returning spring reanimates
them, when they issue forth from their late dark, cold winter
cloisters. But I lived several years in North Carolina, and never was
witness to an instance of it; yet I do not at all doubt but there have
been instances of belated flocks thus surprised by sudden severe cold,
and forced into such shelter, and the extraordinary severity and
perseverance of the season might have benumbed them into a torpid
sleepy state; but that they all willingly should yield to so
disagreeable and hazardous a situation does not seem reasonable or
natural, when we consider that they are a bird of the swiftest flight
and impatient of severe cold. They are easily tamed, when they become
docile and familiar, but never learn to imitate the human language.

Both species of the Baltimore bird (oriolus, Linn. icterus, Cat.) are
spring birds of passage and breed in Pennsylvania; they have loud and
musical notes.

The yellow breasted chat (oenanthe, Cat. motacilla trochilus, Linn.) is
in many instances a very singular bird; the variableness and mimickry
of his notes or speech, imitating various creatures; and a surprising
faculty of uttering a coarse, hollow sounding noise in their throats or
crops, which at times seems to be at a great distance, though uttered
by a bird very near, and vice versa. They arrive in Pennsylvania from
the South, late in the month of May, breed and return again early in
autumn.

It is a matter of enquiry, what should have induced the zoologists to
class this bird with the motacillæ, when they discover no one
characteristic to induce such an alliance; this bird having a
remarkable thick, strong bill, more like the frugivorous tribes: and in
my opinion they are guilty of the like oversight in classing the summer
red-bird with the muscicapa, this bird having a thick, strong bill,
approaching nearer the starling (sturnus.)

These historical observations being noted, we will will again resume
the subject of our journey.

 [42] Magnolia grandiflora, called by the inhabitants the Laurel.

 [43] Kite hawks These are characterised by having long sharp pointed
 wings, being of swift flight, sailing without flapping their wings,
 lean light bodies, and feeding out of their claws on the wing, as they
 gently sail round and round.

 [44] Pica glandaria cerulea non cristata, the little jay of East
 Florida.

 [45] (1, 2) Are generally supposed to be male and female of the same
 species (2) or the pied rice bird, the male, and (1) or the yellow,
 the female.




CHAPTER XI.


After the predatory band of Siminoles, under the conduct of the Long
Warrior, had decamped, Mr. M’Latche invited me with him on a visit to
an Indian town, about twelve miles distance from the trading-house, to
regale ourselves at a feast of Water Mellons and Oranges, the Indians
having brought a canoe load of them to the trading-house the day
preceding, which they disposed of to the traders. This was a
circumstance pretty extraordinary to me, it being late in September, a
season of the year when the Citruels are ripe and gone in Georgia and
Carolina; but here the weather yet continued hot and sultry, and
consequently this cool, exhilerating fruit was still in high relish and
estimation.

After breakfasting, having each of us a Siminole horse completely
equipped, we sat off: the ride was agreeable and variously
entertaining. We kept no road or pathway constantly, but as Indian
hunting tracks by chance suited our course, riding through high open,
pine forests, green lawns and flowery savannas in youthful verdure and
gaity, having been lately burnt, but now overrun with a green enamelled
carpet, checquered with hommocks of trees of dark green foliage,
intersected with serpentine rivulets, their banks adorned with
shrubberies of various tribes, as Andromeda formosissima, And. nitida,
And. virides, And. calyculata, And. axillaris, Kalmia spuria, Annona
alba, &c. About noon we arrived at the town, the same little village I
passed by on my ascent of the river, on the banks of the little lake
below Charlotia.

We were received and entertained friendly by the Indians, the chief of
the village conducting us to a grand, airy pavilion in the centre of
the village. It was four square; a range of pillars or posts on each
side supporting a canopy composed of Palmetto leaves, woven or thatched
together, which shaded a level platform in the centre, that was
ascended to from each side by two steps or flights, each about twelve
inches high, and seven or eight feet in breadth, all covered with
carpets or mats, curiously woven, of split canes dyed of various
colours. Here being seated or reclining ourselves, after smoking
tobacco, baskets of choicest fruits were brought and set before us.

The fields surrounding the town and groves were plentifully stored with
Corn, Citruels, Pumpkins, Squashes, Beans, Peas, Potatoes, Peaches,
Figs, Oranges, &c.

Towards evening we took our leave, and arrived at the stores before
night, having in the course of the day collected a variety of curious
specimens of vegetables, seeds and roots.

The company being busily employed in forming their packs of leather and
loading the vessel, and I being eager to augment my collections during
my stay here, I crossed the river with a gang of our people, who were
transporting a party of horses to range in the meadows and plains on
the side opposite to the trading-house: we carried them over in a large
flat or scow. The river was here above a mile wide, but divided into a
number of streams by numerous islands, which occasioned the voyage to
be very troublesome, as most of the horses were lately taken wild out
of their ranges, and many of them young and untutored. Being under the
necessity of passing near the points of the islands, they grew restless
and impatient to land, and it was with great difficulty we kept them on
board; and at last when within a quarter of a mile of the opposite
shore, passing between two islands, the horses became ungovernable, and
most of them plunged into the river and forced overboard one of our
people. I being a pretty good swimmer, in the midst of the bustle, and
to avoid being beat over and perhaps wounded, leapt out, and caught
hold of the dock of one of the horses. We all landed safe on one of the
islands, about one hundred and fifty yards distance, and the flat
followed us. After a deal of trouble and loss of time, we got the
horses again into the scow, where securing them by withs and vines, we
again sat off, and soon landed safe on the main, at a high bluff or
bank of the river, where, after turning the horses to pasture, and
resting ourselves, we sat off on a visit to a plantation on the river,
six or eight miles distance. On the way thither we discovered a bee
tree, which we cut down, and regaled ourselves on the delicious honey;
leaving one of our companions to protect the remainder until our return
with a tub, to collect it and carry it with us; and in the evening we
all returned safe with our sweet booty to the trading-house.

The vessel being loaded and ready to depart, I got all my collections
on board. My trusty and fortunate bark I presented to the old
interpreter, Job Wiggens, often my travelling companion, friend and
benefactor; and taking an affectionate and final leave of the worthy C.
M’Latche and the whole trading company, we set sail in a neat little
schooner for Frederica in Georgia, about the last of September. We had
a pleasant and prosperous voyage down the grand river St. Juan’s,
frequently visiting the plantations on the banks of the river,
especially at such times as opposed by contrary winds; and according to
promise did not neglect calling on the generous and friendly Mr.
Marshall, who received me so politely, and treated me with such
unparalleled friendship and hospitality, when ascending the river alone
last spring.

We never once went out to sea during the voyage; for when we had
descended the river below the Cow-ford, we entered the sound by a
channel between Fort George Island and the main, through which we
passed, and continued sailing between the sea coast islands and the
main to Frederica on St. Simon’s.

On my arrival at Frederica, I was again, as usual, friendly received
and accommodated by the excellent John Spalding, Esq; and here learning
that the honourable Henry Lawrens, Esq; had a large ship loading at
Sunbury for Liverpool, I determined to embrace so favourable an offer
for conveying my collections to Europe; and hearing at the same time
that Mr. Lawrens was daily expected in a vessel of his own, at his
plantations on Broton Island and New Hope, in order to take a loading
of rice for the cargo of the ship at Sunbury, I transported my
collections to Broton; where meeting with Mr. Lawrens, he generally
permitted me to put my things on board his vessel, and gave me room
with himself in the cabin; and the merchant in Liverpool, to whom the
ship was consigned, being his friend and correspondent, and a friend of
Dr. Fothergill’s, Mr. Lawrens proposed to recommend my collections and
letters to his care.

These favourable circumstances thus co-operating, after bidding adieu
to my friends and liberal patrons in these parts, I embarked on board
this vessel, and after a short and pleasant passage through the sound,
arrived at Sunbury, from whence, after shipping my collections, I sat
sail again for Charleston, South Carolina; where being arrived I spent
the season in short excursions until next spring; and during this time
of my recess I had leisure to plan my future travels, agreeable to Dr.
Fothergill’s instructions, and the council and advice of Dr. Chalmers
of Charleston, with other gentlemen of that city, eminent for the
promotion of science and encouraging merit and industry.

It was agreed that my future route should be directed West and
South-West, into the Cherokee country and the regions of the
Muscogulges or Creeks.




   JOURNAL
OF THE TRAVELS CONTINUED. PART III.




CHAPTER I.


April 22d, 1776, I sat off from Charleston for the Cherokee nation, and
after riding this day about twenty-five miles, arrived in the evening
at Jacksonsburg, a village on Ponpon river. The next day’s journey was
about the same distance, to a public house or inn on the road.

The next day, early in the morning, I sat off again, and about noon
stopped at a public house to dine. After the meridan heats were abated,
proceeding on till evening, I obtained good quarters at a private
house, having rode this day about thirty miles. At this plantation I
observed a large orchard of the European Mulberry tree (Morus alba)
some of which were grafted on stocks of the native Mulberry (Morus
rubra); these trees were cultivated for the purpose of feeding
silk-worms (phalaena bombyx). Having breakfasted, I sat forward again.

I soon entered a high forest, continuing the space of fifteen miles to
the Three Sisters, a public ferry on Savanna River: the country
generally very level; the soil a dark, loose, fertile mould, on a
stratum of cinereous-coloured tenacious clay; the ground shaded with
its native forests, consisting of the great Black Oak, Quercus
tinctoria, Q. rubra, Q. phellos, Q. prinos, Q. hemispherica, Juglans
nigra, J. rustica, J. exaltata, Magnolia grandiflora, Fraxinus
excelsior, Acer rubrum, Liriodendron tulipifera, Populus heterophylla,
Morus rubra, Nyssa sylvatica, Platanus occidentales, Tilia, Ulmus
campestris, U. subiser, Laurus sassafras, L. Borbonia, Ilex aquifolium,
Fagus sylvatica, Cornus Florida, Halesia, Æsculus pavia, Sambucus,
Callicarpa, and Stewartia malachodendron, with a variety of other trees
and shrubs. This ancient sublime forest, frequently intersected with
extensive avenues, vistas and green lawns, opening to extensive
savannas and far distant Rice plantations, agreeably employs the
imagination, and captivates the senses by their magnificence and
grandeur.

The gay mock-bird, vocal and joyous, mounts aloft on silvered wings,
rolls over and over, then gently descends, and presides in the choir of
the tuneful tribes.

Having dined at the ferry, I crossed the river into Georgia: on landing
and ascending the bank, which was here a North prospect, I observed the
Dirca palustris, growing six or seven feet high. I rode about twelve
miles further through Pine forests and savannas. In the evening I took
up my quarters at a delightful habitation, though not a common tavern.
Having ordered my horse a stable and provender, and refreshed my
spirits with a draught of cooling liquor, I betook myself to
contemplation in the groves and lawns. Directing my steps towards the
river, I observed in a high Pine forest on the border of a savanna, a
great number of cattle herded together, and on my nearer approach
discovered it to be a cow pen: on my coming up I was kindly saluted by
my host and his wife, who I found were superintending a number of
slaves, women, boys and girls, that were milking the cows. Here were
about forty milch cows and as many young calves; for in these Southern
countries the calves run with the cows a whole year, the people milking
them at the same time. The pen, including two or three acres of ground,
more or less, according to the stock, adjoining a rivulet or run of
water, is enclosed by a fence: in this enclosure the calves are kept
while the cows are out at range: a small part of this pen is partioned
off to receive the cows, when they come up at evening; here are several
stakes drove into the ground, and there is a gate in the partition
fence for a communication between the two pens. When the milkmaid has
taken her share of milk, she looses the calf, who strips the cow, which
is next morning turned out again to range.

I found these people, contrary to what a traveller might, perhaps,
reasonably expect, from their occupation and remote situation from the
capital or any commercial town, to be civil and courteous: and though
educated as it were in the woods, no strangers to sensibility and those
moral virtues which grace and ornament the most approved and admired
characters in civil society.

After the vessels were filled with milk, the daily and liberal supply
of the friendly kine; and the good wife, with her maids and servants,
were returning with it to the dairy; the gentleman was at leisure to
attend to my enquiries and observations, which he did with
complaisance, and apparent pleasure. On my observing to him that his
stock of horned cattle must be very considerable to afford so many
milch cows at one time, he answered, that he had about fifteen hundred
head: “my stock is but young, having lately removed from some distance
to this place; I found it convenient to part with most of my old stock
and begin here anew; Heaven is pleased to bless my endeavours and
industry with success even beyond my own expectations.” Yet continuing
my interrogatories on this subject: your stock I apprehend must be very
profitable, being so convenient to the capital and sea port, in
affording a vast quantity of bees, butter and cheese, for the market,
and must thereby contribute greatly towards your emolument: “yes, I
find my stock of cattle very profitable, and I constantly contribute
towards supplying the markets with beef, but as to the articles of
butter and cheese, I make no more than what is expended in my own
houshold, and I have a considerable family of black people, who, though
they are slaves must be fed, and cared for: those I have were either
chosen for their good qualities, or born in the family, and I find from
long experience and observation, that the better they are fed, clothed
and treated, the more service and profit we may expect to derive from
their labour: in short, I find my stock produces no more milk, or any
article of food or nourishment, than what is expended to the best
advantage amongst my family and slaves.”

He added, come along with me towards the river bank, where I have some
men at work squaring Pine and Cypress timber for the West India market;
I will show you their day’s work, when you will readily grant that I
have reason to acknowledge myself sufficiently gratified for the little
attention bestowed towards them. At yonder little new habitation near
the bluff on the banks of the river, I have settled my eldest son; it
is but a few days since he was married to a deserving young woman.

Having at length arrived near the high banks of the majestic Savanna,
we stood at the timber landing: almost every object in our progress
contributed to demonstrate this good man’s system of economy to be not
only practicable but eligible, and the slaves appeared on all sides as
a crowd of witnesses to justify his industry, humanity and liberal
spirit.

The slaves comparatively of a gigantic stature, fat and muscular,
mounted on the massive timber logs; the regular heavy strokes of their
gleaming axes re-echoed in the deep forests; at the same time contented
and joyful the sooty sons of Afric forgeting their bondage, in chorus
sung the virtues and beneficence of their master in songs of their own
composition.

The log or timber landing is a capacious open area, the lofty pines[46]
having been felled and cleared away for a considerable distance round
about, near an almost perpendicular bluff or steep bank of the river,
rising up immediately from the water to the height of sixty or seventy
feet. The logs being dragged by timber wheels to this yard, and landed
as near the brink of this high bank as possible with safety, and laid
by the side of each other, are rolled off and precipitated down the
bank into the river, where being formed into rafts, they are conducted
by slaves down to Savanna, about fifty miles below this place.

Having contemplated these scenes of art and industry, my venerable host
in company with his son, conducted me to the neat habitation which is
situated in a spacious airy forest, a little distance from the river
bank, commanding a comprehensive and varied prospect; an extensive
reach of the river in front, on the right hand a spacious lawn or
savanna, on the left the timber yard, the vast fertile low lands and
forest on the river upwards, and the plantations adjoining. A cool
evening arrived after a sultry day. As we approach the door conducted
by the young man, his lovely bride arrayed in native innocence and
becoming modesty, with an air and smile of grace and benignity, meets
and salutes us! what a Venus! what an Adonis! said I in silent
transport; every action and feature seem to reveal the celestial
endowments of the mind: though a native sprightliness and sensibility
appear, yet virtue and discretion direct and rule. The dress of this
beauteous sylvan queen was plain but clean, neat and elegant, all of
cotton and of her own spinning and weaving.

Next morning early I sat forward prosecuting my tour. I pursued the
high road leading from Savanna to Augusta for the distance of one
hundred miles or more, and then recrossed the river at Silver Bluff, a
pleasant villa, the property and seat of G. Golphin, esquire, a
gentleman of very distinguished talents and great liberality, who
possessed the most extensive trade, connections and influence, amongst
the South and South-West Indian tribes, particularly with the Creeks
and Chactaws, of whom I fortunately obtained letters of recommendation
and credit to the principal traders residing in the Indian towns.

Silver Bluff is a very celebrated place. It is a considerable height
upon the Carolina shore of the Savanna river, perhaps thirty feet
higher than the low lands on the opposite shore, which are subject to
be overflowed in the spring and fall. This steep bank rises
perpendicularly out of the river, discovering various strata of earth;
the surface for a considerable depth is a loose sandy loam, with a
mixture of sea shells, especially ostreæ; the next stratum is clay,
then sand, next marl, then clays again of various colours and
qualities, which last insensibly mix or unite with a deep stratum of
blackish or dark slate coloured saline and sulphureous earth, which
seems to be of an aluminous or vitriolic quality, and lies in nearly
horizontal lamina or strata of various thickness. We discovered
bellemnites, pyrites, marcasites and sulphureous nodules, shining like
brass, some single of various forms, and others conglomerated, lying in
this black slaty-like micaceous earth; as also sticks, limbs and trunks
of trees, leaves, acorns and their cups, all transmuted or changed
black, hard and shining as charcoal; we also see animal substances, as
if petrified, or what are called sharks’ teeth, (dentes charchariæ) but
these heterogeneous substances or petrifactions are the most abundant
and conspicuous where there is a looser kind of earth, either
immediately upon this vast stratum of black earth, or in the divisions
of the laminæ. The surface of the ground upon this bluff, extends a
mile and an half or two miles on the river, and is from an half mile to
a mile in breadth, nearly level, and a good fertile soil, as is evident
from the vast Oaks, Hickory, Mulberry, Black walnut and other trees and
shrubs, which are left standing in the old fields which are spread
abroad to a great distance, and discover various monuments and vestiges
of the residence of the ancients, as Indian conical mounts, terraces,
areas, &c. as well as remains or traces of fortresses of regular
formation, as if constructed after the modes of European military
architects, and are supposed to be ancient camps of the Spaniards who
formerly fixed themselves at this place in hopes of finding silver.

But perhaps Mr. Golphin’s buildings and improvements will prove to be
the foundation of monuments of infinitely greater celebrity and
permanency than either of the preceding establishments.

The place which at this day is called fort Moore, is a stupendous
bluff, or high perpendicular bank of earth, rising out of the river on
the Carolina shore, perhaps ninety or one hundred feet above the common
surface of the water, and exhibits a singular and pleasing spectacle to
a stranger, especially from the opposite shore, or as we pass up or
down the river, presenting a view of prodigious walls of party-coloured
earths, chiefly clays and marl of various colours, as brown, red,
yellow, blue, purple, white, &c. in horizontal strata, one over the
other.

Waiting for the ferry boat to carry me over, I walked almost round the
under side of the bluff, betwixt its steep wall and the water of the
river, which glided rapidly under my feet. I came to the carcase of a
calf, which the people told me had fallen down from the edge of the
precipice above, being invited too far by grass and sweet herbs, which
they say frequently happens at this place. In early times, the
Carolinians had a fort, and kept a good garrison here as a frontier and
Indian trading post, but Augusta superceding it, this place was
dismantled, and since that time, which probably cannot exceed thirty
years, the river hath so much encroached upon the Carolina shore, that
its bed now lies where the site of the fort then was; indeed some told
me that the opposite Georgia shore, where there is now a fine house and
corn field, occupies the place.

The site of Augusta is perhaps the most delightful and eligible of any
in Georgia for a city. An extensive level plain on the banks of a fine
navigable river, which has its numerous sources in the Cherokee
mountains, a fruitful and temperate region, whence after roving and
winding about those fertile heights, they meander through a fertile
hilly country, and one after another combine in forming the Tugilo and
Broad rivers, and then the famous Savanna river; thence they continue
near an hundred miles more, following its meanders and falls over the
cataracts at Augusta, which cross the river at the upper end of the
town. These falls are four or five feet perpendicular height in the
summer season when the river is low. From these cataracts upwards, this
river with all its tributaries, as Broad river, Little river, Tugilo,
&c. is one continued rapid, with some short intervals of still water,
navigable for canoes. But from Augusta downwards to the ocean, a
distance of near three hundred miles by water, the Savanna
uninterruptedly flows with a gentle meandring course, and is navigable
for vessels of twenty or thirty tons burthen to Savanna, where ships of
three hundred tons lie in a capacious and secure harbour.

Augusta thus seated at the head of navigation, and just below the
conflux of several of its most considerable branches, without a
competitor, commands the trade and commerce of vast fruitful regions
above it, and from every side to a great distance; and I do not
hesitate to pronounce as my opinion, will very soon become the
metropolis of Georgia.[47]

I chose to take this route up Savanna river, in preference to the
straight and shorter road from Charleston to the Cherokee country by
fort Ninety Six, because by keeping near this great river, I had
frequent opportunities of visiting its steep banks, vast swamps and low
grounds, and had the advantage without great delay, or deviating from
the main high road, of observing the various soils and situations of
the countries through which this famous river pursues its course, and
of examining the various productions, mineral, vegetable and animal;
whereas had I pursued the great trading path by Ninety-Six, I should
have been led over a high, dry, sandy and gravelly ridge, and a great
part of the distance an old settled or resorted part of the country,
and consequently void of the varieties of original or novel productions
of nature.

Before I leave Augusta, I shall recite a curious phenomenon, which may
furnish ample matter for philosophical discussion to the curious
naturalists. On the Georgia side of the river, about fifteen miles
below Silver Bluff, the high road crosses a ridge of high swelling
hills of uncommon elevation, and perhaps seventy feet higher than the
surface of the river. These hills, from three feet below the common
vegetative surface, to the depth of twenty or thirty feet, are composed
entirely of fossil oyster shells, internally of the colour and
consistency of clear white marble; the shells are of an incredible
magnitude, generally fifteen or twenty inches in length, from six to
eight wide and two to four in thickness, and their hollows sufficient
to receive an ordinary man’s foot; they appear all to have been opened
before the period of petrefaction, a transmutation they seem evidently
to have suffered; they are undoubtedly very ancient or perhaps
antideluvian. The adjacent inhabitants burn them to lime for building,
for which purpose they serve very well; and would undoubtedly afford an
excellent manure when their lands require it, these hills being now
remarkably fertile. The heaps of shells lie upon a stratum of yellowish
sandy mould, of several feet in depth, upon a foundation of soft white
rocks that has the outward appearance of free-stone, but on strict
examination is really a testaceous concrete or composition of sand and
pulverised sea shells; in short, this testaceous rock approaches near
in quality and appearance to the Bahama or Bermudian white rock.

These hills are shaded with glorious Magnolia grandiflora, Morus rubra,
Tilia, Quercus, Ulmus, Juglans, &c. with aromatic groves of fragrant
Callicanthus Floridus, Rhododendron ferrugineum, Laurus Indica, &c.
Æsculus pavia, Cornus Florida, Azalea coccinea, Philadelphus inodorous
and others; but who would have expected to see the Dirca palustris and
Dodecathean meadea grow in abundance in this hot climate! it is true
they are seen in the rich and deep shaded vales, between the hills and
North exposure; but they attain to a degree of magnitude and splendour
never seen in Pennsylvania.

 [46] Pinus palutstris, Linn. the long leaved Pitch Pine, or yellow
 Pine.

 [47] A few years after the above remark, the seat of government was
 removed from Savanna to Augusta.




CHAPTER II.


After conferring with gentlemen in Augusta, conversant in Indian
affairs, concerning my future travels in those distant, unexplored
regions, and obtaining letters to their agents in the Indian
territories, I set off, proceeding for Fort James Dartmouth, at the
confluence of Broad River with Savanna, the road leading me near the
banks of the river for the distance of near thirty miles, crossing two
or three of its considerable branches, besides rivulets and smaller
brooks. The surface of the land uneven, by means of ridges or chains of
swelling hills and corresponding vales, with level downs; the soil a
loose, greyish-brown loamy mould on the hills, but darker and more
cohesive and humid in the vales and downs; this superficial, vegetative
earth, covers a deep stratum of very tenacious yellowish clay: the
downs afford grass and various herbage; the vales and hills, forest
trees and shrubs of various tribes, i. e. Quercus tinctoria, Q. alba,
Q. rubra, Q. lobata, Acer rubrum, A. Saccharinum, A. glaucum, Morus
rubra, Gleditsia triacanthus, Juglans hickory, various species, Quercus
phillos, Quer. dentata, s. hemispherica, Quercus aquatica, or Maryland
Water Oak, Ulmus sylvatica, Liriodendron, Liquidambar, Diospyros,
Cornus Florida, Prunus Indica, Prunus padus and Æsculus pavia; and near
water courses in the vales, Stewartia malachodendron, Halesia, Æsculus
sylvatica, Styrax, Carpinus, Magnolia acuminata, Mag. tripetala, Mag.
auriculata, Azalea, &c. The rich humid lands in the vales bordering on
creeks and bases of the hills, likewise produce various trees, shrubs
and plants, as Cercis, Corylus, Ptelea, Evonimus, Philadelphus
inodorous, Staphylea trifoliata, Chionanthus, Hamamelis, Callicarpa,
Sambucus, Cornus alba, Viburnum dentatum, Spirea opulifolia, Cornus
sanguinea, Cephalanthus, &c. and of herbaceæ a vast variety and
abundance, as Verbesina, Rudbeckia, Phaseolus, Tripsacum, Aconitum
napellus, Delphinium, Angelica lucida, Tradescantia, Trillium fessile,
Trillium cernuum, Actæa, Chelone, Glycine apios, Convalliaria racemosa,
Mediola, Carduus, Bidens frondosa, Arum triphyllum, Coreopsis
alternifolia, Circæa, Commelina, Aster, Solidago, Eupatorium,
Helianthus and Silphium, together with a variety of other tribes and
species new to me. In the evening I arrived at Little river, and took
up my quarters at a public house on its banks, near its confluence with
the Savanna. This is a beautiful rapid water, about fifty yards over.
On a branch of this river is situated the town of Wrightsborough.

Near the ford, on the banks of this river, I first observed a very
curious shrub, a beautiful evergreen, which appears to be allied to the
Rhododendron, though the seed vessels seem to bear more the
characteristics of the Kalmia. This shrub grows in copses or little
groves, in open, high situations, where trees of large growth are but
scatteringly planted; many simple stems arise together from a root or
source erect, four, five and six feet high; their limbs or branches,
which are produced towards the top of the stems, also stand nearly
erect, lightly diverging from the main stems, which are furnished with
moderately large ovate pointed intire leaves, of a pale or yellowish
green colour; these leaves are of a firm, compact texture, both
surfaces smooth and shining, and stand nearly erect upon short
petioles; the branches terminate with long, loose panicles or spikes of
white flowers, whose segments are five, long and narrow.

I arose early next morning and continued my journey for Fort James.
This day’s progress was agreeably entertaining, from the novelty and
variety of objects and views: the wild country now almost depopulated,
vast forests, expansive plains and detached groves; then chains of
hills whose gravelly, dry, barren summits present detached piles of
rocks, which delude and flatter the hopes and expectations of the
solitary traveller, full sure of hospitable habitations; heaps of
white, gnawed bones of the ancient buffalo, elk and deer,
indiscriminately mixed with those of men, half grown over with moss,
altogether, exhibit scenes of uncultivated nature, on reflection,
perhaps, rather disagreeable to a mind of delicate feelings and
sensibility, since some of these objects recognize past transactions
and events, perhaps not altogether reconcilable to justice and
humanity.

How harmonious and sweetly murmur the purling rills and fleeting
brooks, roving along the shadowy vales, passing through dark,
subterranean caverns, or dashing over steep rocky precipices, their
cold, humid banks condensing the volatile vapours, which falling
coalesce in crystalline drops, on the leaves and elastic twigs of the
aromatic shrubs and incarnate flowers! In these cool, sequestered,
rocky vales, we behold the following celebrated beauties of the hills,
fragrant Calycanthus, blushing Rhododendron ferrugineum, delicate
Philadelphus inodorus, which displays the white wavy mantle, with the
sky robed Delphinium, perfumed Convallaria and fiery Azalea, flaming on
the ascending hills or wavy surface of the gliding brooks. The epithet
fiery, I annex to this most celebrated species of Azalea, as being
expressive of the appearance of it in flowers, which are in general of
the colour of the finest red lead, orange and bright gold, as well as
yellow and cream colour; these various splendid colours are not only in
separate plants, but frequently all the varieties and shades are seen
in separate branches on the same plant, and the clusters of the
blossoms cover the shrubs in such incredible profusion on the hill
sides, that suddenly opening to view from dark shades, we are alarmed
with the apprehension of the hill being set on fire. This is certainly
the most gay and brilliant flowering shrub yet known: it grows in
little copses or clumps, in open forests as well as dark groves, with
other shrubs, and about the bases of hills, especially where brooks and
rivulets wind about them; the bushes seldom rise above six or seven
feet in height, and generally but three, four and five, but branch and
spread their tops greatly; the young leaves are but very small whilst
the shrubs are in bloom, from which circumstance the plant exhibits a
greater show of splendour.

Towards evening I crossed Broad river at a good ford, just above its
confluence with the Savanna, and arrived at Fort James, which is a four
square stockade, with saliant bastions at each angle, mounted with a
block-house, where are some swivel guns, one story higher than the
curtains, which are pierced with loop-holes, breast high, and defended
by small arms. The fortification encloses about an acre of ground,
where is the governor’s or commandant’s house, a good building, which
is flanked on each side by buildings for the officers and barracks for
the garrison, consisting of fifty ranges, including officers, each
having a good horse well equipt, a rifle, two dragoon pistols and a
hanger, besides a powder horn, shot pouch and tomahawk. The fort stands
on an eminence in the forks between the Savanna and Broad rivers, about
one mile above Fort Charlotta, which is situated near the banks of the
Savanna, on the Carolina side. Fort James is situated nearly at an
equal distance from the banks of the two rivers, and from the extreme
point of the land that separates them. The point or peninsula between
the two rivers, for the distance of two miles back from the fort, is
laid out for a town, by the name of Dartmouth, in honour to the earl of
Dartmouth, who, by his interest and influence in the British councils,
obtained from the king a grant and powers in favour of the Indian
trading company of Georgia, to treat with the Creeks for the cession of
a quantity of land sufficient to discharge their debts to the traders,
for the security and defence of which territory this fortress was
established.

This territory, called the New Purchase, contains about two millions of
acres, lying upon the head of Great Ogechee, between the banks of the
Savanna and Alatamaha, touching on the Ocone and taking within its
precincts all the waters of Broad and Little rivers, comprehends a body
of excellent and fertile land, well watered by innumerable rivers,
creeks and brooks.

I made a little excursion up the Savanna river, four or five miles
above the fort, with the surgeon of the garrison, who was so polite as
to attend me to show me some remarkable Indian monuments, which are
worthy of every travellers notice. These wonderful labours of the
ancients stand in a level plain, very near the bank of the river, now
twenty or thirty yards from it. They consist of conical mounts of earth
and four square terraces, &c. The great mount is in the form of a cone,
about forty or fifty feet high, and the circumference of its base two
or three hundred yards, entirely composed of the loamy rich earth of
the low grounds; the top or apex is flat; a spiral path or track
leading from the ground up to the top is still visible, where now grows
a large, beautiful spreading Red Cedar (Juniperus Americana): there
appears four niches, excavated out of the sides of this hill, at
different heights from the base, fronting the four cardinal points;
these niches or sentry boxes are entered into from the winding path,
and seem to have been meant for resting places or look-outs. The
circumjacent level grounds are cleared and planted with Indian Corn at
present, and I think the proprietor of these lands, who accompanied us
to this place, said that the mount itself yielded above one hundred
bushels in one season: the land hereabouts is indeed exceeding fertile
and productive.

It is altogether unknown to us, what could have induced the Indians to
raise such a heap of earth in this place, the ground for a great space
around being subject to inundations, at least once a year, from which
circumstance we may conclude they had no town or settled habitations
here. Some imagine these tumuli were constructed for look-out towers.
It is reasonable to suppose, however, that they were to serve some
important purpose in those days, as they were public works, and would
have required the united labour and attention of a whole nation,
circumstanced as they were, to have constructed one of them almost in
an age. There are several less ones round about the great one, with
some very large tetragon terraces on each side, near one hundred yards
in length, and their surface four, six, eight and ten feet above the
ground on which they stand.

We may however hazard a conjecture, that as there is generally a narrow
space or ridge in these low lands, immediately bordering on the river’s
bank, which is eight or ten feet higher than the adjoining low grounds,
that lie betwixt the stream and the heights of the adjacent main land,
which, when the river overflows its banks, are many feet under water,
when, at the same time, this ridge on the river bank is above water and
dry, and at such inundations appears as an island in the river; these
people might have had a town on this ridge, and this mount raised for a
retreat and refuge in case of inundations, which are unforeseen and
surprise them very suddenly, spring and autumn.

Having finished my collections and observations, which were extended to
a considerable distance in the environs of Dartmouth; May 10th sat off
again, proceeding for Keowe, rode six or eight miles up the river above
the fort, crossed over into Carolina and soon got into the high road,
but had not proceeded far, when I was surprised by a sudden very heavy
shower of rain, attended with terrific thunder, but luckily found
present shelter at a farm house, where I continued above and hour
before its fury abated, when I proceeded again, and notwithstanding
this detention and obstacles in consequence of the heavy rains in
raising the creeks, travelled thirty-five miles, and arrived in the
evening at Mr. Cameron’s, deputy-commissary for Indian affairs for the
Cherokee nation, to whom I was recommended by letters from the
honourable John Stewart, superintendant, residing in Charleston,
mentioning my business in the Cherokee country.

The road this day had led me over an uneven country, its surface
undulated by ridges or chains of hills, sometimes rough with rocks and
stones, yet generally productive of forests, with a variety of
vegetables of inferior growth, i. e. Quercus, various species, Juglans
hickory, varieties, Liriodendron, Fraxinus, Fagus sylvatica, Fagus
castanea, Fagus pumila, s. Chinkapin, Nyssa sylvatica, Acer rubrum,
Æsculus sylvatica, Magnolia acuminata, Magnolia tripetala, Andromeda
arborea, Hopea tinctoria, Æsculus pavia, Viburnum, Azalea flammea and
other species; Hydrangea, Calycanthus, &c.

The season being uncommonly wet, almost daily showers of rain,
frequently attended with tremenduous thunder, rendered travelling
disagreeable, toilsome and hazardous, through an uninhabited
wilderness, abounding with rivers and brooks. I was prevailed upon by
Mr. Cameron to stay at his house a few days, until the rains ceased and
the rivers could be more easily forded.

The Angelica lucido or Nondo grows here in abundance: its aromatic
carminative root is in taste much like that of the Ginseng (Panax)
though more of the taste and scent of Anise-seed: it is in high
estimation with the Indians as well as white inhabitants, and sells at
a great price to the Southern Indians of Florida, who dwell near the
sea coast where this never grows spontaneously. I observed a charming
species of Malva, having panicles of large splended purple or deep blue
flowers; and another species of Malva, very singular indeed, for it is
a climber; the leaves are broad, which, with the whole plant, are
hoary; the flowers are very small, and of a greenish white. Here grows
also in abundance a beautiful species of Delphinium; the flowers differ
in no respect from those of the common branching Larkspur of the
gardens; they are of a fine deep blue colour, and disposed in long
sparsed spikes; the leaves are compound, almost linear, but the
segments not so fine cut as those of the garden Larkspur.

The weather now settled and fair, I prepared to proceed for Fort Prince
George Keowe, having obtained of the agreeable and liberal Mr. Cameron,
ample testimonials and letters of recommendation to the traders in the
nation; this gentleman also very obligingly sent a young Negro slave,
to assist and pilot me as far as Sinica.

May 15th I left Lough-abber, the seat of Mr. Cameron. In the course of
this day’s journey I crossed several rivers and brooks, all branches of
Savanna, now called Keowe, above its confluence with the Tugilo, the
west main branch. The face of the country uneven, by means of ridges of
hills and water courses; the hills somewhat rocky near their summits
and at the banks of rivers and creeks, but very fertile, as there is a
good depth of a loose dark and most vegetative mould, on a stratum of
reddish brown tenacious clay, and sometimes a deep stratum of dusky
brown marl. The vegetable productions observed during this day’s
progress, were generally the same as already recited since leaving
Dartmouth. The flaming Azalea abound and illuminate the hill sides; and
a new and singularly beautiful species of Æsculus pavia, situated above
them, towards the summits of these low hills. This conspicuously
beautiful flowering shrub, grows to the height of five or six feet;
many divergent crooked stems arise together from a root or source,
which dividing their branches, wreath about every way, after a very
irregular and free order; the exterior subdivisions of these limbs
terminate with a heavy cluster or thyrsis of rose or pink coloured
flowers, speckled or variegated with crimson, larger, more expansive
and regular in their formation than those of the Pavia; and these heavy
spikes of flowers, charged with the morning dews, bend the slender
flexile stems to the ground: the compound leaves are of the
configuration of those of the Pavia, but broader and their veins more
prominent. The shrubs growing about the tops of the more barren grassy
hills, where large trees are few and scattered, show themselves to
great advantage, and make a fine appearance.

There are abundance of Grape vines (Vitis vinifera) which ramble and
spread themselves over the shrubs and low trees in these situations,
and I was assured produced fruit affording an excellent juice: the
grapes are of various colours when ripe, of the figure and about the
size of the European wine grapes. Arrived at Sinica in the evening,
after travelling forty-five miles through an uninhabited wilderness.

The Cherokee town of Sinica is a very respectable settlement, situated
on the east bank of the Keowe river, though the greatest number of
Indian habitations are on the opposite shore, where likewise stands the
council-house in a level plain betwixt the river and a range of
beautiful lofty hills, which rise magnificently, and seem to bend over
the green plains and the river: but the chief’s house, with those of
the traders, and some Indian dwellings, are seated on the ascent of the
heights on the opposite shore. This situation in point of prospect far
excels the other, as it overlooks the whole settlement, the extensive
fruitful plains on the river above and below, and the plantations of
the inhabitants, commanding a most comprehensive diversified view of
the opposite elevations.

Sinica is a new town rebuilt since the late Indian war, when the
Cherokees were vanquished and compelled to sue for peace, by general
Middleton, commander of the Carolinian auxiliaries acting against them,
when the lower and middle settlements were broken up: the number of
inhabitants are now estimated at about five hundred, and they are able
to muster about one hundred warriors.

Next day I left Sinica alone, and after riding about sixteen miles,
chiefly through high forests of excellent land at a little distance
from the river, arrived in the evening at fort Prince George Keowe.

Keowe is a most charming situation, and the adjacent heights are
naturally so formed and disposed, as with little expensive of military
architecture to be rendered almost impregnable. It lies in a fertile
vale, at this season, enamelled with the incarnate fragrant
strawberries and blooming plants, through which the beautiful river
meanders, sometimes gently flowing, but more frequently agitated,
gliding swiftly between the fruitful strawberry banks, environed at
various distances by high hills and mountains, some rising boldly
almost upright upon the verge of the expansive lawn, so as to overlook
and shadow it, whilst others more lofty, superb, misty and blue,
majestically mount far above.

The evening still and calm, all silent and peaceable, a vivifying
gentle breeze continually wafted from the fragrant strawberry fields,
and aromatic Calycanthean groves on the surrounding heights; the wary
moor fowl thundering in the distant echoing hills: how the groves and
hills ring with the shrill perpetual voice of the whip-poor-will!

Abandoned as my situation now was, yet thank heaven many objects met
together at this time, and conspired to conciliate, and in some degree
compose my mind, heretofore somewhat dejected and unharmonized: all
alone in a wild Indian country, a thousand miles from my native land,
and a vast distance from any settlements of white people. It is true,
here were some of my own colour, yet they were strangers; and though
friendly and hospitable, their manners and customs of living so
different from what I had been accustomed to, administered but little
to my consolation: some hundred miles yet to travel, the savage
vindictive inhabitants lately ill-treated by the frontier Virginians,
blood being spilt between them and the injury not yet wiped away by
formal treaty: the Cherokees extremely jealous of white people
travelling about their mountains, especially if they should be seen
peeping in amongst the rocks or digging up their earth.

The vale of Keowe is seven or eight miles in extent, that is, from the
little town of Kulsage[48] about a mile above, thence down the river
six or seven miles, where a high ridge of hills on each side of the
river almost terminates the vale, but opens again below the narrow
ridge, and continues ten or twelve miles down to Sinica, and in width
one and two miles. This fertile vale within the remembrance of some old
traders with whom I conversed, was one continued settlement; the
swelling sides of the adjoining hills were then covered with
habitations, and the rich level grounds beneath lying on the river, was
cultivated and planted, which now exhibit a very different spectacle,
humiliating indeed to the present generation, the posterity and feeble
remains of the once potent and renowned Cherokees: the vestiges of the
ancient Indian dwellings are yet visible on the feet of the hills
bordering and fronting on the vale, such as posts or pillars of their
habitations, &c.

There are several Indian mounts or tumuli, and terraces, monuments of
the ancients, at the old site of Keowe, near the fort Prince George,
but no Indian habitations at present; and here are several dwellings
inhabited by white people concerned in the Indian trade; Mr. D. Homes
is the principal trader here.

The old fort Prince George now bears no marks of a fortress, but serves
for a trading house.

 [48] Sugar Town.




CHAPTER III.


I waited two or three days at this post, expecting the return of an
Indian who was out hunting. This man was recommended to me as a
suitable person for a protector and guide to the Indian settlements
over the hills, but upon information that he would not be in shortly,
and there being no other person suitable for the purpose, rather than
be detained, and perhaps thereby frustrated in my purposes, determined
to set off alone and run all risks.

I crossed the river at a good ford just below the old fort. The river
here is just one hundred yards over. After an agreeable progress for
about two miles over delightful strawberry plains, and gently swelling
green hills, began to ascend more steep and rocky ridges. Having gained
a very considerable elevation, looking round, I enjoyed a very
comprehensive and delightful view: Keowe, which I had but just lost
sight of, appeared again, and the serpentine river speeding through the
lucid green plain apparently just under my feet. After observing this
delightful landscape, I continued on again three or four miles, keeping
the trading path, which led me over uneven rocky land, and crossing
rivulets and brooks, rapidly descending over rocky precipices; when I
came into a charming vale, embellished with a delightful glittering
river, which meandered through it, and crossed my road. On my left
hand, upon the grassy bases of the rising hills, appeared the remains
of a town of the ancients, as the tumuli, terraces, posts or pillars,
old Peach and Plumb orchards, &c. sufficiently testify. These vales and
swelling bases of the surrounding hills, afford vast crops of excellent
grass and herbage fit for pasturage and hay; of the latter Plantago
Virginica, Sanguisorba, Geum, Fragaria, &c. The Panax quinquefolium, or
Ginseng, now appears plentifully on the North exposure of the hill,
growing out of the rich mellow humid earth amongst the stones or
fragments of rocks.

Having crossed the vales, I began to ascend again the more lofty ridges
of hills, then continued about eight miles over more gentle pyramidal
hills, narrow vales and lawns, the soil exceedingly fertile, producing
lofty forests and odoriferous groves of Calycanthus, near the banks of
rivers, with Halesia, Philadelphus inodorus, Rhododendron ferrugineum,
Azalea, Stewartia montana,[49] fol. ovatis acuminatis serratis, flor.
niveo, staminum corona fulgida, pericarp. pomum exsuccum, apice
acuminato dehiscens, Cornus Florida, Styrax, all in full bloom, and
decorated with the following sweet roving climbers, Bignonia
sempervirens, Big. crucigera, Lonicera sempervirens, Rosa paniculata,
&c.

Now at once the mount divide; and disclose to view the ample Occonne
vale, encircled by a wreath of uniform hills; their swelling bases clad
in cheerful verdure, over which, issuing from between the mountains,
plays along a glittering river, meandering through the meadows.
Crossing these at the upper end of the vale, I began to ascend the
Occonne mountain. On the foot of the hills are the ruins of the ancient
Occonne town. The first step after leaving the verdant beds of the
hills was a very high rocky chain of pointed hills, extremely well
timbered with the following trees: Quercus tinctoria, Querc. alba,
Querc. rubra, Fraxinus excelsior, Juglans hickory, various species,
Ulmus, Tilia, Acer saccharinum, Morus, Juglans nigra, Juglans alba,
Annona glabra, Robinia pseudacacia, Magnolia acuminata, Æsculus
sylvatica, with many more, particularly a species of Robinia new to me,
though perhaps the same as figured and slightly described by Catesby in
his Nat. Hist. Carol. This beautiful flowering tree grows twenty and
thirty feet high, with a crooked leaning trunk; the branches spread
greatly, and wreath about, some almost touching the ground; however
there appears a singular pleasing wildness and freedom in its manner of
growth; the slender subdivisions of the branches terminate with heavy
compound panicles of rose or pink coloured flowers, amidst a wreath of
beautiful pinnated leaves.

My next flight was up a very high peak, to the top of the Occonne
mountain, where I rested; and turning about, found that I was now in a
very elevated situation, from whence I enjoyed a view inexpressibly
magnificent and comprehensive. The mountainous wilderness through which
I had lately traversed down to the region of Augusta, appearing
regularly undulated as the great ocean after a tempest; the undulations
gradually depressing, yet perfectly regular, as the squamma of fish, or
imbrications of tile on a roof: the nearest ground to me of a perfect
full green; next more glaucous; and lastly almost blue as the ether
with which the most distant curve of the horizon seemed to be blended.

My imagination thus wholly engaged in the contemplation of this
magnificent landscape, infinitely varied, and without bound, I was
almost insensible or regardless of the charming objects more within my
reach: a new species of Rhododendron foremost in the assembly of
mountain beauties; next the flaming Azalea, Kalmia latifolia, incarnate
Robinia, snowy mantled Philadelphus inodorus, perfumed Calycanthus, &c.

This species of Rhododendron grows six or seven feet high; many nearly
erect stems arise together from the root, forming a group or coppice.
The leaves are three or four inches in length, of an oblong figure,
broadest toward the extremity, and terminating with an obtuse point;
their upper surface of a deep green and polished; but the nether
surface of a rusty iron colour, which seems to be effected by
innumerable minute reddish vesicles, beneath a fine short downy
pubescence; the numerous flexile branches terminate with a loose spiked
raceme, or cluster of large deep rose coloured flowers, each flower
being affixed in the diffused cluster by a long peduncle, which, with
the whole plant, possess an agreeable perfume.

After being recovered of the fatigue and labour in ascending the
mountain, I began again to prosecute my task, proceeding through a
shady forest, and soon after gained the most elevated crest of the
Occonne mountain, and then began to descend the other side; the winding
rough road carrying me over rocky hills and levels, shaded by
incomparable forests, the soil exceedingly rich, and of an excellent
quality for the production of every vegetable suited to the climate,
and seeming peculiarly adapted for the cultivation of Vines (Vitis
vinifera) Olives (Olea Europea), the Almond tree (Amygdalus communis),
Fig (Ficus carica), and perhaps the Pomgranate (Punica granatum), as
well as Peaches (Amyg. Persica), Prunus, Pyrus, of every variety. I
passed again steep rocky ascents, and then rich levels, where grew many
trees and plants common in Pennsylvania, New-York and even Canada, as
Pinus strobus, Pin. sylvestris, Pin. abies, Acer saccharinum, Acer
striatum, s. Pennysylvanicnm, Populus tremula, Betula nigra, Juglans
alba, &c. but what seems remarkable, the yellow Jessamine (Bignonia
sempervirens), which is killed by a very slight frost in the open air
in Pennsylvania, here on the summits of the Cherokee mountains
associates with the Canadian vegetables, and appears roving with them
in perfect bloom and gaiety; as likewise Halesia diptera, and Hal.
tetraptera, mountain Stewartia, Styrax, Ptelea, and Æsculus pavia, but
all these bear our hardest frosts in Pennsylvania. Now I enter a
charming narrow vale, through which flows a rapid large creek, on whose
banks are happily associated the shrubs already recited, together with
the following; Staphylæa, Euonimus Americana, Hamamelis, Azalea,
various species, Aristolochia frutescens, s. odoratissima, which
rambles over the trees and shrubs on the prolific banks of these
mountain brooks. Passed through magnificent high forests, and then came
upon the borders of an ample meadow on the left, embroidered by the
shade of a high circular amphitheatre of hills, the circular ridges
rising magnificently one over the other. On the green turfy bases of
these ascents appear the ruins of a town of the ancients. The upper end
of this spacious green plain is divided by a promontory or spur of the
ridges before me, which projects into it: my road led me up into an
opening of the ascents through which the glittering brook which watered
the meadows ran rapidly down, dashing and roaring over high rocky
steps. Continued yet ascending until I gained the top of an elevated
rocky ridge, when appeared before me a gap or opening between other yet
more lofty ascents, through which continuing as the rough rocky road
led me, close by the winding banks of a large rapid brook, which at
length turning to the left, pouring down rocky precipices, glided off
through dark groves and high forests, conveying streams of fertility
and pleasure to the fields below.

The surface of the land now for three or four miles is level, yet
uneven, occasioned by natural mounds or rocky knobs, but covered with a
good staple of rich earth, which affords forests of timber trees and
shrubs. After this, gently descending again, I travelled some miles
over a varied situation of ground, exhibiting views of grand forests,
dark detached groves, vales and meadows, as heretofore, and producing
the like vegetable and other works of nature; the meadows affording
exuberant pasturage for cattle, and the bases of the encircling hills,
flowering plants, and fruitful strawberry beds: observed frequently
ruins of the habitations or villages of the ancients. Crossed a
delightful river, the main branch of Tugilo, when I began to ascend
again, first over swelling turfy ridges, varied with groves of stately
forest trees; then ascending again more steep grassy hill sides, rested
on the top of mount Magnolia, which appeared to me to be the highest
ridge of the Cherokee mountains, which separate the waters of Savanna
river from those of the Tanase or greater main branch of the Cherokee
river. This running rapidly a North-West course through the mountains,
is joined from the North-East by the Holstein; thence taking a west
course yet amongst the mountains, receiving into it from either hand
many large rivers, leaves the mountains immediately after being joined
by a large river from the east, becomes a mighty river by the name of
Hogehege, thence meanders many hundred miles through a vast country
consisting of forests, meadows, groves, expansive savannas, fields and
swelling hills, most fertile and delightful, flows into the beautiful
Ohio, and in conjunction with its transparent waters, becomes tributary
to the sovereign Missisippi.

This exalted peak I named mount Magnolia, from a new and beautiful
species of that celebrated family of flowering trees, which here, at
the cascades of Falling Creek, grows in a high degree of perfection: I
had, indeed, noticed this curious tree several times before,
particularly on the high ridges betwixt Sinica and Keowe, and on
ascending the first mountain after leaving Keowe, when I observed it in
flower, but here it flourishes and commands our attention.

This tree,[50] or perhaps rather shrub, rises eighteen to thirty feet
in height; there are usually many stems from a root or source, which
lean a little, or slightly diverge from each other, in this respect
imitating the Magnolia tripetala; the crooked wreathing branches
arising and subdividing from the main stem without order or uniformity,
their extremities turn upwards, producing a very large rosaceous,
perfectly white, double or polypetalous flower, which is of a most
fragrant scent; this fine flower fits in the centre of a radius of very
large leaves, which are of a singular figure, somewhat lanceolate, but
broad towards their extremities, terminated with an acuminated point,
and backwards they attenuate and become very narrow towards their
bases, terminating that way with two long, narrow ears or lappets, one
on each side of the insertion of the petiole; the leaves have only
short footstalks, sitting very near each other, at the extremities of
the floriferous branches, from whence they spread themselves after a
regular order, like the spokes of a wheel, their margins touching or
lightly lapping upon each other, form an expansive umbrella superbly
crowned or crested with the fragrant flower, representing a white
plume; the blossom is succeeded by a very large crimson cone or
strobile, containing a great number of scarlet berries, which, when
ripe, spring from their cells, and are for a time suspended by a white
silky web or thread. The leaves of these trees which grow in a rich,
light humid soil, when fully expanded and at maturity, are frequently
above two feet in length, and six or eight inches where broadest. I
discovered in the maritime parts of Georgia, particularly on the banks
of the Alatamaha, another new species of Magnolia, whose leaves were
nearly of the figure of those of this tree, but they were much less in
size, not more than six or seven inches in length, and the strobile
very small, oblong, sharp pointed, and of a fine deep crimson colour;
but I never saw the flower. These trees grow straight and erect, thirty
feet or more in height, and of a sharp conical form, much resembling
the Cucumber tree (Mag. acuminata) in figure.

The day being remarkably warm and sultry, which, together with the
labour and fatigue of ascending the mountains, made me very thirsty and
in some degree sunk my spirits. Now past mid-day. I sought a cool
shaded retreat, where was water for refreshment and grazing for my
horse, my faithful slave and only companion. After proceeding a little
farther, descending the other side of the mountain, I perceived at some
distance before me, on my right hand, a level plain supporting a grand
high forest and groves: the nearer I approached, my steps were the more
accelerated from the flattering prospect opening to view. I now entered
upon the verge of the dark forest, charming solitude! as I advanced
through the animating shades, observed on the farther grassy verge a
shady grove; thither I directed my steps. On approaching these shades,
between the stately columns of the superb forest trees, presented to
view, rushing from rocky precipices under the shade of the pensile
hills, the unparalleled cascade of Falling Creek, rolling and leaping
off the rocks: the waters uniting below, spread a broad glittering
sheet over a vast convex elivation of plain smooth rocks, and are
immediately received by a spacious bason, where, trembling in the
centre through hurry and agitation, they gently subside, encircling the
painted still verge; from whence gliding swiftly, they soon form a
delightful little river, which continuing to flow more moderately, is
restrained for a moment, gently undulating in a little lake: they then
pass on rapidly to a high perpendicular steep of rocks, from whence
these delightful waters are hurried down with irresistible rapidity. I
here seated myself on the moss-clad rocks, under the shade of spreading
trees and floriferous fragrant shrubs, in full view of the cascades.

At this rural retirement were assembled a charming circle of mountain
vegetable beauties; Magnolia auriculata, Rhododendron ferrugineum,
Kalmia latifolia, Robinia montana, Azalea flammula, Rosa paniculata,
Calycanthus Floridus, Philadelphus inodorus, perfumed Convallaria
majalis, Anemone thalictroides, Anemone hepatica, Erythronium
maculatum, Leontice thalictroides, Trillium fessile, Trillium cesnum,
Cypripedium, Arethusa, Ophrys, Sanguinaria, Viola uvuleria, Epigea,
Mitchella repens, Stewartia, Halesia, Sryrax, Lonicera, &c. Some of
these roving beauties stroll over the mossy, shelving, humid rocks, or
from off the expansive wavy boughs of trees, bending over the floods,
salute their delusive shade, playing on the surface; some plunge their
perfumed heads and bathe their flexile limbs in the silver stream;
whilst others by the mountain breezes are tossed about, their blooming
tufts bespangled with pearly and crystalline dewdrops collected from
the falling mists, glistening in the rainbow arch. Having collected
some valuable specimens at this friendly retreat, I continued my
lonesome pilgrimage. My road for a considerable time led me winding and
turning about the steep rocky hills; the descent of some of which were
very rough and troublesome, by means of fragments of rocks, slippery
clay and talc: but after this I entered a spacious forest, the land
having gradually acquired a more level surface: a pretty grassy vale
appears on my right, through which my wandering path led me, close by
the banks of a delightful creek, which sometimes falling over steps of
rocks, glides gently with serpentine meanders through the meadows.

After crossing this delightful brook and mead, the land rises again
with sublime magnificence, and I am led over hills and vales, groves
and high forests, vocal with the melody of the feathered songsters, the
snow-white cascades glittering on the sides of the distant hills.

It was now after noon; I approached a charming vale, amidst sublimely
high forests, awful shades! Darkness gathers around; far distant
thunder rolls over the trembling hills: the black clouds with august
majesty and power, move slowly forwards, shading regions of towering
hills, and threatning all the destruction of a thunder storm: all
around is now still as death; not a whisper is heard, but a total
inactivity and silence seems to pervade the earth; the birds afraid to
utter a chirrup, and in low tremulous voices take leave of each other,
seeking covert and safety: every insect is silenced, and nothing heard
but the roaring of the approaching hurricane. The mighty cloud now
expands its sable wings, extending from North to South, and is driven
irresistibly on by the tumultuous winds, spreading his livid wings
around the gloomy concave, armed with terrors of thunder and fiery
shafts of lightning. Now the lofty forests bend low beneath its fury;
their limbs and wavy boughs are tossed about and catch hold of each
other; the mountains tremble and seem to reel about, and the ancient
hills to be shaken to their foundations: the furious storm sweeps
along, smoking through the vale and over the resounding hills: the face
of the earth is obscured by the deluge descending from the firmament,
and I am deafened by the din of thunder. The tempestuous scene damps my
spirits, and my horse sinks under me at the tremendous peals, as I
hasten on for the plain.

The storm abating, I saw an Indian hunting cabin on the side of a hill,
a very agreeable prospect, especially in my present condition; I made
up to it and took quiet possession, there being no one to dispute it
with me except a few bats and whip-poor-wills, who had repaired thither
for shelter from the violence of the hurricane.

Having turned out my horse in the sweet meadows adjoining, and found
some dry wood under shelter of the old cabin, I struck up a fire, dried
my clothes, and comforted myself with a frugal repast of biscuit and
dried beef, which was all the food my viaticum afforded me by this
time, excepting a small piece of cheese which I had furnished myself
with at Charleston, and kept till this time.

The night was clear, calm and cool, and I rested quietly. Next morning
at day-break I was awakened and summoned to resume my daily task, by
the shrill cries of the social night hawk and active merry mock-bird.
By the time the rising sun had gilded the tops of the towering hills,
the mountains and vales rang with the harmonious shouts of the pious
and cheerful tenants of the groves and meads.

I observed growing in great abundance in these mountain meadows,
Sanguisorba Canadensis and Heracleum maximum; the latter exhibiting a
fine show, being rendered conspicuous even at a great distance, by its
great height and spread, vast pennatifid leaves and expansive umbels of
snow-white flowers. The swelling bases of the surrounding hills
fronting the meadows, presented for my acceptance the fragrant red
strawberry, in painted beds of many acres surface, indeed I may safely
say many hundreds.

After passing through this meadow, the road led me over the bases of a
ridge of hills, which as a bold promontory dividing the fields I had
just passed, form expansive green lawns. On these towering hills
appeared the ruins of the ancient famous town of Sticoe. Here was a
vast Indian mount or tumulus and great terrace, on which stood the
council-house, with banks encompassing their circus; here were also old
Peach and Plumb orchards; some of the trees appeared yet thriving and
fruitful. Presently after leaving these ruins, the vale and fields are
divided by means of a spur of the mountains pushing forward: here
likewise the road forked; the left-hand path continued up the mountains
to the Overhill towns: I followed the vale to the right hand, and soon
began again to ascend the hills, riding several miles over very rough,
stony land, yielding the like vegetable productions as heretofore; and
descending again gradually, by a dubious winding path, leading into a
narrow vale and lawn, through which rolled on before me a delightful
brook, water of the Tanase. I crossed it and continued a mile or two
down the meadows; when the high mountains on each side suddenly
receding, discovered the opening of the extensive and fruitful vale of
Cowe, through which meanders the head branch of the Tanase, almost from
its source, sixty miles, following its course down to Cowe.

I left the stream for a little while, passing swiftly and foaming over
its rocky bed, lashing the steep craggy banks, and then suddenly sunk
from my sight, murmuring hollow and deep under the rocky surface of the
ground. On my right hand the vale expands, receiving a pretty silvery
brook of water, which came hastily down from the adjacent hills, and
entered the river a little distance before me. I now turn from the
heights on my left, the road leading into the level lawns, to avoid the
hollow rocky grounds, full of holes and cavities, arching over the
river through which the waters are seen gliding along: but the river is
soon liberated from these solitary and gloomy recesses, and appears
waving through the green plain before me. I continued several miles,
pursuing my serpentine path, through and over the meadows and green
fields, and crossing the river, which is here incredibly increased in
size, by the continual accession of brooks flowing in from the hills on
each side, dividing their green turfy beds, forming them into
parterres, vistas and verdant swelling knolls, profusely productive of
flowers and fragrant strawberries, their rich juice dying my horse’s
feet and ancles.

These swelling hills, the prolific beds on which the towering mountains
repose, seem to have been the common situations of the towns of the
acients, as appear from the remaining ruins of them yet to be seen, and
the level rich vale and meadows in front, their planting grounds.

Continue yet ten or twelve miles down the vale, my road leading at
times close to the banks of the river, the Azalea, Kalmia,
Rhododendron, Philadelphus, &c. beautifying his now elevated shores,
and painting the coves with a rich and cheerful scenery, continually
unfolding new prospects as I traverse the shores: the towering
mountains seem continually in motion as I pass along, pompously rising
their superb crests towards the lofty skies, traversing the far distant
horizon.

The Tanase is now greatly increased from the conflux of the multitude
of rivulets and brooks, descending from the hills on either side,
generously contributing to establish his future fame, already a
spacious river.

The mountains recede, the vale expands; two beautiful rivulets stream
down through lateral vales, gliding in serpentine mazes over the green
turfy knolls, and enter the Tanase nearly opposite to each other.
Straight forward the expansive green vale seems yet infinite: now on
the right hand a lofty pyramidal hill terminates a spur of the adjacent
mountain, and advances almost into the river; but immediately after
doubling this promontory, an expanded wing of the vale spreads on my
right, down which came precipitately a very beautiful creek, which
flowed into the river just before me; but now behold, high upon the
side of a distant mountain overlooking the vale, the fountain of this
brisk-flowing creek; the uparalleled waterfall appears as a vast
edifice with crystal front, or a field of ice lying on the bosom of the
hill.

I now approach the river at the fording place, which was greatly swolen
by the floods of rain that fell the day before, and ran with foaming
rapidity; but observing that it had fallen several feet perpendicular,
and perceiving the bottom or bed of the river to be level, and covered
evenly with pebbles, I ventured to cross over; however I was obliged to
swim two or three yards at the deepest chanel of it, and landed safely
on the banks of a fine meadow, which lay on the opposite shore, where I
immediately alighted and spread abroad on the turf my linen, books, and
specimens of plants, &c. to dry, turned out my steed to graze, and then
avanced into to the strawberry plains to regale on the fragrant,
delicious fruit, welcomed by communities of the splendid meleagris, the
capricious roe-buck and all the free and happy tribes, which possess
and inhabit those prolific fields, who appeared to invite and joined
with me in the participation of the bountiful repast presented to us
from the lap of nature.

I mounted again and followed the trading path about a quarter of a mile
through the fields, then gently ascended the green beds of the hills,
and entered the forests, being a point of a chain of hills projecting
into the green vale or low lands of the rivers. This forest continued
about a mile, the surface of the land level but rough, being covered
with stones or fragments of rocks, and very large, smooth pebbles of
various shapes and sizes, some of ten or fifteen pounds weight: I
observed on each side of the road many vast heaps of these stones,
Indian graves undoubtedly[51].

After I left the graves, the ample vale soon offered on my right hand,
through the tall forest trees, charming views, which exhibited a
pleasing contrast, immediately out of the gloomy shades and scenes of
death, into expansive, lucid, green, flowery fields, expanding between
retiring hills and turfy eminences, the rapid Tanase gliding through,
as a vast serpent rushing after his prey.

My winding path now leads me again over the green fields into the
meadows, sometimes visiting the decorated banks of the river, as it
meanders through the meadows, or boldy sweeps along the bases of the
mountains, its surface receiving the images reflected from the flowery
banks above.

Thus was my agreeable progress for about fifteen miles, since I came
upon the sources of the Tanase, at the head of this charming vale: in
the evening espying a human habitation at the foot of the sloping green
hills, beneath lofty forests of the mountains on the left hand, and at
the same time observing a man crossing the river from the opposite
shore in a canoe and coming towards me, I waited his approach, who
hailing me, I answered I was for Cowe; he entreated me very civilly to
call at his house, adding, that he would presently come to me.

I was received and entertained here until next day with the most
perfect civility. After I had dined, towards evening, a company of
Indian girls, inhabitants of a village in the hills at a small
distance, called, having baskets of strawberries; and this man, who
kept here a trading-house, being married to a Cherokee woman of family,
was indulged to keep a stock of cattle, and his helpmate being an
excellent house-wife and a very agreeable good woman, treated us with
cream and strawberries.

Next morning, after breakfasting on excellent coffee, relished with
bucanned venison, hot corn cakes, excellent butter and cheese, sat
forwards again for Cowe, which was about fifteen miles distance,
keeping the trading path which coursed through the low lands between
the hills and the river, now spacious and well beaten by travellers,
but somewhat intricate to a stranger, from the frequent collateral
roads falling into it from villages or towns over the hills. After
riding about four miles mostly through fields and plantations, the soil
incredibly fertile, arrived at the town of Echoe, consisting of many
good houses, well inhabited. I passed through, and continued three
miles farther to Nucasse, and three miles more brought me to Whatoga.
Riding through this large town, the road carried me winding about
through their little plantations of Corn, Beans, &c. up to the
council-house, which was a very large dome or rotunda, situated on the
top of an ancient artificial mount, and here my road terminated. All
before me and on every side appeared little plantations of young Corn,
Beans, &c. divided from each other by narrow strips or borders of
grass, which marked the bounds of each one’s property, their habitation
standing in the midst. Finding no common high road to lead me through
the town, I was now at a stand how to proceed farther, when observing
an Indian man at the door of his habitation, three or four hundred
yards distance from me, beckoning to come to him, I ventured to ride
through their lots, being careful to do no injury to the young plants,
the rising hopes of their labour and industry; crossed a little grassy
vale watered by a silver stream, which gently undulated through, then
ascended a green hill to the house, where I was cheerfully welcomed at
the door, and led in by the chief, giving the care of my horse to two
handsome youths, his sons. During my continuance here, about half an
hour, I experienced the most perfect and agreeable hospitality
conferred on me by these happy people; I mean happy in their
dispositions, in their apprehensions of rectitude with regard to our
social or moral conduct. O divine simplicity and truth, friendship
without fallacy or guile, hospitality disinterested, native, undefiled,
unmodifyed by artificial refinements!

My venerable host gracefully and with an air of respect, led me into an
airy, cool apartment, where being seated on cabins, his women brought
in a refreshing repast, consisting of sodden venison, hot corn cakes,
&c. with a pleasant cooling liquor made of hommony well boiled, mixed
afterwards with milk; this is served up, either before or after eating
in a large bowl, with a very large spoon or ladle to sup it with.

After partaking of this simple but healthy and liberal collation and
the dishes cleared off, Tobacco and pipes were brought; and the chief
filling one of them, whose stem, about four feet long, was sheathed in
a beautiful speckled snake skin, and adorned with feathers and strings
of wampum, lights it and smokes a few whiffs, puffing the smoke first
towards the sun, then to the four cardinal points, and lastly over my
breast, hands it towards me, which I cheerfully received from him and
smoked; when we fell into conversation. He first enquired if I came
from Charleston? if I knew John Stewart, Esq,? how long since I left
Charleston? &c. Having satisfied him in my answers in the best manner I
could, he was greatly pleased, which I was convinced of by his
attention to me, his cheerful manners, and his ordering my horse a
plentiful bait of corn, which last instance of respect is conferred on
those only to whom they manifest the highest esteem, saying that corn
was given by the Great Spirit only for food to man.

I acquainted this ancient prince and patriarch of the nature and design
of my peregrinations, and that I was now for Cowe, but having lost my
road in the town, requested that I might be informed. He cheerfully
replied, that he was pleased I was come in their country, where I
should meet with friendship and protection, and that he would himself
lead me into the right path.

After ordering my horse to the door, we went forth together, he on
foot, and I leading my horse by the bridle, thus walking together near
two miles, we shook hands and parted, he returning home, and I
continuing my journey for Cowe.

This prince is the chief of Whatoga, a man universally beloved, and
particularly esteemed by the whites for his pacific and equitable
disposition, and revered by all for his exemplary virtues, just,
moderate, magnanimous and intrepid.

He was tall and perfectly formed; his countenance cheerful and lofty,
and at the same time truly characteristic of the red men, that is, the
brow ferocious and the eye active, piercing or fiery, as an eagle. He
appeared to be about sixty years of age, yet upright and muscular, and
his limbs active as youth.

After leaving my princely friend, I travelled about five miles through
old plantations, now under grass, but which appeared to have been
planted the last season; the soil exceeding fertile, loose, black, deep
and fat. I arrived at Cowe about noon. This settlement is esteemed the
capital town: it is situated on the bases of the hills on both sides of
the river, near to its bank, and here terminates the great vale of
Cowe, exhibiting one of the most charming natural mountainous
landscapes perhaps any where to be seen; ridges of hills rising grand
and sublimely one above and beyond another, some boldly and
majestically advancing into the verdant plain, their feet bathed with
the silver flood of the Tanase, whilst others far distant, veiled in
blue mists, sublimely mounting aloft with yet greater majesty lift up
their pompous crests, and overlook vast regions.

The vale is closed at Cowe by a ridge of mighty hills, called the Jore
mountain, said to be the highest land in the Cherokee country, which
crosses the Tanase here.

On my arrival at this town I waited on the gentlemen to whom I was
recommended by letter, and was received with respect and every
demonstration of hospitality and friendship.

I took my residence with Mr. Galahan the chief trader here, an ancient
respectable man who had been many years a trader in this country, and
is esteemed and beloved by the Indians for his humanity, probity and
equitable dealings with them, which, to be just and candid I am obliged
to observe (and blush for my countrymen at the recital) is somewhat of
a prodigy, as it is a fact, I am afraid too true, that the white
traders in their commerce with the Indians, give great and frequent
occasions of complaint of their dishonesty and violence; but yet there
are a few exceptions, as in the conduct of this gentleman, who
furnishes a living instance of the truth of the old proverb, that
“Honesty is the best policy,” for this old honest Hibernian has often
been protected by the Indians, when all others round about him have
been ruined, their property seized, and themselves driven out of the
country or slain by the injured, provoked natives.

Next day after my arrival I crossed the river in a canoe, on a visit to
a trader who resided amongst the habitations on the other shore.

After dinner, on his mentioning some curious scenes amongst the hills,
some miles distance from the river, we agreed to spend the afternoon in
observations on the mountains.

After riding near two miles through Indian plantations of Corn, which
was well cultivated, kept clean of weeds, and was well advanced, being
near eighteen inches in height, and the Beans planted at the Corn-hills
were above ground; we left the fields on our right, turning towards the
mountains, and ascending through a delightful green vale or lawn, which
conducted us in amongst the pyramidal hills, and crossing a brisk
flowing creek, meandering through the meads, which continued near two
miles, dividing and branching in amongst the hills. We then mounted
their steep ascents, rising gradually by ridges or steps one above
another, frequently crossing narrow fertile dales as we ascended: the
air felt cool and animating, being charged with the fragrant breath of
the mountain beauties, the blooming mountain cluster Rose, blushing
Rhododendron and fair Lily of the valley. Having now attained the
summit of this very elevated ridge, we enjoyed a fine prospect indeed;
the enchanting Vale of Keowe, perhaps as celebrated for fertility,
fruitfulness and beautiful prospects as the Fields of Pharsalia or the
Vale of Tempe; the town, the elevated peaks of the Jore mountains, a
very distant prospect of the Jore village in a beautiful lawn, lifted
up many thousand feet higher than our present situation, besides a view
of many other villages and settlements on the sides of the mountains,
at various distances and elevations; the silver rivulets gliding by
them and snow white cataracts glimmering on the sides of the lofty
hills; the bold promontories of the Jore mountain stepping into the
Tanase river, whilst his foaming waters rushed between them.

After viewing this very entertaining scene, we began to descend the
mountain on the other side, which exhibited the same order of
gradations of ridges and vales as on our ascent, and at length rested
on a very expansive, fertile plain, amidst the towering hills, over
which we rode a long time, through magnificent high forests, extensive
green fields, meadows and lawns. Here had formerly been a very
flourishing settlement; but the Indians deserted it in search of fresh
planting land, which they soon found in a rich vale but a few miles
distance over a ridge of hills. Soon after entering on these charming,
sequestered, prolific fields, we came to a fine little river, which
crossing, and riding over fruitful strawberry beds and green lawns, on
the sides of a circular ridge of hills in front of us, and going round
the bases of this promontory, came to a fine meadow on an arm of the
vale, through which meandered a brook, its humid vapours bedewing the
fragrant strawberries which hung in heavy red clusters over the grassy
verge. We crossed the rivulet, then rising a sloping, green, turfy
ascent, alighted on the borders of a grand forest of stately trees,
which we penetrated on foot a little distance to a horse-stamp, where
was a large squadron of those useful creatures, belonging to my friend
and companion, the trader, on the sight of whom they assembled together
from all quarters; some at a distance saluted him with shrill neighings
of gratitude, or came prancing up to lick the salt out of his hand,
whilst the younger and more timorous came galloping onward, but coyly
wheeled off, and fetching a circuit stood aloof; but as soon as their
lord and master strewed the crystalline salty bait on the hard beaten
ground, they all, old and young, docile and timorous, soon formed
themselves in ranks, and fell to licking up the delicious morsel.

It was a fine sight: more beautiful creatures I never saw; there were
of them of all colours, sizes and dispositions. Every year, as they
become of age he sends off a troop of them down to Charleston, where
they are sold to the highest bidder.

Having paid our attention to this useful part of the creation, who, if
they are under our dominion, have consequently a right to our
protection and favour, we returned to our trusty servants that were
regaling themselves in the exuberant sweet pastures and strawberry
fields in sight, and mounted again. Proceeding on our return to town,
continued through part of this high forest skirting on the meadows:
began to ascend the hills of a ridge which we were under the necessity
of crossing; and having gained its summit, enjoyed a most enchanting
view; a vast expanse of green meadows and strawberry fields; a
meandering river gliding through, saluting in its various turnings the
swelling, green, turfy knolls, embellished with parterres of flowers
and fruitful strawberry beds; flocks of turkeys strolling about them;
herds of deer prancing in the meads or bounding over the hills;
companies of young, innocent Cherokee virgins, some busy gathering the
rich fragrant fruit, others having already filled their baskets, lay
reclined under the shade of floriferous and fragrant native bowers of
Magnolia, Azalea, Philadelphus, perfumed Calycanthus, sweet Yellow
Jessamine and cerulian Glycine frutescens, disclosing their beauties to
the fluttering breeze, and bathing their limbs in the cool fleeting
streams; whilst other parties, more gay and libertine, were yet
collecting strawberries, or wantonly chasing their companions,
tantalising them, staining their lips and cheeks with the rich fruit.

This sylvan scene of primitive innocence was enchanting, and perhaps
too enticing for hearty young men long to continue idle spectators.

In fine, nature prevailing over reason, we wished at least to have a
more active part in their delicious sports. Thus precipitately
resolving, we cautiously made our approaches, yet undiscovered, almost
to the joyous scene of action. Now, although we meant no other than an
innocent frolic with this gay assembly of hamadryades, we shall leave
it to the person of feeling and sensibility to form an idea to what
lengths our passions might have hurried us, thus warmed and excited,
had it not been for the vigilance and care of some envious matrons who
lay in ambush, and espying us, gave the alarm, time enough for the
nymphs to rally and assemble together. We however pursued and gained
ground on a group of them, who had incautiously strolled to a greater
distance from their guardians, and finding their retreat now like to be
cut off, took shelter under cover of a little grove; but on perceiving
themselves to be discovered by us, kept their station, peeping through
the bushes; when observing our approaches, they confidently discovered
themselves, and decently advanced to meet us, half unveiling their
blooming faces, incarnated with the modest maiden blush, and with
native innocence and cheerfulness presented their little baskets,
merrily telling us their fruit was ripe and sound.

We accepted a basket, sat down and regaled ourselves on the delicious
fruit, encircled by the whole assembly of the innocently jocose sylvan
nymphs: by this time the several parties under the conduct of the elder
matrons, had disposed themselves in companies on the green, turfy
banks.

My young companion, the trader, by concessions and suitable apologies
for the bold intrusion, having compromised the matter with them,
engaged them to bring their collections to his house at a stipulated
price: we parted friendly.

And now taking leave of these Elysian fields, we again mounted the
hills, which we crossed, and traversing obliquely their flowery beds,
arrived in town in the cool of the evening.

 [49] This is a new species of Stewartia, unknown to the European
 botanists, and not mentioned in any catalogues.

 [50] Magnolia auriculata.

 [51] At this place was fought a bloody and decisive battle between
 these Indians and the Carolinians, under the conduct of general
 Middleton, when a great number of Cherokee warriors were slain, which
 shook their power, terrified and humbled them, insomuch that they
 deserted most of their settlements in the low countries, and betook
 themselves to the mountains as less accessible to the regular forces
 of the white people.




CHAPTER IV.


After waiting two days at Cowe expecting a guide and protector to the
Overhill towns, and at last being disappointed, I resolved to pursue
the journey alone, though against the advice of the traders; the
Overhill Indians being in an ill humour with the whites, in consequence
of some late skirmishes between them and the frontier Virginians, most
of the Overhill traders having left the nation.

Early in the morning I sat off attended by my worthy old friend Mr.
Gallahan, who obligingly accompanied me near fifteen miles. We passed
through the Jore village, which is pleasingly situated in a little vale
on the side of the mountain; a pretty rivulet or creek winds about
through the vale, just under the village: here I observed a little
grove of the Casine yapon, which was the only place I had seen it grow
in the Cherokee country; the Indians call it the beloved tree, and are
very careful to keep it pruned and cultivated: they drink a very strong
infusion of the leaves, buds and tender branches of this plant, which
is so celebrated, indeed venerated by the Creeks and all the Southern
maritime nations of Indians. We then continued travelling down the vale
about two miles, the road deviating, turning and winding about the
hills, and through groves and lawns, watered by brooks and rivulets,
rapidly rushing from the towering hill on every side, and flowing into
the Jore, which is a considerable branch of the Tanase.

Began now to ascend the mountain, following a small arm or branch of
the vale, which led to a gap or narrow defile, compressed by the high
pending hills on each side, down which came rapidly a considerable
branch of the Jore, dashing and roaring over rocky precipices.

Now leaving Roaring creek on our right, and accomplishing two or three
ascents or ridges, another branch of the trading path from the
Overhills to Cowe came in on our right, and here my transitory
companion Mr. Gallahan parted from me, taking this road back to Cowe;
when I was left again wandering alone in the dreary mountains, not
indeed totally pathless, nor in my present situation entirely
agreeable, although such scenes of primitive unmodified nature always
pleased me.

May we suppose that mankind feel in their hearts a predilection for the
society of each other; or are we delighted with scenes of human arts
and cultivation, where the passions are flattered and entertained with
variety of objects for gratification?

I found myself unable, notwithstanding the attentive admonitions and
pursuasive arguments of reason, entirely to erase from my mind those
impressions which I had received from the society of the amiable and
polite inhabitants of Charleston; and I could not help comparing my
present situation in some degree to Nebuchadnezzar’s, when expelled
from the society of men, and constrained to roam in the mountains and
wilderness, there to herd and feed with the wild beasts of the forest.

After parting with my late companion, I went forward with all the
alacrity that prudence would admit of, that I might as soon as possible
see the end of my toil and hazard, being determined at all events to
cross the Jore mountain, said to be the highest land in the Cherokee
country.

After a gentle descent, I entered on an extremely stony narrow vale,
through which coasted swiftly a large creek, twelve or fifteen yards
wide, roaring over a rocky bed, which I crossed with difficulty and
danger, the ford being incommoded by shelving rocks, full of holes and
cliffs. After leaving this rocky creek, my path led me upon another
narrow vale or glade, down which came in great haste another noisy
brook, which I repeatedly crossed and recrossed, sometimes riding on
narrow level grassy verges close to its banks; still ascending, the
vale gradually terminated, being shut up by stupendous rocky hills on
each side, leaving a very narrow gap or defile, towards which my road
led me, ascending the steep sides of the mountains; when, after rising
several wearisome ascents, and finding myself over-heated and tired, I
halted at a little grassy lawn, through which meandered a sweet
rivulet. Here I turned my horse to graze, and sat down to rest on a
green bank just beneath a high frowning promontory, or obtuse point of
a ridge of the mountain yet above me, the friendly rivulet making a
circuit by my feet; and now a little rested, I took out of my wallet
some biscuit and cheese, and a piece of neat’s tongue, composing myself
to ease and refreshment: when suddenly appeared within a few yards,
advancing towards me from behind the point, a stout likely young Indian
fellow, armed with a rifle gun, and two dogs attending. Upon sight of
me he stood, and seemed a little surprised, as I was very much; but
instantly recollecting himself and assuming a countenance of benignity
and cheerfulness, he came briskly to me and shook hands heartily, and
smilingly enquired from whence I came, and whither going; but speaking
only in the Cherokee tongue, our conversation was not continued to a
great length. I presented him with some choice Tobacco, which was
accepted with courtesy and evident pleasure, and to my enquiries
concerning the roads and distance to the Overhill towns, he answered me
with perfect cheerfulness and good temper. We then again shook hands,
and parted in friendship; he descended the hills, singing as he went.

Of vegetable productions observed in this region, were the following,
viz. Acer striatum, Ac. rubrum, Juglans nigra, Jug. alba, Jug. Hickory,
Magnolia acuminata, Quercus alba, Q. tinctoria, Q. rubra, Q. prinus,
with the other varieties common in Virginia: Panax ginseng, Angelica
lucida, Convallaria majalis, Halesia, Stewartia, Styrax, Staphylea,
Evonimus, Viburnum, Cornus Florida, Betula nigra, Morus, Telea, Ulmus,
Fraxinus, Hopea tinctoria, Annona, Bignonia sempervirens, Aristalochia
frutescens, Bignonia radicans, &c. Being now refreshed by a simple but
healthy meal, I began again to ascend the Jore mountains, which I at
length accomplished, and rested on the most elevated peak; from whence
I beheld with rapture and astonishment a sublimely awful scene of power
and magnificence, a world of mountains piled upon mountains. Having
contemplated this amazing prospect of grandeur, I descended the
pinnacles, and again falling into the trading path, continued gently
descending through a grassy plain, scatteringly planted with large
trees, and at a distance surrounded with high forests. I was on this
elevated region sensible of an alteration in the air, from warm to
cold, and found that vegetation was here greatly behind, in plants of
the same kind of the country below; for instance, when I left
Charleston, the yellow Jasmine was rather past the blooming days, and
here the buds were just beginning to swell, though some were in bloom.
Continued more than a mile through this elevated plain to the pitch of
the mountain, from whence presented to view an expansive prospect,
exhibiting scenes of mountainous landscape, westward, vast and varied,
perhaps not to be exceeded any where.

My first descent and progress down the west side of the mountain was
remarkably gradual, easy and pleasant, through grassy open forests for
the distance of two or three miles; when my changeable path suddenly
turned round an obtuse point of a ridge, and descended precipitately
down a steep rocky hill for a mile or more, which was very toublesome,
being incommoded with shattered fragments of the mountains, and in
other places with boggy sinks, occasioned by oozy springs and rills
stagnate sinking in micaceous earth: some of these steep soft rocky
banks or precipices seem to be continually crumbling to earth; and in
these mouldering cliffs I discovered veins or strata of most pure and
clear white earth[52], having a faint bluish or pearl colour gleam,
somewhat exhibiting the appearance of the little cliffs or wavy crests
of new fallen snowdrifts: we likewise observe in these dissolving rocky
cliffs, veins of isinglass, (Mica. S. vitrum Muscoviticum) some of the
flakes or laminæ incredibly large, entire and transparent, and would
serve the purpose of lights for windows very well, or for lanthorns;
and here appeared strata of black lead (stibium.)

At length, after much toil and exercise, I was a little relieved by a
narrow grassy vale or lawn at the foot of this steep descent, through
which coursed along a considerable rapid brook, on whose banks grew in
great perfection the glorious Magnolia auriculata, together with the
other conspicuous flowering and aromatic shrubs already mentioned; and
I observed here in the rich bottoms near the creek, a new species of
Hydrastis, having very large sinuated leaves and white flowers; after
this I continued several miles over ridges and grassy vales, watered
with delightful rivulets.

Next day proceeding on eight or ten miles, generally through spacious
high forests and flowery lawns; the soil prolific, being of an
excellent quality for agriculture; came near the banks of a large creek
or river, where this high forest ended on my left hand, the trees
became more scattered and insensibly united with a grassy glade or lawn
bordering on the river; on the opposite bank of which appeared a very
extensive forest, consisting entirely of the Hemlock spruce (P. abies),
almost encircled by distant ridges of lofty hills.

Soon after crossing this large branch of the Tanase, I observed
descending the heights at some distance, a company of Indians, all well
mounted on horse-back; they came rapidly forward: on their nearer
approach, I observed a chief at the head of the caravan, and
apprehending him to be the Little Carpenter, emperor or grand chief of
the Cherokees, as they came up I turned off from the path to make way,
in token of respect, which compliment was accepted, and gratefully and
magnanimously returned; for his highness with a gracious and cheerful
smile came up to me, and clapping his hand on his breast, offered it to
me, saying, I am Ata-cul-culla; and heartily shook hands with me, and
asked me if I knew it. I answered that the Good Spirit who goes before
me spoke to me, and said, that is the great Ata-cul-culla; and added
that I was of the tribe of white men, of Pennsylvania, who esteem
themselves brothers and friends to the red men, but particularly so to
the Cherokees, and that notwithstanding we dwelt at so great a
distance, we were united in love and friendship, and that the name of
Ata-cul-culla was dear to his white brothers of Pennsylvania.

After this compliment, which seemed to be acceptable, he enquired if I
came lately from Charleston, and if John Stewart was well, saying that
the was going to see him. I replied that I came lately from Charleston
on a friendly visit to the Cherokees; that I had the honour of a
personal acquaintance with the superintendant, the beloved man, who I
saw well but the day before I set off, and who, by letters to the
principal white men in the nation, recommended me to the friendship and
protection of the Cherokees. To which the great chief was pleased to
answer very respectfully, that I was welcome in their country as a
friend and brother; and then shaking hands heartily bid me farewell,
and his retinue confirmed it by an united voice of assent. After giving
my name to the chief, requesting my compliments to the superintendant,
the emperor moved, continuing his journey for Charleston; and I, yet
persisting in my intention of visiting the Overhill towns, continued
on. Leaving the great forest, I mounted the high hills, descending them
again on the other side and so on repeatedly for several miles, without
observing any variation in the natural productions since passing the
Jore; and perceiving the slow progress of vegetation in this
mountainous, high country; and, upon serious consideration, it
appearing very plainly that I could not, with entire safety, range the
Overhill settlements until the treaty was over, which would not come on
till late in June; I suddenly came to a resolution to defer these
researches at this time, and leave them for the employment of another
season and more favourable opportunity, and return to Dartmouth in
Georgia, to be ready to join a company of adventurers who were to set
off in July for Mobile in West Florida. The leader of this company had
been recommended to me as a fit person to assist me on so long and
hazardous a journey, through the vast territories of the Creeks.

Therefore next day I turned about on my return, proceeding moderately,
being engaged in noting such objects as appeared to be of any moment,
and collecting specimens; and in the evening of next day arrived again
at Cowe.

Next morning Mr. Galahan conducted me to the chief of Cowe, who during
my absence had returned from the chace. The remainder of this day I
spent in observations in and about the town, reviewing my specimens,
&c.

The town of Cowe consists of about one hundred dwellings, near the
banks of the Tanase, on both sides of the river.

The Cherokees construct their habitations on a different plan from the
Creeks; that is but one oblong four square building, of one story high;
the materials consisting of logs or trunks of trees, stripped of their
bark, notched at their ends, fixed one upon another, and afterwards
plaistered well, both inside and out, with clay well tempered with dry
grass, and the whole covered or roofed with the bark of the chesnut
tree or long broad shingles. This building is however partitioned
transversely, forming three apartments, which communicate with each
other by inside doors; each house or habitation has besides a little
conical house, covered with dirt, which is called the winter or
hot-house; this stands a few yards distance from the mansion-house,
opposite the front door.

The council or town-house is a large rotunda, capable of accomodating
several hundred people: it stands on the top of an ancient artificial
mount of earth, of about twenty feet perpendicular, and the rotunda on
the top of it being above thirty feet more, gives the whole fabric an
elevation of about sixty feet from the common surface of the ground.
But it may be proper to observe, that this mount, on which the rotunda
stands, is of a much ancienter date than the building, and perhaps was
raised for another purpose. The Cherokees themselves are as ignorant as
we are, by what people or for what purpose these artificial hills were
raised; they have various stories concerning them, the best of which
amounts to no more than mere conjecture, and leave us entirely in the
dark; but they have a tradition common with the other nations of
Indians, that they found them in much the same condition as they now
appear, when their forefathers arrived from the West and possessed
themselves of the country, after vanquishing the nations of red men who
then inhabited it, who themselves found these mounts when they took
possession of the country, the former possessors delivering the same
story concerning them: perhaps they were designed and appropriated by
the people who constructed them, to some religious purpose, as great
altars and temples similar to the high places and sacred groves
anciently amongst the Canaanites and other nations of Palestine and
Judea.

The rotunda is constructed after the following manner: they first fix
in the ground a circular range of posts or trunks of trees, about six
feet high, at equal distances, which are notched at top, to receive
into them, from one to another, a range of beams or wall plates; within
this is another circular order of very large and strong pillars, above
twelve feet high, notched in like manner at top, to receive another
range of wall plates; and within this is yet another or third range of
stronger and higher pillars but fewer in number, and standing at a
greater distance from each other; and lastly, in the centre stands a
very strong pillar, which forms the pinnacle of the building, and to
which the rafters centre at top; these rafters are strengthened and
bound together by cross beams and laths, which sustain the roof or
covering, which is a layer of bark neatly placed, and tight enough to
exclude the rain, and sometimes they cast a thin superficies of earth
over all. There is but one large door, which serves at the same time to
admit light from without and the smoke to escape when a fire is
kindled; but as there is but a small fire kept, sufficient to give
light at night, and that fed with dry small sound wood divested of its
bark, there is but little smoke. All around the inside of the building,
betwixt the second range of pillars and the wall, is a range of cabins
or sophas, consisting of two or three steps, one above or behind the
other, in theatrical order, where the assembly sit or lean down; these
sophas are covered with mats or carpets, very curiously made of thin
splints of Ash or Oak, woven or platted together; near the great pillar
in the centre the fire is kindled for light, near which the musicians
seat themselves, and round about this the performers exhibit their
dances and other shows at public festivals, which happen almost every
night throughout the year.

About the close of the evening I accompanied Mr. Galahan and other
white traders to the rotunda, where was a grand festival, music and
dancing. This assembly was held principally to rehearse the ball-play
dance, this town being challenged to play against another the next day.

The people being assembled and seated in order, and the musicians
having taken their station, the ball opens, first with a long harangue
or oration, spoken by an aged chief, in commendation of the manly
exercise of the ball-play, recounting the many and brilliant victories
which the town of Cowe had gained over the other towns in the nation,
not forgetting or neglecting to recite his own exploits, together with
those of other aged men now present, coadjutors in the performance of
these athletic games in their youthful days.

This oration was delivered with great spirit and eloquence, and was
meant to influence the passions of the young men present, excite them
to emulation, and inspire them with ambition.

This prologue being at an end, the musicians began, both vocal and
instrumental; when presently a company of girls, hand in hand, dressed
in clean white robes and ornamented with beads, bracelets and a
profusion of gay ribbands, entering the door, immediately began to sing
their responses in a gentle, low, and sweet voice, and formed
themselves in a semicircular file or line, in two ranks, back to back,
facing the spectators and musicians, moving slowly round and round.
This continued about a quarter of an hour, when we were surprised by a
sudden very loud and shrill whoop, uttered at once by a company of
young fellows, who came in briskly after one another, with rackets or
hurls in one hand. These champions likewise were well dressed, painted,
and ornamented with silver bracelets, gorgets and wampum, neatly
ornamented with moccasins and high waving plumes in their diadems: they
immediately formed themselves in a semicircular rank also, in front of
the girls, when these changed their order, and formed a single rank
parallel to the men, raising their voices in responses to the tunes of
the young champions, the semicircles continually moving round. There
was something singular and diverting in their step and motions, and I
imagine not to be learned to exactness but with great attention and
perseverance. The step, if it can be so termed, was performed after the
following manner; first, the motion began at one end of the semicircle,
gently rising up and down upon their toes and heels alternately, when
the first was up on tip-toe, the next began to raise the heel, and by
the time the first rested again on the heel, the second was on tip-toe,
thus from one end of the rank to the other, so that some were always up
and some down, alternately and regularly, without the least baulk or
confusion; and they at the same time, and in the same motion, moved on
obliquely or sideways, so that the circle performed a double or complex
motion in its progression, and at stated times exhibited a grand or
universal movement, instantly and unexpectedly to the spectators, by
each rank turning to right and left, taking each others places: the
movements were managed with inconceivable alertness and address, and
accompanied with an instantaneous and universal elevation of the voice,
and shrill short whoop.

The Cherokees, besides the ball-play dance, have a variety of others
equally entertaining. The men especially exercise themselves with a
variety of gesticulations and capers, some of which are ludicrous and
diverting enough; and they have others which are of the martial order,
and others of the chace; these seem to be somewhat of a tragical
nature, wherein they exhibit astonishing feats of military prowess,
masculine strength and activity. Indeed all their dances and musical
entertainments seem to be theatrical exhibitions or plays, varied with
comic and sometimes lascivious interludes: the women however conduct
themselves with a very becoming grace and decency, insomuch that in
amorous interludes, when their responses and gestures seem consenting
to natural liberties, they veil themselves, just discovering a glance
of their sparkling eyes and blushing faces, expressive of sensibility.

Next morning early I set off on my return, and meeting with no material
occurrences on the road, in two days arrived safe at Keowe, where I
tarried two or three days, employed in augmenting my collections of
specimens, and waiting for Mr. Galahan, who was to call on me here, to
accompany him to Sinica, where he and other traders where to meet Mr.
Cameron, the deputy-commissary, to hold a congress at that town, with
the chiefs of the Lower Cherokees, to consult preliminaries
introductory to a general congress and treaty with these Indians, which
was to be convened next June, and held in the Overhill towns.

I observed in the environs of Keowe, on the bases of the rocky hills,
immediately ascending from the low grounds near the river bank, a great
number of very singular antiquities, the work of the ancients; they
seem to me to have been altars for sacrifice or sepulchres: they were
constructed of four flat stones, two set on an edge for the sides, one
closed one end, and a very large flat one lay horizontally at top, so
that the other end was open; this fabric was four or five feet in
length, two feet high and three in width. I enquired of the trader what
they were, who could not tell me certainly, but supposed them to be
ancient Indian ovens; the Indians can give no account of them: they are
on the surface of the ground, and are of different dimensions.

I accompanied the traders to Sinica, where we found the commissary and
the Indian chiefs convened in counsel: continued at Sinica some time,
employing myself in observations, and making collections of every thing
worthy of notice: and finding the Indians to be yet unsettled in their
determination and not in a good humour, I abandoned the project of
visiting the regions beyond the Cherokee mountains for this season; set
off for my return to fort James, Dartmouth, lodged this night in the
forests near the banks of a delightful large creek, a branch of Keowe
river, and next day arrived safe at Dartmouth.

List of the towns and villages in the Cherokee nation inhabited at this
day, viz.

No.
1 Echoe       On the Tanase east of the Jore mountains. 4 towns.
2 Nucasse
3 Whatoga
4 Cowe
5 Ticoloosa   Inland on the branches of the Tanase. 4 towns.
6 Jore
7 Conisca
8 Nowe
9 Tomothle    On the Tanase over the Jore mountains. 8 towns.
10 Noewe
11 Tellico
12 Clennuse
13 Ocunnolufte
14 Chewe
15 Quanuse
16 Tellowe
17 Tellico    Inland towns on the branches of the Tanase and other
waters over the Jore mountains. 5 towns.
18 Chatuga
19 Hiwasse
20 Chewase
21 Nuanha
22 Tallase    Overhill towns on the Tanase or Cherokee river. 6
towns.
23 Chelowe
24 Sette
25 Chote great
26 Joco
27 Tahasse
28 Tamahle    Overhill towns on the Tanase or Cherokee river. 5 towns.
29 Tuskege
30——. Big Island
31 Nilaque
32 Niowe

Lower towns east of the mountains, viz.

No.
1 Sinica     On the Savanna or Keowe river.
2 Keowe
3 Kulsage
4 Tugilo     On Tugilo river.
5 Estotowe
6 Qualatche  On Flint river.
7 Chote

Towns on the waters of other rivers. Estotowe great. Allagae. Jore. Nae
oche In all forty-three towns.

 [52] Mica nitida: specimens of this earth have been exported to
 England, for the purpose of making Porcelain or China ware.




CHAPTER V.


Being returned from the Cherokee country to Dartmouth, I understood
that the company of adventurers for West Florida were very forward in
their preparations, and would be ready to set off in a few weeks, so
that I had but a little time allowed me to make provision and equip
myself for the prosecution of so long and hazardous a journey.

Our place of rendezvous was at fort Charlotte, on the opposite side of
the river Savanna, and about a mile from fort James. Having a desire to
make little botanical excursions towards the head of Broad river, in
order to collect some curiosities which I had observed thereabouts;
which being accomplished,

June 22d set out from fort Charlotte in company with Mr. Whitfield, who
was chief of our caravan. We travelled about twenty miles, and lodged
at the farm of Mons. St. Pierre, a French gentleman, who received and
entertained us with great politeness and hospitality. The mansion-house
is situated on the top of a very high hill near the banks of the river
Savanna, overlooking his very extensive and well cultivated plantations
of Indian Corn (Zea) Rice, Wheat, Oats, Indigo, Convolvulus Batata, &c.
these are rich low lands, lying very level betwixt these natural
heights and the river; his gardens occupy the gentle descent on one
side of the mount, and a very thriving vineyard, consisting of about
five acres, is on the other side.

Next morning after breakfast we set off again, continuing nine or ten
miles farther down the river, when we stopped at a plantation, the
property of one of our companions, where we were joined by the rest of
the company. After dining here we prepared to depart; and the gentleman
of the house taking an affectionate leave of his wife and children, we
sat off again, and proceeding six miles farther down the river, we
crossed over into Georgia, taking a road which led us into the great
trading path from Augusta to the Creek nation. As the soil, situation
and productions of these parts, for several days journey, differ very
little from the Northern districts of Georgia, already recited, when on
the survey of the New Purchase, I apprehend it needless to enter again
into a detail of particulars, since it would produce but little more
than a recapitulation of that journey.

Early in the evening of the 27th we arrived at the Flat-rock, where we
lodged. This is a common rendezvous or camping-place for traders and
Indians. It is an expansive clean flat or horizontal rock, but a little
above the surface of the ground, and near the banks of a delightful
rivulet of excellent water, which is one of the head branches of Great
Ogeche: in the loose rich soil verging round this rock, grew several
very curious herbaceous plants, particularly one of singular elegance
and beauty, which I take to be a species of Ipomea (Ipomea, caule
erecto, ramoso, tripedali, sol. radicalibus, pinnatifidis, linearibus,
humi-stratis, florib. incarnatis intus maculis coccineis adsperso). It
grows erect, three feet high, with a strong stem, which is decorated
with plumed or pinnatifid linear leaves, somewhat resembling those of
the Delphinium or Ipomea quamoclit; from about one half its length
upwards, it sends out on all sides, ascendent branches which divide
again and again; these terminate with large tubular or funnel-formed
flowers; their limbs equally divided into five segments; these
beautiful flowers are of a perfect rose colour, elegantly besprinkled
on the inside of their petals with crimson specks; the flowers are in
great abundance, and together with the branches and delicately fine cut
leaves, compose a conical spike or compound pannicle. I saw a species
of this plant, if not the very same, growing on the sea-coast islands
near St. Augustine. The blue flowered Malva and Delphinium were its
associates about the Flat-rock.

There are extensive cane brakes or cane meadows spread abroad round
about, which afford the most acceptable and nourishing food for cattle.

This evening two companies of Indian traders from Augusta arrived and
encamped near us; and as they were bound to the Nation, we concluded to
unite in company with them, they generously offering us their
assistance, having many spare horses and others lightly loaded, several
of ours by this time being jaded: this was a favourable opportunity of
relief in case of necessity.

Next morning as soon as the horses were packed and in readiness, we
decamped and set forward together.

I thought it worthy of taking notice of a singular method the traders
make use of to reduce the wild young horses to their hard duty. When
any one persists in refusing to receive his load, if threats, the
discipline of the whip, and other common abuse prove insufficient,
after being haltered, a pack-horseman catches the tip end of one of his
ears betwixt his teeth and pinches it, when instantly the furious
strong creature, trembling, stands perfectly still until he is loaded.

Our caravan consisting of about twenty men and sixty horses, we made a
formidable appearance, having now little to apprehend from predatory
bands or out-laws.

This day’s journey was for the most part over high gravelly ridges, and
on the most elevated hills appeared emerging out of the earth, rocky
cliffs of a dark reddish brown colour; their composition seemed to be a
coarse, sandy, ferruginous concrete, but so firmly cemented as to
constitute a perfect hard stone or rock, and appeared to be excavated
or worn into cavities and furrows by the violence of the dashing
billows and rapid currents of the ocean, which heretofore probably
washed them; there were however strata or veins in these rocks, of a
finer composition and compact consistence, and seemed ponderous, rich
iron ore. A little depth below the sandy gravelly surface lies a
stratum of very compact reddish yellow clay and fragments of ochre. The
trees and shrubs common on these gravelly ridges are as follows,
Diospyros, Quercus rubra, Q. nigra, Q. tinctoria or great Black Oak, Q.
alba, Q. lobata, post White Oak, Q. incana, foliis ovalibus
integerrimis subtus incanis, Pinus lutea, Pinus tæda, foliis geminatis
et trinis, strobilo ovato brevi, cortice rimoso, Pinus palustris,
foliis trinis longissimis, strobilo elongato, Cornus Florida, Andromeda
arborea, Nyssa sylvatica, Juglans hickory, Prunus padus, &c. Of
herbacaæ, Solidago, Eupatorium Sylphium, Rudbeckia, Gerardia,
Asclepias, Agave Virginica, Eryngium, Thapsia, Euphorbia, Polymnia, &c.

In the course of this day’s journey we crossed two considerable
rivulets, running swiftly over rocky beds. There is some very good land
on the gradual descents of the ridges and their bottoms bordering on
creeks, and very extensive grassy savannas and cane meadows always in
view on one hand or the other. At evening we came to camp on the banks
of a beautiful creek, a branch of Great Ogeche, called Rocky Comfort,
where we found excellent accommodations, here being pleasant grassy
open plains to spread our beds upon, environed with extensive cane
meadows, affording the best of food for our quadrupeds.

The next day’s journey led us over a level district; the land generally
very fertile and of a good quality for agriculture, the vegetable
surface being of a dark, loose, rich mould, on a stratum of stiff
reddish brown clay. Crossing several considerable creeks, branches of
the Ocone, North branch of the Alatamaha; at evening, July 1st,
encamped on the banks of the Ocone, in a delightful grove of forest
trees, consisting of Oak, Ash, Mulberry, Hickory, Black Walnut, Elm,
Sassafras, Gleditsia, &c. This flourishing grove was an appendage of
the high forests we had passed through, and projected into an
extensive, green, open, level plain, consisting of old Indian fields
and plantations, being the rich low lands of the river, and stretching
along its banks upwards to a very great distance, charmingly
diversified and decorated with detached groves and clumps of various
trees and shrubs, and indented on its verge by advancing and retreating
promontories of the high land.

Our encampment was fixed on the site of the old Ocone town, which,
about sixty years ago, was evacuated by the Indians, who finding their
situation disagreeable from its vicinity to the white people, left it,
moving upwards into the Nation or Upper Creeks, and there built a town,
but that situation not suiting their roving disposition, they grew
sickly and tired of it, and resolved to seek a habitation more
agreeable to their minds. They all arose, directing their migration
south-eastward towards the sea coast; and in the course of their
journey, observing the delightful appearance of the extensive plains of
Alachua and the fertile hills environing it, they sat down and built a
town on the banks of a spacious and beautiful lake, at a small distance
from the plains, naming this new town Cuscowilla: this situation
pleased them, the vast deserts, forests, lakes and savannas around,
affording unbounded range of the best hunting ground for bear and deer,
their favourite game. But although this situation was healthy and
delightful to the utmost degree, affording them variety and plenty of
every desirable thing in their estimation, yet troubles and afflictions
found them out. This territory, to the promontory of Florida, was then
claimed by the Tomocos, Utinas, Calloosas, Yamases, and other remnant
tribes of the ancient Floridans and the more Northern refugees, driven
away by the Carolinians, now in alliance and under the protection of
the Spaniards, who assisting them, attacked the new settlement and for
many years were very troublesome; but the Alachuas or Ocones being
strengthened by other emigrants and fugitive bands from the Upper
Creeks, with whom they were confederated, and who gradually established
other towns in this low country, stretching a line of settlements
across the isthmus, extending from the Alatamaha to the bay of
Apalache; these uniting, were at length able to face their enemies, and
even attack them in their own settlements, and in the end, with the
assistance of the Upper Creeks, their uncles, vanquished their enemies
and destroyed them, and then fell upon the Spanish settlements, which
they also entirely broke up. But having treated of these matters in the
journal of my travels into East Florida, I end this digression and
proceed again on my journey.

After crossing the Ocone by fording it, which is about two hundred and
fifty yards over, we travelled about twenty miles and came to camp in
the evening; passed over a pleasant territory, presenting varying
scenes of gentle swelling hills and levels, affording sublime forests,
contrasted by expansive illumined green fields, native meadows and Cane
brakes; the vegetables, trees, shrubs and plants the same as already
noticed without any material variation. The next day’s journey was
about twenty miles, having crossed the Oakmulge by fording it three or
four hundred yards over. This river is the main branch of the beautiful
Alatamaha; on the east bank of the river lies the famous Oakmulge
fields, where are yet conspicuous very wonderful remains of the power
and grandeur of the ancients of this part of America, in the ruins of a
capital town and settlement, as vast artificial hills, terraces, &c.
already particularly mentioned in my tour through the lower districts
of Georgia. The Oakmulge here is about forty miles distance from the
Ocone, the other arm of the Alatamaha. In the evening we came to camp
near the banks of Stony Creek, a large rapid water about six miles
beyond the river.

Next day we travelled about twenty miles farther, crossing two
considerable creeks named Great and Little Tobosochte; and at evening
encamped close by a beautiful large brook called Sweet Water, the
glittering wavy flood passing along actively over a bed of pebbles and
gravel. The territory through which we passed from the banks of the
Oakmulge to this place, exhibited a delightful diversified rural scene,
and promises a happy, fruitful and salubrious region, when cultivated
by industrious inhabitants; generally ridges of low swelling hills and
plains supporting grand forests, vast Cane meadows, savannas and
verdant lawns.

I observed here a very singular and beautiful shrub, which I suppose is
a species of Hydrangia (H. quercifolia). It grows in coppices or clumps
near or on the banks of rivers and creeks; many stems usually arise
from a root, spreading itself greatly on all sides by suckers or
offsets; the stems grow five or six feet high, declining or diverging
from each other, and are covered with several barks or rinds, the last
of which being of a cinereous dirt colour and very thin, at a certain
age of the stems or shoots, cracks through to the next bark, and is
peeled off by the winds, discovering the under, smooth, dark reddish
brown bark, which also cracks and peels off the next year, in like
manner as the former; thus every year forming a new bark; the stems
divide regularly or oppositely, though the branches are crooked or
wreathe about horizontally, and these again divide, forming others
which terminate with large heavy panicles or thyrsi of flowers; but
these flowers are of two kinds: the numerous partial spikes which
compose the panicles, and consist of a multitude of very small fruitful
flowers, terminate with one or more very large expansive neutral or
mock flowers, standing on a long, slender, stiff peduncle; these
flowers are composed of four broad oval petals or segments, of a dark
rose or crimson colour at first, but as they become older acquire a
deeper red or purplish hue, and lastly are of a brown or ferruginous
colour; these have no perfect parts of generation of either sex, but
discover in their centre two, three or four papillae or rudiments;
these neutral flowers, with the whole pannicle, are truly permanent,
remaining on the plant for years, until they dry and decay: the leaves
which clothe the plants are very large, pinnatifid or palmated, and
serrated, or toothed, very much resembling the leaves of some of our
Oaks; they sit opposite, supported by slender petioles and are of a
fine, full green colour.

[Illustration: Hydrangea Quercifolia]

Next day after noon we crossed Flint river by fording it, about two
hundred and fifty yards over, and at evening came to camp near the
banks of a large and deep creek, a branch of the Flint. The high land
excellent, affording grand forests, and the low ground vast timber and
Canes of great height and thickness, Arundo gigantea. I observed
growing on the steep dry banks of this creek, a species of shrub
Hypericum, of extraordinary show and beauty (Hypericum aureum). It
grows erect, three or four feet high, forming a globular top,
representing a perfect little tree; the leaves are large, oblong, firm
of texture, smooth and shining; the flowers are very large, their
petals broad and conspicuous, which, with their tufts of golden
filaments, give the little bushes a very splendid appearance.

The adjacent low grounds and Cane swamp afforded excellent food and
range for our horses, who, by this time, through fatigue of constant
travelling, heat of the climate and season, were tired and dispirited:
we came to camp sooner than usual, and started later next day, that
they might have time to rest and recruit themselves. The territory
lying upon this creek, and the space between it and the river, present
every appearance of a delightful and fruitful region in some future
day, it being a rich soil and exceedingly well situated for every
branch of agriculture and grazing, diversified with hills and dales,
savannas and vast Cane meadows, and watered by innumerable rivulets and
brooks, all contiguous to the Flint river: an arm of the great Chata
Uche or Apalachucla offers an uninterrupted navigation to the bay of
Mexico and Atlantic ocean, and thence to the West India islands and
over the whole world.

Our horses being hunted up and packed, sat forward again, proceeding
moderately, ascending a higher country and more uneven by means of
ridges of gentle hills; the country however very pleasing, being
diversified with expansive groves, savannas and Cane meadows, abounding
with creeks and brooks gliding through the plains or roving about the
hills, their banks bordered with forests and groves, consisting of
varieties of trees, shrubs and plants; the summits of the hills
frequently presenting to view piles and cliffs of the ferruginous
rocks, the same species as observed on the ridges between the Flat-rock
and Rocky Comfort.

Next day we travelled but a few miles; the heat and the burning flies
tormenting our horses to such a degree, as to excite compassion even in
the hearts of pack-horsemen. These biting flies are of several species,
and their numbers incredible. We travelled almost from sun-rise to his
setting, amidst a flying host of these persecuting spirits, who formed
a vast cloud around our caravan so thick as to obscure every distant
object; but our van always bore the brunt of the conflict; the head,
neck and shoulders of the leading horses were continually in a gore of
blood: some of these flies were near as large as humble bees; this is
the hippobosca. They are armed with a strong sharp beak or proboscis,
shaped like a lancet, and sheathed in flexible thin valves; with this
beak they instantly pierce the veins of the creatures, making a large
orifice from whence the blood springs in large drops, rolling down as
tears, causing a fierce pain or aching for a considerable time after
the wound is made. There are three or four species of this genus of
less size but equally vexatious, as they are vastly more numerous,
active and sanguineous; particularly, one about half the size of the
first mentioned, the next less, of a dusky colour with a green head;
another yet somewhat less, of a splendid green and the head of a gold
colour; the sting of this last is intolerable, no less acute than a
prick from a red-hot needle, or a spark of fire on the skin; these are
called the burning flies. Besides the preceding tormentors, there are
three or four species of the afilus or smaller biting flies; one of a
greyish dusky colour; another much of the same colour, having spotted
wings and a green head; and another very small and perfectly black:
this last species lie in ambush in shrubby thickets and Cane brakes
near water: whenever we approach the cool shades near creeks, impatient
for repose and relief, almost sinking under the persecutions from the
evil spirits, who continually surround and follow us over the burning
desert ridges and plains, and here in some hopes of momentary peace and
quietness, under cover of the cool humid groves, we are surprised and
quickly invested with dark clouds of these persecuting demons, besides
musquitoes and gnats (culex et cynips).

The next day being in like manner oppressed and harassed by the
stinging flies and heats, we halted at noon, being unable longer to
support ourselves under such grievances, even in our present situation
charming to the senses, on the acclivity of a high swelling ridge
planted with open airy groves of the superb terebenthine Pines,
glittering rills playing beneath, and pellucid brooks meandering
through an expansive green savanna, their banks ornamented with
coppices of blooming aromatic shrubs and plants perfuming the air. The
meridian heats just allayed, the sun is veiled in a dark cloud, rising
north-westward; the air still, gloomy and sultry; the animal spirits
sink under the conflict, and we fall into a kind of mortal torpor
rather than refreshing repose; and startled or terrified at each others
plaintive murmurs and groans. Now the earth trembles under the peals of
incessant distant thunder, the hurricane comes on roaring, and I am
shocked again to life: I raise my head and rub open my eyes, pained
with gleams and flashes of lightning; when just attempting to wake up
my afflicted brethren and companions, almost overwhelmed with floods of
rain, the dark cloud opens over my head, developing a vast river of the
ethereal fire; I am instantly struck dumb, inactive and benumbed; at
length the pulse of life begins to vibrate, the animal spirits begin to
exert their powers, and I am by degrees revived.

In the evening this surprisingly heavy tempest passed off, we had a
serene sky and a pleasant cool night; having had time enough to collect
a great quantity of wood and Pine knots to feed our fires and keep up a
light in our camp, which was a lucky precaution, as we found it
absolutely necessary to dry our clothes and warm ourselves, for all our
skins and bedding were cast over the packs of merchandize to prevent
them and our provision from being injured by the deluge of rain. Next
day was cool and pleasant, the air having recovered its elasticity and
vivific spirit: I found myself cheerful and invigorated; indeed all
around us appeared reanimated, and nature presents her cheerful
countenance; the vegetables smiled in their blooming decorations and
sparkling crystaline dew-drop. The birds sang merrily in the groves,
and the alert roe-buck whistled and bounded over the ample meads and
green turfy hills. After leaving our encampment, we travelled over a
delightful territory, presenting to view variable sylvan scenes,
consisting of chains of low hills affording high forests, with
expansive savannas, Cane meadows, and lawns between, watered with
rivulets and glittering brooks. Towards evening we came to camp on the
banks of Pintchlucco, a large branch of the Chata Uche river.

The next day’s journey was over an uneven hilly country, but the soil
generally fertile and of a quality and situation favourable to
agriculture and grazing, the summits of the ridges rough with
ferruginous rocks, in high cliffs and fragments, scattered over the
surface of the ground: observed also high cliffs of stiff reddish brown
clay, with veins or strata of ferruginous stones, either in detached
masses or conglomerated nodules or hematites with veins or masses of
ochre.

Next day after traversing a very delightful territory, exhibiting a
charming rural scenery of primitive nature, gently descending and
passing alternately easy declivities or magnificent terraces supporting
sublime forests, almost endless grassy fields, detached groves and
green lawns for the distance of nine or ten miles, we arrived at the
banks of the Chata Uche river opposite the Uche town, where after
unloading our horses, the Indians came over to us in large canoes, by
means of which, with the cheerful and liberal assistance of the
Indians, ferried over their merchandize, and afterwards driving our
horses altogether into the river swam them over: the river here is
about three or four hundred yards wide, carries fifteen or twenty feet
water, and flows down with an active current; the water is clear, cool
and salubrious.

The Uche town is situated in a vast plain, on the gradual ascent as we
rise from a narrow strip of low ground immediately bordering on the
river: it is the largest, most compact, and best situated Indian town I
ever saw; the habitations are large and neatly built; the walls of the
houses are constructed of a wooden frame, then lathed and plaistered
inside and out with a reddish well tempered clay or mortar, which gives
them the appearance of red brick walls; and these houses are neatly
covered or roofed with Cypress bark or shingles of that tree. The town
appeared to be populous and thriving, full of youth and young children:
I suppose the number of inhabitants, men, women and children, might
amount to one thousand or fifteen hundred, as it is said they are able
to muster five hundred gun-men or warriors. Their own national language
is altogether or radically different from the Creek or Muscogulge
tongue, and is called the Savanna or Savanuca tongue; I was told by the
traders it was the same with, or a dialect of the Shawanese. They are
in confederacy with the Creeks, but do not mix with them; and, on
account of their numbers and strength, are of importance enough to
excite and draw upon them the jealousy of the whole Muscogulge
confederacy, and are usually at variance, yet are wise enough to unite
against a common enemy, to support the interest and glory of the
general Creek confederacy.

After a little refreshment at this beautiful town, we repacked and set
off again for the Apalachucla town, where we arrived after riding over
a level plain, consisting of ancient Indian plantations, a beautiful
landscape diversified with groves and lawns.

This is esteemed the mother town or Capital of the Creek or Muscogulge
confederacy: sacred to peace; no captives are put to death or human
blood spilt here. And when a general peace is proposed, deputies from
all the towns in the confederacy assemble at this capital, in order to
deliberate upon a subject of so high importance for the prosperity of
the commonwealth.

And on the contrary the great Coweta town, about twelve miles higher up
this river, is called the bloody town, where the Micos, chiefs and
warriors assemble when a general war is proposed; and here captives and
state malefactors are put to death.

The time of my continuance here, which was about a week, was employed
in excursions round about this settlement. One day the chief trader of
Apalachucla obliged me with his company on a walk of about a mile and
an half down the river, to view the ruins and site of the ancient
Apalachucla: it had been situated on a peninsula formed by a doubling
of the river, and indeed appears to have been a very famous capital by
the artificial mounds or terraces, and a very populous settlement, from
its extent and expansive old fields, stretching beyond the scope of the
sight along the low grounds of the river. We viewed the mounds or
terraces, on which formerly stood their town house or rotunda and
square or areopagus, and a little behind these, on a level height or
natural step, above the low grounds, is a vast artificial terrace or
four square mound, now seven or eight feet higher than the common
surface of the ground; in front of one square or side of this mound
adjoins a very extensive oblong square yard or artificial level plain,
sunk a little below the common surface, and surrounded with a bank or
narrow terrace, formed with the earth thrown out of this yard at the
time of its formation: the Creeks or present inhabitants have a
tradition that this was the work of the ancients, many ages prior to
their arrival and possessing this country.

This old town was avacuated about twenty years ago by the general
consent of the inhabitants, on account of its unhealthy situation,
owing to the frequent inundations of the river over the low grounds;
and moreover they grew timorous and dejected, apprehending themselves
to be haunted and possessed with vengeful spirits, on account of human
blood that had been undeservedly[53] spilt in this old town, having
been repeatedly warned by apparitions and dreams to leave it.

At the time of their leaving this old town, like the ruin or dispersion
of the ancient Babel, the inhabitants separated from each other,
forming several bands under the conduct or auspices of the chief of
each family or tribe. The greatest number, however, chose to sit down
and build the present new Apalachucla town, upon a high bank of the
river above the inundations. The other bands pursued different routes,
as their inclinations led them, settling villages lower down the river;
some continued their migration towards the sea coast, seeking their
kindred and countrymen amongst the Lower Creeks in East Florida, where
they settled themselves. My intelligent friend, the trader of
Apalachucla, having from a long residence amongst these Indians
acquired an extensive knowledge of their customs and affairs, I
enquired of him what were his sentiments with respect to their
wandering, unsettled disposition; their so frequently breaking up their
old towns and settling new ones, &c. His answers and opinions were, the
necessity they were under of having fresh or new strong land for their
plantations, and new, convenient and extensive range or hunting ground,
which unavoidably forces them into contentions and wars with their
confederates and neighbouring tribes; to avoid which they had rather
move and seek a plentiful and peaceable retreat, even at a distance,
than to contend with friends and relatives or embroil themselves in
destructive wars with their neighbours, when either can be avoided with
so little inconvenience. With regard to the Muscogulges, the first
object in order to obtain these conveniencies was the destruction of
the Yamases, who held the possession of Florida and were in close
alliance with the Spaniards, their declared and most inveterate enemy,
which they at length fully accomplished; and by this conquest they
gained a vast and invaluable territory, comprehending a delightful
region, and a most plentiful country for their favourite game, bear and
deer. But not yet satisfied, having already so far conquered the
powerful Cherokees, as, in a manner, to force them in alliance, and
compelled the warlike Chicasaws to sue for peace and alliance with
them; they then grew arrogant and insatiable, and turned their covetous
looks towards the potent and intrepid Chactaws, the only Indian enemy
they had to fear, meaning to break them up and possess themselves of
that extensive, fruitful and delightful country, and make it a part of
their vast empire. But the Chactaws, a powerful, hardy, subtile and
intrepid race, estimated at twenty thousand warriors, are likely to
afford sufficient exercise for the proud and restless spirits of the
Muscogulges, at least for some years to come; and they appear to be so
equally matched with the Chactaws, that it seems doubtful which of
these powerful nations will rise victorious. The Creeks have sworn, it
seems, that they never will make peace with this enemy as long as the
rivers flow or the sun pursues his course through the skies.

Thus we see that war or the exercise of arms originates from the same
motives, and operates in the spirits of the wild red men of America, as
it formerly did with the renowned Greeks and Romans or modern civilized
nations, and not from a ferocious, capricious desire of sheding human
blood as carnivorous savages: neither does the eager avarice of plunder
stimulate them to acts of madness and cruelty, that being a trifling
object in their estimation, a duffield blanket, a polished rifle gun,
or embroidered mantle; no, their martial prowess and objects of desire
and ambition proceed from greater principles and more magnanimous
intentions, even that of reuniting all nations and languages under one
universal confederacy or commonwealth.

The vegetable productions in the rich low ground, near the banks of
this great river, of trees and shrubs, are as follow; Platanus
occidentalis, Liriodendron tulipifera, Populus heterophylla, Laurus
sassafras, Laurus Borbonia, Laurus benzoin, Betula lenta, Salix
fluvialis, Magnolia grandiflora, Annona glabra, Ulmus campestris, Ulmus
suberifera, Carpinus, Quercus, various species, Juglans, various
species, Æsculus pavia, Æsculus sylvatica, s. Virginiana, Morus, Hopea
tinctoria, Fagus sylvatica, of surprising magnitude and comeliness, &c.
The land rises from the river with sublime magnificence, gradually
retreating by flights or steps one behind and above the other, in
beautiful theatrical order, each step or terrace holding up a level
plain; and as we travel back from the river, the steps are higher, and
the corresponding levels are more and more expansive: the ascents
produce grand high forests, and the plains present to view a delightful
varied landscape, consisting of extensive grassy fields, detached
groves of high forest trees, and clumps of lower trees, evergreen
shrubs and herbage; green knolls, with serpentine, wavy, glittering
brooks coursing through the green plains, and dark promontories, or
obtuse projections of the side-long acclivities, alternately advancing
or receding on the verge of the illumined native fields, to the utmost
extent of sight. The summits of the acclivities afford, besides the
forest trees already recited, Halesia, Ptelea, Circis, Cornus Florida
and Amorpha. The upper mound or terrace holds up a dilated level plain
of excellent land, for the distance of five or six miles in width,
which is a high forest of the majestic trees already mentioned, as
Quercus tinctoria, Juglans nigra, Morus, Ulmus, Telea, Gleditsia,
Juglans hickory, &c. The land after this distance, though almost flat
and level, becomes leaner; the vegetative mould or surface is
shallower, on a stratum of tenacious humid clay, for the distance of
fifteen or twenty miles, more or less, according to the distance of the
next great river; presenting to our view a fine expanse of level grassy
plains, detached forests and groves of Quercus alba, Q. lobata, Q.
phillos, Q. hemispherica, Q. aquatica, with entire groves of the
splendid Nyssa sylvatica and perfumed Liquidambar styraciflua, vast
Cane meadows, and lastly a chain of grassy savannas. Immediately from
this we began to ascend gradually the most elevated, gravelly and stony
ridge, consisting of parallel chains of broken swelling hills, the very
highest chain frequently presenting to view cliffs of the ferruginous
rocks and red clay already noticed. This last mentioned high ridge
divides the waters of the great rivers from each other, whence arise
the sources of their numerous lateral branches, gradually increasing as
they wind about the hills, fertilizing the vales and level plains, by
their inundations, as they pour forth from the vast humid forests and
shaded prolific hills and lastly, flow down, with an easy meandering,
steady course, into the rivers to which they are tributary.

Our horses by this time having recruited themselves by ranging at
liberty and feeding in the rich young cane swamps, in the vicinity of
Apalachucla, we resumed our journey for Mobile, having here repaired
our equipage, and replenished ourselves with fresh supplies of
provisions. Our caravan was now reduced to its original number; the
companies of traders who joined us at the Flat-rock, on our arrival at
this town separated from us, betaking themselves to the several towns
in the Nation, where they were respectively bound. I shall just mention
a very curious non-descript shrub, which I observed growing in the
shady forests, beneath the ascents, next bordering on the rich low
lands of the river.

This stoloniferous shrub grows five or six feet in height; many stems
usually ascend from one root or the same source; these several stems
diverge from each other, or incline a little towards the earth, covered
with a smooth whitish bark, divided oppositely, and the branches
wreathe and twist about, being ornamented with compound leaves; there
being five lanceolate serrated leaves, associated upon one general long
slender petiole, which stand oppositely, on the branches, which
terminate with a spike, or pannicle of white flowers, having an
agreeable scent: from the characters of the flowers, this shrub appears
to be a species of Æsculus or Pavia, but as I could find none of the
fruit and but a few flowers, quite out of season and imperfect, I am
not certain.

 [53] About fifty or sixty years ago almost all the white traders then
 in the nation were massacred in his town, whither they had repaired
 from the different towns, in hopes of an assylum or refuge, in
 consequence of the alarm, having been timely apprised of the hostile
 intentions of the Indians by their temporary wives. They all met
 together in one house, under the avowed protection of the chiefs of
 the town, waiting the event; but whilst the chiefs were assembled in
 council, deliberating on ways and means to protect them, the Indians
 in multitudes surrounded the house and set fire to it; they all, to
 the number of eighteen or twenty, perished with the house in the
 flames. The trader showed me the ruins of the house where they were
 burnt.




CHAPTER VI.


July 13th we left the Apalachucla town, and three days journey brought
us to Talasse, a town on the Tallapoose river, North-East great branch
of the Alabama or Mobile river, having passed over a vast level plain
country of expansive savannas, groves, Cane swamps and open Pine
forests, watered by innumerable rivulets and brooks, tributary to
Apalachucla and Mobile. We now altered our course, turning to the left
hand, Southerly, and descending near the river banks, continually in
sight of the Indian plantations and commons adjacent to their towns.
Passed by Otasse, an ancient famous Muscogulge town. The next
settlement we came to was Coolome, where we stayed two days, and having
letters for Mr. Germany, the principal trader of Coolome, I meant to
consult with him in matters relative to my affairs and future
proceedings.

Here are very extensive old fields, the abandoned plantations and
commons of the old town, on the east side of the river; but the
settlement is removed, and the new town now stands on the opposite
shore, in a charming fruitful plain, under an elevated ridge of hills,
the swelling beds or bases of which are covered with a pleasing verdure
of grass; but the last ascent is steeper, and towards the summit
discovers shelving rocky cliffs, which appear to be continually
splitting and bursting to pieces, scattering their thin exfoliations
over the tops of the grassy knolls beneath. The plain is narrow where
the town is built: their houses are neat commodious buildings, a wooden
frame with plaistered walls, and roofed with Cypress bark or shingles;
every habitation consists of four oblong square houses, of one story,
of the same form and dimensions, and so situated as to form an exact
square, encompassing an area or court yard of about a quarter of an
acre of ground, leaving an entrance into it at each corner. Here is a
beautiful new square or areopagus, in the centre of the new town; but
the stores of the principal trader, and two or three Indian
habitations, stand near the banks of the opposite shore on the site of
the old Coolome town. The Tallapoose river is here three hundred yards
over, and about fifteen or twenty feet deep: the water is very clear,
agreeable to the taste, esteemed salubrious, and runs with a steady,
active current.

Being now recruited and refited, having obtained a guide to set us in
the great trading path for West Florida, early in the morning we sat
off for Mobile: our progress for about eighteen miles was through a
magnificent forest, just without or skirting on the Indian plantations,
frequently having a view of their distant towns, over plains or old
fields; and at evening came to camp under shelter of a grove of
venerable spreading oaks, on the verge of the great plains; their
enormous limbs loaded with Tillandsia usneadscites, waving in the
winds; these Oaks were some shelter to us from the violence of an
extraordinary shower of rain, which suddenly came down in such floods
as to inundate the earth, and kept us standing on our feet the whole
night, for the surface of the ground was under water almost till
morning. Early next morning, our guide having performed his duty, took
leave, returning home, and we continued on our journey, entering on the
great plains. We had not proceeded far before our people roused a
litter of young wolves, to which giving chase, we soon caught one of
them, it being entangled in high grass, one of our people caught it by
the hind legs, and another beat out its brains with the but of his
gun,—barbarous sport!—This creature was about half the size of a small
cur-dog, and quite black.

We continued over these expansive illumined grassy plains, or native
fields, above twenty miles in length, and in width eight or nine, lying
parallel to the river, which was about ten miles distance; they are
invested by high forests, extensive points or promontories, which
project into the plains on each side, dividing them into many vast
fields opening on either hand as we passed along, which presents a
magnificent and pleasing sylvan landscape of primitive, uncultivated
nature. Crossed several very considerable creeks, their serpentine
courses being directed across the plain by gently swelling knolls,
perceptible at a distance, but which seem to vanish or disappear as we
come upon them; the creeks were waters of the Alabama, the name of the
east arm of the Mobile below the confluence of the Tallapoose. These
rivulets were ornamented by groves of various trees and shrubs, which
do not spread far from their banks. I observed amongst them the wild
Crab (Pyrus coronaria) and Prunus Indica or wild Plumb, Cornus Florida,
and on the grassy turf adjoining grew abundance of Strawberry vines:
the surface of the plains or fields is clad with tall grass, intermixed
with a variety of herbage. The most conspicuous, both for beauty and
novelty, is a tall species of Silphium; the radical leaves are large,
long and lightly sinuated, but those which garnish the stem are few and
less sinuated; these leaves with the whole plant, except the flowers,
appear of a whitish green colour, which is owing to a fine soft silky
down or pubescence; the flower stem, which is eight or ten feet in
length when standing erect, terminates upwards with a long heavy spike
of large golden yellow radiated flowers; the stem is usually seen
bowing on one side or other, occasioned by the weight of the flowers,
and many of them are broken, just under the pannicle or spike, by their
own weight, after storms and heavy rains, which often crack or split
the stem, from whence exudes a gummy or resinous substance, which the
sun and air harden into semi-pellucid drops or tears of a pale amber
colour. This resin possesses a very agreeable fragrance and bitterish
taste, somewhat like frankincense or turpentine; it is chewed by the
Indians and traders, to cleanse their teeth and mouth, and sweeten
their breath.

The upper stratum or vegetative mould of these plains is perfectly
black, soapy and rich, especially after rains, and renders the road
very slippery; it lies on a deep bed of white, testaceous, limestone
rocks, which in some places resemble chalk, and in other places are
strata or subterrene banks of various kinds of sea shells, as ostrea,
&c. these dissolving near the surface of the earth, and mixing with the
superficial mould, render it extremely productive.

Immediately after leaving the plains we enter the grand high forests.
There were stately trees of the Robinea pseudacacia, Telea, Morus,
Ulmus, Juglans exaltata, Juglans nigra, Pyrus coronaria, Cornus
Florida, Cercis, &c. Our road now for several miles led us near the
Alabama, within two or three miles of its banks: the surface of the
land is broken into hills and vales, some of them of considerable
elevation, covered with forests of stately trees, such as already
mentioned, but they are of a much larger growth than those of the same
kind which grow in the Southern or inhabited parts of Georgia and
Carolina. We now leave the river at a good distance, the Alabama
bearing away Southerly, and entered a vast open forest which continued
above seventy miles, east and west, without any considerable variation,
generally a level plain, except near the banks of creeks that course
through; the soil on the surface is a dusky brownish mould or sandy
loam, on a foundation of stiff clay, and the surface pebbles or gravel
mixed with clay on the summits of the ridges; the forests consist
chiefly of Oak, Hickory, Ash, Sour Gum (Nyssa sylvatica), Sweet Gum
(Liquidambar styraciflua), Beech, Mulberry, Scarlet maple, Black
walnut, Dog-wood, Cornus Florida, Æsculus pavia, Prunus Indica, Ptelea,
and an abundance of Chesnut (Fag. castanea) on the hills, with Pinus
tæda and Pinus lutea. During our progress over this vast high forest,
we crossed extensive open plains, the soil gravelly, producing a few
trees and shrubs or undergrowth, which were entangled with Grape vines
(Vitis campestris) of a peculiar species; the bunches (racemes) of
fruit were very large, as were the grapes that composed them, though
yet green and not fully grown, but when ripe are of various colours,
and their juice sweet and rich. The Indians gather great quantities of
them, which they prepare for keeping, by first sweating them on hurdles
over a gentle fire, and afterwards dry them on their bunches in the sun
and air, and store them up for provision. These Grape vines do not
climb into high trees, but creep along from one low shrub to another,
extending their branches to a great distance horizontally round about,
and it is very pleasing to behold the clusters pendant from the vines,
almost touching the earth, indeed some of them lie upon the ground.

We now enter a very remarkable grove of Dog wood trees (Cornus
Florida), which continued nine or ten miles unalterable, except here
and there a towering Magnolia grandiflora; the land on which they stand
is an exact level; the surface a shallow, loose, black mould, on a
stratum of stiff, yellowish clay. These trees were about twelve feet
high, spreading horizontally; their limbs meeting and interlocking with
each other, formed one vast, shady, cool grove, so dense and humid as
to exclude the sun-beams and prevent the intrusion of almost every
other vegetable, affording us a most desirable shelter from the fervid
sun-beams at noon-day. This admirable grove by way of eminence has
acquired the name of the Dog woods.

During a progress of near seventy miles, through this high forest,
there constantly presented to view on one hand or the other, spacious
groves of this fine flowering tree, which must, in the spring season,
when covered with blosoms present a most pleasing scene; when at the
same time a variety of other sweet shrubs display their beauty, adorned
in their gay apparel, as the Halesia, Stewartia, Æsculus pavia, Æsc.
alba, Æsc. Florid. ramis divaricatis, thyrsis grandis, flosculis
expansis incarnatis, Azalea, &c. entangled with garlands of Bignonia
crucigera, Big. radicans, Big. sempervirens, Glycine frutescens,
Lonicera sempervirens, &c. and at the same time the superb Magnolia
grandiflora, standing in front of the dark groves, towering far above
the common level.

The evening cool, we encamped on the banks of a glittering rivulet
amidst a spicy grove of the Illicium Floridanum.

Early next morning we arose, hunted up our horses and proceeded on,
continuing about twenty miles, over a district which presented to view
another landscape; expansive plains of Cane meadows, and detached
groves, contrasted by swelling ridges, and vales supporting grand
forests of the trees already noted, embellished with delightful creeks
and brooks, their low grounds producing very tall canes, and their
higher banks groves of the Illicium, Callicanthus, Stewartia, Halesia,
Styrax and others, particulary Magnolia auriculata. In the evening we
forded the river Schambe about fifty yards over, the stream active but
shallow, which carries its waters into the bay of Pensacola. Came to
camp on the banks of a beautiful creek, by a charming grove of the
Illicium Floridanum; from this we travelled over a level country above
fifty miles, very gently but perceptibly descending south-eastward
before us; this district exhibited a landscape very different from what
had presented to view since we left the nation, and not much unlike the
low countries of Carolina; it is in fact one vast flat grassy savanna
and Cane meadows, intersected or variously scrolled over with narrow
forests and groves, on the banks of creeks and rivulets, or hommocks
and swamps at their sources; with long leaved Pines, scatteringly
planted, amongst the grass, and on the high sandy knolls and swelling
ridges, Quercus nigra, Quercus flammula, Quercus incana, with various
other trees and shrubs as already noted, inhabiting such situations.
The rivulets however exhibited a different appearance, they are
shallower, course more swift over gravelly beds, and their banks
adorned with Illicium groves, Magnolias, Azaleas, Halesia, Andromedas,
&c. The highest hills near large creeks afford high forests with
abundance of Chesnut trees.

We now approached the bay of Mobile, gently ascending a hilly district,
being the highest forest adjoining the extensive rich low lands of the
river; these heights are somewhat encumbered with pebbles, fragments
and cliffs of rusty ferruginous rocks; the stones were ponderous and
indicated very rich iron ore; here was a small district of good land,
on the acclivities and bases of these ridges, and a level forest below,
watered by a fine creek, running into the Mobile. From hence we
proceeded, again descending, and travelled about nine miles generally
over a level country consisting of savannas, Cane swamps, and gently
rising knolls, producing Pinus tæda, Nyssa sylvatica, Quercus rubra,
Fagus castanea, Fraxinus, with other trees. Arrived at Taensa, a pretty
high bluff, on the eastern channel of the great Mobile river, about
thirty miles above fort Condé, or city of Mobile, at the head of the
bay.

Next day early in the morning I embarked in a boat, and proceeded for
Mobile; along the banks of islands (near twenty miles) which lay in the
middle of the river, between the eastern and western shores of the
main: the banks of these low flat rich islands are well cultivated,
having on them extensive farms and some good habitations, chiefly the
property of French gentlemen, who reside in the city, as being more
pleasant and healthy. Leaving these islands, we continued ten or twelve
miles between the Eastern main and a chain of low grassy islands, too
low and wet for cultivation: then crossed over the head of the bay, and
arrived in town in the evening.

The city of Mobile is situated on the easy ascent of a rising bank,
extending near half a mile back on the level plain above; it has been
near a mile in length, though now chiefly in ruins, many houses vacant
and mouldering to earth; yet there are a few good buildings inhabited
by French gentlemen, English, Scotch and Irish, and emigrants from the
Northern British colonies. Messrs. Swanson and M’Gillivray, who have
the management of the Indian trade, carried on with the Chicasaws,
Chactaws, Upper and Lower Creeks, &c. have made here very extraordinary
improvements in buildings.

The fort Condé, which stands very near the bay, towards the lower end
of the town, is a large regular fortress of brick.

The principal French buildings are constructed of brick, and are of one
story, but on an extensive scale, four square, encompassing on three
sides a large area or court yard: the principal apartment is on the
side fronting the street; they seem in some degree to have copied after
the Creek habitation in the general plan: those of the poorer class are
constructed of a strong frame of Cypress, filled in with brick,
plaistered and white-washed inside and out.

July 31st, 1778, the air being very hot and sultry, thermometer up at
87, we had excessive thunder, and repeated heavy showers of rain, from
morning until evening.

Not having an immediate opportunity from hence to Manchac, a British
settlement on the Mississipi, I endeavoured to procure a light canoe,
with which I designed to pursue my travels along shore to the
settlements about Pearl river.

August 5th, set off from Mobile up the river in a trading boat, and was
landed at Taensa bluff, the seat of Major Farmer, to make good my
engagements, in consequence of an invitation from that worthy
gentleman, to spend some days in his family: here I obtained the use of
a light canoe to continue my voyage up the river. The settlement of
Taensa is on the site of an ancient town of a tribe of Indians of that
name, which is apparent from many artificial mounds of earth and other
ruins. Besides Mr. Farmer’s dwellings, there are many others inhabited
by French families, who are chiefly his tenants. It is a most
delightful situation, commanding a spacious prospect up and down the
river, and the low lands of his extensive plantations on the opposite
shore. In my excursions about this place, I observed many curious
vegetable productions, particularly a species of Myrica (Myrica
inodora): this very beautiful evergreen shrub, which the French
inhabitants call the Wax tree, grows in wet sandy ground about the
edges of swamps; it rises erect nine or ten feet, dividing itself into
a multitude of nearly erect branches, which are garnished with many
shining deep green entire leaves of a lanceolate figure; the branches
produce abundance of large round berries, nearly the size of bird
cherries, which are covered with a scale or coat of white wax; no part
of this plant possesses any degree of fragrance. It is in high
estimation with the inhabitants for the production of wax for candles,
for which purpose it answers equally well with bees-wax, or preferably,
as it is harder and more lasting in burning.

Early on a fine morning I set sail up the river, took the East channel,
and passed along by well cultivated plantations on the fertile islands,
in the river on my left han: these islands exhibit every show of
fertility; the native productions exceed any thing I had ever seen,
particularly the Reeds or Canes (Arundo gigantea) grow to a great
height and thickness.

Early one morning, passing along by some old uncultivated fields, a few
miles above Taensa, I was struck with surprise at the appearance of a
blooming plant, gilded with the richest golden yellow: stepping on
shore, I discovered it to be a new species of the Oenothera (Oenothera
grandiflora, caule erecto, ramoso, piloso, 7, 8 pedali, foliis
semi-amplexi-caulibus, lanceolatis, serrato-dentatis, floribus magnis,
fulgidis, sessilibus, capsulis cylindricis, 4 angulis), perhaps the
most pompous and brilliant herbaceous plant yet known to exist. It is
an annual or biennial, rising erect seven or eight feet, branching on
all sides from near the earth upwards, the lower branches extensive,
and the succeeding gradually shorter to the top of the plant, forming a
pyramid in figure; the leaves are of a broad lanceolate shape, dentated
or deeply serrated, terminating with a slender point, and of a deep
full green colour; the large expanded flowers, that so ornament this
plant, are of a splendid perfect yellow colour; but when they contract
again, before they drop off, the underside of the petals next the calyx
becomes of a reddish flesh colour, inclining to vermilion, the flowers
begin to open in the evening, are fully expanded during the night, and
are in their beauty next morning, but close and wither before noon.
There is a daily profuse succession for many weeks, and one single
plant at the same instant presents to view many hundred flowers. I have
measured these flowers above five inches in diameter, they have an
agreeable scent.

After leaving these splendid fields of the golden Oenothera, I passed
by old deserted plantations and high forests; and now having advanced
above ten miles, landed at a bluff, where mooring my bark in a safe
harbour, I ascended the bank of the river, and penetrating the groves,
came presently to old fields, where I observed ruins of ancient
habitations, there being abundance of Peach and Fig trees, loaded with
fruit, which affording a very acceptable dessert after the heats and
toil of the day, and evening drawing on apace, I concluded to take up
my quarters here for the night. The Fig trees were large as well as
their fruit, which was when ripe, of the shape of pears, and as large,
and of a dark bluish purple colour.

Next morning I arose early, continuing my voyage; passing by, on each
hand, high forests and rich swamps, and frequently ruins of ancient
French plantations; the Canes, and Cypress trees of an astonishing
magnitude, as were the trees of other tribes, indicating an excellent
soil. Came to at noon, and advancing forward from the river, and
penetrating the awful shades, passed between the stately columns of the
Magnolia grandiflora, and came to the ascents supporting the high
forests and expansive plains above—What a sylvan scene is here! the
pompous Magnolia, reigns sovereign of the forests; how sweet the
aromatic Illicium groves! how gaily flutter the radiated wings of the
Magnolia auriculata, each branch supporting an expanded umbrella,
superbly crested with a silver plume, fragrant blossom, or crimson
studded strobile and fruits! I recline on the verdant bank, and view
the beauties of the groves. Æsculus pavia, Prunus nemoralis, floribus
racemosis, foliis sempervirentibus, nitidis, Æsculus alba, Hydrangia
quercifolia, Cassine, Magnolia pyramidata, foliis ovatis, oblongis,
acuminatis, basi auriculatis, strobilo oblongo ovato, Myrica, Rhamnus
frangula, Halesea, Bignonia, Azalea, Lonicera, Sideroxylon, with many
more.

Returned to the river, re-embarked, and at evening came to, in sight of
the confluence or junction of the two large arms of the great Mobile
river i. e. the Tombigbe or Chicasaw with the Alabama or Coosau. About
one hundred and fifty miles above this conflux at Ft. Thoulouse, the
Alabama receives into it from the East the great Talapoose river, when
the former takes the name of Coosau, which it bears to its source,
which is in the So. West promontories of the Cherokee or Apalachian
Mountains in the Chickasaw territories.

Observed very large alligators, basking on the shores, as well as
swimming in the river and lagoons.

Next morning entered the Tombigbe, and ascended that fine river. Just
within its capes, on the left hand is a large lagoon, or capacious bay
of still water, containing many acres in surface, which at a distant
view presents a very singular and diverting scene; a delusive green
wavy plain of the Nymphæa nelumbo: the surface of the water is
overspread with its round floating leaves, whilst these are shadowed by
a forest of umbrageous leaves with gay flowers, waving to and fro on
flexible stems, three or four feet high: these fine flowers are double
as a rose, and when expanded are seven or eight inches in diameter, of
a lively lemon yellow colour. The seed vessel when ripe, is a large
truncated, dry porous capsule, its plane or disk regularly perforated,
each cell containing an oval osseous gland or nut, of the size of a
filbert; when these are fully grown, before they become quite hard,
they are sweet and pleasant eating, and taste like chesnuts: I fed
freely on them without any injury, but found them laxative. I have
observed this aquatic plant, in my travels along the Eastern shores of
this continent, in the large rivers and lakes, from New-Jersey to this
place, particularly in a large pond or lake near Cape Fear river in
North Carolina, which is about two miles over and twelve feet water,
notwithstanding which its surface is almost covered with the leaves of
this plant; it also abounds in Wakamaw lake near the same river, and in
Savanna river at Augusta, and all over East Florida.

Proceeding up the river, came to at a very high steep bluff of red and
particoloured tenacious clay, under a deep stratum of loose sandy
mould: after ascending this steep bank of the river, I found myself in
an old field, and penetrating the forests surrounding, observed them to
be young growth, covering very extensive old plantations, which was
evident from the ridges and hillocks which once raised their Corn
(Zea), Batatas, &c. I suppose this to be the site of an ancient
fortified post of the French, as there appear vestiges of a rampart and
other traces of a fortress; perhaps fort Louis de la Mobile, but in all
probability it will not remain long visible; the stream of the river
making daily encroachments on it, by carrying away the land on which it
stood.

Observed here amongst other vegetable productions, a new species, or at
least a variety of Halesia diptera; these trees are of the size and
figure of ordinary Mulberry trees, their stems short, and tops regular
and spreading, and the leaves large and broad, in size and figure
resembling those of our common wild Mulberry.

Opposite this bluff, on the other side of the river, is a district of
swamp or low land, the richest I ever saw, or perhaps any where to be
seen: as for the trees I shall forbear to describe them, because it
would appear incredible; let it suffice to mention, that the Cypress,
Ash, Platanus, Populus, Liquidambar, and others, are by far the
tallest, straightest and every way the most enormous that I have seen
or heard of. And as a proof of the extraordinary fertility of the soil,
the reeds or canes (Arundo gigantea) grow here thirty or forty feet
high, and as thick as a man’s arm, or three or four inches in diameter;
I suppose one joint of some of them would contain above a quart of
water; and these reeds serve very well for setting poles, or masts for
barks and canoes. Continued yet ascending this fine river, passing by
the most delightful and fertile situations: observed frequently, on
bluffs of high land, deserted plantations, the houses always burnt down
to the ground, and ancient Indian villages. But perceiving little
variation in the natural vegetable productions, the current of the
river pressing down with increased force and velocity, I turned about,
descending the river, and next evening came to at a large well
cultivated plantation, where lodged all night, and the evening
following returned to Taensa.

Next day I felt symptoms of a fever, which in a few days laid me up and
became dangerous. But a dose of Tart. Emet. broke its violence; and
care and good attendance after a few days, in some degree restored my
health, at least, so far as to enable me to rove about the neighbouring
forests; and here being informed of a certain plant of extraordinary
medical virtues, and in high estimation with the inhabitants, which
grew in the hilly land about thirty miles higher up the river, I
resolved to set out in search of it, the Major being so polite and
obliging as to furnish me with horses to ride, and a Negro to pilot and
take care of me.

Sat off in the morning, and in the course of the day’s journey crossed
several creeks and brooks, one of which swam our horses. On passing by
a swamp at the head of a bay or lagoon of the river, I observed a
species of Cypress; it differs a little from the white Cedar of
New-Jersey and Pennsylvania (Cupressus thyoides), the trunk is short
and the limbs spread horizontally, the branches fuller of leaves, and
the cones larger, and of a crimson or reddish purple colour when ripe.

After leaving the low grounds and ascending the hills, discovered the
plant I went in search of, which I had before frequently observed in my
descent from the Creek nation down towards Taensa. This plant appears
to be a species of Collinsonia; it is diuretic and carminative, and
esteemed a powerful febrifuge, an infusion of its tops is ordinarily
drank at breakfast, and is of an exceeding pleasant taste and flavour:
when in flower, which is the time the inhabitants gather it for
preservation and use, it possesses a lively aromatic scent, partaking
of lemon and aniseed. Lodged this night at a plantation near the river,
and met with civility and good entertainment. The man and his three
sons are famous hunters. I was assured, from good authority, that the
old gentleman, for his own part, kills three hundred deer annually,
besides bears, tygers, and wolves.

Next morning early, sat off again, on my return, and taking a different
path back, for the sake of variety, though somewhat farther about, and
at a greater distance from the banks of the river, observed abundance
of the tall blue Sage: it grows six or seven feet high; many stems
arise from one root or source; these stems are thick, woody and
quadrangular, the angles obtuse: the narrow lanceolate and serrated
leaves are placed opposite, and are sessile, lightly embracing the
branches, which terminate with spikes of large flowers of a celestial
blue colour.

These stony, gravelly heights produce a variety of herbaceous plants,
but one in particular I shall mention on account of its singular
beauty: I believe it is a species Gerardea (Gerardea flammea); it grows
erect, a single stem from a root, three or four feet in height,
branching very regular from about one half its length upwards, forming
a cone or pyramid, profusely garnished with large tubular labiated
scarlet or flame coloured flowers, which give the plant a very splendid
appearance, even at a great distance. Returned home in the evening
fully satisfied with the day’s excursion, from the discovery of many
curious and beautiful vegetables.

Having advice from Mobile of an opportunity to Manchac, although my
health was not established, feverish symptoms continuing to lurk about
me, I resolved, notwithstanding, immediately to embrace this offer, and
embarked again, descending the river to the city in company with Dr.
Grant, a physician of the garrison, and late in the evening arrived in
town, having suffered a smart fit of the fever by the way.

In the course of conversation with the doctor, I remarked that during
my travels since leaving the Creek nation, and when there, I had not
seen any honey bees. He replied, that there were few or none west of
the isthmus of Florida, and but one hive in Mobile, which was lately
brought there from Europe, the English supposing that there were none
in the country, not finding any when they took possession of it after
the Spanish and French. I had been assured by the traders that there
were none in West Florida, which to me seemed extraordinary and almost
incredible, since they are so numerous all along the Eastern continent
from Nova Scotia to East Florida, even in the wild forests, as to be
thought by the generality of the inhabitants, aborigines of this
continent.

The boat in which I had taken a passage to Pearl river, not being in
readiness to depart for several days to come, I sought opportunities to
fill up this time to the best advantage possible; and hearing of a boat
going to the river Perdedo, for the purpose of securing the remains of
a wreck, I apprehended this a favourable time to go and search that
coast, the captain civilly offering me a passage and birth with him in
a handsome light sailing boat. Set sail early on a fine morning, and
having a brisk leading breeze, came to in the evening just within
Mobile point; collected a quantity of drift wood to keep up a light,
and smoke away the musquitoes, and rested well on the clean sandy beach
until the cool morning awoke us. We hoisted sail again and soon doubled
the point or East promontory of the cape of the bay, stretching out
many miles and pointing towards Dauphin island, between which and this
cape is the ship channel.

Coasting along the sea-shore eastward, we soon came up to the wreck,
which being already stripped of her sails, &c. our captain kept on for
Pensacola, where we arrived late in the evening.

My arrival at this capital, at present the seat of government, was
merely accidental and undesigned; and having left at Mobile all my
papers and testimonials, I designed to conceal my avocations, but my
name being made known to Dr. Lorimer, one of the honourable council, he
sent me a very polite invitation, and requested that he might acquaint
governor Chester of my arrival, who he knew would expect that I should
wait on him, and would be pleased to see me. I begged to be excused, at
this time, as the boat would sail back for Mobile in a few hours, in
which I was under the necessity of returning, or must lose my passage
to the Mississipi; but during this expostulation, I received a letter
from Mr. Livingston the secretary, whom I waited upon, and was received
very respectfully and treated with the utmost politeness and
affability. Soon after, the governor’s chariot passed by, his
excellency returning from a morning visit to his farm a few miles from
Pensacola. Mr. Livingston went with me and introduced me to the
governor, who commended my pursuits, and invited me to continue in West
Florida in researches after subjects of natural history, &c. nobly
offering to bear my expences, and a residence in his own family as long
as I chose to continue in the colony; very judiciously observing, that
a complete investigation of its natural history could not be
accomplished in a short space of time, since it would require the
revolution of the seasons to discover and view vegetable nature in all
her various perfections.

The captain of our fortunate bark by this time being ready to sail, I
took leave of his excellency the governor, and bid adieu to my friends
Dr. Lorimer, Mr. Livingston, and others: set sail about noon on our
return, and came to again within the capes of Mobile river.

Since I have hitherto given a superficial account of the towns, ports,
improvements and other remarkable productions of nature, and human arts
and industry, during the course of my peregrination, I shall not pass
by Pensacola and its environs. This city commands some natural
advantages, superior to any other port in this province, in point of
naval commerce, and such as human art and strength can never supply. It
is delightfully situated upon gentle rising ascents environing a
spacious harbour, safe and capacious enough to shelter all the navies
of Europe, and excellent ground for anchorage; the west end of St. Rose
island stretches across the great bay St. Maria Galves, and its
South-West projecting point forms the harbour of Pensacola, which, with
the road or entrance, is defended by a block-house built on the
extremity of that point, which at the same time serves the purpose of a
fortress and look-out tower. There are several rivers which run into
this great bay from the continent, but none of them navigable for large
craft, to any considerable distance into the country: the Shambe is the
largest, which admits shallops some miles up, and Perriauguas upwards
of fifty miles. There are some spots of good high land, and rich
swamps, favourable for the production of rice on the banks of this
river, which have given rise to some plantations producing Indigo,
Rice, Corn, Batatas, &c. These rivers dividing and spreading abroad
their numerous branches, over the expansive flat low country (between
the two great rivers Apalachucla and Mobile), which consists of
savannas and cane meadows, fill them with brooks and water courses, and
render them exuberant pasture for cattle.

There are several hundred habitations in Pensacola: the governor’s
palace is a large stone building ornamented with a tower, built by the
Spaniards. The town is defended by a large stockado fortress, the plan
a tetragon with salient angles at each corner, where is a block-house
or round tower, one story higher than the curtains, where are light
cannon mounted: it is constructed of wood. Within this fortess is the
council chamber; here the records are kept, houses for the officers,
and barracks for the accommodation of the garrison, arsenal, magazine,
&c. The secretary resides in a spacious, neat building: there are
several merchants and gentlemen of other professions, who have
respectable and convenient buildings in the town.

There were growing on the sand hills, environing Pensacola, several
curious non-described plants; particularly one of the verticillate
order, about eighteen inches in height: the flowers, which formed loose
spikes, were large and of a fine scarlet colour; but not having time to
examine the fructification, or collect good specimens, am ignorant of
what order or genus it belongs to. And in the level wet savannas grew
plentifully a new and very elegant species of Saracinia (Saracinia
lacunosa); the leaves of this plant, which are twelve or fourteen
inches in length, stand nearly erect, are round, tubular and
ventricose—but not ridged with longitudinal angles or prominent nerves,
as the leaves of the Saracinia flava are; the aperture at top may be
shut up by a cap or lid, of a helmet form, which is an appendage of the
leaf, turning over the orifice in that singular manner; the ventricose,
or inflated part of the leaf, which is of a pale, but vivid green
colour, is beautifully ornamented with rose coloured studs or blisters,
and the inner surface curiously inscribed, or variegated with crimson
veins or fibres. It was past the time for flowering, but the plant in
any situation is a very great curiosity.

Next morning early we arose from our hard sandy sea-beaten couch, being
disturbed the whole night by the troublesome musquitoes; set sail, and
before night returned safe to the city of Mobile.




CHAPTER VII.


The next day after my return to Mobile, I found myself very ill, and
not a little alarmed by an excessive pain in my head, attended with a
high fever; this disorder soon settled in my eyes, nature pursuing that
way to expel the malady, causing a most painful defluxion of pellucid,
corrosive water; notwithstanding, I next day set off on board a large
trading boat, the property of a French gentleman, and commanded by him
(he being general interpreter for the Chactaw nation), on his return to
his plantations, on the banks of Pearl river: our bark was large, well
equiped for sailing, and manned with three stout Negroes, to row in
case of necessity. We embarked in the evening, and came to about six
miles below the town, at a pleasant farm, the master of which (who was
a Frenchman) entertained us in a very polite and friendly manner. The
wind favourable, next morning early we set sail again, and having made
extraordinary way, about noon came up abreast of a high steep bluff, or
perpendicular cliff of high land, touching on the bay of the west
coast, where we went on shore, to give liberty to the slaves to rest
and refresh themselves. In the mean time I accompanied the captain on
an excursion into the spacious level forests, which spread abroad from
the shore to a great distance back; observed vestiges of an ancient
fortress and settlement, and there yet remain a few pieces of iron
cannon; but what principally attracted my notice, was three vast iron
pots or kettles, each of many hundred gallons contents: upon enquiry,
my associate informed me they were for the purpose of boiling tar to
pitch, there being vast forests of Pine trees in the vicinity of this
place. In Carolina the inhabitants pursue a different method; when they
design to make pitch, they dig large holes in the ground, near the tar
kiln, which they line with a thick coat of good clay, into which they
conduct a sufficient quantity of tar, and set it on fire, suffering it
to flame and evaporate a length of time sufficient to convert it into
pitch, and when cool, lade it into barrels, and so on until they have
consumed all the tar, or made a sufficient quantity of pitch for their
purpose.

After re-imbarking, and leaving this bluff a few miles, we put into
shore again, and came to a farm house, a little distance from the
water, where we supplied ourselves with Corn meal, Batatas, bacon, &c.
The French gentleman (proprietor of the plantation) was near eighty
years old, his hair almost white with age, yet he appeared active,
strong and muscular; and his mother who was present, was one hundred
and five years old, active and cheerful, her eyes seemed as brisk and
sparkling as youth, but she was of a diminutive size, not half the
stature and weight of her son: it was now above fifty years since she
came into America from old France.

I embarked again, proceeding down the bay, and in the evening doubled
the west point or cape of the bay, being a promontory of the main,
between which and Dauphin island, we entered the channel Oleron. From
this time, until we arrived at this gentleman’s habitation on Pearl
river, I was incapable of making any observations, for my eyes could
not bear the light, as the least ray admitted seemed as the piercing of
a sword: and by the time I had arrived at Pearl river, the excruciating
pain had rendered me almost frantic and stupified for want of sleep, of
which I was totally deprived; and the corroding water, every few
minutes, streaming from my eyes, had stripped the skin off my face, in
the same manner as scalding water would have done. I continued three
days with this friendly Frenchman, who tried every remedy, that he or
his family could recollect, to administer relief, but to no purpose. My
situation was now become dangerous, and I expected to sink under the
malady, as I believe my friends here did. At last the man informed me,
on Pearl island, about twelve miles distance, resided an English
gentleman, who had a variety of medicines, and if I chose to go to him
he would take me there. I accordingly bid adieu to this hospitable
family, and set off with him in a convenient boat; before night arrived
at Mr. Rumsey’s, who received me kindly, and treated me with the utmost
humanity, during a stay of four or five weeks. The night however after
my arrival here I sincerely thought would be my last, and my torments
were so extreme as to desire it: having survived this tedious night, I
in some degree recovered my senses, and asked Mr. Rumsey if he had any
Cantharides; he soon prepared a blister plaister for me, which I
directed to be placed betwixt my shoulders; this produced the desired
relief, and more than answered my expectation, for it had not been
there a quarter of an hour before I fell asleep, and remained so a
whole day, when I awoke entirely relieved from pain, my senses in
perfect harmony and mind composed. I do not know how to express myself
on this occasion; all was peace and tranquillity: although I had my
sight imperfectly, yet my body seemed but as a light shadow, and my
existence as a pleasing delirium, for I sometimes doubted of its
reality. I however from that moment began to mend, until my health was
perfectly restored; but it was several weeks before I could expose my
eyes to open day light, and at last I found my left eye considerably
injured, which suffered the greatest pain and weight of the disease.

As soon as I acquired strength to walk about, and bear the least
impression of open day light on my eyes, I made frequent, indeed I may
say daily excursions in and about this island, strolling through its
awful shades, venerable groves and sublime forests, consisting of the
Live Oaks and Magnolia grandiflora, Laurus Borbonia, Olea Americana,
Fagus sylvatica, Laur. Sassafras, Quercus hemispherica, Telea,
Liquidambar styraciflua, Morus, Gleditsia, Callicarpa, Halesia, &c.

The island is six or seven miles in length, and four or five in width,
including the salt marshes and plains, which invest it on every side, I
believe we may only except a narrow strand at the South end of it,
washed by Lake Borgone at the Regullets, which is a promontory composed
of banks of seashells and sand cast up by the force of winds, and the
surf of the lake; these shells are chiefly a small species of white
clam shells, called les coquilles. Here are a few shrubs growing on
these shelly heights, viz. Rhamnus frangula, Sideroxylon, Myrica,
Zanthoxylon clava Herculis, Juniperus Americana, Lysium salsum;
together with several new genera and species of the herbaceous and
suffruticose tribes, Croton, Stillingia, &c. but particularly a species
of Mimosa (Mimosa virgata), which in respect of the elegancy of its
pinnated leaves, cannot be exceeded by any of that celebrated family.
It is a perennial plant, sending up many nearly erect stems, from the
root or source; these divide themselves into many ascendant slender
rods like branches, which are ornamented with double pinnated leaves,
of a most delicate formation. The compound flowers, are of a pale,
greenish yellow, collected together in a small oblong head, upon a long
slender peduncle, the legumes are large, lunated and flat, placed in a
spiral or contorted manner, each containing several hard compressed
seeds, or little beans.

The interior and by far the greater part of the island consists of high
land; the soil to appearance a heap of sea sand in some places, with an
admixture of sea shells; this soil, notwithstanding its sandy and
steril appearance, when divested of its natural vegetative attire, has,
from what cause I know not, a continual resource of fertility within
itself: the surface of the earth, after being cleared of its original
vegetable productions, exposed a few seasons to the sun, winds and
tritrurations of agriculture, appears scarcely any thing but heaps of
white sand, yet it produces Corn (Zea), Indigo, Batatas, Beans, Peas,
Cotton, Tobacco, and almost every sort of esculent vegetable, in a
degree of luxuriancy very surprising and unexpected, year after year,
incessantly, without any addition of artificial manure or compost:
there is indeed a foundation of strong adhesive clay, consisting of
strata of various colours, which I discovered by examining a well,
lately dug in Mr. Rumsey’s yard; but lying at a great depth under the
surface, the roots of small shrubs and herbage, cannot reach near to
it, or receive any benefit, unless we may suppose, that ascending fumes
or exhalations, from this bed of clay, may have a vivific nutritive
quality, and be received by the fibres of the roots, or being condensed
in the atmosphere by nocturnal chills, fall with dews upon the leaves
and twigs of these plants, and there absorbed, become nutritive or
exhilerating to them.

Besides the native forest trees and shrubs already noted, manured fruit
trees arrive in this island to the utmost degree of perfection, as
Pears, Peaches, Figs, Grape Vines, Plumbs &c.; of the last mentioned
genus, there is a native species grows in this island, which produces
their large oblong crimson fruit in prodigious abundance; the fruit
though of a most enticing appearance, is rather too tart, yet agreeable
eating, at sultry noon, in this burning climate, it affords a most
delicious and reviving marmalade, when preserved in sugar, and makes
excellent tarts; the tree grows about twelve feet high, the top
spreading, the branches spiny and the leaves broad, nervous, serrated,
and terminating with a subulated point.

My eyes having acquired sufficient strength to endure the open
day-light, I set off from Pearl island, for Manchac on the Mississippi,
in a handsome large boat with three Negroes to navigate her. Leaving
the friendly Mr. Rumsey’s seat on Pearl Island, we descended a creek
from the landing near his house; this creek led us about a mile,
winding through salt sedgy marshes, into Lake Pontchartrain, along
whose North shores we coasted about twenty miles, having low, reedy
marshes, on our starboard: these marshes were very extensive between us
and the far distant high forests on the main: at evening the shore
became bolder, with sandy elevations, affording a few dwarf Oaks,
Zanthoxylon, Myrica and Rham. frangula. We came to in a little bay,
kindled a fire, and after supper betook ourselves to repose; our
situation open, airy and cool, on clean sand banks; we rested quietly,
though sometimes roused by alarms from the crocodiles, which are here
in great numbers, and of an enormous bulk and strength.

Next day early we got under way, pursuing our former course, nearly
Westward, keeping the North shore several leagues. Immediately back of
this high sandy strand, (which is cast up by the beating surf and
winds, setting from seaward, across the widest part of the lake) the
ground suddenly falls, and becomes extensive flat Cypress swamps, the
sources of creeks and rivers, which run into the lake, or Pearl River,
or at other places; the high forests of the main now gradually
approaching the lake, advance up to the very shore, where we find
houses, plantations and new settlements: we came to at one of them
charmingly situated, set sail again, and came up to the mouth of the
beautiful Taensapaoa, which takes that name from a nation of Indians,
who formerly possessed the territories lying on its banks, which are
fertile and delightful regions. This river is narrow at its entrance,
but deep, and said to be navigable for large barks and perriauguas,
upwards of fifty miles: just within its capes, on the leeward shore,
are heights, or a group of low hills (composed of the small clam
shells, called les coquilles) which gradually depress as we retreat
back from the river, and the surface of the land is more level; these
shells dissolving and mixing with the surface, render the vegetative
mould black, rich, and productive. Here are a few habitations, and some
fields cleared and cultivated; but the inhabitants neglect agriculture;
and generally employ themselves in hunting, and fishing: we however
furnished ourselves here with a sufficiency of excellent Batatas. I
observed no new vegetable productions, except a species of Cleome
(Cleome lupinifolia); this plant possesses a very strong scent,
somewhat like Gum Assasetida, notwithstanding which the inhabitants
give it a place in soups and and sauces.

From Taensapaoa, we still coasted westward, three or four miles, to the
straits that communicate with the lake Maurepas; entering which and
continuing six or eight miles, having low swampy land on each side, the
channel divides, forming an island in the middle of the pass: we took
the right hand channel, which continues three or four miles, when the
channels reunite in full view of the charming lake. We came to at an
elevated point, or promontory on the starboard main shore, it being the
North cape, from whence I enjoyed a very pleasing and complete view of
the beautiful lake Maurepas; entering which next morning, a steady
favourable gale soon wafted us nine or ten miles over to the mouth of
the river Amite; ascended between its low banks; the land on each side
a level swamp, about two feet above the surface of the water,
supporting a thick forest of trees, consisting chiefly of Fraxinus,
Nyssa aquatica, Nyssa multiflora, Cupressus disticha, Quercus phillos,
Acer rubrum, Ac. negundo, Acer glaucum, Sambucus, Laurus Borbonia,
Carpinus, Ulmus and others. The soil or earth humid, black and rich.
There is scarcely a perceptible current: the water dark, deep, turgid
and stagnate, being from shore to shore covered with a scum or pellicle
of a green and purplish cast, and perpetually throwing up from the
muddy bottom to its surface minute air bladders or bubbles: in short,
these dark loathsome waters, from every appearance seem to be a strong
extract or tincture of the leaves of the trees, herbs and reeds,
arising from the shores, and which almost overspread them, and float on
the surface, insomuch that a great part of these stagnate rivers,
during the summer and autumnal seasons, are constrained to pass under a
load of grass and weeds; which are continually vegetating and spreading
over the surface from the banks, until the rising floods of winter and
spring, rushing down from the main, sweep them away, and purify the
waters. Late in the evening we discovered a narrow ridge of land close
to the river bank, high and dry enough to suffer us to kindle a fire,
and space sufficient to spread our bedding on. But here, fire and smoke
were insufficient to expel the hosts of musquitoes that invested our
camp, and kept us awake during the long and tedious night, so that the
alligators had no chance of taking us napping. We were glad to rise
early in the morning, proceeding up the Amite. The land now gradually
rises, the banks become higher, the soil drier and firmer four or five
feet above the surface of the river; the trees are of an incredible
magnitude, particulary Platanus occidentalis, Fraxinus, Ulmus, Quercus
hemispherica, &c. The Canna Indica grows here in surprising luxuriance,
presenting a glorious show; the stem rises six, seven and nine feet
high, terminating upwards with spikes of scarlet flowers.

Now having advanced near thirty miles up the Amite, we arrived at a
very large plantation, the property of a Scotch gentleman, who received
me with civility, entreating me to reside with him; but being impatient
to get to the river, and pleading the necessity of prosecuting my
travels with alacrity, on account of the season being so far advanced,
I was permited to proceed, and set off next morning. Still ascending
the Amite about twenty miles farther, and arrived at the forks, where
the Iberville comes in on the left hand, ascending which a little way,
we soon came to the landing, where are ware-houses for dispositing
merchandize, this being the extremity of navigation up this canal, and
here small vessels load and unload. From this place to Manchac, on the
banks of the Mississippi, just above the mouth of the canal, is nine
miles by land; the road straight, spacious, and perfectly level, under
the shadow of a grand forest; the trees of the first order in magnitude
and beauty, as Magnolia grandiflora, Liriodendron tulipifera, Platanus,
Juglans nigra, Fraxinus excelsior, Morus rubra, Laurus sassafras,
Laurus Borbonia, Telea, Liquidambar styraciflua, &c.

At evening arrived at Manchac, when I directed my steps to the banks of
the Mississippi, where I stood for a time as it were fascinated by the
magnificence of the great sire[54] of rivers.

The depth of the river here, even in this season, at its lowest ebb is
astonishing, not less than forty fathoms; and the width about a mile or
somewhat less: but it is not expansion of surface alone that strikes us
with ideas of magnificence; the altitude and theatrical ascents of its
pensile banks, the steady course of the mighty flood, the trees, high
forests, even every particular object, as well as societies, bear the
stamp of superiority and excellence; all unite or combine in exhibiting
a prospect of the grand sublime. The banks of the river at Manchac,
though frequently overflowed by the vernal inundations, are fifty feet
perpendicular height above the surface of the water (by which the
channel at those times must be about two hundred and ninety feet deep);
and these precipices being an accumulation of the sediment of muddy
waters, annually brought down with the floods, of a light loamy
consistence, continually cracking and parting, present to view deep
yawning chasms, in time split off, as the active perpetual current
undermines, and the mighty masses of earth tumble headlong into the
river, whose impetuous current sweeps away and lodges them elsewhere.
There is yet visible some remains of a high artificial bank, in front
of the buildings of the town, formerly cast up by the French, to resist
the inundations, but found to be ineffectual, and now in part tumbled
down the precipice: as the river daily encroaches on the bluff, some of
the habitations are in danger, and must be very soon removed or
swallowed up in the deep gulph of waters. A few of the buildings that
have been established by the English, since taking possession of the
colony, are large and commodious, particularly the warehouses of
Messrs. Swanson & Co. Indian traders and merchants.

The Spaniards have a small fortress and garrison on the point of land
below the Iberville, close by the banks of the river, which has a
communication with Manchac, by a slender narrow wooden bridge across
the channel of Iberville, supported on wooden pillars, and not a bow
shot from the habitations of Manchac. The Iberville in the summer
season is dry, and its bed twelve or fifteen feet above the surface of
the Mississipi; but in the winter and spring has a great depth of
water, and a very rapid stream which flows into the Amite, thence down
through the lakes into the bay of Pearls to the ocean.

Having recommendations to the inhabitants of Batonrouge, now called New
Richmond, more than forty miles higher up the river, one of these
gentlemen being present at Manchac, gave me a friendly and polite
invitation to accompany him on his return home. A pleasant morning; we
sat off after breakfast, well accommodated in a handsome convenient
boat, rowed by three blacks. Two miles above Manchac we put into shore
at Alabama: this Indian village is delightfully situated on several
swelling green hills, gradually ascending from the verge of the river:
the people are a remnant of the ancient Alabama nation, who inhabited
the East arm of the great Mobile river, which bears their name to this
day, now possessed by the Creeks or Muscogulges, who conquered the
former.

My friend having purchased some baskets and earthen-ware, the
manufactures of the people, we left the village, and proceeded twelve
miles higher up the river, landed again at a very large and well
cultivated plantation, where we lodged all night. Observed growing in a
spacious garden adjacent to the house, many useful as well as curious
exotics, particularly the delicate and sweet Tube-rose (Polyanthus
tuberosa): it grows here in the open garden, the flowers were very
large and abundant on the stems, which were five, six or seven feet
high, but I saw none here having double flowers. In one corner of the
garden was a pond or marsh, round about which grew luxuriantly the
Scotch grass (Panicum hirtellum, gramen panicum maximum, spica divisa,
aristis armatum, Sloan, Jam. Cat. p. 30): the people introduced this
valuable grass from the West India islands: they mow or reap it at any
time, and feed it green to cows or horses; it is nourishing food for
all cattle. The Humble plant (Mimosa pudica) grows here five or six
feet high, rambling like Brier vines over the fences and shrubs, all
about the garden. The people here say it is an indigenous plant, but
this I doubt, as it is not seen growing wild in the forests and fields,
and it differs in no respect from that which we protect in green houses
and stoves, except in the extent and luxuriancy of its branches, which
may be owing to the productive virgin mould and temperature of the
climate. They however pay no attention to its culture, but rather
condemn it as a noxious troublesome weed, for wherever it gets footing,
it spreads itself by its seed in so great abundance as to oppress and
even extirpate more useful vegetables.

Next day we likewise visited several delightful and spacious
plantations on the banks of the river, during our progress upwards: in
the evening arrived at my friend’s habitation, a very delightful villa,
with extensive plantations of Corn (Zea), Indigo, Cotton and some Rice.

A day or two after our arrival we agreed upon a visit to Point Coupè, a
flourishing French settlement on the Spanish shore of the Mississippi.

Early next morning we set off in a neat Cypress boat with three oars,
proceeding up the river; and by night got to a large plantation near
the White cliffs, now called Brown’s cliffs, in honour of the late
governor of West Florida, now of the Bahama Islands, who is proprietor
of a large district of country, lying on and adjacent to the Cliffs. At
the time of my residence with Mr. Rumsey at Pearl island, governor
Brown, then on his passage to his government of the Bahamas, paid Mr.
Rumsey a visit, who politely introduced me to his excellency,
acquainting him with my character and pursuits: he desired me to
explore his territory, and give him my opinion of the quality of the
White plains.

August 27th, 1777, having in readiness horses well equipt, early in the
morning we set off for the plains. About a mile from the river we
crossed a deep gully and small rivulet, then immediately entered the
Cane forests, following a straight avenue cut through them, off from
the river, which continued about eight miles, the ground gradually but
imperceptibly rising before us: when at once opened to view expansive
plains, which are a range of native grassy fields of many miles extent,
lying parallel with the river, surrounded and intersected with Cane
brakes and high forests of stately trees; the soil black, extremely
rich and productive, but the virgin mould becomes thinner and less
fertile as it verges on to the plains, which are so barren as scarcely
to produce a bush or even grass, in the middle or highest parts. The
upper stratum or surface of the earth is a whitish clay or chalk, with
veins of sea shells, chiefly of those little clams called les
coquilles, or interspersed with the white earth or clay, so tenacious
and hard as to render it quite sterile, scarcely any vegetable growth
to be seen, except short grass, crustaceous mosses, and some places
quite bare, where it is on the surface, but where it lies from eighteen
inches to two or three feet below, it has the virtue of fertilizing the
virgin mould above, rendering it black, humid, soapy, and incredibly
productive.

I observed two or three scrubby Pine trees or rather dwarf bushes, upon
the highest ridge of these plains, which are viewed here as a
curiosity, there being no Pine forests within several leagues distance
from the banks of this great river, but, on the contrary, seemingly an
endless wilderness of Canes, and the most magnificent forests of the
trees already noted, but particularly Platanus occidentalis,
Liriodendron, Magnolia grandiflora, Liquidambar styraciflua, Juglans
nigra, Juglans exaltata, Telea, Morus rubra, Gleditsia triacanthus,
Laurus Borbonia, and Laurus sassafras; this last grows here to a vast
tree, forty or fifty feet straight trunk; its timber is found to be
very useful, sawn into boards and scantling, or hewn into posts for
building and fencing.

On the more fertile borders of the plains, adjoining the surrounding
forests, are Sideroxylon, Pyrus coronaria, and Strawberry vines
(Fragaria) but no fruit on them; the inhabitants assured me they bore
fruit in their season, very large, of a fine red colour, delicious and
fragrant.

Having made our tour and observations on the White plains, we returned
to the river at the close of the day, and next morning sat off for
Point Coupè: passed under the high painted cliffs, and then set our
course across the Mississippi, which is here near two miles over:
touched at a large island near the middle of the river, being led
there, a little out of our way, in pursuit of a bear crossing from the
main, but he out-swam us, reached the island and made a safe retreat in
the forests entangled with vines; we however pursued him on shore, but
to no purpose. After resting a while we re-embarked and continued our
voyage, coasting the East shore of the island to the upper end; here we
landed again, on an extended projecting point of clean sand and
pebbles, where were to be seen pieces of coal sticking in the gravel
and sand, together with other fragments of the fossil kingdom, brought
down by inundations and lodged there. We observed a large kind of
muscle in the sand; the shell of an oval form, having horns or
protuberances near half an inch in length and as thick as a crow quill,
which I suppose serve the purpose of grapnels to hold their ground
against the violence of the current. Here were great numbers of wild
fowl wading in the shoal water that covers the sandy points, to a vast
distance from the shores: they were geese, brant, gannet, and the great
and beautiful whooping crane (grus alber). Embarked again, doubled the
point of the island and arrived at Point Coupè in the evening.

We made our visit to a French gentleman, an ancient man and wealthy
planter, who, according to the history he favoured us with of his own
life and adventures, must have been very aged; his hair was of a silky
white, yet his complexion was florid and constitution athletic. He said
that soon after he came to America, with many families of his
countrymen, they ascended the river to the Cliffs of the Natches, where
they sat down, being entertained by the natives; and under cover of a
strong fortress and garrison, established a settlement, and by
cultivating the land and forming plantations, in league and friendship
with the Indians, in a few years they became a populous, rich and
growing colony; when through the imprudent and tyrannical conduct of
the commandant towards the Natches, the ancients of the country, a very
powerful and civilized nation of red men, who were sovereigns of the
soil, and possessed the country round about them, they became tired of
these comers, and exasperated at their cruelty and licentiousness, at
length determined to revenge themselves of such inhumanity and
ingratitude, secretly conspired their destruction, and their measures
were so well concerted with other Indian tribes, that if it had not
been for the treachery of one of their princesses, with whom the
commander was in favour (for by her influence her nation attempted the
destruction of the settlement, before their auxilaries joined them,
which afforded an opportunity for some few of the settlers to escape),
they would have fully accomplished their purpose. However the
settlement was entirely broken up, most of the inhabitants being
slaughtered in one night, and the few who escaped betook themselves to
their canoes, descending the river until they arrived at this place,
where they established themselves again; and this gentleman had only
time and opportunity to take into his boat one heifer calf, which he
assured us was the mother of the numerous herds he now possesses,
consisting of many hundred head. Here is now a very respectable
village, defended by a strong fortress and garrison of Spaniards, the
commander being governor of the district.

The French here are able, ingenious and industrious planters: they live
easy and plentifully, and are far more regular and commendable in the
enjoyment of their earnings than their neighbours the English: their
dress of their own manufactures, well wrought and neatly made up, yet
not extravagant or foppish; manners and conversation easy, moral and
entertaining.

Next morning we sat off again on our return home, and called by the way
of the Cliffs, which is a perpendicular bank or bluff, rising up out of
the river near one hundred feet above the present surface of the water,
whose active current sweeps along by it. From eight or nine feet below
the loamy vegetative mould at top, to within four or five feet of the
water, these cliffs present to view strata of clay, marle and chalk, of
all colours, as brown, red, yellow, white, blue and purple; there are
separate strata of these various colours, as well as mixed or
particoloured: the lowest stratum next the water is exactly of the same
black mud or rich soil of the adjacent low Cypress swamps, above and
below the bluff; and here in the cliffs we see vast stumps of Cypress
and other trees, which at this day grow in these low, wet swamps, and
which range on a level with them. These stumps are sound, stand
upright, and seem to be rotted off about two or three feet above the
spread of their roots; their trunks, limbs, &c. lie in all directions
about them. But when these swampy forests were growing, and by what
cause they were cut off and overwhelmed by the various strata of earth,
which now rise near one hundred feet above, at the brink of the cliffs,
and two or three times that height but a few hundred yards back, are
enquiries perhaps not easily answered. The swelling heights rising
gradually over and beyond this precipice are now adorned with high
forests of stately Magnolia, Liquidambar, Fagus, Quercus, Laurus,
Morus, Juglans, Telea, Halesia, Æsculus, Callicarpa, Liriodendron, &c.
Arrived in the evening at the plantation below the Cliffs, and next day
got safe back to my friend’s habitation.

Observed few vegetable productions different from what grow in Carolina
and Georgia; perhaps in the spring and early summer season, here may be
some new plants, particularly in the high forests and ridges, at some
distance from the river: there is however growing in the rich high
lands, near on the banks of the river, which I observed in the
settlement of Baton Rouge, an arborescent aromatic vine, which mounts
to the tops of the highest trees, by twisting or writhing spirally
round them; some of these vines are as thick as a man’s leg, of a soft
spungy texture, and flexible, covered with a Cinnamon coloured bark,
which is highly aromatic or spicy. The large oblong leaves sit opposite
on the branches, and are of a full deep green colour; but its season of
flowering being past, and the seed was scattered, I am entirely
ignorant to what genus it belongs; perhaps it is a non-descript or new
genus. Here is likewise a new and beautiful species of Verbena, with
decumbent branches and lacerated deep green leaves; the branches
terminate with corymbi of violet blue flowers: this pretty plant grows
in old fields where there is a good soil.

The severe disorder in my eyes subverted the plan of my peregrinations,
and contracted the span of my pilgrimage south-westward. This
disappointment affected me very sensibly, but resignation and reason
resuming their empire over my mind, I submitted and determined to
return to Carolina.

Receiving information that the company’s schooner was ready to sail for
Mobile, I embarked on board a trading boat for Manchac, where arriving
in the evening, I took leave next morning of Messrs. Swanson and Co.
and set off for the forks of the Amite, and next day sat sail,
descending the tardy current of the Amite. Observing two bears crossing
the river ahead, though our pieces were ready charged, and the yawl
along side to receive us, we pursued them in vain, they swam swiftly
across and escaped in the forests on the island of Orleans. The breeze
dying away at evening, we came to anchor, and had variety of amusements
at fishing and fowling.

Next day, November 13th 1777, with a steady leading breeze, entered and
sailed over the lake Maurepas, and through the streights into the
Pontchartrain, and continued under sail; but at midnight by keeping too
near the west shore, we ran aground on a sand-bar, where we lay beating
the hard sandy bottom until morning, and our yawl parting from us in
the night, which we never recovered, we were left to the mercy of the
winds and floods, but before noon the wind coming briskly from
North-East, drove the sea into the lake, we got off, made sail again,
and before night passed through the Regullets, entering the ocean
through the bay of Pearls, sailing through the sound betwixt Cat island
and the strand of the continent; passing by the beautiful bay St.
Louis, into which descend many delightful rivers, which flow from the
lower or maritime settlements of the Chactaws or Flat-heads. Continuing
through the sound between the oyster banks and shoals of Ship and Horn
islands, and the high and bold coast of Biloxi on the main, got through
the narrow pass Aux Christians, and soon came up abreast of Isle
Dauphin, betwixt whose shoals and the West Cape of Mobile Bay we got
aground on some sunken oyster banks; but next day a brisk Southerly
wind raised the sea on the coast, which lifted us off again, and
setting sail, shot through the Pass au Oleron, and entering the bay, by
night came to anchor safe again at the city of Mobile.

After having made up my collections of growing roots, seeds and curious
specimens, left them to the care of Messrs. Swanson and M’Gillavry, to
be forwarded to Dr. Fothergill of London. I prepared to set off again
to Augusta in Georgia, through the Creek Nation, the only practicable
way of returning by land, being frustrated of pursuing my intended
route which I had meditated, through the territories of the Siminoles
or Lower Creeks, they being a treacherous people, lying so far from the
eye and controul of the nation with whom they are confederate, that
there had lately been depredations and murders committed by them at the
bay of Apalache, on some families of white people who were migrating
from Georgia, with an intention of settling on the Mobile. Having to
pass the distance of near two hundred miles to the first town of the
nation, through a solitary, uninhabited wilderness, the bloody field of
Schambe, where those contending bands of American bravos, Creeks and
Chactaws, often meet in dire conflict; for the better convenience and
security, I joined company with a caravan of traders, now about setting
off for the nation.

Observed growing in a garden in Mobile, two large trees of the Juglans
pecan, and the Dioscorea bulbifera: this last curious plant bears a
large kidney shaped root, one, two or three at the bosom of the leaves,
several feet from the ground, as they climb up poles or supports set by
their roots; these roots when boiled or roasted are esteemed a pleasant
wholesome food, and taste like the ordinary Yam.

 [54] Which is the meaning of the word Mississippi.




CHAPTER VIII.


November 27th, 1777, sat off from Mobile, in a large boat with the
principal trader of the company, and at evening arrived at Taensa,
where were the pack-horsemen with the merchandize, and next morning as
soon as we had our horses in readiness, I took my last leave of Major
Farmer, and left Taensa. Our caravan consisting of between twenty and
thirty horses, sixteen of which were loaded, two pack-horsemen, and
myself, under the direction of Mr. Tap——y the chief trader. One of our
young men was a Mustee Creek, his mother being a Chactaw slave, and his
father a half breed, betwixt a Creek and a white man. I loaded one
horse with my effects, some presents to the Indians, to enable me to
purchase a fresh horse, in case of necessity; for my old trusty slave
which had served me faithfully almost three years, having carried me on
his back at least six thousand miles, was by this time almost worn out,
and I expected every hour he would give up, especially after I found
the manner of these traders’ travelling. They seldom decamp until the
sun is high and hot; each one having a whip made of the toughest
cowskin, they start all at once, the horses having ranged themselves in
regular Indian file, the veteran in the van, and the younger in the
rear; then the chief drives with the crack of his whip, and a whoop or
shriek, which rings through the forests and plains, speaks in Indian,
commanding them to proceed, which is repeated by all the company, when
we start at once, keeping up a brisk and constant trot, which is
incessantly urged and continued as long as the miserable creatures are
able to move forward; and then come to camp, though frequently in the
middle of the afternoon, which is the pleasantest time of the day for
travelling: and every horse has a bell on, which being stopped when we
start in the morning with a twist of grass or leaves, soon shakes out,
and they are never stopped again during the day. The constant ringing
and clattering of the bells, smacking of the whips, whooping and too
frequent cursing these miserable quadrupeds, cause an incessant uproar
and confusion, inexpressibly disagreeable.

After three days travelling in this mad manner, my old servant was on
the point of giving out, and several of the company’s horses were
tired, but were relieved of their burthens by the led horses which
attended for that purpose. I was now driven to disagreeable
extremities, and had no other alternative, but either to leave my horse
in the woods, pay a very extravagant hire for a doubtful passage to the
Nation, or separate myself from my companions, and wait the recovery of
my horse alone: the traders gave me no other comfortable advice in this
dilemma, than that there was a company of traders on the road ahead of
us from the Nation, to Mobile, who had a large gang of led horses with
them for sale, when they should arrive; and expected from the advice
which he had received at Mobile before we set off from thence, that
this company must be very near to us, and probably would be up
tomorrow, or at least in two or three days: and this man condescended
so far as to moderate a little his mode of travelling, that I might
have a chance of keeping up with them until the evening of next day;
besides I had the comfort of observing that the traders and
pack-horsemen carried themselves towards me with evident signs of
humanity and friendship, often expressing sentiments of sympathy, and
saying I must not be left alone to perish in the wilderness.

Although my apprehensions on this occasion, were somewhat tumultuous,
since there was little hope, on the principle of reason, should I be
left alone, of escaping cruel captivity, and perhaps being murdered by
the Chactaws (for the company of traders was my only security, as the
Indians never attack the traders on the road, though they be trading
with nations at enmity with them) yet I had secret hopes of relief and
deliverance, that cheered me, and inspired confidence and peace of
mind.

Now I am come within the atmosphere of the Illicium groves, how
reanimating is the fragrance! every part of this plant above ground
possesses an aromatic scent, but the large stillated pericarp is the
most fragrant part of it, which continually perspires an oleagenous
sweat, as warm and vivific as cloves or mace. I never saw it grow
naturally further North than Lat. 33°, on the Mobile river and its
branches, and but one place in East Florida near Lake George, Lat. 28°.

About the middle of the afternoon, we were joyfully surprised at the
distant prospect of the trading company coming up, and we soon met,
saluting each other several times with a general Indian whoop, or shout
of friendship; then each company came to camp within a few paces of
each other; and before night I struck up a bargain with them for a
handsome strong young horse, which cost me about ten pounds sterling. I
was now constrained to leave my old slave behind, to feed in rich cane
pastures, where he was to remain and recruit until the return of his
new master from Mobile; from whom I extorted a promise to use him
gently, and if possible, not to make a pack-horse of him.

Next morning we decamped, proceeding again on my travels, now alert and
cheerful. Crossed a brisk rivulet ripling over a gravelly bed, and
winding through aromatic groves of the Illicium Floridanum, then gently
descended to the high forests, leaving Deadman’s creek, for at this
creek a white man was found dead, supposed to have been murdered, from
which circumstance it has its name.

A few days before we arrived at the Nation we met a company of
emigrants from Georgia; a man, his wife, a young woman, several young
children and three stout young men, with about a dozen horses loaded
with their property. They informed us their design was to settle on the
Alabama, a few miles above the confluence of the Tombigbe.

Being now near the Nation, the chief trader with another of our company
sat off ahead for his town, to give notice to the Nation, as he said,
of his approach with the merchandize, each of them taking the best
horse they could pick out of the gang, leaving the goods to the conduct
and care of the young Mustee and myself. Early in the evening we came
to the banks of a large deep creek, a considerable branch of the
Alabama: the waters ran furiously, being overcharged with the floods of
rain which had fallen the day before. We discovered immediately that
there was no possibility of crossing it by fording; its depth and
rapidity would have swept our horses, loads and all, instantly from our
sight: my companion, after consideration, said we must make a raft to
ferry over our goods, which we immediately set about, after unloading
our horses and turning them out to range. I undertook to collect dry
canes, and my companion, dry timber or logs and vines to bind them
together: having gathered the necessary materials, and laid them in
order on the brink of the river, ready to work upon, we betook
ourselves to repose, and early next morning sat about building our
raft. This was a novel scene to me, and I could not, until finished and
put to practice, well comprehend how it could possibly answer the
effect desired. In the first place we laid, parallel to each other,
dry, sound trunks of trees, about nine feet in length, and eight or
nine inches diameter, which binding fast together with grape vines and
withs, until we had formed this first floor, about twelve or fourteen
feet in length, we then bound the dry canes in bundles, each near as
thick as a man’s body, with which we formed the upper stratum, laying
them close by the side of each other and binding them fast; after this
manner our raft was constructed. Then having two strong grape vines,
each long enough to cross the river, we fastened one to each end of the
raft, which now being completed, and loading on as much as it would
safely carry, the Indian took the end of one of the vines in his mouth,
plunged into the river and swam over with it, and the vine fixed to the
other end was committed to my charge, to steady the raft and haul it
back again after being unloaded. As soon as he had safe landed and
hauled taught his vine, I pushed off the raft, which he drew over as
quick as possible, I steadying it with my vine: in this manner, though
with inexpressible danger of losing our effects, we ferried all safe
over. The last load, with other articles, contained my property, with
all my clothes, which I stripped off, except my breeches, for they
contained matters of more value and consequence than all the rest of my
property put together; besides I did not choose to expose myself
entirely naked to the alligators and serpents in crossing the flood.
Now seeing all the goods safe over, and the horses at a landing place
on the banks of the river about fifty yards above, I drove them all in
together, when, seeing them safe landed, I plunged in after them, and
being a tollerable swimmer, soon reached the opposite shore. But my
difficulties at this place were not yet at an end, for our horses all
landed just below the mouth of a considerable branch of this river, of
fifteen or twenty feet width, and its perpendicular banks almost as
many feet in height above its swift waters, over which we were obliged
to carry every article of our effects, and this by no other bridge than
a sapling felled across it, which is called a raccoon bridge, and over
this my Indian friend would trip as quick and light as that quadruped,
with one hundred weight of leather on his back, when I was scarcely
able to shuffle myself along over it astride. At last having re-packed
and sat off again, without any material occurrence intervening, in the
evening we arrived at the banks of the great Tallapoose river, and came
to camp under shelter of some Indian cabins, in expansive fields, close
to the river bank, opposite the town of Savannuca. Late in the evening
a young white man, in great haste and seeming confusion, joined our
camp, who immediately related, that being on his journey from
Pensacola, it happened that the very night after we had passed the
company of emigrants, he met them and joined their camp in the evening,
when, just at dark, the Chactaws surrounded them, plundered their camp
and carried all the people off captive, except himself, he having the
good fortune to escape with his horse, though closely pursued.

Next morning very early, though very cold, and the surface of the earth
as hoary as if covered with a fall of snow, the trader standing on the
opposite shore entirely naked except a breech-clout, and encircled by a
company of red men in the like habit, hailed us, and presently, with
canoes, brought us all over with the merchandize, and conducted us safe
to the town of Mucclasse, a mile or two distant.

The next day was a day of rest and audience: the following was devoted
to feasting, and the evening concluded in celebrating the nuptials of
the young Mustee with a Creek girl of Mucclasse, daughter of the chief
and sister to our trader’s wife. The trader’s house and stores formed a
complete square, after the mode of the habitations of the Muscogulges,
that is, four oblong buildings of equal dimensions, two opposite to
each other, encompassing an area of about a quarter of an acre; on one
side of this a fence enclosed a yard of near an acre of ground, and at
one of the farther corners of which a booth or pavilion was formed of
green boughs, having two Laurel trees planted in front (Magnolia
grandiflora). This was the secret nuptial chamber. Dancing, music and
feasting continued the forepart of the night, and towards morning the
happy couple privately withdrew, and continued alone all the next day,
no one presuming to approach the sacred, mysterious thalame.

The trader obliged me with his company on a visit to the Alabama, an
Indian town at the confluence of the two fine rivers, the Tallapoose
and Coosau, which here resign their names to the great Alabama, where
are to be seen traces of the ancient French fortress, Thoulouse; here
are yet lying, half buried in the earth, a few pieces of ordnance, four
and six pounders. I observed, in a very thriving condition, two or
three very large apple trees, planted here by the French. This is,
perhaps, one of the most eligible situations for a city in the world; a
level plain between the conflux of two majestic rivers, which are
exactly of equal magnitude in appearance, each navigable for vessels
and perriauguas at least five hundred miles above it, and spreading
their numerous branches over the most fertile and delightful regions,
many hundred miles before we reach their sources in the Apalachian
mountains.

Stayed all night at Alabama, where we had a grand entertainment at the
public square, with music and dancing, and returned next day to
Mucclasse, where being informed of a company of traders about setting
off from Tuckabatche for Augusta, I made a visit to that town to know
the truth of it, but on my arrival there they were gone, but being
informed of another caravan who were to start from the Ottasse town in
two or three weeks time, I returned to Mucclasse in order to prepare
for my departure.

On my arrival, I was not a little surprised at a tragical revolution in
the family of my friend the trader, his stores shut up, and guarded by
a party of Indians: in a few minutes however, the whole affair was
related to me. It appeared that this son of Adonis, had been detected
in an amorous intrigue, with the wife of a young chief, the day after
his arrival: the chief was out on a hunt, but arrived next day, who
upon information of the affair, the fact being confirmed, he with his
friends and kindred resolved to exact legal satisfaction, which in this
case is cutting off both ears of the delinquent, close to the head,
which is called cropping. This being determined upon, he took the most
secret and effectual methods to effect his purpose. About a dozen young
Indian fellows conducted by their chief (the injured husband), having
provided and armed themselves with knotty cudgels of green Hickory,
which they concealed under their mantles, in the dusk of the evening
paid a pretended friendly visit to the trader at his own house, when
the chief feigning a private matter of business, took him aside in the
yard; then whistling through his fingers (the signal preconcerted) he
was instantly surrounded, knocked down, and then stripped to his skin,
and beaten with their knotty bludgeons; however he had the subtilty to
feign himself speechless before they really killed him, which he
supposed was their intention: when he had now lain for dead, the
executioner drew out his knife with an intention of taking off his
ears; this small respite gave him time to reflect a little; when he
instantly sprang up, ran off, leaped the fence, and had the good
fortune to get into a dark swamp, overgrown with vines and thickets,
where he miraculously eluded the earnest researches of his enemies, and
finally made a safe retreat to the house of his father-in-law, the
chief of the town, throwing himself under his protection, who gave his
word that he would do him all the favour that lay in his power. This
account I had from his own month, who hearing of my return, the next
morning after my arrival, he sent a trusty messenger, by whom I found
means of access to him. He farther informed me, that there had been a
council of the chiefs of the town convened, to deliberate on the
affair, and their final determination was that he must lose his ears,
or forfeit all his goods, which amounted to upwards of one thousand
pounds sterling, and even that forfeiture would not save his ears,
unless Mr. Golphin interposed in his behalf; and after all the injured
Indian declares that he will have his life. He entreated me with tears
to make what speed I could to Silver Bluff, represent his dangerous
situation to Mr. Golphin, and solicit that gentleman’s most speedy and
effectual interference; which I assured him I would undertake.

Now having all things prepared for my departure, early in the morning,
after taking leave of my distressed friend the trader of Mucclasse, I
sat off; passed through continued plantations and Indian towns on my
way up the Tallapoose river, being every where treated by the
inhabitants with marks of friendship, even as though I had been their
countryman and relation. Called by the way at the beautiful town of
Coolome, where I tarried some time with Mr. Germany the chief trader of
the town, an elderly gentleman, but active, cheerful and very
agreeable, who received and treated me with the utmost civility and
friendship: his wife is a Creek woman, of a very amiable and worthy
character and disposition, industrious, prudent and affectionate; and
by her he had several children, whom he is desirous to send to Savanna
or Charleston, for their education, but cannot prevail on his wife to
consent to it; this affair affects him very sensibly, for he has
accumulated a pretty fortune by his industry and commendable conduct.

Leaving Coolome, I re-crossed the river at Tuccabache, an ancient and
large town, thence continued up the river, and at evening arrived at
Attasse, where I continued near a week, waiting the preparations of the
traders, with whom I was to join in company to Augusta.

The next day after my arrival, I was introduced to the ancient chiefs,
at the public square or areopagus; and in the evening, in company with
the traders, who are numerous in this town, repaired to the great
rotunda, where were assembled the greatest number of ancient venerable
chiefs and warriors that I had ever beheld: we spent the evening and
great part of the night together, in drinking Cassine and smoking
Tobacco. The great council house or rotunda is appropriated to much the
same purpose as the public square, but more private, and seems
particularly dedicated to political affairs; women and youth are never
admitted; and I suppose it is death for a female to presume to enter
the door, or approach within its pale. It is a vast conical building or
circular dome, capable of accomodating many hundred people; constructed
and furnished within, exactly in the same manner as those of the
Cherokees already described, but much larger than any I had seen of
them: there are people appointed to take care of it, to have it daily
swept clean, to provide canes for fuel or to give light.

As their vigils and manner of conducting their vespers and mystical
fire in this rotunda, are extremely singular, and altogether different
from the customs and usages of any other people, I shall proceed to
describe them. In the first place, the governor or officer who has the
management of this business, with his servants attending, orders the
black drink to be brewed, which is a decoction or infusion of the
leaves and tender shoots of the Cassine: this is done under an open
shed or pavilion, at twenty or thirty yards distance, directly opposite
the door of the council-house. Next he orders bundles of dry canes to
be brought in: these are previously split and broken in pieces to about
the length of two feet, and then placed obliquely crossways upon one
another on the floor, forming a spiral circle round about the great
centre pillar, rising to a foot or eighteen inches in height from the
ground; and this circle spreading as it proceeds round and round, often
repeated from right to left, every revolution increases its diameter,
and at length extends to the distance of ten or twelve feet from the
centre, more or less, according to the length of time the assembly or
meeting is to continue. By the time these preparations are
accomplished, it is night, and the assembly have taken their seats in
order. The exterior extremity or outer end of the spiral circle takes
fire and immediately rises into a bright flame (but how this is
effected I did not plainly apprehend; I saw no person set fire to it;
there might have been fire left on the earth, however I neither saw nor
smelt fire or smoke until the blaze instantly ascended upwards), which
gradually and slowly creeps round the centre pillar, with the course of
the sun, feeding on the dry canes, and affords a cheerful, gentle and
sufficient light until the circle is consumed, when the council breaks
up. Soon after this illumination takes place, the aged chiefs and
warriors being seated on their cabins or sophas, on the side of the
house opposite the door, in three classes or ranks, rising a little,
one above or behind the other; and the white people and red people of
confederate towns in the like order on the left hand; a transverse
range of pillars, supporting a thin clay wall about breast high,
separates them: the king’s cabin or seat is in front; the next to the
back of it the head warrior’s; and the third or last accommodates the
young warriors, &c. The great war chief’s seat or place is on the same
cabin with, and immediately to the left hand of the king, and next to
the white people, and to the right hand of the mico or king the most
venerable head men and warriors are seated. The assembly being now
seated in order, and the house illuminated, two middle-aged men, who
perform the office of slaves or servants, pro tempore, come in together
at the door, each having very large conch shells full of black drink,
advancing with slow, uniform and steady steps, their eyes or
countenances lifted up, singing very low but sweetly, they come within
six on eight paces of the king’s and white people’s cabins, when they
stop together, and each rests his shell on a tripos or little table,
but presently takes it up again, and, bowing very low, advances
obsequiously, crossing or intersecting each other about midway: he who
rested his shell before the white people now stands before the king,
and the other who stopped before the king stands before the white
people; when each presents his shell, one to the king and the other to
the chief of the white people, and as soon as he raises it to his
mouth, the slave utters or sings two notes, each of which continues as
long as he has breath, and as long as these notes continue, so long
must the person drink, or at least keep the shell to his mouth. These
two long notes are very solemn, and at once strike the imagination with
a religious awe or homage to the Supreme, sounding somewhat like
a-hoo—ojah and a-lu—yah. After this manner the whole assembly are
treated, as long as the drink and light continue to hold out, and as
soon as the drinking begins, tobacco and pipes are brought. The skin of
a wild cat or young tyger stuffed with tobacco is brought, and laid at
the king’s feet, with the great or royal pipe beautifully adorned; the
skin is usually of the animals of the king’s family or tribe, as the
wild cat, otter, bear, rattle-snake, &c. A skin of tobacco is likewise
brought and cast at the feet of the white chief of the town, and from
him it passes from one to another to fill their pipes from, though each
person has besides his own peculiar skin of tobacco. The king or chief
smokes first in the great pipe a few whiffs, blowing it off
ceremoniously, first towards the sun, or as it is generally supposed to
the Great Spirit, for it is puffed upwards, next towards the four
cardinal points, then towards the white people in the house; then the
great pipe is taken from the hand of the mico by a slave, and presented
to the chief white man, and then to the great war chief, whence it
circulates through the rank of head men and warriors, then returns to
the king. After this each one fills his pipe from his own or his
neighbour’s skin.

The great or public square generally stands alone, in the centre and
highest part of the town: it consists of four-square or cubical
buildings, or houses of one story, uniform, and of the same dimensions,
so situated as to form an exact tetragon, encompassing an area of half
an acre of ground, more or less, according to the strength or largeness
of the town, or will of the inhabitants: there is a passage or avenue
at each corner of equal width: each building is constructed of a wooden
frame fixed strongly in the earth, the walls filled in and neatly
plaistered with clay mortar; close on three sides, that is the back and
two ends, except within about two feet of the wall plate or eves, which
is left open for the purpose of a window and to admit a free passage of
the air; the front or side next to the area is quite open like a
piazza. One of these buildings which is properly the council house,
where the mico, chiefs, and wariors, with the citizens who have
business, or choose to repair thither, assemble every day in council,
to hear, decide and rectify all grievances, complaints and contentions,
arising betwixt the citizens; give audience to ambassadors, and
strangers, hear news and talks from confederate towns, allies or
distant nations; consult about the particular affairs of the town, as
erecting habitations for new citizens, or establishing young families,
concerning agriculture, &c. This building is somewhat different from
the other three: it is closely shut up on three sides, that is, the
back and two ends, and besides, a partition wall longitudinally from
end to end divides it into two apartments, the back part totally dark,
only three small arched apertures or holes opening into it from the
front apartment or piazza, and little larger than just to admit a man
to crawl in upon his hands and knees. This secluded place appears to me
to be designed as a sanctuary[55] dedicated to religion or rather
priest craft; for here are deposited all the sacred things, as the
physic pot, rattles, chaplets of deer’s hoofs and other apparatus of
conjuration; and likewise the calumet or great pipe of peace, the
imperial standard, or eagle’s tail, which is made of the feathers of
the white eagle’s tail[56] curiously formed and displayed like an open
fan on a sceptre or staff, as white and clean as possible when
displayed for peace, but when for war, the feathers are painted or
tinged with vermilion. The piazza or front of this building, is equally
divided into three apartments, by two transverse walls or partitions,
about breast high, each having three orders or ranges of seats or
cabins stepping one above and behind the other, which accommodate the
senate and audience, in the like order as observed in the rotunda. The
other three buildings which compose the square, are alike furnished
with three ranges of cabins or sophas, and serve for a banqueting
house, to shelter and accommodate the audience and spectators at all
times, particularly at feasts or public entertainments, where all
classes of citizens resort day and night in the summer or moderate
season; the children and females however are seldom or never seen in
the public square.

The pillars and walls of the houses of the square were decorated with
various paintings and sculptures; which I suppose to be hieroglyphic,
and as an historic legendary of political and sacerdotal affairs: but
they are extremely picturesque or caricature, as men in variety of
attitudes, some ludicrous enough, others having the head of some kind
of animal, as those of a duck, turkey, bear, fox, wolf, buck, &c. and
again those kind of creatures are represented having the human head.
These designs were not ill executed; the outlines bold, free and well
proportioned. The pillars supporting the front or piazza of the council
house of the square, were ingeniously formed in the likeness of vast
speckled serpents, ascending upwards; the Ottasses being of the snake
family or tribe. At this time the town was fasting, taking medicine,
and I think I may say praying, to avert a grievous calamity of
sickness, which had lately afflicted them, and laid in the grave
abundance of their citizens. They fast seven or eight days, during
which time they eat or drink nothing but a meagre gruel, made of a
little corn-flour and water; taking at the same time by way of medicine
or physic, a strong decoction of the roots of the Iris versicolor,
which is a powerful cathartic: they hold this root in high estimation,
every town cultivates a little plantation of it having a large
artificial pond, just without the town, planted and almost overgrown
with it, where they usually dig clay for pottery, and mortar and
plaster for their buildings, and I observed where they had lately been
digging up this root.

In the midst of a large oblong square adjoining this town, (which was
surrounded with a low bank or terrace) is standing a high pillar, round
like a pin or needle; it is about forty feet in height, and between two
and three feet in diameter at the earth, gradually tapering upwards to
a point; it is one piece of pine wood, and arises from the centre of a
low, circular, artificial hill, but it leans a little to one side. I
enquired of the Indians and traders what it was designed for, who
answered they knew not: the Indians said that their ancestors found it
in the same situation, when they first arrived and possessed the
country, adding, that the red men or Indians, then the possessors, whom
they vanquished, were as ignorant as themselves concerning it, saying
that their ancestors likewise found it standing so. This monument,
simple as it is, may be worthy the observations of a traveller, since
it naturally excites at least the following queries: for what purpose
was it designed? its great antiquity and incorruptibility—what method
or machines they employed to bring it to the spot, and how they raised
it erect? There is no tree or species of the pine, whose wood, i. e. so
large a portion of the trunk, is supposed to be incorruptible, exposed
in the open air to all weathers, but the long-leaved pine (Pin.
palustris), and there is none growing within twelve or fifteen miles of
this place, that tree being naturally produced only on the high, dry,
barren ridges, where there is a sandy soil and grassy wet savannas. A
great number of men uniting their strength, probably carried it to the
place on handspikes, or some such contrivance.

On the Sabbath day before I set off from this place, I could not help
observing the solemnity of the town, the silence and the retiredness of
the red inhabitants; but a very few of them were to be seen, the doors
of their dwellings shut, and if a child chanced to stray out, it was
quickly drawn in doors again. I asked the meaning of this, and was
immediately answered, that it being the white people’s beloved day or
Sabbath, the Indians kept it religiously sacred to the Great Spirit.

Last night was clear and cold, wind North West, and this morning
January 2d, 1778, the face of the earth was perfectly white with a
beautiful sparkling frost. Sat off for Augusta with a company of
traders, four men with about thirty horses, twenty of which were loaded
with leather and furs, each pack or load supposed to weigh one hundred
and fifty pounds upon an average. In three days we arrived at the
Apalachucla or Chata Uche river; crossed at the point towns Chehaw and
Usseta: these towns almost join each other, yet speak two languages, as
radically different perhaps as the Muscogulge’s and Chinese. After
leaving the river we met with nothing material, or worth particular
observation, until our arrival at Oakmulge, towards evening, where we
encamped in expansive ancient Indian fields, in view of the foaming
flood of the river, now raging over its banks. Here were two companies
of traders from Augusta, bound to the Nation, consisting of fifteen or
twenty men, with seventy or eighty horses, most of which had their
loads of merchandize: they crossed the river this morning and lost six
horses in the attempt; they were drowned, being entangled in the vines
under water at landing. But the river now falling again, we were in
hopes that by next morning the waters would be again confined within
the banks. We immediately sat about rigging our portable leather boat,
about eight feet long, which was of thick soal leather, folded up and
carried on the top of a pack of deer skins. The people soon got her
rigged, which was effected after the following manner. We, in the first
place, cut down a White-Oak sapling, and by notching this at each end,
bent it up, which formed the keel, stem and stern post of one piece,
this was placed in the bottom of the boat, and pretty strong hoop-poles
being fixed in the bottom across the keel, turning up their ends,
expanded the hull of the boat, which being fastened by thongs to two
other poles bent round, the outside of the rim formed the gunwales:
thus in an hour’s time our bark was rigged, to which afterwards we
added two little oars or sculls. Our boat being now in readiness, and
our horses turned out to pasture, each one retired to repose, or to
such exercise as most effectually contributed to divert the mind. I was
at this time rather dejected, and sought comfort in retirement, turning
my course to the expansive fields, fragrant groves and sublime forests.
Returned to camp by dusk, where I found my companions cheerful and
thoughtless rather to an extreme. It was a calm still evening and warm;
the wood-cock (scolopax) chirruping high up in the air, gently descends
by spiral circular tract, and alights on the humid plain: this bird
appears in Pennsylvania early in the spring, when the Elm and Maple
begin to flower; and here the scarlet Maple, Elm and Elder began to
show their flowers; the yellow Jasmin just ready to open its fragrant
golden blossoms, and the gay Azalea also preparing to expand its
beauties.

The morning cool and pleasant: after reconnoitering the shores of the
rivers, and consulting with our brethren in distress, who had not yet
decamped, resolving to stay and lend their assistance in passing over
this rapid gulph, we were encouraged to proceed; and launching our bark
into the raging flood, after many successful trips ferried over all the
goods, then drove in our horses altogether, and had the pleasure of
seeing them all safely landed on the opposite shore; and lastly I
embarked with three of our people, and several packs of leather, we
then put off from shore, bidding adieu to our generous friends left
behind, who re-echoed our shouts upon our safe landing. We proceeded
again, crossed the Oconne in the same manner, and with the like
success, and came to camp in the fertile fields, on the banks of that
beautiful river; and proceeding thence next day, in the evening came to
camp on the waters of great Ogeche. The following day, after crossing
several of its considerable branches, came to camp, and next day
crossed the main branch of that famous river, which being wide and very
rapid proved difficult and dangerous fording; yet we crossed without
any loss, but some of our pack-horses were badly bruised, being swept
off their feet and dashed against the rocks, my horse too being carried
away with the current, and plunging off sunken shelving rocks into deep
holes, I got very wet, but I kept my seat and landed safe: however I
suffered much, it being a cold freezing day. We came to camp early and
raising great fires with Pine knots and other wood, we dried ourselves
and kept warm during the long night, and after two days more hard
travelling we arrived at Augusta.

Being under a necessity of making two or three days stay here, in order
to refit myself, for by this time my stock of clothes was entirely worn
out. I took this opportunity of visiting my friend doctor Wells, at his
plantations near the city. And now being again new clothed, and
furnished with a tolerable Indian poney, I took leave of my host and
prepared to depart for Savanna.

Soon after I left Augusta, proceeding for Savanna, the capital, a
gentleman overtook me on the road, who was a native of Ireland, and had
lately arrived in this part of America with a view of settling a
plantation in Georgia, particularly for the culture of those very
useful fruits and vegetables that are cultivated up the Mediterranean,
and which so largely contribute towards supporting that lucrative
branch of commerce, i. e. the Levant trade; viz. Vitis vinifera, for
wine, Vitis Corinthiaca, for Currants, Vitis Allobrogica, for Raisins,
Olives, Figs, Morus, for feeding silk-worms, Amygdalus communis,
Pistachia, Capparis, Citrus aurantium, Citrus limon, Citrus verrucosa,
the great sweet scented Citron, &c. He was very ingenious, desirous of
information and as liberal and free of communicating his own
acquisitions and discoveries in useful science, and consequently a very
agreeable companion. On our journey down we stopped a while to rest and
refresh ourselves at the Great Springs, near the road, on our left
hand, about midway between Augusta and Savanna. This amazing fountain
of transparent cool water, breaks suddenly out of the earth, at the
basis of a moderately elevated hill or bank, forming at once a bason
near twenty yards over, ascending through a horizontal bed of soft
socks, of a heterogeneous composition, chiefly a testaceous concretion
of broken, entire and pulverised sea-shells, sand, &c. constituting a
coarse kind of lime-stone. The ebullition is copious, active and
continual over the ragged apertures in the rocks, which lie seven or
eight feet below, swelling the surface considerably immediately above
it. The waters descend swiftly from the fountain, forming at once a
large brook, six or eight yards over, and five or six feet deep. There
are multitudes of fish in the fountain of various tribes, chiefly the
several species of bream, trout, cat-fish and garr: it was amusing to
behold the fish continually ascending and descending through the rocky
apertures. Observed that we crossed no stream or brook of water within
twelve or fifteen miles of this fountain, but had in view vast
savannas, swamps and Cane meadows, at no great distance from our road,
on our right hand, which we may presume were the resources or
reservoirs which contributed to the supplies of this delightful grotto.
Here were growing on the ascents from the fountain, Magnolia
grandiflora, Laurus Borbonia, Quercus sempervirens, Callicarpa; at a
little distance a grove of the Cassine; and in an old field, just by,
are to be seen some small Indian mounts. We travelled several miles
over ridges of low swelling hills, whose surfaces were covered with
particoloured pebbles, streaked and clouded with red, white, brown and
yellow: they were mostly broken or shivered to pieces, I believe by the
ancients in forming arrow-heads, darts, knives &c. for I observed
frequently some of these misshapen implements amongst them, some broken
and others spoiled in the making. These stones seemed to be a species
of jasper or agate.

On my way down I also called at Silver Bluff, and waited on the
honourable G. Golphin, Esq. to acknowledge my obligations to him, and
likewise to fulfil my engagements on the part of Mr. T——y, trader of
Mucclasse. Mr. Golphin assured me that he was in a disagreeable
predicament, and that he feared the worst, but said he would do all in
his power to save him.

After five days pleasant travelling we arrived at Savanna in good
health.

List of the towns and tribes in league, and which constitute the
powerful confederacy or empire of the Creeks or Muscogulges.

Towns on the Tallapoose or Oakfuske river, viz.

These speak the Muscogulge or Creek tongue, called the Mother tongue.

Oakfuske, upper.
Oakfuske, lower.
Ufale, upper.
Ufale, lower.
Sokaspoge.
Tallase, great.
Coolome.
Ghuaclahatche.
Otasse.
Cluale.
Fusahatche.
Tuccabatche.
Cunhutke.

Speak the Stincard tongue.

Mucclasse.
Alabama.

Speak the Uche tongue.

Savannuca.

Speak the Stincard tongue.

Whittumke.
Coosauda.

Towns on the Coosau river, viz.

Speaks a dialect of Chicasaw.

Abacooche.

Speak the Muscogulge tongue

Pocontallahasse.
Hickory ground, traders’ name.

Speaks Muscog. and Chicasaw.

Natche.

Towns on the branches of the Coosau river, viz.

Speak the Muscogulge tongue.

Wiccakaw.
Fish pond, traders’ name.
Hillaba.
Kiolege

Towns on the Apalachucla or Chata Uche river, viz.

Speak the Muscogulge tongue.

Apalachucla.
Tucpauska.
Chockeclucca.
Chata Uche.
Checlucca-ninne.
Hothletega.
Coweta.
Usseta.

Speaks the Savannuca tongue.

Uche.

Speaks the Muscog. tongue.

Hooseche.

Speak the Stincard.

Chehaw.
Echeta.
Occone.
Swaglaw, great.
Swaglaw, little.

Towns on Flint river, comprehending the Siminoles or Lower Creeks.

Suola-nocha.
Cuscowilla or Allachua.
Talahasochte.
Caloosahatche.
——Great island. Traders name.
——Great hammock. Traders name.
——Capon. Traders name.
——St. Mark’s. Traders name.
——Forks. Traders name.

With many others of less note.

The Siminoles speak both the Muscogulge and Stincard tongue.

In all fifty-five towns, besides many villages not enumerated; and
reckoning two hundred inhabitants to each town on an average, which is
a moderate computation, would give eleven thousand inhabitants.

It appears to me pretty clearly, from divers circumstances, that this
powerful empire or confederacy of the Creeks or Muscogulges, arose
from, and established itself upon, the ruins of that of the Natches,
agreeably to Monsieur Duprat. According to the Muscogulges account of
themselves, they arrived from the South-West, beyond the Mississippi,
some time before the English settled the colony of Carolina and built
Charleston; and their story concerning their country and people, from
whence they sprang, the cause of leaving their native land, the
progress of their migration, &c. is very similar to that celebrated
historian’s account of the Natches. They might have been included as
allies and confederates in that vast and powerful empire of red men.
The Muscogulges gradually pushing and extending their settlements on
their North-East border, until the dissolution of the Natches empire;
being then the most numerous, warlike and powerful tribe, they began to
subjugate the various tribes or bands which formerly constituted the
Natches, and uniting them with themselves, formed a new confederacy
under the name of the Muscogulges.

The Muscogulge tongue is now the national or sovereign language, those
of the Chicasaws, Chactaws, and even the remains of the Natches, if we
are to credit the Creeks and traders, being dialects of the Muscogulge:
and probably, when the Natches were sovereigns, they called their own
the national tongue, and the Creeks, Chicasaws, &c. only dialects of
theirs. It is uncertain which is really the mother tongue.

As for those numerous remnant bands or tribes, included at this day
within the Muscogulge confederacy, who generally speak the Stincard
language, (which is radically different from the Muscogulge) they are,
beyond a doubt, the shattered remains of the various nations who
inhabited the lower or maritime parts of Carolina and Florida, from
Cape Fear, west to the Mississippi. The language of the Uches and
Savannucas is a third radically different from the Muscogulge and
Stincard, and seems to be a more Northern tongue; I suppose a language
that prevailed amongst the numerous tribes who formerly possessed and
inhabited the maritime parts of Maryland and Virginia. I was told by an
old trader that the Savannucas and Shawanese speak the same language,
or very near alike.

 [55] Sanctorium or sacred temple; and it is said to be death for any
 person but the mico, war-chief and high priest to enter in, and none
 are admitted but by permission of the priests, who guard it day and
 night.

 [56] Vultur sacra.




CHAPTER IX.


After my return from the Creek nation, I employed myself during the
spring and fore part of summer, in revisiting the several districts in
Georgia and the East borders of Florida, where I had noted the most
curious subjects; collecting them together, and shipping them off to
England. In the course of these excursions and researches, I had the
opportunity of observing the new flowering shrub, resembling the
Gordonia[57], in perfect bloom, as well as bearing ripe fruit. It is a
flowering tree, of the first order for beauty and fragrance of
blossoms: the tree grows fifteen or twenty feet high, branching
alternately; the leaves are oblong, broadest towards their extremities,
and terminate with an acute point, which is generally a little
reflexed; they are lightly serrated, attenuate downwards and sessile,
or have very short petioles; they are placed in alternate order, and
towards the extremities of the twigs are crowded together, but stand
more sparsedly below; the flowers are very large, expand themselves
perfectly, are of a snow-white colour, and ornamented with a crown or
tassel of gold coloured refulgent staminæ in their centre, the inferior
petal or segment of the corolla is hollow, formed like a cap or helmet,
and entirely includes the other four, until the moment of expansion;
its exterior surface is covered with a short silky hair; the borders of
the petals are crisped or plicated: these large white flowers stand
single and sessile in the bosom of the leaves, which being near
together towards the extremities of the twigs, and usually many
expanded at the same time, make a gay appearance: the fruit is a large,
round, dry, woody apple or pericarp, opening at each end oppositely by
five alternate fissures, containing ten cells, each replete with dry
woody cuneiform seed. This very curious tree was first taken notice of
about ten or twelve years ago, at this place, when I attended my father
(John Bartram) on a botanical excursion; but, it being then late in the
autumn, we could form no opinion to what class or tribe it belonged.

We never saw it grow in any other place, nor have I ever since seen it
growing wild, in all my travels, from Pennsylvania to Point Coupè, on
the banks of the Mississippi, which must be allowed a very singular and
unaccountable circumstance; at this place there are two or three acres
of ground where it grows plentifully.

The other new, singular and beautiful shrub[58], now here in full
bloom, I never saw grow but at two other places in all my travels, and
there very sparingly, except in East Florida, in the neighbourhood of
the sea-coast.

 [57] On first observing the fructification and habit of this tree, I
 was inclined to believe it a species of Gordonia; but afterwards, upon
 stricter examination, and comparing its flowers and fruit with those
 of the Gordonia lasianthus, I presently found striking characteristics
 abundantly sufficient to separate it from that genus, and to establish
 it the head of a new tribe, which we have honoured with the name of
 the illustrious Dr. Benjamin Franklin, Franklinia Alatamaha.

 [58] I gave it the name of Bignonia bracteate extempore.




CHAPTER X.


Having now completed my collections in Georgia, I took leave of these
Southern regions, proceeding on my return to Charleston. Left Savanna
in the evening, in consequence of a pressing invitation from the
honourable Jonathan Bryan, Esq. who was returning from the capital, to
his villa, about eight miles up Savanna river; a very delightful
situation, where are spacious gardens, furnished with variety of fruit
trees and flowering shrubs. Observed in a low wet place at the corner
of the garden, the Ado (Arum esculentum); this plant is much cultivated
in the maritime parts of Georgia and Florida, for the sake of its large
Turnip-like root, which when boiled or roasted, is excellent food, and
tastes like the Yam; the leaves of this magnificent plant are very
large, and of a beautiful green colour, the spatha large and
circulated, the spadix terminates with a very long subulated tongue,
naked and perfectly white: perhaps this may be the Arum Colocasia. They
have likewise another species of the esculent Arum, called Tannier,
which is a large and beautiful plant, and much cultivated and esteemed
for food, particularly by the Negroes.

At night, soon after our arrival, several of his servants came home
with horse loads of wild pigeons (Columba migratoria), which it seems
they had collected in a short space of time at a neighbouring Bay
swamp: they take them by torch light: the birds have particular
roosting places, where they associate in incredible multitudes at
evening, on low trees and bushes, in hommocks or higher knolls in the
interior parts of vast swamps. Many people go out together on this kind
of sport, when dark: some take with them little fascines of fat Pine
splinters for torches; others sacks or bags; and others furnish
themselves with poles or staves: thus accoutered and prepared, they
approach the roosts; the sudden blaze of light confounds, blinds and
affrights the birds, whereby multitudes drop off the limbs to the
ground, and others are beaten off with the staves, being by the sudden
consternation, entirely helpless, and easily taken and put into the
sacks. It is chiefly the sweet small acorns of the Quercus phillos,
Quercus aquatica, Quercus sempervirens, Quercus flammula, and others,
which induce these birds to migrate in the autumn to those Southern
regions; where they spend their days agreeably, and feast luxuriously,
during the rigour of the colds in the North, whither they return at the
approach of summer to breed.

Sat off next day, and crossed the river at Zubley’s ferry, about fifty
miles above Savanna, and in three days after arrived at Charleston.

Observed, by the way near Jacksonsburg Ponpon, After fructicovus,
growing plentifully in good moist ground, usually by the banks of
canals. It is a most charming autumnal flowering shrub, it will rise to
the height of eight or ten feet, when supported by neighbouring trees.

After a few days residence in Charleston, I sat off on my return to my
native land; crossed Cowper river, about nine miles above the city,
where the water was a mile wide, and the ferry-house being on the
opposite shore, I hoisted my travelling blanket on a pole for a signal,
which being white, the people soon came to me and carried me safe over.
In three days more easy travelling, I crossed Winyaw bay, just below
Georgetown; and in two days more, got to the west end of Long bay,
where I lodged at a large Indigo plantation. Sat off early next
morning, and after crossing over the sand ridges, which afford little
else but Quercus pumila, Myrica cerifera, Cassine, Sideroxylon and
Andromeda entangled with various species of Smilax, got on the bay,
which is a hard sand beach, exposed for the distance of fifteen miles
to the continual lash of the Atlantic ocean. At about low water mark,
are cliffs of rocks of the helmintholithus, being a very firm concrete
or petrifaction, consisting of various kinds of seashells, fine sand
and pulverized shells: there is a reef of these rocks, thirty or forty
yards farther out than low water mark, which lift their rugged backs
above water, and brave the continual strokes of the waves, which,
however, assisted by the constant friction of the sands, make continual
inroads upon them, bore them into holes and cavities, when tempestuous
seas rend them to pieces, scattering the fragments over the sandy
shore. It is pleasant riding on this clean hard sand, paved with shells
of various colours.

Observed a number of persons coming up a head, whom I soon perceived to
be a party of Negroes. I had every reason to dread the consequence; for
this being a desolate place, I was by this time several miles from any
house or plantation, and had reason to apprehend this to be a predatory
band of Negroes; people being frequently attacked, robbed, and
sometimes murdered by them at this place. I was unarmed, alone, and my
horse tired; thus situated every way in their power, I had no
alternative but to be resigned and prepare to meet them. As soon as I
saw them distinctly a mile or two off, I immediately alighted to rest,
and give breath to my horse, intending to attempt my safety by slight,
if upon near approach they should betray hostile designs. Thus
prepared, when we drew near to each other, I mounted and rode briskly
up; and though armed with clubs, axes and hoes, they opened to right
and left, and let me pass peaceably. Their chief informed me whom they
belonged to, and said they were going to man a new quarter at the west
end of the bay; I however kept a sharp eye about me, apprehending that
this might possibly have been an advanced division, and their
intentions were to ambuscade and surround me; but they kept on quietly,
and I was no more alarmed by them. After noon, I crossed the swash at
the east end of the bay, and in the evening got to good quarters. Next
morning early I sat off again, and soon crossed Little River at the
boundary; which is on the line that separates North and South Carolina:
in an old field, on the banks of this river, a little distance from the
public house, stands a single tree of the Magnolia grandiflora, which
is said to be the most northern settlement of that tree. Passed this
day over expansive savannas, charmingly decorated with late autumnal
flowers, as Helianthus, Rudbeckia, Silphium, Solidago, Helenium,
Serratula, Cacalia, Aster, Lillium Martagon, Gentiana cærulea,
Chironia, Gentiana saponaria, Asclepias coccinea, Hypericum, Rhexia
pulcherima, &c. &c.

Observed likewise in these savannas abundance of the ludicrous Dionæa
muscipula (Dionæa, Ellis epis. ad Linnæum, miraculum naturæ, folia
biloba, radicalia, ciliata, conduplicanda, sensibilia, insecta
incarcerantia. Syst. vegetab. p. 335).

This wonderful plant seems to be distinguished in the creation, by the
Author of nature, with faculties eminently superior to every other
vegetable production[59]; specimens of it were first communicated to
the curious of the old world by John Bartram, the American botanist and
traveller, who contributed as much if not more than any other man
towards enriching the North American botanical nomenclature, as well as
its natural history.

After traversing these ample savannas, I gradually ascended sand hills
to open Pine forests; at evening got to Old town near Brunswick, where
I lodged. Brunswick is a sea-port town on the Clarendon, or Cape Fear
river, about thirty miles above the capes; it is about thirty years
since this was the seat of government, when Arthur Dobbs, Esq. was
governor and commander in chief of the province of North Carolina.
Continued up the west side of North West of Cape Fear river, and rested
two or three days at the seat of F. Lucas, Esq. a few miles above
Livingston’s creek, a considerable branch of the North West. This creek
heads in vast swamps, in the vicinity of the beautiful lake Wakamaw,
which is the source of a fine river of that name, and runs a South
course seventy or eighty miles, delivering its waters into Winyaw bay
at George-town. The Wakamaw lake is twenty-six miles in circuit; the
lands on its Eastern shores are fertile, and the situation delightful,
gradually ascending from pleasing eminences; bounded on the North-West
coast by vast rich swamps, fit for the production of Rice: the lake is
twelve miles west from —— Moore’s, Esq. whose villa is on the banks of
the North West.

Proceeding again up the North West, crossed Carver’s creek, and stopped
at Ashwood, the ancient seat of Colonel William Bartram. The house
stands on the high banks of the river, near seventy feet in height,
above the surface of the water; this high bluff continues two or three
miles on the river, and commands a magnificent prospect of the low
lands opposite, when in their native state, presenting to the view
grand forests and expansive Cane meadows: the trees which compose these
forests are generally of the following tribes, Quercus tinctoria,
Querc. alba, Querc. phillos, Querc. aquatica, Querc. hemispherica,
Fraxinus excelsior, Platanus occidentalis, Liriodendron tulipifera,
Liquidambar styraciflua, Ulmus, Telea, Juglans hickory, Juglans
cinerea, Juglans nigra, Morus rubra, Gleditsia triacanthus, Hopea
tinctoria, Nyssa aquatica, Nyssa sylvatica, Carpinus and many more; the
Cupressus disticha as stately and beautiful as I have seen any where.
When these lands are cleared of their timber and cultivated, they
produce abundantly, particularly, Wheat, Zea, Cotton, Hemp, Flax, with
variety of excellent vegetables. This perpendicular bank of the river,
by which the waters swiftly glide along, discovers at once the various
strata of the earth of this low maritime country. For the most part the
upper stratum consists of a light, sandy, pale, yellowish mould or
loam, for ten or twelve feet in depth (except the flat level land back
from the rivers, where the clays or marle approach very near the
surface, and the ridges of sand hills, where the clays lie much
deeper): this sandy mould or loam lies upon a deep bed of black, or
dark slate coloured saline and sulphureous earth, which is composed of
horizontal thin flakes or laminæ, separable by means of very thin,
almost imperceptible veins or strata of fine micaceous particles, which
drain or percolate a clear water, continually exuding, or trickling
down, and forming little rills and diminutive cataracts, being
conducted by perpendicular chinks or fissures: in some places, a
portion of this clear water or transparent vapour, seems to coagulate
on the edges of the veins and fissures, leaving a reddish curd or
jelly-like substance sticking to them, which I should suppose indicates
it to spring from a ferruginous source, especially since it discovers a
chalybeate scent and taste: in other places these fissures show
evidently a crystallization of exceeding fine white salts, which have
an alluminous or vitriolic scent: there are pyrites, marcasites, or
sulphureous nodules, shining like brass, of various sizes and forms,
some single and others conglomerated: other places present to view,
strata of heterogenous matter, lying between the upper loamy stratum
and the bed of black saline earth, consisting of various kinds of sea
shells, some whole, others broken to pieces, and even pulverized, which
fill up the cavities of the entire shells, and the interstices betwixt
them: at other places we observe, two or three feet below the surface
or virgin mould, a stratum of four, five or six feet in depth, of
brownish marle, on a bed of testaceous rocks; a petrefaction composed
apparently of various kinds of sea shells, belemnites, sand, &c.
combined or united with a calcareous cement: these masses of rocks are
in some places detached by veins and strata of a heterogenous earth,
consisting of sea shells and other marine productions, as well as
terrestrial, which seem to be fossile or in some degree of
petrifaction, or otherwise transmuted, particularly those curious
productions called birds bills or sharks teeth (dentes carchariæ)
belemnites, &c. loosely mixed with a desiccated earth composed of sand,
clay, particles of marle, vegetable rubbish, &c. And again we observe
shells, marcasites, belemnites, dentes carchariæ, with pieces of wood
transmuted, black and hard as sea coal, singly interspersed in the
black vitriolic strata of earth: when this black earth is exposed to
the sun and dry air, the little thin laminæ separate, and soon discover
a fine, white crystallization, or alluminous powder; but this very soon
disappears, being again incorporated with the general mass, which
gradually dissolves or falls like quick-lime, and appears then a
greyish, extremely fine, dry micaceous powder, which smells like
gun-powder.

The North West of Cape Fear, here at Ashwood, is near three hundred
yards over (when the stream is low and within its banks), and is eighty
or ninety miles above the capes. Observed growing hereabouts a great
variety of very curious and beautiful flowering and sweet scented
shrubs, particularly Callicarpa, Æsculus pavia, floribus coccineis,
caule suffructicoso, Æsculus sylvatica, floribus ex albo et carneo
eleganter variegatis, caule arboreo, Ptelea trifoliata, Styrax,
Stewartia, Fothergilla, Amorpha, Myrica, Stillingia fructicosa, foliis
lanciolatis, utrinque glabris, fructu tricocco, Olea Americana, foliis
lanceolato-ellipticis, baccis atro-purpureis (Purple berried bay),
Catesby. Ilex dahoon, Cassine Yapon, Azalea, varieties, Kalmia,
Cyrilla, Liquidambar peregrinum, Sideroxylon, Andromeda lucida, &c.

[Illustration: Andromeda Pulverulenta]

Leaving Ashwood, and continuing up the west side of the river, about
forty miles, in the banks of a creek, five or six feet below the sandy
surface, are to be seen projecting out many feet in length, trunks of
trees petrified to very hard stone; they lie between the upper sandy
stratum and the common bed of blackish vitriolic earth; and these stone
trees are to be seen in the same situation, sticking out of the
perpendicular banks or bluffs of the river in this region: there are
several trunks of large trees with their bark, stumps of their limbs
and roots, lying petrified on the sand hills and Pine forests, near the
road about this creek, not far from the saw-mills.

Crossed Rock-fish, a large branch of the North West, near its mouth or
confluence, and at evening arrived at Cross-Creeks, another very
considerable branch of the river, flowing in through its west banks.
This creek gave name to a fine inland trading town, on some heights or
swelling hills, from whence the creek descends precipitately, then
gently meanders near a mile, through lower level lands, to its
confluence with the river, affording most convenient mill-seats: these
prospects induced active enterprising men to avail themselves of such
advantages pointed out to them by nature; they built mills, which drew
people to the place, and these observing eligible situations for other
profitable improvements, bought lots and erected tenements, where they
exercised mechanic arts, as smiths, wheelwrights, carpenters, coopers,
tanners, &c. And at length merchants were encouraged to adventure and
settle: in short, within eight or ten years from a grist-mill,
saw-mill, smith-shop and a tavern, arose a flourishing commercial town,
the seat of government of the county of Cumberland. The leading men of
the county, seeing plainly the superior advantages of this situation,
on the banks of a famous navigable river, petitioned the Assembly for a
charter to empower them to purchase a district, sufficient for founding
a large town, which being granted, they immediately proceeded to mark
out its precincts, and named the new city Cambelton, a compliment to ——
Cambel, Esq. a gentleman of merit, and a citizen of the county. When I
was here about twenty years ago, this town was marking out its bounds,
and there were then about twenty habitations, and now there are above a
thousand houses, many wealthy merchants, and respectable public
buildings, a vast resort of inhabitants and travellers, and continual
brisk commerce by waggons, from the back settlements, with large
trading boats, to and from Wilmington, the seaport and flourishing
trading town on the Clarendon, about forty miles above the capes, which
is about one hundred miles below this town. The Clarendon or Cape Fear
river has its source in the Cherokee mountains, where its numerous
confederate streams unite, after leaving the first ridges of the
mountains, it assumes the name of Haw river, and coursing the hilly
fertile country, above one hundred and fifty miles, receives through
its west banks the west branch, called Deep River, and after this
union, takes the name of the North-West of Cape Fear, from whence, down
to Cambelton, about eighty miles it is navigable for perriauguas of
considerable burthen.

Observed near Cambelton a very curious scandent Fern (Pteris scandens)
rambling over low bushes, in humid situations; the lower larger fronds
were digitated, or rather radiated, but towards the tops or extremities
of the branches they became trifid, hastated, and lastly lanceolate: it
is a delicate plant, of a yellowish lively green, and would be an
ornament in a garden.

Sat off again to Cambelton, continuing yet up the North West about
sixty miles; crossed over this branch, and soon after crossed the
Roanoke, and then rested a few days at Mr. Lucas’s, a worthy old
gentleman, a planter on Meherren river. Observed strolling over his
fences and stables, a very singular and useful species of the Gourd
(Cucurbita lagenaria); its neck or handle is above two feet in length,
and not above an inch in diameter; its belly round, which would contain
about a pint; it makes excellent ladles, funnels, &c. At a little
distance from Mr. Lucas’s, at the head of a swamp near the high road, I
observed a very curious species of Prinos, which grows seven or eight
feet high, the leaves broad, lanceolate, sharply serrated, nervous, and
of a deep green colour; but its striking beauty consists in profuse
clusters of fruit, collected about the cases or origin of the last
spring’s shoots; these berries are nearly round, about the size of
middling grapes, of a fine clear scarlet colour, covered or invested
with an incarnate mist or nebulæ.

Being now arrived on the South border of Virginia, and the hoary frigid
season far advanced, I shall pass as speedily as possible from hence to
Pennsylvania, my native country; since those cultivated regions of
Virginia and Maryland, through which I design to travel, have been over
and over explored, and described by very able men in every branch of
natural history.

After leaving Meherren, I soon arrived at Alexandria in Virginia, a
fine city on the west banks of the Patowmac, about the 26th of
December, having had excellent roads, and pleasant, moderate weather,
neither snow nor ice to be seen, except a slight fall of snow from a
flying cloud, the day before I reached this place; but this evening it
clouded up from the west, the wind North-East and cold. Next morning
the snow was eight or ten inches deep on the ground, and the wind
shifting to North-West, cleared up intensely cold: I however sat off
and crossed the river just below the falls, and landed at George-town
in Maryland. The snow was now deep every where around, the air cold to
an extreme, and the roads deep under snow or slippery with ice,
rendered the travelling uncomfortable.

Being now arrived at Wright’s ferry, on the Susquehanna, I began
anxiously to look towards home, but here I found almost insuperable
embarrassments: the river being but half frozen over, there was no
possibility of crossing here, but hearing that people crossed at
Anderson’s, about five miles above, early next morning I sat off again
up the river, in company with several travellers, some for
Philadelphia: arriving at the ferry, we were joined by a number of
traders, with their pack-horses loaded with leather and furs, where we
all agreed to venture over together; and keeping at a moderate distance
from each other, examining well our icy bridge, and being careful of
our steps, we landed safe on the opposite shore, got to Lancaster in
the evening, and next morning sat forward again towards Philadelphia,
and in two days more arrived at my father’s house on the banks of the
river Schuylkill, within four miles of the city, January 1778.

 [59] See some account of it in the Introduction.




AN ACCOUNT
OF THE
PERSONS, MANNERS, CUSTOMS AND GOVERNMENT,
OF THE
MUSCOGULGES, OR CREEKS,
CHEROKEES, CHACTAWS, &c.
ABORIGINES OF THE CONTINENT OF
NORTH AMERICA.

BY
WILLIAM BARTRAM.




PART IV.




CHAPTER I.


DESCRIPTION OF THE CHARACTER, CUSTOMS AND PERSONS OF THE AMERICAN
ABORIGINES, FROM MY OWN OBSERVATIONS, AS WELL AS FROM THE GENERAL AND
IMPARTIAL REPORT OF ANCIENT RESPECTABLE MEN, EITHER OF THEIR OWN
PEOPLE, OR WHITE TRADERS, WHO HAVE SPENT MANY DAYS OF THEIR LIVES
AMONGST THEM.

PERSONS AND QUALIFICATIONS.

The males of the Cherokees, Muscogulges, Siminoles, Chicasaws, Chactaws
and confederate tribes of the Creeks, are tall, erect, and moderately
robust; their limbs well shaped, so as generally to form a perfect
human figure; their features regular, and countenance open, dignified
and placid; yet the forehead and brow so formed, as to strike you
instantly with heroism and bravery; the eye though rather small, yet
active and full of fire; the pupil always black, and the nose commonly
inclining to the aquiline.

Their countenance and actions exhibit an air of magnanimity,
superiority and independence.

Their complexion of a reddish brown or copper colour; their hair long,
lank, coarse, and black as a raven, and reflecting the like lustre at
different exposures to the light.

The women of the Cherokees are tall, slender, erect and of a delicate
frame; their features formed with perfect symmetry, their countenance
cheerful and friendly, and they move with a becoming grace and dignity.

The Muscogulge women, though remarkably short of stature, are well
formed; their visage round, features regular and beautiful; the brow
high and arched; the eye large, black, and languishing, expressive of
modesty, diffidence, and bashfulness; these charms are their defensive
and offensive weapons, and they know very well how to play them off,
and under cover of these alluring graces, are concealed the most
subtile artifice; they are however loving and affectionate: they are, I
believe, the smallest race of women yet known, seldom above five feet
high, and I believe the greater number never arrive to that stature;
their hands and feet not larger than those of Europeans of nine or ten
years of age: yet the men are of gigantic stature, a full size larger
than Europeans; many of them above six feet, and few under that, or
five feet eight or ten inches. Their complexion much darker than any of
the tribes to the North of them that I have seen. This description
will, I believe, comprehend the Muscogulges, their confederates, the
Chactaws, and I believe the Chicasaws (though I have never seen their
women), excepting however some bands of the Siminoles, Uches and
Savannucas, who are rather taller and slenderer, and their complexion
brighter.

The Cherokees are yet taller and more robust than the Muscogulges, and
by far the largest race of men I have seen[60]; their complexions
brighter and somewhat of the olive cast, especially the adults; and
some of their young women are nearly as fair and blooming as European
women.

The Cherokees in their dispositions and manners are grave and steady;
dignified and circumspect in their deportment; rather slow and reserved
in conversation; yet frank, cheerful, and humane; tenacious of the
liberties and natural nights of man; secret, deliberate and determined
in their councils; honest, just and liberal, and ready always to
sacrifice every pleasure and gratification, even their blood, and life
itself, to defend their territory and maintain their rights. They do
homage to the Muscogulges with reluctance, and are impatient under that
galling yoke. I was witness to a most humiliating lash, which they
passively received from their red masters, at the great congress and
treaty of Augusta, when these people acceded with the Creeks, to the
cession of the New Purchase; where were about three hundred of the
Creeks, a great part of whom were warriors, and about one hundred
Cherokees.

The first day of convention opened with settling the preliminaries, one
article of which was a demand on the part of the Georgians, to a
territory lying on the Tugilo, and claimed by them both, which it seems
the Cherokees had, previous to the opening of congress, privately
conveyed to the Georgians, unknown to the Creeks. The Georgians
mentioning as a matter settled, the Creeks demanded in council, on what
foundation they built that claim, saying they had never ceded these
lands. The Georgians answered, that they bought them of their friends
and brothers the Cherokees. The Creeks nettled and incensed at this, a
chief and warrior started up, and with an agitated and terrific
countenance, frowning menaces and disdain, fixed his eyes on the
Cherokee chiefs, and asked them what right they had to give away their
lands, calling them old women, and saying that they had long ago
obliged them to wear the petticoat; a most humiliating and degrading
stroke, in the presence of the chiefs of the whole Muscogulge
confederacy, of the Chicasaws, principle men and citizens of Georgia,
Carolina, Virginia, Maryland and Pennsylvania, in the face of their own
chiefs and citizens, and amidst the laugh and jeers of the assembly,
especially the young men of Virginia, their old enemies and dreaded
neighbours: but humiliating as it really was, they were obliged to bear
the stigma passively, and even without a reply.

And moreover, these arrogant bravos and usurpers, carried their pride
and importance to such lengths, as even to threaten to dissolve the
congress and retun home, unless the Georgians consented to annul the
secret treaty with the Cherokees, and receive that territory
immediately from them, as acknowledging their exclusive right of
alienation; which was complied with, though violently extorted from the
Cherokees, contrary to right and sanction of treaties; since the
Savanna river and its waters were acknowledged to be the natural and
just bounds of territory betwixt the Cherokees and Muscogulges.

The national character of the Muscogulges, when considered in a
political view, exhibits a portraiture of a great or illustrious hero.
A proud, haughty and arrogant race of men; they are brave and valiant
in war, ambitious of conquest, restless and perpetually exercising
their arms, yet magnanimous and merciful to a vanquished enemy, when he
submits and seeks their friendship and protection: always uniting the
vanquished tribes in confederacy with them; when they immediately
enjoy, unexceptionably, every right of free citizens, and are from that
moment united in one common band of brotherhood. They were never known
to exterminate a tribe, except the Yamasees, who would never submit on
any terms, but fought it out to the last, only about forty or fifty of
them escaping at the last decisive battle, who threw themselves under
the protection of the Spaniards at St. Augustine.

According to their own account, which I believe to be true, after their
arrival in this country, they joined in alliance and perpetual amity,
with the British colonists of South Carolina and Georgia, which they
never openly violated; but on the contrary, pursued every step to
strengthen the alliance; and their aged chiefs to this day, speak of it
with tears of joy, and exult in that memorable transaction, as one of
the most glorious events in the annals of their nation.

As an instance of their ideas of political impartial justice, and
homage to the Supreme Being, as the high arbiter of human transactions,
who alone claims the right of taking away the life of man, I beg leave
to offer to the reader’s consideration, the following event, as I had
it from the mouth of a Spaniard, a respectable inhabitant of East
Florida.

The son of the Spanish governor of St. Augustine, together with two
young gentlemen, his friends and associates, conceived a design of
amusing themselves in a party of sport, at hunting and fishing. Having
provided themselves with a convenient bark, ammunition, fishing tackle,
&c. they set sail, directing their course South, along the coast
towards the point of Florida, putting into bays and rivers, as
conveniency and the prospect of game invited them. The pleasing rural,
and diversified scenes of the Florida coast, imperceptibly allured them
far to the south, beyond the Spanish fortified post. Unfortunate
youths! regardless of the advice and injunctions of their parents and
friends, still pursuing the delusive objects, they enter a harbour at
evening, with a view of chasing the roe-buck, and hunting up the sturdy
bear, solacing themselves with delicious fruits, and reposing under
aromatic shades; when alas! cruel unexpected event! in the beatific
moments of their slumbers, they were surrounded, arrested and carried
off by a predatory band of Creek Indians, proud of the capture, so rich
a prize; they hurry away into cruel bondage the hapless youths,
conducting them by devious paths through dreary swamps and boundless
savannas, to the Nation.

At that time the Indians were at furious war with the Spaniards,
scarcely any bounds set to their cruelties on either side: in short,
the miserable youths were condemned to be burnt.

But, there were English traders in these towns, who learning the
characters of the captives, and expecting great rewards from the
Spanish governor, if they could deliver them, they petitioned the
Indians on their behalf, expressing their wishes to obtain their
rescue, offering a great ransom; acquainting them at the same time,
that they were young men of high rank, and one of them the governor’s
son.

Upon this, the head men, or chiefs of the whole nation, were convened,
and after solemn and mature deliberation, they returned the traders
their final answer and determination, which was as follows:

“Brothers and friends. We have been considering upon this business
concerning the captives—and that under the eye and fear of the Great
Spirit. You know that these people are our cruel enemies; they save no
lives of us red men, who fall in their power. You say that the youth is
the son of the Spanish governor; we believe it; we are sorry he has
fallen into our hands, but he is our enemy: the two young men (his
friends) are equally our enemies; we are sorry to see them here; but we
know no difference in their flesh and blood; they are equally our
enemies; if we save one we must save all three: but we cannot do it;
the red men require their blood to appease the spirits of their slain
relatives; they have entrusted us with the guardianship of our laws and
rights, we cannot betray them.

“However we have a sacred prescription relative to this affair, which
allows us to extend mercy to a certain degree: a third is saved by lot;
the Great Spirit allows us to put it to that decision; he is no
respecter of persons.” The lots are cast. The governor’s son was taken
and burnt.

If we consider them with respect to their private character or in a
moral view, they must, I think, claim our approbation, if we divest
ourselves of prejudice and think freely. As moral men they certainly
stand in no need of European civilization.

They are just, honest, liberal and hospitable to strangers;
considerate, loving and affectionate to their wives and relations; fond
of their children; industrious, frugal, temperate and persevering;
charitable and forbearing. I have been weeks and months amongst them
and in their towns, and never observed the least sign of contention or
wrangling: never saw an instance of an Indian beating his wife, or even
reproving her in anger. In this case they stand as examples of reproof
to the most civilized nations, as not being defective in justice,
gratitude, and a good understanding; for indeed their wives merit their
esteem and the most gentle treatment, they being industrious, frugal,
careful, loving and affectionate.

The Muscogulges are more volatile, sprightly and talkative than their
Northern neighbours, the Cherokees; and, though far more distant from
the white settlements than any nation East of the Mississipi or Ohio,
appear evidently to have made greater advances towards the refinements
of true civilization, which cannot, in the least degree, be attributed
to the good examples of the white people.

Their internal police and family economy at once engage the notice of
European travellers, and incontrovertibly places these people in an
illustrious point of view: their liberality, intimacy and friendly
intercourse one with another, without any restraint of ceremonious
formality, as if they were even insensible of the use or necessity of
associating the passions or affections of avarice, ambition or
covetousness.

A man goes forth on his business or avocations; he calls in at another
town, if he wants victuals, rest or social conversation, he confidently
approaches the door of the first house he chooses, saying “I am come;”
the good man or woman replies, “You are; it’s well.” Immediately
victuals and drink are ready; he eats and drinks a little, then smokes
tobacco, and converses either of private matters, public talks, or the
news of the town. He rises and says, “I go!” the other answers, “You
do!” He then proceeds again, and steps in at the next habitation he
likes, or repairs to the public square, where are people always
conversing by day, or dancing all night, or to some more private
assembly, as he likes; he needs no one to introduce him, any more than
the black-bird or thrush, when he repairs to the fruitful groves, to
regale on their luxuries, and entertain the fond female with evening
songs.

It is astonishing, though a fact, as well as a sharp reproof to the
white people, if they will allow themselves liberty to reflect and form
a just estimate, and I must own elevates these people to the first rank
amongst mankind, that they have been able to resist the continual
efforts of the complicated host of vices, that have for ages overrun
the nations of the old world, and so contaminated their morals; yet
more so, since such vast armies of these evil spirits have invaded this
continent, and closely invested them on all sides. Astonishing indeed!
when we behold the ill, immoral conduct of too many white people, who
reside amongst them; notwithstanding which; it seems natural, eligible,
and even easy, for these simple, illiterate people, to put in practice
those beautiful lectures delivered to us by the ancient sages and
philosophers, and recorded for our instruction.

I saw a young Indian in the Nation, who when present, and beholding the
scenes of mad intemperance and folly acted by the white men in the
town, clapped his hand to his breast, and with a smile, looking aloft
as if struck with astonishment, and wrapt in love and adoration to the
Deity; as who should say, “O thou Great and Good Spirit! we are indeed
sensible of thy benignity and favour to us red men, in denying us the
understanding of white men. We did not know before they came amongst us
that makind could become so base, and fall so below the dignity of
their nature. Defend us from their manners, laws and power.”

The Muscogulges, with their confederates, the Chactaws, Chicasaws, and
perhaps the Cherokees, eminently deserve the encomium of all nations,
for their wisdom and virtue in resisting and even repelling the
greatest, and even the common enemy of mankind, at least of most of the
European nations, I mean spirituous liquors.

The first and most cogent article in all their treaties with the white
people, is, that there shall not be any kind of spirituous liquors sold
or brought into their towns; and the traders are allowed but two kegs
(five gallons each) which is supposed to be sufficient for a company,
to serve them on the road; and if any of this remains on their
approaching the towns, they must spill it on the ground or secrete it
on the road, for it must not come into the town.

On my journey from Mobile to the Nation, just after we had passed the
junction of the Pensacola road with our path, two young traders
overtook us on their way to the Nation. We enquired what news? They
informed us that they were running about forty kegs of Jamaica spirits
(which by dashing would have made at least eighty kegs) to the Nation;
and after having left the town three or four days, they were surprised
on the road in the evening, just after they had come to camp, by a
party of Creeks, who discovering their species of merchandize, they
forthwith struck their tomahawks into every keg, giving the liquor to
the thirsty sand, not tasting a drop of it themselves, and they had
enough to do to keep the tomahawks from their own skulls.

How are we to account for their excellent policy in civil government;
it cannot derive its influence from coercive laws, for they have no
such artificial system. Divine wisdom dictates, and they obey.

We see and know full well the direful effects of this torrent of evil,
which has its source in hell; and we know surely, as well as these
savages, how to divert its course and suppress its inundations. Do we
want wisdom and virtue? let our youth then repair to the venerable
councils of the Muscogulges.

 [60] There are, however, some exceptions to this general observation,
 as I have myself witnessed. Their present grand chief or emperor (the
 Little Carpenter, Atta-kul-kulla) is a man of remarkable small
 stature, slender, and of a delicate frame, the only instance I saw in
 the nation: but he is a man of superior abilities.




CHAPTER II.


OF THEIR GOVERNMENT AND CIVIL SOCIETY.

The constitution or system of their police is simply natural, and as
little complicated as that which is supposed to direct or rule the
approved economy of the ant and the bee; and seems to be nothing more
than the simple dictates of natural reason, plain to every one, yet
recommended to them by their wife and virtuous elders as divine,
because necessary for securing mutual happiness: equally binding and
effectual, as being proposed and assented to in the general
combination: every one’s conscience being a sufficient conviction (the
golden rule, do as you would be done by) instantly presents to view,
and produces a society of peace and love, which in effect better
maintains human happiness, than the most complicated system of modern
politics, or sumptuary laws, enforced by coercive means: for here the
people are all on an equality, as to the possession and enjoyments of
the common necessaries and conveniencies of life, for luxuries and
superfluities they have none.

This natural constitution is simply subordinate, and the supreme,
sovereign or executive power resides in a council of elderly chiefs,
warriors and others, respectable for wisdom, valour and virtue.

At the head of this venerable senate, presides their mico or king,
which signifies a magistrate or chief ruler: the governors of Carolina,
Georgia, &c. are called micos; and the king of England is called
Ant-apala-mico-clucco[61], that is the great king, over or beyond the
great water.

The king, although he is acknowledged to be the first and greatest man
in the town or tribe, and honoured with every due and rational mark of
love and esteem, and when presiding in council, with a humility and
homage as reverent as that paid to the most despotic monarch in Europe
or the East, and when absent, his seat is not filled by any other
person, yet he is not dreaded; and when out of the council, he
associates with the people as a common man, converses with them, and
they with him, in perfect ease and familiarity.

The mico or king, though elective, yet his advancement to that supreme
dignity must be understood in a very different light from the elective
monarchs of the old world, where the progress to magistracy is
generally affected by schism and the influence of friends gained by
craft, bribery, and often by more violent efforts; and after the throne
is obtained, by measures little better than usurpation, he must be
protected and supported there, by the same base means that carried him
thither.

But here behold the majesty of the Muscogulge mico! he does not either
publicly or privately beg of the people to place him in a situation to
command and rule them. No, his appearance is altogether mysterious, as
a benificent deity he rises king over them, as the sun rises to bless
the earth!

No one will tell you how or when he became their king; but he is
universally acknowledged to be the greatest person among them, and he
is loved, esteemed and reverenced, although he associates, eats,
drinks, and dances with them in common as another man; his dress is the
same, and a stranger could not distinguish the king’s habitation from
that of any other citizen, by any sort of splendour or magnificence;
yet he percieves they act as though their mico beheld them, himself
invisible. In a word, their mico seems to them, the representative of
Providence or the Great Spirit, whom they acknowledge to preside over
and influence their councils and public proceedings. He personally
presides daily in their councils, either at the rotunda or public
square: and even here his voice in regard to business in hand, is
regarded no more than any other chief’s or senator’s, no farther than
his advice, as being the best and wisest man of the tribe, and not by
virtue of regal prerogative. But whether their ultimate decisions
require unanimity, or only a majority of voices, I am uncertain; but
probably where there is a majority, the minority voluntarily accede.

The most active part the mico takes is in the civil government of the
town or tribe: here he has the power and prerogative of calling a
council, to deliberate on peace and war, or all public concerns, as
enquiring into, and deciding upon complaints and differences; but he
has not the least shadow of exclusive executive power. He is
complimented with the first visits of strangers, giving audience to
ambassadors, with presents, and he has also the disposal of the public
granary.

The next man in order of dignity and power, is the great war chief: he
represents and exercises the dignity of the mico, in his absence, in
council; his voice is of the greatest weight, in military affairs; his
power and authority are entirely independent of the mico, though when a
mico goes on an expedition, he heads the army, and is there the war
chief. There are many of these war chiefs in a town or tribe, who are
captains or leaders of military parties; they are elderly men, who in
their youthful days have distinguished themselves in war by valour,
subtilty and intrepidity; and these veteran chiefs, in a great degree,
constitute their truly dignified and venerable senates.

There is in every town or tribe a high priest, usually called by the
white people jugglers, or conjurers, besides several juniors or
graduates. But the ancient high priest or seer, presides in spiritual
affairs, and is a person of consequence; he maintains and exercises
great influence in the state, particularly in military affairs; the
senate never determine on an expedition against their enemy without his
counsel and assistance. These people generally believe that their seer
has communion with powerful invisible spirits, who they suppose have a
share in the rule and government of human affairs, as well as the
elements; that he can predict the result of an expedition; and his
influence is so great, that they have been known frequently to stop,
and turn back an army, when within a day’s journey of their enemy,
after a march of several hundred miles; and indeed their predictions
have surprized many people. They foretel rain or drougth, and pretend
to bring rain at pleasure, cure diseases, and exercise witchcraft,
invoke or expel evil spirits, and even assume the power of directing
thunder and lightning.

These Indians are by no means idolaters, unless their puffing the
tobacco smoke towards the sun, and rejoicing at the appearance of the
new moon[62], may be termed so. So far from idolatry are they, that
they have no images amongst them, nor any religious rite or ceremony
that I could perceive; but adore the Great Spirit, the giver and taker
away of the breath of life, with the most profound and respectful
homage. They believe in a future state, where the spirit exists, which
they call the world of spirits, where they enjoy different degrees of
tranquillity or comfort, agreeably to their life spent here: a person
who in his life has been an industrious hunter, provided well for his
family, an intrepid and active warrior, just, upright, and done all the
good he could, will, they say, in the world of spirits, live in a warm,
pleasant country, where are expansive, green, flowery savannas and high
forests, watered with rivers of pure waters, replenished with deer, and
every species of game; a serene, unclouded and peaceful sky; in short,
where there is fulness of pleasure, uninterrupted.

They have many accounts of trances and visions of their people, who
have been supposed to be dead, but afterwards reviving, have related
their visions, which tend to enforce the practice of virtue and the
moral duties.

Before I went amongst the Indians I had often heard it reported that
these people, when their parents, through extreme old age, become
decrepid and helpless, in compassion for their miseries, send them to
the other world, by a stroke of the tomahawk or bullet. Such a degree
of depravity and species of impiety, always appeared to me so
incredibly inhuman and horrid, that it was with the utmost difficulty I
assumed resolution sufficient to enquire into it.

The traders assured me they knew no instance of such barbarism, but
that there had been instances of the communities performing such a deed
at the earnest request of the victim.

When I was at Mucclasse town, early one morning, at the invitation of
the chief trader, we repaired to the public square, taking with us some
presents for the Indian chiefs. On our arrival we took our seats in a
circle of venerable men, round a fire in the centre of the area: other
citizens were continually coming in, and amongst them I was struck with
awe and veneration at the appearance of a very aged man: his hair, what
little he had, was as white as snow, he was conducted by three young
men, one having hold of each arm, and the third behind to steady him.
On his approach the whole circle saluted him, “welcome,” and made way
for him: he looked as smiling and cheerful as youth, yet stone-blind by
extreme old age: he was the most ancient chief of the town, and they
all seemed to reverence him. Soon after the old man had seated himself
I distributed my presents, giving him a very fine handkerchief and a
twist of choice tobacco, which passed through the hands of an elderly
chief who sat next him, telling him it was a present from one of their
white brothers, lately arrived in the nation from Charleston: he
received the present with a smile, and thanked me, returning the favour
immediately with his own stone pipe and cat skin of tobacco: and then
complimented me with a long oration, the purport of which was the value
he set on the friendship of the Carolinians. He said, that when he was
a young man they had no iron hatchets, pots, hoes, knives, razors nor
guns, but that they then made use of their own stone axes, clay pots,
flint knives, bows and arrows; and that he was the first man who
brought the white people’s goods into his town, which he did on his
back from Charleston, five hundred miles on foot, for they had no
horses then amongst them.

The trader then related to me an anecdote concerning this ancient
patriarch, which occurred not long before.

One morning after his attendants had led him to the council fire,
before seating himself he addressed himself to the people after this
manner—

“You yet love me; what can I do now to merit your regard? nothing; I am
good for nothing; I cannot see to shoot the buck or hunt up the sturdy
bear; I know I am but a burthen to you; I have lived long enough; now
let my spirit go; I want to see the warriors of my youth in the country
of spirits: (bareing his breast) here is the hatchet, take it and
strike.” They answered with one united voice, “We will not; we cannot;
we want you here.”

 [61] Clucco signifies great or excellent.

 [62] I have observed the young fellows very merry and jocose, at the
 appearance of the new moon, saying, how ashamed she looks under the
 veil, since sleeping with the sun these two or three nights, she is
 ashamed to show her face, &c.




CHAPTER III.


OF THEIR DRESS, FEASTS AND DIVERTISEMENTS.

The youth of both sexes are fond of decorating themselves with external
ornaments. The men shave their head, leaving only a narrow crest or
comb, beginning at the crown of the head, where it is about two inches
broad and about the same height, and stands frized upright; but this
crest tending backwards, gradually widens, covering the hinder part of
the head and back of the neck: the lank hair behind is ornamented with
pendant silver quills, and then jointed or articulated silver plates,
and usually the middle fascicle of hair, being by far the longest, is
wrapped in a large quill of silver, or the joint of a small reed,
curiously sculptured and painted, the hair continuing through it
terminates in a tail or tassel.

Their ears are lacerated, separating the border or cartilaginous limb,
which at first is bound round very close and tight with leather strings
or thongs, and anointed with fresh bear’s oil, until healed: a piece of
lead being fastened to it, by its weight extends this cartilage to an
incredible length, which afterwards being craped, or bound round in
brass or silver wire, extends semicircularly like a bow or crescent;
and it is then very elastic, even so as to spring and bound about with
the least motion or flexure of the body: this is decorated with soft
white plumes of heron feathers.

A very curious diadem or band, about four inches broad, and ingeniously
wrought or woven, and curiously decorated with stones, beads, wampum,
porcupine quills, &c., encircles their temples, the front peak of it
being embellished with a high waving plume, of crane or heron feathers.

The clothing of their body is very simple and frugal. Sometimes a
ruffled shirt of fine linen, next the skin, and a flap which covers
their lower parts, this garment somewhat resembles the ancient Roman
breeches, or the kilt of the Highlanders; it usually consists of a
piece of blue cloth, about eighteen inches wide, this they pass between
their thighs, and both ends being taken up and drawn through a belt
round their waist, the ends fall down, one before, and the other
behind, not quite to the knee; this flap is usually plaited and
indented at the ends, and ornamented with beads, tinsel lace, &c.

The leg is furnished with cloth boots; they reach from the ancle to the
calf, and are ornamented with lace, beads, silver bells, &c.

The stillepica or moccasin defends and adorns the feet; it seems to be
an imitation of the ancient buskin or sandal; very ingeniously made of
deer skins, dressed very soft, and curiously ornamented according to
fancy.

Beside this attire, they have a large mantle of the finest cloth they
are able to purchase, always either of scarlet or blue colour; this
mantle is fancifully decorated with rich lace or fringe round the
border, and often with little round silver, or brass bells. Some have a
short cloak, just large enough to cover the shoulders and breast; this
is most ingeniously constructed, of feathers woven or placed in a
natural imbricated manner, usually of the scarlet feathers of the
flaningo, or others of the gayest colour.

They have large silver crescents, or gorgets, which being suspended by
a ribband round the neck, lie upon the breast; and the arms are
ornamented with silver bands, or bracelets, and silver and gold chains,
&c. a collar invests the neck.

The head, neck and breast, are painted with vermilion, and some of the
warriors have the skin of the breast, and muscular parts of the body,
very curiously inscribed, or adorned with hieroglyphick scrolls,
flowers, figures of animals, stars, crescents, and the sun in the
centre of the breast. This painting of the flesh, I understand, is
performed in their youth, by pricking the skin with a needle, until the
blood starts, and rubbing in a blueish tinct, which is as permanent as
their life. The shirt hangs loose about the waist, like a frock, or
split down before, resembling a gown, and is sometimes wrapped close,
and the waist encircled by a curious belt or sash.

The dress of the females is somewhat different from that of the men:
their flap or petticoat is made after a different manner, is larger and
longer, reaching almost to the middle of the leg, and is put on
differently; they have no shirt or shift, but a little short waistcoat,
usually made of callico, printed linen, or fine cloth, decorated with
lace, beads, &c. They never wear boots or stockings, but their buskins
reach to the middle of the leg. They never cut their hair, but plait it
in wreaths, which are turned up, and fastened on the crown, with a
silver broach, forming a wreathed top-knot, decorated with an
incredibly quantity of silk ribbands, of various colours, which stream
down on every side, almost to the ground. They never paint, except
those of a particular class, when disposed to grant certain favours to
the other sex.

But these decorations are only to be considered as indulgencies on
particular occasions, and the privilege of youth; as at weddings,
festivals, dances, &c. or when the men assemble to act the war farce,
on the evening immediately preceding their march on a hostile
expedition: for usually they are almost naked, contenting themselves
with the flap and sometimes a shirt, boots and moccasins. The mantle is
seldom worn by the men, except at night, in the winter season, when
extremely cold, and by the women at dances, which it serves the purpose
of a veil, and the females always wear the jacket, flap, and buskin,
even children as soon or before they can walk, whereas the male youth
go perfectly naked until they are twelve or fifteen years of age.

The junior priests or students, constantly wear the mantle or robe,
which is white, and they have a great owl skin cased and stuffed very
ingeniously, so well executed, as almost to represent the living bird,
having large sparkling glass beads, or buttons, fixed in the head for
eyes: this insignia of wisdom and divination, they wear sometimes as a
crest on the top of the head, at other times the image sits on the arm,
or is borne on the hand. These bachelors are also distinguishable from
the other people, by their taciturnity, grave and solemn countenance,
dignified step, and singing to themselves songs or hymns, in a low
sweet voice, as they stroll about the towns.

These people, like all other nations, are fond of music and dancing:
their music is both vocal and instrumental; but of the latter they have
scarcely any thing worth the name; the tambour, rattlegourd, and a kind
of flute, made of a joint of reed or the tibia of the deer’s leg: on
this instrument they perform badly, and at best it is rather a hideous
melancholy discord, than harmony. It is only young fellows who amuse
themselves on this howling instrument; but the tambour and rattle,
accompanied with their sweet low voices, produce a pathetic harmony,
keeping exact time together, and the countenance of the musician, at
proper times, seems to express the solemn elevated state of the mind:
at that time there seems not only a harmony between him and his
instrument, but instantly touches the feelings of the attentive
audience, as the influence of an active and powerful spirit; there is
then an united universal sensation of delight and peaceful union of
souls throughout the assembly.

Their music, vocal and instrumental, united, keeps exact time with the
performers or dancers.

They have an endless variety of steps, but the most common, and that
which I term the most civil, and indeed the most admired and practised
amongst themselves, is a slow shuffling alternate step; both feet move
forward one after the other, first the right foot foremost, and next
the left, moving one after the other, in two opposite circles, i. e.
first a circle of young men, and within a circle of young women, moving
together opposite ways, the men with the course of the sun, and the
females contrary to it; the men strike their arm with the open hand,
and the girls clap hands, and raise their shrill sweet voices,
answering an elevated shout of the men at stated times of termination
of the stanzas; and the girls perform an interlude or chorus
separately.

To accompany their dances, they have songs of different classes, as
martial, bacchanalian and amorous; which last, I must confess, are
extravagantly libidinous; and they have moral songs, which seem to be
the most esteemed and practised, and answer the purpose of religious
lectures.

Some of their most favourite songs and dances, they have from their
enemies, the Chactaws; for it seems these people are very eminent, for
poetry and music; every town amongst them strives to excel each other
in composing new songs for dances; and by a custom amongst them, they
must have at least one new song, for exhibition, at every annual busk.

The young mustee, who came with me to the Mucclasses from Mobile,
having Chactaw blood in his veins from his mother, was a sensible young
fellow, and by his father had been instructed in reading, writing and
arithmetic, and could speak English very well. He took it into his head
to travel into the Chactaw country: his views were magnanimous, and his
designs in the highest degree commendable, nothing less than to inform
himself of every species of arts and sciences, that might be of use and
advantage, when introduced into his own country, but more particularly
music and poetry. With these views he privately left the Nation, went
to Mobile, and there entered into the service of the trading company to
the Chactaws, as a white man; his easy, communicative, active and
familiar disposition and manners, being agreeable to that people,
procured him access every where, and favoured his subtilty and
artifice: at length, however, the Chactaws hearing of his lineage and
consanguinity with the Creeks, by the father’s side, pronounced him a
Creek, and consequently an enemy and a spy amongst them, and secretly
resolved to dispatch him. The young philosopher got notice of their
suspicions and hostile intentions, in time to make his escape, though
closely pursued, he kept a head of his sanguinary pursuers, arrived at
Mobile, and threw himself under the protection of the English, entered
the service of the trader of Mucclasse, who was then setting off for
the Nation, and notwithstanding the speed with which we travelled,
narrowly escaped the ardour and vigilance of his pursuing enemies, who
surprised a company of emigrants, in the deserts of Schambe, the very
night after we met them, expecting to intercept him thereabout.

The young traveller having learned all their most celebrated new songs
and poetry, at a great dance and festival in the Mucclasse, a day or
two after our arrival, the youth pressed him to give out some of his
new songs; he complied with their entreaties, and the songs and dance
went round with harmony and eclat. There was a young Chactaw slave girl
in the circle, who soon after, discovered very affecting sensations of
affliction and distress of mind, and before the conclusion of the
dance, many of her companions complimented her with sympathetic sighs
and tears, from their own sparkling eyes. As soon as I had an
opportunity, I enquired of the young Orpheus, the cause of that song
being so distressing to the young slave. He replied, that when she was
lately taken captive, her father and brothers were slain in the
contest, and she understanding the sense of the song, called to
remembrance the tragical fate of her family, and could not forbear
weeping at the recital.

The meaning of the chorus was,

     All men must surely die,
     Tho’ no one knows how soon,
     Yet when the time shall come,
     The event may be joyful.

These doleful moral songs or elegies, have a quick and sensible effect
on their passions, and discover a lively affection and sensibility:
their countenance now dejected, again, by an easy transition, becomes
gently elevated, as if in solemn address or supplication, accompanied
with a tremulous, sweet, lamentable voice: a stranger is for a moment
lost to himself as it were, or his mind, associated with the person
immediately affected, is in danger of revealing his own distress
unawares.

They have a variety of games for exercise and pastime; some particular
to the men, some to the female sex, and others wherein both sexes are
engaged.

The ball play is esteemed the most noble and manly exercise. This game
is exhibited in an extensive level plain, usually contiguous to the
town: the inhabitants of one town play against another, in consequence
of a challenge, when the youth of both sexes are often engaged, and
sometimes stake their whole substance. Here they perform amazing feats
of strength and agility. The game principally consists in taking and
carrying off the ball from the opposite party, after being hurled into
the air, midway between two high pillars, which are the goals, and the
party who bears off the ball to their pillar wins the game; each person
having a racquet or hurl, which is an implement of a very curious
construction, somewhat resembling a ladle or little hoop-net, with a
handle near three feet in length, the hoop and handle of wood, and the
neting of thongs of raw hide, or tendons of an animal.

The foot-ball is likewise a favourite, manly diversion with them.
Feasting and dancing in the square at evening, ends all their games.

They have besides, feasts or festivals almost for every month in the
year, which are chiefly dedicated to hunting and agriculture.

The busk or feast of first fruits is their principal festival; this
seems to end the last, and begin the new year.

It commences in August, when their new crops of corn are arrived to
perfect maturity: and every town celebrates the busk separately, when
their own harvest is ready.

If they have any religious rite or ceremony, this festival is its most
solemn celebration.

When a town celebrates the busk, having previously provided themselves
with new clothes, new pots, pans and other household utensils and
furniture, they collect all their worn-out clothes and other despicable
things, sweep and cleanse their houses, squares, and the whole town, of
their filth, which with all the remaining grain and other old
provisions, they cast together in one common heap, and consume it with
fire. After having taken medicine, and fasted for three days, all the
fire in the town is extinguished. During this fast they abstain from
the gratification of every appetite and passion whatever. A general
amnesty is proclaimed, all malefactors may return to their town, and
they are absolved from their crimes, which are now forgotten, and they
restored to favour.

On the fourth morning, the high priest, by rubbing dry wood together,
produces new fire in the public square, from whence every habitation in
the town is supplied with the new and pure flame.

Then the women go forth to the harvest field, and bring from thence new
corn and fruits, which being prepared in the best manner, in various
dishes, and drink withal, is brought with solemnity to the square,
where the people are assembled, apparelled in their new clothes and
decorations. The men having regaled themselves, the remainder is
carried off and distributed amongst the families of the town. The women
and children solace themselves in their separate families, and in the
evening repair to the public square, where they dance, sing and rejoice
during the whole night, observing a proper and exemplary decorum: this
continues three days, and the four following days they receive visits,
and rejoice with their friends from neighbouring towns, who have
purified and prepared themselves.




CHAPTER IV.


CONCERNING PROPERTY, AGRICULTURE, ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.

It has been said by historians, who have written concerning the customs
and usages of the aborigines of America, that they have every thing in
common, and no private property; which are terms in my opinion too
vague and general, when applied to these people. From my own frequent
opportunities of observation, and the information of respectable
characters, who have spent many years amongst them, I venture to set
this matter in a just view before my readers.

I shall begin with the produce of their agricultural labours.

An Indian town is generally so situated, as to be convenient for
procuring game, secure from sudden invasion, having a large district of
excellent arable land adjoining, or in its vicinity, if possible on an
isthmus betwixt two waters, or where the doubling of a river forms a
peninsula. Such a situation generally comprises a sufficient body of
excellent land for planting Corn, Potatoes, Beans, Squash, Pumpkins,
Citruls, Melons, &c. and is taken in with a small expence and trouble
of fencing, to secure the crops from the invasion of predatory animals.
At other times however they choose such a convenient fertile spot at
some distance from their town, when circumstances will not admit of
having both together.

This is their common plantation, and the whole town plant in one vast
field together; but yet the part or share of every individual family or
habitation, is separated from the next adjoining, by a narrow strip, or
verge of grass, or any other natural or artificial boundary.

In the spring, the ground being already prepared, on one and the same
day, early in the morning, the whole town is summoned, by the sound of
a conch shell, from the mouth of the overseer, to meet at the public
square, whither the people repair with their hoes and axes; and from
thence proceed to their plantation, where they begin to plant, not
every one in his own little district, assigned and laid out, but the
whole community united begins on one certain part of the field, where
they plant on until finished; and when their rising crops are ready for
dressing and cleansing they proceed after the same order, and so on day
after day, until the crop is laid by for ripening. After the feast of
the busk is over, and all the grain is ripe, the whole town again
assemble, and every man carries off the fruits of his labour, from the
part first allotted to him, which he deposits in his own granary; which
is individually his own. But previous to their carrying off their crops
from the field, there is a large crib or granary, erected in the
plantation, which is called the king’s crib; and to this each family
carries and deposits a certain quantity, according to his ability or
inclination, or none at all if he so chooses: this in appearance seems
a tribute or revenue to the mico; but in fact is designed for another
purpose, i.e. that of a public treasury, supplied by a few and
voluntary contributions, and to which every citizen has the right of
free and equal access, when his own private stores are consumed, to
serve as a surplus to fly to for succour; to assist neighbouring towns,
whose crops may have failed; accommodate strangers, or travellers,
afford provisions or supplies, when they go forth on hostile
expeditions; and for all other exigencies of the state: and this
treasure is at the disposal of the king or mico; which is surely a
royal attribute, to have an exclusive right and ability in a community
to distribute comfort and blessings to the necessitous.

As to mechanic arts or manufactures, at present they have scarcely any
thing worth observation, since they are supplied with necessaries,
conveniences, and even superfluities by the white traders. The men
perform nothing except erecting their mean habitations, forming their
canoes, stone pipes, tambour, eagles tail or standard, and some other
trifling matters; for war and hunting are their principal employments.
The women are more vigilant, and turn their attention to various manual
employments; they make all their pottery or earthen-ware, moccasins,
spin and weave the curious belts and diadems for men, fabricate lace,
fringe, embroider and decorate their apparel, &c. &c.




CHAPTER V.


OF THEIR MARRIAGE AND FUNERAL CEREMONIES.

As to their marriage ceremonies, they are very simple, yet differ
greatly in the various nations and tribes. Amongst some of the bands in
the Muscogulge confederacy, I was informed the mystery is performed
after the following manner. When a young man has fixed his affections,
and is determined to marry, he takes a Cane or Reed, such as they stick
down at the hills of their Bean vines for their support: with this
(after having obtained her parents’ or nearest relations’ consent) he
repairs to the habitation of his beloved, attended by his friends and
associates, and in the presence of the wedding guests, he sticks his
Reed down, upright in the ground; when soon after his sweet-heart comes
forth with another Reed, which she sticks down by the side of his, when
they are married: then they exchange Reeds, which are laid by as
evidences or certificates of the marriage, which is celebrated with
feasting, music and dancing: each one of their relations and friends,
at the wedding, contribute something towards establishing the new
family. As soon as the wedding is over, the town is convened, and the
council orders or recommends a new habitation to be constructed for the
accommodation of the new family: every man in the town joins in the
work, which is begun and finished in a day’s time.

The greatest accomplishments to recommend a young man to his favourite
maid, is to prove himself a brave warrior, and a cunning, industrious
hunter.

They marry only for a year’s time, and, according to ancient custom, at
the expiration of the year they renew the marriage: but there is seldom
an instance of their separating after they have children. If it should
happen, the mother takes the children under her own protection, though
the father is obliged to contribute towards their maintainance during
their minority and the mother’s widowhood.

The Muscogulges allow of polygamy in the utmost latitude; every man
takes as many wives as he chooses, but the first is queen, and the
others her handmaids and associates.

It is common for a great man amongst them, who has already half a dozen
wives, if he sees a a child of eight or nine years of age, who pleases
him, and he can agree with her parents or guardians, to marry her and
take her into his house at that age.

Adultery is always punished with cropping, which is the only corporal
punishment amongst them; and death or outlawry for murder; and infamy
for less crimes, as fornication, theft, &c. which produces such
repeated marks and reflections of ridicule and contempt, that generally
ends in voluntary banishment; and these renegadoes and vagabonds are
generally the ruffians who commit depredations and murders on the
frontiers.

The Muscogulges bury their deceased in the earth. They dig a
four-square deep pit under the cabin or couch which the deceased lay
on, in his house, lining the grave with cypress bark, where they place
the corpse in a sitting posture, as if it were alive; depositing with
him his gun, tomahawk, pipe, and such other matters as he had the
greatest value for in his life time. His eldest wife, or the queen
dowager, has the second choice of his possessions, and the remaining
effects are divided amongst his other wives and children.

The Chactaws pay their last duties and respect to the deceased in a
very different manner. As soon as a person is dead, they erect a
scaffold eighteen or twenty feet high, in a grove adjacent to the town,
where they lay the corpse, lightly covered with a mantle: here it is
suffered to remain, visited and protected by the friends and relations,
until the flesh becomes putrid, so as easily to part from the bones;
then undertakers, who make it their business, carefully strip the flesh
from the bones, wash and cleanse them, and when dry and purified by the
air, having provided a curiously wrought chest or coffin, fabricated of
bones and splints, they place all the bones therein; it is then
deposited in the bone-house, a building erected for that purpose in
every town. And when this house is full, a general solemn funeral takes
place; the nearest kindred or friends of the deceased, on a day
appointed, repair to the bone-house, take up the respective coffins,
and following one another in order of seniority, the nearest relations
and connections attending their respective corpse, and the multitude
following after them, all as one family, with united voice of alternate
Allelujah and lamentation, slowly proceed to the place of general
interment, where they place the coffins in order, forming a
pyramid[63]; and lastly, cover all over with earth, which raises a
conical hill or mount. Then they return to town in order of solemn
procession, concluding the day with a festival, which is called the
feast of the dead.

The Chactaws are called by the traders flats, or flat-heads, all the
males having the fore and hind part of their skulls artificially
flattened, or compressed; which is effected after the following manner.
As soon as the child is born, the nurse provides a cradle or wooden
case, hollowed and fashioned, to receive the infant, lying prostrate on
its back, and that part of the case where the head reposes, being
fashioned like a brick mould. In this portable machine the little boy
is fixed, a bag of sand being laid on his forehead, which by continual
gentle compression, gives the head somewhat the form of a brick from
the temples upwards; and by these means they have high and lofty
foreheads, sloping off backwards. These men are not so neat in the trim
of their heads, as the Muscogulges are, and they are remarkably
slovenly and negligent in every part of their dress; but otherwise they
are said to be ingenious, sensible, and virtuous men; bold and
intrepid, yet quiet and peaceable, and are acknowledged by the Creeks
to be brave.

They are supposed to be most ingenious and industrious husbandmen,
having large plantations, or country farms, where they employ much of
their time in agricultural improvements, after the manner of the white
people; by which means their territories are more generally cultivated,
and better inhabited than any other Indian republic that we know of.
The number of their inhabitants is said greatly to exceed the whole
Muscogulge confederacy, although their territories are not a fourth
part as extensive. It appeared to me from observation, and what
information I could get, that the Indians entertain rational notions of
the soul’s immortality, and of a future state of social existence; and
accordingly, in order to inculcate morality, and promote human
happiness, they applaud praiseworthy actions, as commendable and
necessary for the support of civil society, and maintaining the dignity
and strength of their nation or tribe, as well as securing an excellent
and tranquil state and degree in the world of spirits, after their
decease. And they say the Great Spirit favours all good and brave men.

 [63] Some ingenious men, whom I have conversed with, have given it as
 their opinion, that all those pyramidal artificial hills, usually
 called Indian mounts, were raised on these occasions, and are
 generally sepulchres. However, I am of a different opinion.




CHAPTER VI.


LANGUAGE AND MANNERS.

The Muscogulge language is spoken throughout the confederacy (although
consisting of many nations, who have a speech peculiar to themselves),
as also by their friends and allies, the Natches. The Chicasaw and
Chactaw, the Muscogulges say is a dialect of theirs.

This language is very agreeable to the ear, courteous, gentle and
musical: the letter R is not sounded in one word of their language: the
women in particular speak so fine and musical, as to represent the
singing of birds; and when heard and not seen, one might imagine it to
be the prattling of young children. The men’s speech is indeed more
strong and sonorous, but not harsh, and in no instance guttural, and I
believe the letter R is not used to express any word, in any language
of the confederacy.

The Cherokee tongue, on the contrary, is very loud, somewhat rough and
very sonorous, sounding the letter R frequently, yet very agreeable and
pleasant to the ear. All the Indian languages are truly rhetorical, or
figurative, assisting their speech by tropes; their hands, flexure of
the head, the brow, in short, every member, naturally associate, and
give their assistance to render their harrangues eloquent, persuasive
and effectual.

The pyramidal hills or artificial mounts, and highways, or avenues,
leading from them to artificial lakes or ponds, vast tetragon terraces,
chunk yards,[64] and obelisks or pillars of wood, are the only
monuments of labour, ingenuity and magnificence that I have seen worthy
of notice, or remark. The region lying between Savanna river and
Oakmulge, east and west, and from the sea coast to the Cherokee or
Apalachian mountains, North and South, is the most remarkable for these
high conical hills, tetragon terraces and chunk yards. This region was
last possessed by the Cherokees, since the arrival of the Europeans,
but they were afterwards dispossessed by the Muscogulges, and all that
country was probably many ages preceding the Cherokee invasion,
inhabited by one nation or confederacy, who were ruled by the same
system of laws, customs and language, but so ancient that the
Cherokees, Creeks, or the nation they conquered, could render no
account for what purpose these monuments were raised. The mounts and
cubical yards adjoining them, seem to have been raised in part for
ornament and recreation, and likewise to serve some other public
purpose, since they are always so situated as to command the most
extensive prospect over the town and country adjacent. The tetragon
terraces seem to be the foundation of a fortress, and perhaps the great
pyramidal mounts, served the purpose of ook-out towers, and high places
for sacrifice. The sunken area, called by white traders the chunk yard,
very likely served the same conveniency that it has been appropriated
to, by the more modern and even present nations of Indians, that is,
the place where they burnt and otherwise tortured the unhappy captives
that were condemned to die, as the area is surrounded by a bank, and
sometimes two of them, one behind and above the other, as seats, to
accommodate the spectators at such tragical scenes, as well as the
exhibition of games, shows, and dances. From the river St. Juans,
Southerly, to the point of the peninsula of Florida, are to be seen
high pyramidal mounts with spacious and extensive avenues, leading from
them out of the town, to an artificial lake or pond of water; these
were evidently dignified in part, for ornament or monuments of
magnificence, to perpetuate the power and grandeur of the nation, and
not inconsiderable neither, for they exhibit scenes of power and
grandeur, and must have been public edifices.

The great mounts, highways, and artificial lakes up St. Juans on the
East shore just at the enterance of the great Lake George, one on the
opposite shore, on the bank of the Little Lake, another on Dunn’s
Island, a little below Charlotteville, one on the large beautiful
island just without the Capes of Lake George, in sight of Mount Royal,
and a spacious one on the west banks of the Musquitoe river near New
Smyrna, are the most remarkable of this sort that occurred to me; but
undoubtedly many more are yet to be discovered farther South in the
peninsula; however I observed none westward, after I left St. Juans, on
my journey to little St. Juan, near the bay of Apalache.

But in all the region of the Muscogulge country, South-West from the
Oakmulge river quite to the Tallapoose, down to the city of Mobile, and
thence along the sea coast, to the Mississipi, I saw no signs of
mountains or highways, except at Taensa, where were several
inconsiderable conical mountains; and but one instance of the tetragon
terraces, which was at the Apalachucla old town, on the west banks of
that river: here were yet remaining conspicuous monuments, as vast four
square terraces, chunk yards, &c. almost equalling those eminent ones
at the Oakmulge fields; but no high conical mounts. Those Indians have
a tradition that these remains are the ruins of an ancient Indian town
and fortress. I was not in the interior parts of the Chactaw
territories, and therefore am ignorant whether there are any mounts or
monuments there.

To conclude this subject concerning the monuments of the Americans, I
deem it necessary to observe, as my opinion, that none of them that I
have seen discover the least signs of the arts, sciences, or
architecture of the Europeans or other inhabitants of the old world;
yet evidently betray every sign or mark of the most distant antiquity.

FINIS.

 [64] Chunk yard, a term given by the white traders, to the oblong four
 square yards, adjoining the high mounts and rotundas of the modern
 Indians.—In the centre of these stands the obelisk, and at each corner
 of the farther end stands a slave post or strong stake, where the
 captives that are burnt alive are bound.




INDEX


Agave vivipara, xix;
Alabama, 427;
Alachua savanna, 185;
Alatamaha, voyage up the, 47;
    —— account of the, 51;
Alligator Hole, 236
    ——battle with an, 248;
Alligators, battle between two, 116;
    ——author attacked by, 117, 123;
    ——brood of, numerous, 124;
    ——nests of, 125;
    ——old, feed on the young, 126;
    ——described, ib.;
Amelia island, 63;
Amite river, 423;
Ampelis garrulus, 296;
Angelica lucida, 325;
Animals and vegetables compared, xiv;
Animals, general observation on, xvi;
    ——affections of, xvii;
    ——mental faculties of, xviii;
    ——remarkable fragility of parts of, 194, 276;
    ——influence of country on, 214;
Annona, new species of, 18, 169;
Apalachucla, 387;
Arum esculentum cultivated for food in Georgia and Florida, 467;
Arundo gigantea, 408;
Asilus, various species of, 383;
Augusta, journey to, 28;
    ——described, 32, 314;
Author attacked by a fever, 409;
    ——violent disorder in the eyes, 416, 418;

Banks of the river St. Juan higher than the adjacent plains, 163;
Battle between cray-fish and gold-fish, 43;
    ——two alligators, 116;
Bears, 278;
Bees, none in West Florida, though plenty in East, 411;
Birds, observations on, xxi;
    ——on the migration of, 280, 295;
    ——of passage, American, 285;
    ——change their colour, 296;
    ——wild, sing only at the time of incubation, xxii, 299;
Boat, portable, 457;
Bream, golden, 151;
    ——great black or blue, 174;
    ——great yellow, or particoloured, ib.;
Bridge, Indian, 443;
Brunswick, town of, 471;
Buffalo, not now to be found where once numerous, 44;
Bull snake, 272;
Butterflies, xix;
Cacalia heterophylla, 162;
Cactus opuntia, 161;
Cambelton, 476;
Cancer macrourus, war of the gold-fish on the, 43;
Cane meadows, 424;
Carica papaya, 129;
Cat bird, 297;
Cattle, dreadful disease of, 205;
Cedar bird, 296;
Chactaws, 515;
Chameleon, 276;
Charleston, voyage from Philadelphia to, 1;
Charlotta, 91;
Chat, yellow breasted, 300;
Chicken snake, 271;
Clarendon river, 476;
Clay, fort of, eaten greedily by cattle, 39;
Cleome lupinifolia, 423;
Cliffs, description of the, 433;
Coachwhip snake, 217;
Cochineal insect, 161;
Collinsonia, species of, febrifuge, 409;
Colymbus cauda elongata, 130;
Convolvulus diffectus, 102;
Coolome town, 394;
Cornus florida, 399;
Cowe, 350, 364;
Coweta, 387;
Cow-pen, account of a, 308;
Crane, flight of the, 144;
    ——nests and eggs of the, 199;
    ——savanna, 218;
Creeks, Upper, alliance of, with the English, 53;
    ——account of the 208, 463;
    ——Lower, or Siminoles, 209
Cross-Creeks, 475;
Crown bird, 296;
Crying bird, 145;
Cucurbita lagenaria, 477;
Cupressus disticha, 88;
    ——new species of, 409;
Curlews, Spanish, 146;
Cuscowilla, journey to, 168;
    ——description of, 189;
Cyprinus coronarius, 151;
Deer, herd of, 198;
Dionæa muscipula, xiii, 470;
Dog brought up to tend horses, 120;
Dove, ground, 8;
Dyeing, bark of the gordonia lasianthus ufeful in 160;

Eagles, various, 2;
Earth, on the produce of the different zones of , ix;
    ——remarks on certain strata of, 433;
Elks only to be found in the Apalachian mountains, 45;
Emberiza oryzivora, 294;
Ephemeræ, 78—81;
Erythryna corallodendrum, 160;

Falco piscatorius, 8;
Falling Creek, 339;
Fascinating power of the rattlesnake, 263;
Febrifuge, virtues of a species of Collinsonia, 409;
Felis cauda truncata, 278;
Fern, curious species of, 476;
Fish, red-belly, 12;
    ——vast quantity of, in the river St. Juan’s, 121;
    ——of prey and others living peaceably together in pellucid water,
    164, 166, 227;
Fishing, mode of, 106;
Flat-rock, 374;
Flies, various species of, 383;
Florida, journey to, 55;
    ——East, very good Indigo made in, 75;
    ——West, journey to, 373;
Fort Moore, 313;
    ——James, 321;
Fort Prince George, Keowe, 328;
Fox, 278;
    ——squirrels, 279;
Fragility, extraordinary in animals, 194, 276;
Franklinia Alatamaha, 465;
Frederica, town and fort of, 60;
    ——voyage to, 303;
French settlement, 431;
    ——broken up by the Indians, 432;
Frogs, various fpecies of, 272;

Garr, great brown spotted, 173;
Georgia, voyage to, 4;
    ——islands on the coast of 5, 65;
    ——why thinly inhabited, 64;
Gerardea flammea, 410;
Glass-snake, 193;
Gold fish, war of, on the cray-fish, 43;
    ——described, 44;
Gopher, 18, 180;
Gordonia lasianthus, 159;
Gourd, ufeful species of, 477;
Grape vines, 84, 398;
Grapes, Indian mode of preserving, 398;
Grass, peculiar species of, 128;
Graves, Indian, 137;
Green snake, 271;
Grus pratensis, flight of the, 144;
    ——nests and eggs of the, 199;
    ——described, 218;

Halesia diptera, variety of, 408;
Half-way pond, 172;
Hawk, fishing, 8;
    ——engaged with a snake, 216;
Hibiscus, species of 19, 102, 103;
    ——coccineus, 102;
Hippobosca, 383;
Honesty, advantages of, 351;
Horn snake, 272;
Horses, Siminole, of the Spanish breed, 213;
    ——kept by a dog, 222;
Horses, large stud of, 353;
    ——fondnes of, for salt, 354;
    ——singular mode of taming, 375;
    ——flies extremely troublesome to, 384;
Hurricane, 139, 384;
Hydrangia quercifolia, 380;

Indian pot, curious, 6;
    ——interview with an, 21;
    ——remarks on the moral principle of an, 22;
    ——people, a peculiar race of, 25;
    ——towns, remains of 37, 196, 343, 388;
    ——sagacity, 39;
    ——mode of killing trout, 44;
    ——village, 90;
    ——wife of a white man, misconduct of an, 109;
    ——deserts the author, 113;
    ——cemetery, 137;
    ——chiefs, 183, 235, 350
    ——soup, 189;
    ——towns 189, 327, 348, 384, 394;
    ——punishment for adultery, 211, 446, 513;
    ——public buildings, 302, 365, 448, 452;
    ——antiquities, 322, 365, 370, 455, 519;
    ——festivals, 233, 367, 449, 507;
    ——towns and villages, lists of, 371, 461;
    ——languages, 386, 461, 463, 517;
    ——wedding, 444, 512;
    ——chief’s revenge on a trader caught in adultery with his wife,
    446;
    ——standard, 453;
    ——painting and sculpture, 454;
    ——canoes, 225;
    ——jelly, 339;
    ——music, 243, 503;
    ——drinking bout, 253;
    ——women, artifice of, 254;
    ——games, 506;
Indians, remarks on the, xxiii, 184, 208;
Indians, treaties with the, 33, 235;
    ——food of, 38;
    ——plunder the stores, 61;
    ——matters accommodated with the, 76;
    ——virtues of 22, 110, 208, 488;
    ——veneration of, for the rattlesnake, 258;
    ——form of salutation amongst, 182;
    ——visit to the, ib.;
    ——manners and customs of the 182, 184, 189, 207, 349, 367, 448;
    ——habitations of the 189, 365, 386, 395, 444;
    ——vices of the, 210;
    ——wars of the, 211, 390;
    ——migration of the, 378;
    ——massacre of the whites by, 388 _note_
    ——roving disposition of the, 389;
    ——carry off a party of emigrants, 444;
    ——murder some white travellers, 235;
    ——hunting party of, 242;
    ——party of, in purfuit of an adulterer, 243;
    ——fondness of, for spirits, 253;
    ——conference with, 255;
    ——persons and qualifications of the, 481;
    ——government and civil society of the, 492;
    ——dress, feasts, and diversions of, 499;
    ——property, agriculture, arts, and manufactures of the, 509;
    ——marriage ceremonies of the, 512;
    ——funeral ceremonies of the, 513;
Indigo, very good, made in East Florida, 75
Ipomea, species of, 374;
Iron ore, 221, 376, 401;
Islands on the coast of Georgia, 5, 65
    ——why thinly inhabited, 64;
    ——floating, 86;
    ——in Lake George, 100;
Ilse of Palms, 155;

Jelly, Indian, 239;
Jore mountains, 360;
Journey to Cuscowilla, 168;
    ——to Talahasochte, 213;
    ——from Charleston to the Cherokee country, 306;
    ——over the Jore mountain, 357;
    ——from Fort Charlotte to West Florida, 373;
    ——from Apalachucla to Mobile, 394;
    ——from Savanna to Philadelphia, 467;
Juglans, manner in which the Indians use the fruit of a species of, 38;

Kalmia, new species of, 18;
Keowe, 328;

Lacerta, species of, 170, 276;
Lake Ouaquaphenogaw, 24;
George, 99;
Lantana camerara, 101;
Laurel magnolia, 83;
Lettuce, Indian, 42;
Liberty, observations on, 184;
Lime, wild, 112;
Lizard, species of, 170, 276;
Lupin, species of, 19;
Lynx, 278;

Magnolia, laurel, 83;
    ——peculiar species of, 159, 338;
    ——grandiflora, 169;
    ——auriculata, 337;
Malva, various species of, 325;
Manate spring, 228;
Meleagris occidentalis, 14, 81;
Mice, white, 277;
Milk, hiccory, 38;
Mimofa sensitiva, new species of, 24;
    ——virgata, 419;
    ——pudica, 428;
Mississippi river, 425;
Mobile, journey from Apalachucla to, 394;
    ——town of, 402;
Moccasin snake, 268, 269;
Moral principle of an Indian, remarks on the, 22;
Motacilla trochilus, 300;
Mount Royal, 96;
Mudfish, 174;
Muscicapa vertice nigro, 297;
Muscle, horned, 431;
Myrica inodora, 403;

Natural productions, observations on, x;
New-Smyrna, 142;
Nymphæa nelumbo, 407;
Nyssa coccinea, 17;

Oak, black, 37;
live, 82;
Ocean appears to have gained on the land of America, 66;
Oenothera grandiflora, 404;
Oil, sweet, obtained from the fruit of the live oak, 83;
Olive, Indian, 41;

Palm tree, 113;
Palmetto royal, 69;
Panicum hirtellum, 428;
Parakeet, 299;
Pearl Island, 419;
Pelican described, 68;
    ——wood, 149;
Pensacola, account of, 413;
Petrifactions, 473, 475;
Physic-nut, 41;
Pica glandaria cerulea non cristata, 170;
Picolata, fort, 78;
Pigeons, mode of catching, 467;
Pine snake, 272;
Pistia stratiotes, 86;
Pitch, how made from tar, 417;
Plains, barren, 240;
Plants various, obfervations on, x;
    ——new 16, 31, 393, 415, 434, 465, 466;
Plum, new species of, 421;
Pot, Indian, curious, 6;
Prinos, curious species of, 477;
Psittacus Caroliniensis, 299;
Pteris scandens, 476;

Ranæ, various species of, 272;
Rat, large ground, 7;
    ——wood, 122;
Rattlesnake, veneration of the Indians for the, 258;
    ——account of the, 262;
    ——fascinates its prey, 263;
    ——does no injury unless attacked, 262, 264;
    ——bastard, or ground, 270;
Rhododendron, species of, 334;
Ribband snake, 271;
Rice, culture of, 11;
Rice bird, 294;
River, remarkably clear, 222;
Robinia, species of, 333;
Rocky point, 166;
Ruins, Indian, 37, 53;
    ——of a French or Spanish fort, 52;

Sage, tall blue, 410;
Saint John’s, voyage to, 68;
    ——Juan, Little, river, 221;
    ——Simon, account of the island of, 56;
Salt, fondness of horses for, 354;
Sarracenia flava, xii;
lacunosa, 415;
Savanna, journey from, to Augusta, 28;
Sea cow, 230;
Sensitive plant, new species of, 24;
Shells, fossile, hill of, 316;
Silphium, species of, 396;
Siminoles, account of the, 209, 436;
Sinica, town of, 327;
Sink, great, 201;
Slavery, observations on, 184;
Slaves, on the treatment of, 309;
Simiiax pfeudo-china used as food, 239;
Snake, conflift of a, with a hawk, 216;
Snake bird, 130;
Snakes, various kinds of, 193, 217, 262—72;
Soils, observations on, 23, 29, 168, 397, 420, 429;
Standard, Creek, 149;
Stores plundered by the Indians, 61;
Storm, thunder, 13, 139, 341, 384;
advantages of a, 75;
Sun fish, 151;

Taensa, 403;
Taensapao river, 422;
Talahasochte, 224;
Tallow nut, 112;
Tanase, river; 337;
Tantalus pictus, 145;
    ——albut, 146;
    ——versicolor, ib.;
    ——loculator, 147;
Testudo plyphemus, 18, 180;
    ——naso cylindraceoelongato, 175;
    ——various species of, 277;
Thunder storm, 13, 341;
Tillandsia lingulata, 59;
usneoides, 85;
Tortoise, great land, 18, 180;
    ——soft shelled, 175;
    ——various species of, 277;
Travelling, mode of, 438;
Trout, American mode of catching, 106;
    ——described, 107;
Turkey, American, 14, 82;

Uche town, 386;

Verbena, species of, 434;
Vultur sacra, 442;
    ——aurea, 150;

Wampum snake, 269;
Wars of the Indians, 211, 390;
Water, hot mineral, 143;
    ——pellucid, curious bason of, 157, 163;
    ——subterranean channels for, 204, 223, 244, 343;
    ——great eruption of, 236;
Wax tree, 403;
Whatoga, town of, 348;
White plains, 429;
Wolf, narrow escape from a, 156;
American, 197, 278;
Wrightsborough, 35;

Xanthoxylum clava Herculis, 2;

Yucca gloriosa, 69;

Zamia pumila, 160.